Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 576

I

FANUG 10/100 series


FANUC 1 1 / 1 1 O series
FANUC 12/120 series
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

B 5 4 8 1 5E/05

>
/

This manual describes the following products.

Abbreviation

Name of products

FANUC 10T-MODEL A

10T-A

FANUC 10T-MODEL F

10T-F

FANUC 10M-MODEL A

10M-A

10M

FANUC 11T-MODEL A

1IT- A

1IT

FANUC 11TT-MODEL A

11TT-A

FANUC 11TT-MODEL F

11TT-F

FANUC 11M-MODEL A

11M-A

FANUC 11M-MODEL F

11M-F

FANUC 12T-MODEL A

12T-A

12T

FANUC 12M-MODEL A

12M-A

12M

FANUC 100T-MODEL A

100T-A

100T

FANUC 100M-MODEL A

100M-A

100M

FANUC 110T-MODEL A

110T-A

HOT

FANUC 110M-MODEL A

110M-A

110M

FANUC 120T-MODEL A

120T-A

120T

FANUC 120M-MODEL A

120M-A

120M

10T
10 series

1ITT
11 series

11M

12 series

100 series

110 series

120 series

CONTENTS

1
2
21
36
36
39
41
48

GENERAL

1.1 Structure
1.2 Construction
1.3 System Block Diagram
1.3.1 10/100 series
1.3.2 11/110 series
1.3.3 12/120 series
1.4 PCB and Units Table

.
.

2.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE

2.1 Periodic Maintenance


2 2 Maintenance Equipment
2.3 Main Spare Parts

3.

TROUBLESHOOTING

64
64
75
75

EQUIPMENT

...

.
..
.

3.1 Procedures
3.2 Error Message
3.3 Checking and Countermeasures
3.3.1 No power can be turned on
3.3.2 CRT screen is not displayed after turning on power supply
3.3.3 Troubleshooting by alarm number
3.3.4 Lighting of LED on master PCB
3.3.5 JOG operation failure
3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator
3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure
3.3.8 Tape is not ready normally
3.3.9 No automatic operation is possible
3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal
3,3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good
3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normally
3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return
position
3.3.14 System error
3.4 Power Voltage Check
3.4.1 Input unit
3.4.2 Input power voltage check
3.4.3 DC voltage checking
3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB
3.5 Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment
3.5.1 Tape reader without reels photo-amplifier adjustment
3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment
3.6 Connecting Diagram of NC Inside
3.7 Status Display by Self-Diagnostic Function
3.7.1 Interface display
3.7.2 Display of
3.7.3 Memory contents display
3.7.4 I/O signal diagnostic data
3.7.5 Address list for 11TT
3.7.6 LED display of I/O module
3.8 Block Diagram of Servo System
3.8.1 Block diagram of position control
3.8.2 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit
3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of M series velocity
control unit
3.8.4 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit PCB
3.8.5 Block diagram of AC series velocity control unit

......
...
..
.
.
.

....

76
76
76
77
77
78
78
97
104
105
106
106
111
112
114
115

116
121

124
124
127
133
143

144
144
146
150

169
169
170
172
173

187
224
225
225
227

228
231
232

3.8.6 AC servo velocity control unit inside connecting diagram


3.9 Connection with Servo
3.9.1 Connection to M series servo
3.9.2 Connection to AC servo
3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor
3.10.1 When using M series servo
3.10.2 When using analog AC servo
3.10.3 When using digital AC servo
3.11 Troubleshooting for Servo Unit
3.11.1 Machine tool runs away
3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates
3.11.3 Poor positioning accuracy or machining accuracy
3,11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control
,
unit and position control unit (For analog servo)
3.12 Error Display and It's Contents of I/O Unit
3.12.1 Error display and contents in interface module (IF01A)
3.12.2 Error display and contents in interface module (IF04C)
3.12.3 Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A)
3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module

233
237
237
242
256
256
261
264
265
265
265
266

269
270
270
272
274
296

..
..

4.

302

ADJUSTMENT

4.1 Procedure of Adjustment


4.2 Connection of Power Transformer
4.2.1 Tap change of control power transformer
4.2.2
4.2.3
5

302
309
309

Connection of M series servo power transformer


Connection of AC servo power transformer

309
312

....

PARAMETER
5.1 Parameter Display
5.1.1 Displaying parameters other than pitch error
compensation data
5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data
5.2 Parameter Setting
5.2.1 Parameter tape format
5.2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape
5.2.3 Setting from MDI
5 3 Parameter Tape Punch
5.3.1 Punching all parameters
5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensatio
5.3.3 Punching pitch error compensation data

317

317
317
317

317

5.4
5.5

317
319
319
320
320
320
320
321
333
333
334

.
. ...
.
and Display (PCPRM)

Parameters
PMC Data Setting
5.5.1 Timer setting and display
5.5.2 Counter setting and display
5.5.3 Setting and display of keep relay and nonvolatile memory

5.5.4
5.5.5
6.

control data
Setting and display of data table
Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameter

SETTING AND ADJUSTMENT ON PCBs

335
336
338

...

."

340

6.1 Setting and Adjustment on the Control Unit PCBs


6.1.1 Setting on the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series
6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series
6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on
control unit PCBs
6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG
6.1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB
6.1.6 I/O unit setting and adjustment
6.2 Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit
6.2.1 Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB

..

340
340
347

348
362

..

367
385
392
392

6.3

Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Control Unit


for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor
6.3.1 Parts location on PCB
6.3.2 Setting terminal
6.3.3 Variable resistor

398

398
408
419
419

6.3.4 Check terminal list


6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for

423
423
429
430
431
431

AC Servo Motor
6.4.1 Parts location on PCB
6.4.2 Setting terminal
6.4.3 Check terminals list
6.5 Setting and Adjustment for AC Spindle Servo Unit
6.5.1 PCB parts mounting diagram
6.5.2 Main parts list for AC spindle servo unit for motor
model 3
15
6.5.3 Adjustment of variable resister on the PCB for
AC spindle servo unit
6.5.4 Description of check terminal
6.6 Adjustment of Spindle Orientation Control Circuit
6.6.1 Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation
6.6.2 For position coder system

7.

432

434
439
441
441
452

456

REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS


7.1 Replacing Methods of Power Supply Unit

456
457

7.1.1 Procedure
7.2 Replacing Methods of Option PCB (for

10/11/100/110 series) and


Control PCB (for 12/120 series)
7.3 Replacing Methods of PMC ROM Cassette
7.4 Replacing Methods of Master PCB
7.5 Replacing Methods of 12/120 Series
7.6 Replacing Methods of 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F, Conversational PCB
7.7 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 1
7,8 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 2
7.9 Replacing Methods of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB
(12/120 series only)
7.9.1 Replacing method of interface and I/O module
7.9.2 Replacing method of I/O base unit
7.10 Exchange Methods of I/O Unit
7.10.1 Exchange methods of power supply module
7.10.2 Exchange methods of main control module and 1/0 module
7.10.3 Exchange methods of base units
7.11 Replacing Methods of Small CRT/MDI PCB
7.11.1 Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB)
7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB)
7.12 Replacing Methods of 9" Standard CRT/MDI Unit PCB
7.13 Replacing Methods of 14" Color CRT/MDI (horizontal type) PCB
7.13.1 10/11/12 series
7.13.2 100/110/120 series
7.14 Replacing Methods of 14" CRT/MDI Graphic Unit
(vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series)
7.15 Replacing Methods of PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader
7.15.1 Replacement of PCB of tape reader without
reels photoamplifier
7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuse
7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels
7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels
7.15.5 Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor
7.16 Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and
AC Servo Amplifier

457
459
460
469
470
472
473

477
477
478
479
479
480

..

483
485
485
485
487
490
490
492

494
495
495
496

.... 496
496

...

499
500

APPENDIX

APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 3
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX

CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
DETAILS OF POWER UNIT
SPECIFICATIONS OF MAJOR PARTS IN M SERIES VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
4 DC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE
5 AC SERVO MOTOR MAINTENANCE
6 HOW TO INITIALIZE BUBBLE MEMORY
7 FUSES LIST
8 PROPERTY OF LUBRICATION OIL FOR MAINTENANCE OF TAPE READER
9 FAN UNIT LIST
10 PARAMETER AND DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY FUNCTION OF
POSITIONING MODULE

505
574

589
592
601
603
608

.. 623

626

627

1.

1. GENERAL

10/11/12/100/110/120 series is specifically designed to be latest CNC system


It can easily satisfy
having a structure common to both software and hardware
the demands of many different machine tools. This up-to-date CNC system uses
powerful microprocessors, newly developed large-scale custom LSI, optical fiber,
large-capacity bubble memory, color CRT, and other components created by using
the latest technology.
This manual describes preventive maintenance for using the 10/11/12/100/110/120
series, quick troubleshooting procedures for possible failures, check points and
adjustments at the time of installation.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-54810E) for
various pieces of technical information such as detailed description of
parameters

Please refer to the


(B-54813E) when needed.

operator's

manual

(B-54814E)

and

connecting

manual

Description of terms frequently used in this manual


Least input increment

Least command increment


Detection unit
Command multiplier (CMR)

Detection multiplier (DMR)

....

The minimum unit for program input of the move


command
The minimum unit of a command given from NC to
machine tool
The minimum unit to detect a machine tool posi
tion
A constant to enable the weight of NC command
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector
A constant to enable the weight of NC command
pulses to coincide with the weight of pulses
from the detector

(Note) The relationships among the least input increment, detection unit, CMR
and DMR are as specified below.
Least input Increment = CMR x detection unit
Movement per rotation of motor
Detection unit =
DMR x No. of pulses of detector per rotation of motor
Abbreviation for Manual Data Input & CRT panel
CRT/MDI panel
This operation panel is used to input a command
to the NC and display NC conditions by using key

.. .......

Parameters

.....

..

switches
Values to be set to fully display functional
features of an NC machine tool to the maximum
extent when the NC is combined with the machine
tool.

1.1 Structure

CRT/MDI (interna! type) (10/11 only)

Small

Small connecting board


A02B-0076-C151
(11 series only)

Velocity Control Unit

A.

or

Adapter for separate

CRT/MDI

Standard

CRT/MDI

type detector
(digital servo only)

Tape Reader

Tape Reader

10M/100M

AO 2B-007 2-COO1

A02B 0073COO 1

A02B-0076-C022

A02B-0076-C021

11T/110T

A02B-0076-C022

A13B-0073-B001

Without Reels

11M/110M

A02B-0076-C021

A13B-0070-B001
A13B-0080-B001

With Reels
Input Unit

B
C
D

A14B-0076-B003
A14B-0076-B004
A14B-0076-B005

A14B-0076-B101
A14B-0076-B102
A14B-0076-B103

Tape reader
with reels
without reels

Velocity control unit


/

Connection Unit 2
A20B-1000-0950

Connection Unit 1

ro

A20B-1000-0940

LlS

Fan unit

A02B-0047-C900

10T/100T

Y7
/

Battery case
(10 series only)

'1

(Front view)

Punch panel

Remote buffer

A16B-1200-0270

(11 series only)

Input
Unit

Fan unit
A02B-0076-C931

.....

Multi-tap transformer

MCC Transformer

Fan unit

A02B-0047-C901
10T/11T
10M/11M.... A02B-00 47-C90 2
Fan Unit

A05B-2020-C903

(10M and UMonly)

\
(Rear view)

Fig. 1.1 (a)

Free-standing cabinet internal component location for

Servo Transformer
(One more would be mounted)

10/11/100/110

10T
Small

CRT/MDI

Standard

CRT/MDI

10M

A02B-007 2-COO1

A02B-0073-C001

A02B-0076-C022

A02B0076-C021

11T/11TT

11M

Fan unit
A02B-0076C022

A02B-0076-C021

A02B-0076-C941

(10M and 11M only)

Fan unit
A02B-0076-C941
/ (10T, 10TF and 11T only)

CRT/MDI (Internal view)

Remote buffer

A16B-1200-0270

A14B-0076-B001 (10T, 10M)

-B104 (11T,IIM)

Input Unit

(11T, 11M only)

i
OJ

Small connecting board


A02B-0076-C151
(11T, 11M only)

Punch panel

or
Adapter for separate
type detector

A20B-1002-0290

(Digital servo only)

\SiAA

Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940

I/O cards D1~D3

A20B-1001-0240
A20B-1001-0241
A20B-1001-0242

/I
i

Fan Unit
A02B-0076-C902

i
. i
i

(I/O cards D1~D3 are only for 10 TF)

1
i

Jj

\
I
/

Connection Unit 2
A20B-1000-0950
Battery case

(10T, 10M only)

Fan unit

A02B-0047-C094

Fan unit

A02B-0047-C904 (10M and 11M only)

Fig. 1.1 (b) Built-in 1 cabinet internal component location for

10/11/100/110 series

(10T, 10TF and llTonly)

Battery case
(10T only)

Fan unit

Tape reader without reels


Velocity control unit

A02B-0076-C932
i

i
i

I
\
\

__

T7

N
\

\
l

\A/\

Remote buffer

Terminal unit

A16B-1200-0270
(1IT only)

Input unit

I
1

I
i

/
/

Fan unit
A02B-Q047-C907

Terminal unit
Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940
I/O cards D1 ~D3
A20B-1001-0240
A20B-1001-0241
A20B-1001-0242

Velocity Control Unit

i
i

Servo

transformer

10T

Input unit B
C
D

A14B-0076-B003
A14B-0076-B004
A14B-0076-B005

Fig. 1.1 (c) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10T/11T)

1IT

A14B-0076-B101
A14B-0076-B102
A14B-0076-B103

10M
Small

1IM

lirr

A02B-0076-C021

A02B 0076-C021

A02B-0076-C022

A13B-0073-B001

A13B0070-B001

CRT/MDI A02B-0073-C001

Standard

CRT/MDI
Tape Reader
Without Reels

Fan unit

A02B-0047-C910
Tape Reader
With Reels

A13B-0080-BO01

sr~'\
J

/i

CRT/MDI (Interioi)

r~rs
)7

Ii

Input unit

A14B-0076-B002 (10/100)
A14B-0076-B105 (11/110)

Connection unit 2

A20B-1000-0950
i
i

Connection unit 1
A20B-1000-0940

l
i_n

Tape reader
With reels
Without reels

71

Punch panel

Remote buffer

A16B-1200-0270
(11M only)

4
/

Battery

case

A02B-0076-C151

(11M only)

(10M only)
Small connecting board
or

Adapter for separate type


detector (A20B-1002-0290)
(Digital servo only)

Fan unit

A02B-0060-C906

Multi-tap transformer

Fig. 1.1 (d) Built-in 2 cabinet internal component location (for 10M/11M/11TT)

UK

10M
Small CRT/MDI
Standard

CRT/MDI
Tape Reader
Without Reels

Tape Reader
With Reels

A02E-0073-C001

A02B-0076-C021

A02B-0076-C021

A13B-0073-B001

A13B-0070B001

Fan unit

A02B-0076-C903
A13B-0080-B001

*7\

''

2
CRT/MDI
t

>
i
i

Input unit

=n

Lbr

_
t

(Interior)

A14B-0076-B001 (10M)
A14B-0076-B104 (11M)

Connection unit 1

A20B-1000-0940

i i

ON

Connection unit 2

A20B-1000-0950

Tape reader
Without reels
With reels

Remote buffer

A16B-1200-0270
S

f
\

(1IM only)

Punch panel

i
Small connecting board
A02B-0076-C151
Battery case
(10M only)

Fig. 1.1 (e) Built-in 2-2 cabinet internal location {for 10M/11M)

Fan unit
A02B-0076-C920

(11M only)
or
Adapter for separate
type detector

A20B-1002-0290

(Digital servo only)

Fan unit
A02B-Q076-C911

21

__

ft r1
I
I
I

Remote buffer

I
[

A16B-l 200-270
(for 11T and 11M)

I
i

I
!

1
!

IS

Connection unitI
1

A20B-l000-0940
ox I/O card D1 #-,D3
A20B-l001-0240
A20B-l001-0241
A20B-1001-0242
(I/O card D1-D3
are only for 10 TF)

_
i

Input
unit
f

_
j

A14B-0076-B001 (10)
A14B-0076-B104 (II)

\
Battery case
(for 10T and 10M)

Fan unit

Small connecting
A02B-0076-C151

A02B-0076-C901

(11 only)

Adapter for separate

or

type detector

A20B-1002-0290

(Digital servo only)

Fig. 1.1 (f) Unbundled cabinet control component location for 10/11/100/110 series

Fan unit

"7!

r---

if

/_

---/

'\<i

( &

'

Velocity

Velocity

control
unit

control
unit

<

i
I

"

----

p
<

* /y

S/

ryr

< < rW

A20B-1000-0950

! r'N

r 7-s

-V-I

control
unit

Fan unit

1 1
11
1

Connection unit 1

A20B-1000-0940

CO

JJ
/

Connection unit 2

Velocity

/ / y{

/ -4//

if/A
--

'

f
\_S

Fan unit

Velocity
control
unit

Input unit

Fan unit
Servo transformer
/

Fig. 1.1 (g)

AX'

14

Built-in 3 cabinet internal component location for 11TT/110TT

/
/

Remote buffer
A16B-1200-0270

Fan unit
A02B-0055-C025

CRT/MDI unit
12T : A02B-007 6-C022
12M-'

-C025

Velocity Velocity Velocity

control
unit

control control
unit

unit

CM)

(L)

(N)

_T

VXJ

Tape reader
(with reels
1 without reels,

A14B-0076-

Fan unit

A02B-0055-C026

B205
Input unit

c2

Basic control unit


1

A02B-0075-COO
Fan unit

A02B-0055-C024

Built-in type
I/O unit

A03B-0801-C001

Transformer box
Fan unit

A05B-2020-C903

Servo

Servo

trans

trans

former

former

u
Export transformer
A80L-0001-0262 #B

Reai view

Front view

Fig. 1.1 (h)

Free-standing cabinet A internal component location for 12/120 series

CRT/MDI unit

12T : A02B-0076-C022
-C025
12M:

Fan unit

LE

Fan unit

A02B-0075-C005

Built-in model

JE

additional I/O unit

Built-in

&

I/O unit

A03B-0801-C001

Fan unit
A02B-0055
-C024
]

A03B-0801-C001

control
- Additional
A02B-0075-C002

Fan unit
A05 B-2020-C905

cc

g5
.2 "

Tape reader

without reels
with reels

Basic control unit

A02B-0075-C001
Fan unit

sa

A02B-0055-C026

Input unit
A14B-0076-B205

&

Export transformer

A80L-0001-0262#C
Rear view

Fig. 1.1 (i) Free-standing cabinet B internal component location for

12/120 series

Fan unit

A02B-0047-C910
r

T><]
Input unit

A14B-0076-B20I
o

CRT/MDI unit

l y /

fit

I2T, A02B-0076-C022
12M, A02B-0076-C025

Built-in I/O unit

A03B-0801-C001

Basic control unit


Tape reader
Without reel
With reel
*

A02B-0075-C001

a
Power unit
A20B-1000-0770

Punch panel
0

o
Fan unit

A02B-0060-C900
Remote buffer
A 16B-1200-0270

Export transformer

A80L-0001-0262#B

Fig. 1.1 (j)

Built-in cabinet internal component location for 12/120 series

1.1

10/11/100/110

Master & Option PCB

1) Analog servo 10 series master PCB structure


PMC casette
or interface converter

I ZA

Power unit
A16B-1210-0510

Master PCB

A16B-1010-0040

\A
Optional fiber interface

OPTION 1

(10TF only)

Conversational type PCB

A16B-1210-0360
or I/O card A1 A3
A16B-1210-0320
A16B-1210-0321
A16B-1210-0322

A16B-1210-0410

(SUB CPU)

ROM/RAM & additional axis (A16B-1210-0380)

A16B-1310-0300

ROM/RAM board (A16B-1210-0381)

(MEMORY)

Fig. 1.1 (k)

2) Analog servo 11 series master PCB structure

r
i

Power unit
A16B-1210-0560

Mater PCB

A16B-1010-0050
!
I

!
:

i
i
i
!
I

ROM/RAM board
A16B-1210-0470
Bubble memory unit

Additional axis
A16B-1210-0430
(4th pulse coder, 5th pulse coder)

Conversational type PCB


A16B-1210-0410
(11MF only)

A87L-0001-0086 (1280 in)

A16B-1210-0450

A87L-0001-0100 #8M (2560 m)


A87L-0001-0100 #12M (3840 m)

4th resolver, 5th pulse coder


or 4th inductosyn, 5th pulse coder

A16B-1210-0450
(4th resolver, 5th resolver)

A87L-0001-0017 (80 in)


A 87 L-0001-0084 (320 m)
A87L-0001-0085 (640 m)

Fig. 1.1 (I)

12

1.1

3) Digital servo 10

series/lOOseries
PMC cassette
or interface converter

Power unit

A16B-1210-0510
Master PCB

A16B-1210-0190

I/O card A

A16B-1210-0320

A16B-1210-0321
A16B-1210-0322
Small type CRT/MDI
Interface
A16B-1211-250

/
OPTION 1

A16B-1210-0350

Addition axis
(3, 4 axis)

A1GB-1211-0270
A16B-1211-0271

ROM/RAM

A16B-1210-0290

(iOTF only)
Conversational type PCB

A16B-1210-0410

Memory PCB

A16B-1210-0300 or
A16B-1210-0480

13

1.1

4) Digital servo 11

series/110

series

/WMWI
Power unit
Master PCB

A16B-1010-0200

1/
Bubble memory unit
Axis control PCB
1st and 2nd axis,
3rd and 4th axis,
5th axis from right side
A16B-1211-0270 (for 2 axes)
A16B-1211-0271 (for 1 axis)

Conversational type PCB

ROM/RAM board
A16B-1211-0291

PMC cassette or
interface convertor

CRT/MDI addapter (110 series only)


A16B-1211-0260

Power unit
Bubble memory unit

Conversational

type PCB

These are same as analog servo.

PMC cassette

Interface PCB

14

1.1

5) 12 series basic control unit PCB structure

1s
*

& S
s

8AH

S
D
so

o
r-

sa i ? i
siI b 5
1111
i

-s s s I
4>

<N

ro u-

o o

PH

'S

t< -a<

8
Q

, o

-S

-a< s
Q

inC'-vor--

o o

r)

r)

o o

Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing cabinet
A. (One of synchronous operation, hybrid control and double check system is
not performed when 5 or less axes are controlled.)
Fig. 1.1 (m) 12 series basic control unit layout {1)

& 3

1ss

|
PH

3
00
AH

e S
:

iS

K,

Ch

e
Q

, 11 ,
Ilblgbi|&8|
I f iiiIIiiii1
SgSSSooooS
slsilssssiss
o

Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing A


(One of 6 axes control; synchronous operation, hybrid control and
cabinet
double check system is performed.)

Fig. 1.1 (n) 12 series basic control unit layout (2)

15

>
CL

P
CO

Cu

H-

n
3

T1

<P

02P08

Axis CPU

Tl

02P06

Axis control

<P

02P09

Additional detector control

PSU1

Power unit

BMU

Bubble memory

3*
O

PC ROM PMC ROM cassette

S,

02P07

DSCG interface

sr

03P08

Axis CPU

Fo

Axis control

01P17

03P06

03P09

Additional detector control

1'

cn

01P01

ROM/RAM

03P07

DSCG interface

03

04P08

Axis CPU

04P06

Axis control

01P09

Additional detector control

33

01P07

DSCG interface
Axis CPU

&
<3

05P08
05P06

Axis control

05P09

Additional detector control

05P07

DSCG interface

PSU2

Power unit

r>o

1
<J>

rt

Additional buffer 2

Cd

TT

01P15

S
s-

hh

I S
c

rt

<

03

n
o

l-h

01P02

Peripheral control

01P03

Main CPU

01P04
01P10

Main buffer

01P08

Axis CPU

rt

01P06

Axis control

01P07

DSCG interface

01P09

Additional detector control

01P13

Spindle control

01PI4

Additional buffer 1

CL
H*

2.

<T

2
<
o

Graphic control

(D

ro

Sub CPU

rt

1.1

6) 120 series basic control unit PCB structure


o

Ia I
2

oi

I
8
II
l
S 2 E|

3 SI2

t
t-

I-H

I
I1I
18s 1I1
e i1
J eE 8 I

II g 3 3 1 s .a

to

8
3

c?!

,a

hMioat'SJ

r-ioooooooooppop

aaaaa-saasassss
oooooooooooooo

Sk

Basic control unit PCB layout of built-in cabinet and free-standing A


cabinet. (6 or less axes control; synchronous operation, hybrid control and
double check system is performed.)
Fig. 1.1 (q) 120 series basic control unit layout (1)
o

b
I8

I|
JB

g
CM

IIs

11

111

1!t!y s !1 1 1 1 S

'3

lit

S2gSSSg

12

*-<

1-t

T-H

*H

o o o o

*<

-<

o o o

J-il-i

o o

Basic control PCB layout of free-standing cabinet B.


Fig. 1.1 (r) 120 series basic control unit layout (2)

17

a
1
O

1
c
2
Or
o

>
CL
0.
rt

h-'

c
H-

01PI 5

Additional buffer 2

02P08

Axis CPU

rt

-n

o
I
OO

sc

02P06

Axis control

02P09

Additional detector control

sr

02P07

DSCG interface

03P08

Axis CPU

&

03P06

Axis control

s,

03P09

Additional detector control

03P07

DSCG interface

04P08

Axis CPU

04P06

Axis control

ho

Cd

't

Hi
CD
(D

I I.
O

2.

!
a;

<

01P09

Additional detector control

01P07

DSCG interface

05P08

Axis CPU

05P06

Axis control

or

05P09

Additional detector control

H-

OQ

P3

rt
KJ

05P07

DSCG interface

PSU2

Power unit

. Mount positions of the two modules at


the right are fixed,
. Arbitrary I/O modules can be mounted
on the mount positions 1-10.
. The I/O interface module (IF04C) can

Mount position fixed

be mounted on any mount position 1-10.

I/O interface

module
(IF01A/01B)

Slot
number

10

10

Power supply
module

POW

CA 1 5

CA1 6

TI

F31F31

vO

ALC

(5A)(5A)

ALD

CO
CO

COP 4

CP3l|

m
[

GND

+24V
C2A)

+ 24E

F35I

@
I I/O module mount slots (10 modules)

Module mount drawing of I/O base unit BU10A

Note 1

There two
terminals
cannot be used.
Do not connect
anything to these
two terminals.

M4 tap

Note 1: Use these terminals to supply power to the external contacts,


when using a non-insulai type input module. Be careful not to
connect short with the + 24E of other base units.

Fig. 1.1 (t)

M3 screw

.
.

Mount positions of the two modules at


the right are fixed.
Arbitrary I/O modules can be mounted
on the mount positions 1-8.
The I/O interface module (IF04C) can
be mounted on any mount positions 1-10.
Slot
number

Mount position fixed

I/O interface

module
(IF01A/01B)

Power supply
module

POW

CA1 5

CA1 6
i
N5
O

F31 F32

( 5A) ( 5A) g

COP4

CP3l|

T1

ALC
ALD

+24E

[S

GND
+24V(2A)

(8 modules)

(6 modules)
(4 modules)

Fig. 1.1 (u) Module mount drawing of

BU08A
BU06A
BU0 4A

} Note 1

F 35

0
Mountable position of I/O machine

M3 screw

W\

M4 tap

Note 1: Use these terminals to supply power to the


external contacts, when using non-insular
type input module. Be careful not to
connect short with the +24E of other base units.

I/O base unit BU04A, BU06A, BU08A

1.2

1.2 Construction
1) Analog servo 10 series connecting construction
a) For small CRT/MDI
a,
P<

ao
g
'o

a
00

<*

cd

a
O

s
as
<2 11

ll

Readcr/puncher

J7

-r-*
</)

<
o

>

ru

CD2

CA8

CV4

CF4

?!

PH

4th axis velocity control unit

(position detector)

:K]

w
1J<1

w
<
O

04

4th axis servo motor

JM

High-speed measuring
position reach signal

I-

]<:
Jo

03

ID

Odji

To magnetic cabinet circuit

Ml

M2

M18

Spindle velocity control


unit
Position coder

M20

M1Q

!
CD1

CAl

CA2

CA3

CV3

CF3

<D

CA4

CV2

CF2

CAS

CV1

CF1

3rd axis

2nd axis

O0

Servo motor
(position
detector)

1st axis

-3

- 3rd axis

2nd axis
1st axis I:

O
A)

*3

Ig li
Is,

S 3

o S

Q*

Small CRT/MDI

*
Fig. 1.2 (a) 10 series master PCB structure

21

Velocity

control
unit

1.2

b) For standard or 14" color

CRT/MDI
p.

&

ft

Bo

1
o

ft

I
a

ft

11

55

II

31

~i

<J L

a.

*33

.a
ft
<

-J

ft

Reader/puncher
( High speed skip
< High speed measuring

l position arrival signal

Jo

ft

&

ft

a
ft

ft

.a

Battery unit

<i

l<i
Jo
CAl

sS

|sg|
<1
o

Q
u

C=M=]
CVS

CA3

ki

<st

CF3

CZK CD
CV2
CF2
C=K CZh~

CA4

5
Bl
a

ft

nn
CA2

CA5

CV1

CF1

I []

o
I
a

4->

42
bO

02
oo

ft
ft

<
B

8
O'

73

go>

.5

ft

42

ft

[]

Position coder

3rd axis

---

2nd axis

Ss[l
H ftuLJ
"2 jy
0
3

[}
11

ill a]

p.

ft

42

13

o
>

eg
.a
42

42

ft

cd
02

ce:

42

ft

cd
42

Fig. 1.2 (b) 10 series master PCB structure

22

Position
detector

1st axis

3rd axis
2nd axis
1st axis
O

T~

S2
o

.>

Velocity
, control

unit

.3S
a

S .2
8
B42 1
C

Spindle velocity control unit

IfeS

.t!

I []
IfS D

H]

CDl

02

+->

o co

a.

O']

ft

ac

13o

o
m

CO

rH

ft

<1

ft

CF4

CV4

4th axis servo motor


(Position detector)

Jo

ft

_ 4th axis velocity

control unit

PJo
8

CA8

CD2

td o
O

Jj

1.2

c) Digital servo

is

a
p.

.s

a
g
5
c

303

I
03

TJ

cs
.2
S

< i_

i
I

Power unit

a,

]<
-I o
g
5
'd
to

So

CD 2

S-g

on

Reader/puncher interface
High speed skip
High speed measuring point
arrival signal

CAB

|*i

_/

Battery unit

CO

S8

CJ

Pk

rH

<1

<

1nJ

03

<1

14 CRT/MDI
(100 series only)

CD13B

iJ

H
Jd

3rd, 4th axis pulse coder/


servo amplifier

3=rf=EftzfiEP
CV2 2BCV21B CF9 2B CF91B

I
u

HH

Manual pulse generator

CA5 \

H
03
0>

< =fL

>>

CA4\

|
J

Ml

30

|is

CAl

H sb

CA2

jzzn
]

COP 2T~~1

CV21

CV 2 2

CL>

5
Sc 2

it
H

oP

feu

o> 3

SO

-jj

.
8

1
'S

To magnetic cabinet
spindle
velocity

coder
Position control
unit

/ CF9 1 / CF9 2

/ CDl

COP1

Keyboard
CRT

CA3

Sc-

A)

.13P<

g HI II li?
fss ii
4>

PH

<D Q
O

0:1

bs

cJ

till
SSHH
H *3*
k*/

23

lleSS
!.

Fig. 1.2 (c) Digital servo 10 series master PCB structure

o5|

oi

'd

r*H

Small type

CRT/MDI

1.2

2) 11 series connecting construction


(a) Analog servo
ft

ft

3
S3

p,

.3

<3

a
5

&
o

1
o

0
4)

B
o

&

~1

a
Irl

B
41

ir<

8 -a

a.

1S
m

43

S3

.3

13

4)

&

Jo

va

1
o

s
&H

<D

Pi

1o

*o
VI

rr

FT

<12

43

13

T3

5th axis

|:::|
CV5

CV4

CP 5

4th axis
4 th axis

[zri
CF4

CM

5 th axis

]%

<

- External position indicator


.. Reference proximity signal

xk

J <_>

cm

CA8

CA10

Spindle velocity

T_f

control unit
Position coder

CAl

CA2

CV3

CP 3

Reader-punclter interface
CD4

Reader/puncher
interface

CD 3

CA11

a.

CA 12

o
% 3

CV2

r</a

ill

cvi

38

2nd axis

1st axis

CPI

3rd axis

(1>

H"1

2nd axis

n
s

CM

s
u

co

Position
detector

CP 2

in

g3

3rd axis

CM

CL

Position
detector

5
I
J u
.
High speed skip
High speed measuring|
position arrival signal

Velocity

control
unit

Connection unit
for operators
panel

|s i

Reader/punelier

interface/20 mAC/L
Manual pulse generator

[] |M

&B
-f

o
o

I
{]e
DS

rn

c[P
sip a sLi
in

g
g

<3

uL J

sri/

S[]

CM

8w U srm
uLJ

5ri
oL|J

e[H

3
in

CM

a.

Fig. 1.2 <d) 11 series master PCB structure

11

<N

sgrruv
CJ
ool I

rt

- 24

control unit

1st axis

its

cj

Velocity

-s
cd

1.2

(b) Digital servo

b
to

o
PH

>>

S
<D

4
o

<D

5. >
HO

r-H

P_|

a. o
o

PQ

1
g

Connection unit
or I/O unit

S
PQ

3
p

-2

18
1
1
5

_l

<

OL

.O

*2

Ok|

V)

l/l

3
o

s
Pk

<N

Po

<!

cj d-

<
17lM
J o

p
m

14 CRT/MDI
(110 series only)

C=

ae i CID

71

. 2nd axis

Mst axis

<

1st axis
2nd axis
4th axis
3rd axis

azZ7vTTZra3M09TMD

2
R

3
<

azzAoXizAoNizeeio

ai6jio

CO

_4tli axis

3IZAO

External position display

oo ._.

Reader/puncher

PCIO
Near zero signal

eao

Servo amplifier
Servo amplifier
Pulse coder

nnu

CM

ft

IP

all

Separate type
detector interface

aivox azvo
C=L [
VTVO vzvo

Pulse coder

&H

Cu

8
M

Servo amplifier

CDo
u

1)

5 th axis
5 th axis

ai6cio

IIVO

/ z i vo

/3rd axis

Pulse coder

.S
P
00 OO

81t

m If!
<u
<U

<u

S- & o

2nd spindle

1st spindle
-2nd spindle)
-1st spindle f

Fig. 1.2 <e) Digital servo 11 series master PCB structure

25

Position coder

Spindle velocity

control unit

1.2

3)

12/120
12/120

series construction
series is divided into the following 3 types according to the cabinet
in which the control unit is installed.
Cabinet type
where the control
unit is installed

Note)

Built-in type
cab inet

Free-standing
type cabinet A

Free-standing
type cabinet B

Controlled
axis number

2-5 axes
(Note)

Axis control

The main CPU controls the axes


directly.

6 axes
(Note)

Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU


which controls the axes.

2-5 axes
(Note)

The main CPU controls the axes


directly

6 axes
(Note)

Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU


which controls the axes.

7-8 axes

Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU


which controls the axes.

9-15 axes

Every 3rd axis has the axis CPU


which controls the axes.
The sub CPU is prepared to
control this axis CPU.

The axes are controlled by the axis CPU when the hybrid control,
synchronous operation, or double check system performed even though
only 2-5 axes are controlled.

- 26

1.2

To the connector CND on built-in I/O unit

Basic control unit

CNctj
P S'UT
CPUc Nr [|
Basic
i ipBack panel II - Power unit c r > ,

UO 1 2

CNDCNE

To the connector CNC on built-in I/O unit

Input
' unit
-

AC power

CNF[nsMu
11

Bubble memory |

CNT[|

uo

t l

CNA

Basic
Back panelI

ROM
I
1 1 PMC
PMC ROMcassette

Tape
reader

- Graphic display control

.0 1 P I 7

CN;\[|

CNA[]

0 t P0l
ROM/ RAM

Machine side (Reader/puncher Interface)

CDt
CNA[] o i P o 2
Peripheral c D 3 I

control

CA1

>
9[

J>

Machine side (High speed DI)


Machine side (High speed DO)
Position coder
Spindle speed control circuit

CA 1 0[>
CA2 (>

CNc|]

CA 1 l>
CN! [|
CNA[| 0 1 P 0 3
Main CPUC 0 3
ONE []
P
13
CN2 []
CNC I!

CNA[| 0 IPM

Main
CRafl] buffer
CNC[)

External position display (1st)


External position display (2nd)
Macliine side (analog input)

CA 1 7A(>

CA1!B()
CAIS |>

To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI


To the connector COP4 on I/O unit

COP 1 [ 3
CO P 2 [3

o t -02P08CNI |J
Axis CPU

CNA

CNB

CNA|f|i-2P06 c,!51l)>CF5

Axis
control

2[_

CF5 3 [ Ji

C V 1 (>-

|>-

CV 2
CNC

Velocity

control unit

C V 3 (>-

0 1-02P07 C F 3 1 rfcj
CF3 2
DSCG
Interface c F 3 3 (H
C F 7 1 13

__

Inductosyn

preamplifier

CF7 2(3

CNC[]
CNA

Inductosyn scale

-Inductosyn slider

CF7 3[3

CA 1

2l>

j]0 1 ~ 02P0 9 CF3 1[ 3


Additional CF32|:>
c F 3 3ip
detector
control
CF7 11 >

Inductosyn

Inductosyn slider
or resolver

3ta

c A 1 2(>

Additional
detector
control
(PC type)

switch

preamplifier

(DSCG type) c FI-it>


CF 7

Reference point
detective signal

cF6iip

Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder

2l>
CF6 3l>
CF

CA1J>

Reference point

detective signal
switch

When using built-in cabinet or free-standing cabinet A


(When 6 or less axes control; the synchronous operation,
the hybrid control, and the double check system are

performed)
Fig. 1.2 (f)

12 series basic control unit connecting structure

27

1.2

To the connector CND on the built-in type I/O unit


To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O unit

Basic control unit


UO L 2

CNG

(p-

PSU1
CPI 4 1 1
CNP
Basic
Power unit c i- 1 1 ft
back panel II

CNDCNE

c NF

Input

J=
(| 11MU

AC power

unit

Bubble memory

To power unit PSU2

I .11 I..1

CNT [|-

PMC ROM
1
PMC ROMcassettg

CNA

U0 1 1

Basic

--Graphic display control

back panelI
0 1P1 7

CNA

CNA|]

PO 1

ROM/ RAM
CD([>0 1P D 2
Peripheral CD3(>
control
CA !!!>-
CA10[>

CNA

CA

0 1P0 3

CNA

HE

CN 1

CN2

CNC
CNA |)

C A 1 7 A[

1 P0 4

>

External position display (1st)


External position display (2nd)
Machine side (analog input)

CA 11 BO

Main
C!<B li buffer

CA 1 8 [>
COp 1 l

(]

To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI


To the connector COP4 on I/O unit

>

COPZ i>

lp l o

CNA

Sub CPU

CN11

8
CNA [| 0 1 P 0

Axis CPU

CNB []

CNC

Machine side (High speed DI)


Machine side (High speed DO)

Main CPU co r 3
1a

CNB

CNA

Machine side (Readcr/puncher interface)

c A 21

CNC [|

CNC

Tape
reader

[ |S 1 P P

CN1

(]

CN I

[|

>- >
3 [>-[

CF 5 1

Axis
control

cF6 2 (
CF$

[|

cvi

[>-

CV 2

CV 3

[>-

Velocity

}
}

>-

CK3 1

0 1 PO 7

C F 3 2 [3-

DSCG

control unit

Interface c F 3 3 [k.

aInductosyn

CF7 1 { 3C F 7 2 J 3*
CA 1 2O
CF 3 1

1P0 9
I 0Additional
cF3 2

detector

:)

C F3 3[;t.

control

Inductosyn
slider or

C F 7 30

resolver

C.A 1 2f

(PC type)

CNA[)01P13
CNB [) Spindle
control
CNC ||
l| 0 1 p r

Inductosyn

C F 7 2|>

>

AddltTomiTTo"i(>
detector
CR6 212control
CP6 3l>

CNA

I'

CA 1

Reference points
detective signal
switch

Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder

Reference point
detective signal
switch

ZIP'

CAl 7 C [
CA 2

>

I>

CA 1 [>

External position display (3rd)


-

-Position coder
- Spindle speed control circuit
-

To the connector CN1 on the additional back panel U021


To the connector CN2 on tire additional back panel U021
To the connector CN3 on the additional back panel U021

[ | Additional
buffer I

Inductosyn slider

preamplifier

C F 1 lo

(DSCG
type)

CNB

Inductosyn scale

C F 7 30

CNC
CNA

preamplifier

CN 2 [

]-

CN 3 [

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (g) 12 series basic control unit connecting structure

28

1.2

b) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure

Additional control unit


CN 1

(}

CN2

I}

CN3

(j

CNA ||

To the connector CN1 on the additional buffer 1 01P14


To the connector CN2 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
To the connector CN3 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
0IP15

CKI)[| Additional
buffer II
CMC |

CNA

[f 0205P08

CN 1

Axis CPU
CNB(| --CNA

C F 5 I [)_.
C F5 2 [>i- .

[I 02~05Por,
Axis
control

Velocity

c F 5 3 (>- .

control unit

} a

()-C V 2 [>-

cvi

CNC (|

02-0SF03

CNA

E1-

CV3
CF 3 1n

detector
(DSCG

type)

U0 2 1

preamplifier

CF 3 3 I y
CF7 1 ,3CF? 2 [ >

control

Inductosyn slider
or resolver

>
CAJ.2j>
CF7 3

Additional

back panelI Additional cm I >


detector CF6 2

control

(PC type)
02-04P07

C F6 3

Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder

Interface

CA 1 2

CP-3213CF 3 3

( 3_

uo

CA 1 2

05P07

2 2

C F3

DSCG
Additional
back panel II Interface

- Inductosyn slider
- Reference point
detective signal

CF7 3 I>

()

Inductosyn scale

Inductosyn
preamplifier

CF 7 1 | 3CF 7 2 13CMC

Reference point
detective signal
switch

0-

CF311D-

DSCG

CND
CMC

cm-

Inductosyn

Additional CF 3 3 J-,

- switch

(>

C F 3 2 ( 3-

CF3 3 t>
CF7 1 I
CF72 [3.

Inductosyn

>

preamplifier

CF7 3
CNC
CNF
CNG (

CA 1 2 [>

cr l l [ y
PSU2
Power unit cm If

Inductosyn scale

From input unit

Inductosyn slider

Reference point
detective signal
switch

jl

To the connector CNC on the additional built-in I/O unit


To the connector CND on the additional buiit-in I/O unit

When using free-standing cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (h) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure

29

1.2

Basic control unit

To the connector CND on built-in I/O unit

CNGO
PSU 1
cTTTjjj.
c N i*|]
Basic
pi
Back panel II =Power unit c ii>
"EMU
C N F 11
Bubble memory
CNDCNE
U0 12

| To the connector CNC on built-in I/O unit


AC power
' Input

- unit

CNT||
CNA||

U0 11

Basic
Back panel 1

C MA

11

CNAj|

PMC

ROM

PMC

Tape
reader

KOMcassette

Graphic display control


0 1P1 7

0 1P 0 1

ROM/ RAM

Machine side (Reader/puncher Interface)

cm [>.

CNA[| 0 1 P 0 2
Peripheral
control

CD3

Machine side (High speed DI)


Machine side (High speed DO)
Position coder
Spindle speed control circuit

CA 1 9[ Jp

CA1

>|>-

CA 1

C A 1 0(
C NC (

>

CtfA|| 01P03B
CS0(]
CNR [ft

/MMcT

cm!)

OIPO3A
CMAII Main
CPU
C N B j|

14 CRT/MDI

CD13BO

CNC

11

CN2

C A 1 7 A|

CNA[| IP0t

CA 1 7

CNB|] buffer
c Nc [ ]

External position display (1st)


External position display (2nd)
Machine side (analog input)
To the connector COP3 on CRT/MDI
To the connector C0P4 on I/O unit

COP 1 l>
C O P 2 I>

CNAll 0 1~0 2 PC

Axis CPU

qNA||0 1 02 P 0 6

Axis
control
CNC

>

B| y
CA 1 8 (>

Main

C Nil

|]

||

8CN1
CF5

'!>

CP5

2[>

CV1

(>

CV7

f>
Ih

CV3

C Pi 3[>

02 PS 7 CPS I
C F3 2
DSCG
Interface cpjsb

0 1

Inductosyn

c F J 11 3

___

preamplifier

CFl 2[3

CNC [

Velocity

control unit

Inductosyn scale

I*'"'- Inductosyn slider


Reference point
detective signal

CF7 30

CA1 i[)

CNA||0 1 ~ 02PO9

CF3 l[b

Inductosyn

Additional CF3213
CF3 30
detector
control
CF7 to
(DSCG type)cK7 2i>CF7
CA 1

Additional

CF6

Inductosyn slider

or resolver

3'3-

2l >

I|>-

detector
control

CF62[)

(PC type)

CA12,k

CF6

- switch

preamplifier

3l>

Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder

Reference point
detective signal
switch

When using built-in cabinet or free-standing cabinet A


(6 axes or less control; the synchronous operation,
the hybrid control, and the double check system are

performed)
Fig. 1.2 0)

120 series basic control unit connecting structure

30

1.2

To the connector CND on the built-in type I/O unit


To the connector CNC on the built-in type I/O unit

Basic control unit


U0 12

CNG (t

Pstn
CP 1 a ( )
CNF
Basic
Power unit c p i i d)
back panel II

CNDCNE

Bubble memory

Tape

reader

o lpo l

CNA

ROM/RAM

Machine side (Readcr/puncher interface)


Machine side (RS422 interface)
Machine side (High speed DI)
Machine side (High speed DO)

CD([jf
c 0 30CA19|>-

c N A (| 0 1 P 0 2

Peripheral
control

CA i oO
C A 20

[|

CAIO
01P03B

CNA[]

PNCCPU/
CNB[] MMCIF

CSC

(]

CN1

[|

(]

CN'

j)

14 CRT/MDI

CD13BI0-

[)

CN2

CNC

Main
CXB (J buffer

CNA

CNB

Sub CPU

CNA

0 1P 0 8

COP 2

(>

CN1

(]

CNI

CFS 1 |>

01P0 6

CNA

To the connector C0P3 on CRT/MDI


To the connector C0P4 on I/O unit

>

COII

Axis CPU

CNB

>
(>

CA 1 8

[I
1P1

External position display (1st)


External position display (2nd)
Machine side (analog input)

CA 1 7 A[)C A 1 7 B|

0 1P0 4

CNA

CNC

To power unit PSU2

PMC ROM
1
PMC ROMcassettg

CNA

uo 11
Basic
back panelI

CNB

AC power

unit

'

CNT[i

CNC

Input

IiMU

CNF

Axis
control

CF5 2 [>CF53 O

CNC ||

CV 1

CV 2

cv 3

C F3 1

0 1P0 7
DSCG

C F 3 2 (J.

_____

Interface c F 3 3 < >

Velocity

control unit

>

C F 7 1|

C F 7 2 [>

CF7 3

CNC ||
CNA

CA I 2
CF3 1

0 1 PO 9

Additional

detector
control

|| 0 t p 1 3
CNB ( | Spindle
control
CNC (

preamplifier

CF7 2[>

Inductosyn
slider or

CF7 30

resolver

CAI
CA 1 7

c [>
l>

CA2

CA 1 [>

[ | Additional
buffer I

Reference point

detective signal
switch

Pulse input
detector or
pulse coder

--

External position display (3rd)

Position coder

-Spindle speed control circuit


To the connector CN1 on the additional back panel U021
To the connector CN2 on the additional back panel U021
To the connector CN3 on the additional back panel U021

CNA (| 0 1 P 1 4
CNB

switch

Inductosyn

c F3 2 [

Additional cF6ii>
detector
c F s 2!i
control
CF6 3l>

Inductosyn slider

Reference points
detective signal

&A_1_2( >

CNA

IP-

C F 7 l(>

(PC type)

Inductosyn scale

>

C F 3 3 ( 3.

(DSCG
type)

Inductosyn
preamplifier

C N 2|jCN 3 ( }-

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (j) 120 series basic control unit connecting structure

31

1.2

b) 12 series additional control unit connecting structure

Additional control unit


To the connector CN1 on the additional buffer 1 01P14
To the connector CN2 on the additional buffer 1 01PI 4
To the connector CN3 on the additional buffer 1 01P14

CN 1

CN 2
CN3

01P15

CNA

CNB 11

Additional
buffer II

CMC

j 0205P08
Axis CPU

CNA

02 -05 ['06

CNA

Axis
control

CNC
CNA

CNl

[|

CNB

____
02 05 POO

Additional c K 3 2

detector

control

(DSCG
type)

U0 2 1

Additional

crs l [)j_
CFS 2 [JfCF 5 3 |>CV 1 |>c v 2 [)>-
C V 3 (>-
CF3I|3

Velocity

control unit

Inductosyn

preamplifier

CF33(>
CF7 1 |>

Inductosyn slider

C F 7 2 |>

>

or resolver

(>

Pulse input

CF7 3I

C2W

back panelI Additional


detector
control
(PC type)
02~(HP07

CF i

detector or
pulse coder

C F 2
C F6 3
CA 1 2

CF3IID-

DSCG

Interface

C F 1 2 I 3-

C i'3 3

[ j.

Inductosyn
preamplifier

C F 7 1 13CF7 2 |>
CND
CNC
CJ

CA 1 2

>
l>

05P07

CF3

[>

DSCG

CF3 2

< D-

Additional

back panel II Interface

}
}

C F 3 3 l>
C F 7 1 l>

C f 7 2 |y

CF 7 3

CNC |
C N I'

(I

CA 1 2

PSU2

Power unite

Inductosyn slider

Inductosyn

preamplifier

Inductosyn scale

>

Cl i 1)
FI i (i

--

Inductosyn scale

- Reference point
detective signal
- switch

C F7 3 I

CNC [|

U0 2 2

Reference point
detective signal
switch

2j>

From input unit

Inductosyn slider

Reference point

detective signal
switch

CNG[(

To the connector CNC on the additional built-in I/O unit


To tire connector CND on the additional built-in I/O unit

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.2 (k) 120 series additional control unit connecting structure

32

1.2

c) 12 series

CRT/MDI unit

9" CRT/MDI unit


Software

keyboard

XcKK

CKK 1 U

CI'K

keyboard
Power c f 2 I ( y
supply

CPP

C OP 3[

CME'2(|CMI'

AC power (from input unit)

Control

To tlie connector COP1 on


the main buffer 01P04

>

CAS i)

Back
board

-'"I

-CRT
unit

CN!

Punch panel

CD 1 1>

cA 2[

>
de DM

CMD[}CDP ti

Connection unit
for operator's panel

(]c P2 4

cm CJU on

Reader/puncher Interface
device
ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)

Oil

:S

Machine side operators panel


(output signal)

Machine side operators panel


(input signal)

Fig. 1.2 (I)

14" CRT/MDI unit


. Software

-G
--

/-( I Power supply

(| CMP

keyboard

AC power

|)

To the connector COP1 on


the main buffer 01P04

0P3
CA

<jf

s (>- cm

1) C MK
Control

CRT

CDl (>
CA3

[>

Connector unit
for operators panel

4|CDM

CMD

CM

Punch panel

unit

CDP

P2 4

Reader/puncher interface
device
ASR33
Manual pulse generator
(3rd)

CMl CMl Oil

Machine side operators panel


(output signal)
Machine side operators panel
(input signal)

Fig. 1.2 (m)

d) 12 series built-in type

CM AO

I/O unit
To the connector C0P2 on
the main buffer 01P04

[] Interface
module

I/O base

! F0 l A

CNA t
n
1
11
C NA 5
C2

DI module
ID99A/B

.2A[)

Machine side (input signal)

C2 2E

CNA

(i

n DO module

CNA l 0
C2 3A ,

CMC
CND

oD 9 9 A

Machine side (output signal)

C 2 3 li

0-0

From the connector CNG on the basic back panel II


From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSUi

Built-in type I/O unit used in


Built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A
Fig. 1.2 (n)

33

1.2

From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSU1


From the connector CNG on the basic back panel

()

CXAO

base

To the connector COP2 on


the main buffer 01P04

[K

module
[

CXA 1

I/O

interface c o
F0 1A

n DI module
1
1D9 9A/II

c xA5
c 2 JA

Machine side {input signal)

C2 ?E
CXA 6 1 DO module
1

OD9 9A

CXA I 0
C? iA

Machine side (output signal)

ct 3 E

CA t 5

C*

C AI$

(I Interface
module

CXA A

J F 0 1

Addi

CX B

tional

CXA I

Dl module

C iiA

I/O
base

' (1
CXA 5
cz 2E
CNAS
!

Ur

CSD

ra Q cxc

Maciiinc side (input signal)

|j DO module

CXA I A
C 2 3A

jc

Il> 9 9 A/B

(J D

9 9A

Maciiinc side (output signal)


From the connector CNG on the additional back panel ll
From the connector CPI 4 on the power unit PSU2

Built-in type I/O unit used in free-standing type cabinet


Fig. 1.2 (o)

e) 12 series connecting with servo system.


When an M series servo motor is used, the connecting differences caused by
the type of position detector are as follows:
i) For resolver
o

-o 5po 6

Axis control

C F 5 1/C F 5 2/CF5 3
(L)

<M)

CV1 /C V 2
(L)

0 1

(M)

(N)

/C V 3
(N)

Velocity

control unit

-0 5 P0 7
DC motor with a tachogcncrator
and resolver

DSCG Interface

Note)

L = 1st, 4, 7, 10, 13th axis


M = 2nd, 5, 8, 11, 14th axis
N = 3rd. 6, 9, 12, 15th axis

ii) For inductosyn


o

-o 5Po 6

Axis control

CF5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3


(L)

(M>

CV1 /C V 2
(L)

0 1

(M>

(N)

/C V 3
(N)

Velocity
control unit

-0 5P0 7

i-

|>C

motor with a tachogeneratoj

DSCG Interface

C F 3 1/CF32/CF33
(L)

<M)

(N)

] Preamplifier

C F 7 1/C F 7 2/C F 7 3
(L)
<M)
<N>

Inductosyn scale

Inductosyn slider

34

1.2

iii) For built-in type pulse coder


0 1~ 0 5 P 0 6
control unit

C F 5 1/CF5 2/C F 5 3
(M)

(L)

CV1 /C V 2
(L)

(M)

[>

(N)

/C V 3

J" ] Velocity

(N)

1+* control unit

Ml
(DC motor with pulse coder)

iv) For separate type pulse coder

0 1

-0 5P0 6

control unit

re*

C F 5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3
(L)

CV1
(L)

(NO

/C V 2
(M)

(N)

(Separate type pulse coder)

[>

/C V 3

Velocity

(N)

control unit

Ml
(DC motor with tacho generator)

v) For pulse input detector (optical scale, magne-scale)

0 1~ 0 5 P 0 6

Pulse

control unit

input
detector

CF5 1/CF5 2/CF5 3


(D

CV1
(L)

(M)

/C V 2
(M)

(N)

/C V 3
(N)

J" 1 Velocity

[?

control unit

=Q
(DC motor

with tacho generator)

vi) For reference point detective signal switch

0 1~ 0 5 P 0 7
DSCG Interface
Reference
point
detective
signal
switch

CA 1 2 [>

35

1.3

1.3 System Block Diagram


1.3.1 10/100 series
Magnetic cabinet

Manual
Small CRT/MDI

circuit

pulse
generator

20 mAC/L
I
PMC ROM cassette
Interface

ROM
MDI/CRT
interface

PMC

I/O card A1 ~A3

NC
CPU

Interface

CPU

Battery backup

ROM

RAM

Reader/

punch
interface

Serial interface

Master PCB

Servo interface

Conversational
function card

Option card 1

High speed skip

High speed measuring


position arrival
signal

Additional axis
+
Additional memory

Reader/

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

Velocity control unit

puncher

Fig. 1.3.1 (a) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram (when small CRT/MDI is used)

36

1.3.1

Reader/punchcr
interface

O/E

Standard type
or 14 color

CRT/MDI

Manual pulse
generator
l

Optical fiber cable

\
1

Optical fiber interface

PMC ROM cassette

O/E
ROM

O/E

Connection unit
or I/O unit

O/E

Connection unit
for operators

panel

NC

PMC

Interface

CPU

CPU

Battery back up

ROM

RAM

Reader/

puncher
interface

Serial interface

Master PCB

Servo interface

Conversational
function card

Additional axis +
additional memory

Option
card 1

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

!
Otj

.1
5

So

flj

ID H

Velocity control unit

Tr S

S, SLg

a sw

-a'S

(Note)

O/E shows optical/electric conversion circuit.

Or

Fig. 1.3.1 (b) Analog servo 10 series system block diagram {when standard or 14" color

37

CRT/MDI is used)

1.3.1

Reader/puncher

--

j interface

:}

Standard type or

14 color CRT/MDI

(100 series only)

Manual
pulse

generator

CRT/MDI adapter

PMC ROM cassette

Serial

Interface
CPU

ROM

O/E

inter
face

Connection unit
or I/O unit

Connec
tion unit
for oper
ators
panel

\
Optical
fiber cable

%%

PMC
CPU

NC
CPU

Interface

Reader/puncher

Serial

interface

interface

Servo
interface

RAM

Master PCB

}
Axis control PCB

ROM/RAM

Option

Conversational
function card

card 1

card

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

Servo amplifier
cm

II
&3
a)

4)

<U <0 ri

&&!

.sp.a> g

S3
o

Battery

back up

O. 4)
M

S2

cS.S

Note)

O/E shows optical/electric


conversion circuit

Fig. 1.3.1 (c) Digital servo 10/100 series system block diagram

- 38

Position

control
circuit

1.3.2

1.3.2 11/110 series

I
O/E

Standard type
or 14 color
CRT/MDI

Reader/puncher
interface
l

Manual pulse
generator
j

PMC 11PM cassette


Bubble memory

ROM

Optical fiber
cable

-O/E

Connection
unit for

Connection unit
or I/O unit

operators
panel

O/E O/E

NC

PMC
Interface

CPU

CPU

Interface

Position display

RAM
Readcr/puncher
interface

Serial interface

Master PCB

Servo interface

Conversational
function card

ROM/RAM PCB

Additional axis

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

Velocity control unit

(Note)

O/E shows optical/elcctric conversion circuit.


Fig. 1.3.2 (a) 11 series system block diagram

39

Position
control
circuit

1.3.2

Standard type or
14 color

}
PMC ROM
cassette

CRT/MDI
Adapter

memory

interface

CPU

Reader/puncher
interface

Manual pulse
generator
J

Connec

adapter

Bubble

ROM

CRT/MDI

Li

tion unit

O/E

Serial

inter
face

Connection unit
or I/O unit

for

operators
panel

\
0/15 0/E

PMC

CNC

Interface

CPU

Optical fiber
cable

CPU

Interface

Position display

RAM

Serial

interface

Master PCB

Servo
interface

Axis

Axis
control

Axis
control

PCB

PCB

PCB

control
Conversational
function card

ROM/RAM

board

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

Position
control
circuit

Servo amplifier
Note)

O/E shows optical/electric


conversion circuit.

Fig. 1.3.2 (b) Digital servo 11/110 series system block diagram

40

Reader/puncher
interface

1.3.3 12/120 series

1.3.3
To each units

Input unit

AC power

U01: Basle control unit

PSUl

BMU
i

Bubble
memory

Power unit

PMC ROM
1)C output

PMC ROM cassette

1
01P17: Graphic display control
CPU

Memory

Spindle speed control circuit


position coder

- ROM

Reader /puncher

01P01: ROM/KAM

Main memory

Machine side
Tape reader unit

01F02: Peripheral control

Interface

: CRT/MD1 unit

01P03 Main CPU

Keyboard

CRT unit

PC CPU

Operators

panel

Mem-

Interface

orv

Main CPU

Interface

E/O
E/O

Punch
panel

O/E
:

0IP04: Main buffer

O/E

Reader/puncher

ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)

I/O unit

Interface
DO

DI

01P08; Axis CPU


Memory

CPU

Machine side

ROM

External position display (2nd)

Machine side

01P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

01P07: DSCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detector control

Resolver inductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale

Position detector
02P08: Axis CPU

Memoryj | CPU
-

~~j ROM |

02P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

02P07: DSCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

02F09: Additional detector control

Position detector

Resolver inductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale

Fig. 1.3.3 (a) 12 series system block diagram

When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A


(When 6 or less axes control, hybrid control, synchronous operation
or double check system is performed)

- 41

1.3.3

AC power

Input

To each unit
To additional control unit

unit

UOJ: Basic control unit


BMU

PSUl

Bubble

Power unit

memory

PMC
I

DC output

PMC ROM cassette

L
01P17: Graphic display control
Memory

--

CPU

Readcr/punchcr

ROM

Machine side

0 1 PO 1 : ROM/RAM

Main memory
Tape reader unit

Q1P02: Periphera1 control

Interface

01P03:

CRT/MDl unit

Main CPU

Keyboard

CRT unit

PC CPU

Memory

Operator's
panel

Interface

ilt

Main CPU

Interface

Reader/punchcr
ASR33

Punch

panel

{o

E/O

Manual pulse generator (3rd)

E/O
: I/O unit

01P04: Main buffer

O/E
Interface

DO

D]

01PI0: Sub CPU


Memory

CPU

Machine side

ROM

External position display

Machine side
01P08: Axis CPU
Memory

CPU
ROM

015*06: Axis control

Velocity control

Motor

unit

Position control

Motor (resolver, tachogenerator,


pulse coder)

011*07: I)SCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detective control


Resolver inductosyn

Position detector

Optical scale, magne scale

01PI 3: Spindle control

Interface
'*

01T14: Additional buffer 1

To additional control unit

Fig. 1.3.3 (b) 12 series system block diagram

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

- 42

Spindle speed control circuit


position coder
External position display (3rd)

1.3.3
From input unit
U02; Additional control unit

PSU2
Power unit

01P15: Additional buffet 2

From basic control


unit

DC output

021*08: Axis CPU

Memotyj j CPU|
\ ROM|

02P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Motor

Position control

Motor (resolver, lachogenerator)


(pulse coder)

02P07: DSCG interface


Induct osyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

02P07: Additional position detector

Resolver induct osyn


Optical scale, magne scale

Position detector
03P08: Axis CPU

Memory!*

CPU

ROM

03P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Motor

Position control

Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)


(pulse coder)

03P07: DSCG interface


lnduclosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

03P09: Additional position coder

Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale

Position detector

041*08: Axis CPU


CPU

Memory

ROM

D4P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

04P07: DSCG inter face


Inductosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

04P09: Additional position detector

Position detector

Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale

05P08: Axis CPU

h-0

Memory

ROM

05P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

05P07: DSCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

051*09: Additional position detector


Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale

Posilion detector

Fig. 1.3.3 (c)

12 series system block diagram

When using free-standing cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)

- 43

1.3.3
To each units

Input unit

AC power

U01: Basic control unit

PSU1

BMU

Bubble

Power unit

memory

PMC ROM

DC output

PMC ROM cassette

01P17: Graphic display control


Memory

CPU

-r

speed control circuit


- Spindle
position coder

ROM

01POl : ROM/RAM

Main memory

Rcadej/pnncher
Machine side

Tape reader unit

Q1PQ2: Pcripheratcontrol

Interface

MMC

PMC
CPU

I/F

CPU

ROM -

: 14 CRT/MDI

RAM
01P03: Main CPU

CRT unit

Keyboard

Operators
panel

DV/RV

DV/RV

Interface

HI

Main CPU

interface

] O/E

E/0
E/O

JJ
i

Punch r*

Readei/punchci
//

Manual pulse generator


:

01P04: Main buffer

(3rd)

I/O unit

O/E

Interface

fpol

DI

01P08; Axis CPU


Memory

CPU

Machine side

ROM

External position display (2nd)


Machine side

01P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogeneiator)
(pulse coder)

01P07: DSCG interface


lnductosyn preamplifier

Interface
Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detector control


Resolver induct os yn

Position detector

optical scale,

magne scale

02PD8: Axis CPU


Memory

CPU
ROM

02P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor

Motor (resolver, tachogeneiator)


(pulse coder)

02P07: DSCG Interface


lnductosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

O2F09: Additional detector control

Position detector

Resolver lnductosyn
optical scale,
magne scale

When using built-in type cabinet or free-standing type cabinet A (6 axis or less
control, hybrid control, synchronous operation or double check system is

performed)
Fig. 1.3.3 (d) 120 series system block diagram

44

1.3.3
AC power

To each unit

Input unit

To additional controlunit
U01: Basle control unit

BMU

PSU1

Bubble

Power unit

memory

PMC

DC output

PMC ROM cassette

01P17: Graphic display control


Memory

01P01:

Sleader/pu richer

ROM

CPU

Machine side

ROM/RAM

Main memory
Tape reader unit

01P02 : Peripheral control

Interface

MMC

PMC
CPU

i/F

CPU

01P03B: PMC

1 ROM h
] RAMV

CPU/MMCIF
:

01P03:

14* CRT/MDI

Main CPU
CRT unit

Keyboard

Operators
panel
Memory

DV/RV

DV/RV

Interface

Interface

| Main CPU |

H/O
E/O

/E

Punch
panel

K
: I/O unit

01P04: Main buffer

fo/E >

Interface

DO

01P10: Sub CPU


Memory

Reader/punchcr
ASR33
Manual pulse generator (3rd)

WJ

CPU

Machine side

ROM

External position display

Machine side

01P08; Axis CPU

Memory

j CPU |

- |ROM |
01P06: Axis control

Velocity control

unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogencrator,
pulse coder)

01P07: DSCG interface

Indue to syn preamplifier


Interface

Reference point approx, switch

01P09: Additional detective control

Resolver inductosy n

Position detector

Optical scale, magne scale

01Pi 3: Spindle control


Spindle speed control circuit
position coder

Interface

External position display (3rd)


01P14: Additional buffer 1

To additional control unit

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 9 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.3.3 (e) 120 series system block diagram

45

1.3.3
From input unit
1)02:

Additional controlunit
PSU2
Power unit

01PI 5: Additional buffer 2

From basic control

unit

DC output
02P08: Axis CPU

CPU

Memory

ft

ROM

ft
02P06: Axis control
Velocity conirol unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogencratoi)
(pulse coder)

02P07: DSCG Interface

Indue tosyn preamplifier


Interface

Reference point approx, switch

02P07: Additional position detector


Resolver inductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale

Position detector
03PO8: Axis CPU

CPU

Memory

ROM

03P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor

Motor {resolver, tachogenerator)


(pulse coder)

03P07: DSCG interface

- Reference

[nductosy n preamplifier

interface

point approx, switch

03P09: Additional position coder

Resolver fnductosyn
Optical scale, magne scale

Position detector
04P08: Axis CPU

CPU

Memory

ROM

04P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tachogenerator)
(pulse coder)

Q4P07: DSCG interface

Indue tosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

04P09: Additional position detector


Resolver inductosyn

- 0pileal scale, magne scale

Position detector
05P08: Axis CPU
Memory

CPU
ROM

05P06: Axis control


Velocity control unit

Position control

Motor
Motor (resolver, tacliogenerator)
(pulse coder)

05P07: DSCG interface


Inductosyn preamplifier

Interface

Reference point approx, switch

05P09: Additional position detector


Resolve; inductosyn

Optical scale, magne scale

Position detector

When using free-standing type cabinet B


(When more than 7 axes are controlled)
Fig. 1.3.3 (f) 120 series system block diagram

46

1.3.3
AC input power
Connection unit
for operators panel

T
I

Power
supply

CP24

CP24

{ CDM
CM1

CM2 CM3 CM4

L_J L-J L-J


CMD

Sub

CPU

CD13

CD14

CA3

Main

CD 13 11

CRT/MDI

(NC main body)

Manual pulse generator (x3)

CD12

Serial interface

CPU

CD15
CD16

Printer

RAM tile

CA7

Battery unit

Floppy
interface

CNF

Floppy unit (For debug)

Fig. 1.3.3 (g)

14" CRT/MDI for 100/110/120 series

47

Operators panel

Adapter

1.4

1.4 PCB and Units Table


Table 1.4 (a) PCB & units for 10/100 series only
Name
Master PCB

I/O

Abbreviation

Specification

A16B-1010-0040

Analog servo

A16B-1010-0190

Digital servo

DI/DO 1

A16B-1210-0320

DI/DO = 40/40

DI/DO

A16B-1210-0321

DI/D0

80/56

DI/D0 3

A16B-1210-0322

DI/DO

104/72

A20B-I00I-0240

DI/DO

40/40

A20B-1001-0241

DI/D0

80/56

A20B-1001-0242

DI/DO

104/72

A16B-1211-0290

Digital servo system


only

A16B-1211-0250

Digital servo
system only
Analog servo system
only

MASTER

Card

Remarks

(10T/M)

I/O

Card
(for 10TF)

ROM/ RAM board

ROM/ RAM

Small type CRT/


MDI interface

CRT/MDI

Optical Interface

OPT. INTERFACE

A16B-1210-0360

Option 1

OPTION 1

A16B-1210-0350

Additional Axis
Card

AD. AXS (P)

A16B-1210-0431

Additional Axis +
Additional ROM/RAM

ADD. AXIS /MEM

A16B-1210-0380

ADD. MEMORY

A16B-1210-0381

CRT/MDI

A16B-1210-0370

Additional

ROM/RAM

CRT/MDI

Switcher

CRT/MDI

Panel

INT

SWITCHER

Analog servo system


only

A20B-1001-0090

T keyboard

A20B-1001-0091

M keyboard

A98L-0001-0111

Sheet switch

A20B-1000-0842

Small CRT/MDI
panel soft key

A61L-0001-0079

Small, standard

CRT/MDI panel
common CRT unit
A13B-0056-C001

48

1.4

Name

Specification

Abbreviation

CRT/MDI

Panel
(for 10TF)

A20B-1000-0850

Controller

A20B-1001-0200

Keyboard

A20B-1000-0890

Soft key

A20B-1001-0160

Power supply

Power Supply PCB

A16B-1210-0510

PCB for Input Unit

A16B-1600-0090

Remarks

49

1.4
Table 1.4 (b) PCB 84 units for 11/110 series only

Name

Master PCB

ROM/RAM Board

Abbreviation
MASTER

ROM/RAM

Remarks

Specification

A16B-1010-0050

Analog servo system

A16B-1010-0200

Digital servo system

A16B-1210-0470

Analog servo system

A16B-12 11-029 1

Digital servo system

Additional Axis
(PP)

AD.AXS(P.P)

A16B-1 210-0430

Pulse coder x 2
Analog servo system
only

Additional Axis
(RP)

AD.AXS(R.P)

A16B-1210-0440

Resolver +
Pulse coder
Analog servo system

only

Additional Axis

AD.AXS(R,R)

A16B-1210-0450

Resolver x 2
Analog servo system
only

RES/IND

A16B-1210-0460

Analog servo system


only

(RR)

Resolver /Inductosyn Interface


Power Supply PCB

A16B-1210-0560

PCB for Input Unit

A16B-1600-0080

Tape Reader

A20B-0007-0750

Photoamplifier

Tape Reader 2

A20B-1001-0050

Controller

A20B-100 1-0060

Keyboard

CRT/MDI Panel

A20B-1000-0900

(14" for 11TTF)

Controller

A20B-1000-0990
A20B-1001-0200

Keyboard

A20B-1000-0890

Soft key

A20B-1001-0160

Power supply

A20B-0001-0074

CRT unit

- 50

1.4

Table 1.4(c) PCB & units common to 10/11/100/110

Name

Abbreviation

Specification

Remarks

A16B-1211-0270

Digital servo 2 axes

A16B-1 211-027 1

Digital servo 1 axis

A20B-1000-0913

(except 11TT)

PMC Cassette A

A20B-1000-09 10

4000 STEP

PMC Cassette B

A20B-1000-0920

16000 STEP

A16B-1210-0340

For PMC-I

A20B-1000-0800

Controller

A20B-1000-0970

Backboard

A20B-1001-0160

Power supply

A61L-0001-0079

CRT unit

Axis control
PCB

Interface

AXIS CONTROL

INT. CONVERTER

Converter

PMC RAM Board

PMC RAM 1

Standard CRT/MDI
Panel (9")
(10/11 series

only)

A13B-0056-C001

A20B-1000-0830

M keyboard

A20B- 1000-0831

T keyboard

A86L-0061-0110

Sheet switch

A20B-1000-0840

Horizontal soft key

A20B-1000-0841

Vertical soft key

Panel

A20B-1000-0850

Controller

(14")
(10/11 series
only)

A20B-1000-0870

Horizontal
keyboard M

A20B-1000-087 1

Horizontal
keyboard T

A20B-1000-0880

Vertical keyboard M

A20B-1000-0881

Vertical keyboard T

A20B- 1000-08 90

Horizontal soft key

A2 0B- 1000-0891

Vertical soft key

A20B-1001-0160

Power supply

A61L-0001-0074

CRT unit

CRT/MDI

51

1.4

Abbreviation

Name

Specification

Remarks

Connection Unit
for Operator's
Unit

A16B-1210-0480

DI/DO

96/64

A16B-12 10-0481

DI/DO

64/32

Connection Unit 1

A20B-1000-0940

Connection Unit 2

A20B-1000-0950

Tape Reader 1

A20B-0007-0750

Photoamplif ier

A20B-0008-0280

Serial interface

A20B-1000-0472

Power supply

A14B-0075-B120
PPR

Conversational
function card
(for 10TF and
11TTF)
(for 11M graphic)

ACP

A20B-1000-0200

I/O controller

A20B-1000-0190

Power supply for


100 V AC

A20B-1000-0191

Power supply for


200 V AC

A13B-0117-C001

Switch unit

A16B-1210-0410

SDB CPO

A16B-1310-0300

MEMORY ( 10TF,
11TTF only)

A16B-1310-0301

MEMORY ( 1IMF)

A16B-1310-0310

MEMORY (11MF)

A16B-1310-0480

MEMORY (10TF,11TTF)

52

1.4
Table 1.4 (d) PCB & units list for 12 series

Module name

Cabinet

PCB

Name & function

specification

U01
(12 series)

A02B-0075-C001

U05
(120 series)

A02B-0075-C012

type

(Note 1)
Basic control unit
Control PCB is mounted
\
/Consisting of 2 kinds
of the back panel PCB
A16B-1010-0010 (12 series)
A16B-10 10-0230
(120 series)
A20B-1001-0100

Bu,

Group
(Note 2)
B

A,
B

(12/120 series)
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit U01
or U05

01P01

A16B-1210-0012

ROM/ RAM

Bu,
A,
B

B.O.

Peripheral control
Spindle speed analog output
Position coder interface

Bu ,

A16B-1211-0600
01P02

A16B-1210-0080

... Reader/puncher

interface

speed DI/DO
. High
Tape reader interface

.
01P03

A16B-1210-0060 Main CPU


(12 series
only)

01P03A A16B-1211-0540
(120 series
only)

01P03B A16B-1211-0550
(120 series

only)

01P04

A16B-1210-0070

.
. Shared RAM
Main CPU

. PMC CPU

Main CPU-1
Main CPU
Shared RAM
Interface for

.
.

14" CRT/MDI

Main CPU-2
Main CPU
PMC CPU

.
.

. Interface for 14" CRT/MDI

Main buffer
Main buffer
Buffer of main bus and
peripheral bus
Buffer of main bus and
global bus
Position display control
(for 1st or 2nd)
Analog input interface

.
.

Note 1) The cabinet type is abbreviated as follows:


Bu
Built-in type cabinet
Free-standing type A cabinet
A
Free-standing type B cabinet
B
Note 2) The abbreviations are as follows:
Basic
B
Basic option
B.O.
0
Option

53

A,
B

1.4

Module name
PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit U01
or U05

01P05

PCB

Name & function

specification

A16B-1210-0090

Adapter

A16B-1210-0030

5
02P06

01P07

A16B-1210-0110

5
02P07
01P08

A16B-1210-0020

$
02P08

type

Group

. Buffer

Bu,
A

B.O.

Axis control
Position control 3 axes
(pulse coder, pulse input
detector, and resolver
inductosyn are available
as detectors. Resolver
inductosyn requires DSCG
interface)

Bu ,

B.O.

DSCG interface

Bu,
A,
B

Axis CPU
CPU

Bu ,

B.O.

. 1 pee

of global bus and


axis bus

01P06

Cabinet

Resolver, inductosyn
interface

memory for axis


. control

A,
B

A,

of this PCB can


control 3 axes
(The hybrid servo control,
double check system, and
synchronous operation are

possible)
01P09

A16B-1210-0180

Additional detector control


(DSCG)
Additional detective
control in the hybrid
servo control and double

02P09

check system
inductosyn is
available as a position
detector

. Resolver
A16B-1210-0170

Additional detector control


(pulse input type)
Additional detective
control in the hybrid
servo control and double
check system
Pulse coder and pulse
input type detector is
available as a detector

.
.

54

Bu,

A,
B

1.4

Module name

PCB
specification

Cabinet

Name & function

type

PCB
mounted
in basic
control
unit U01

01P10

A16B-1210-0100

Sub CPU
CPU memory for sequence
control when more than 7
axes are controlled

or U05

01P13

A16B-1210-0160

Spindle
(Used in the system where
sub-CPU is used)
Spindle analog output
Position coder interface
Position display control
(for 3rd)

Group

.
.

01P 14

A16B-1210-0250

Additional buffer 1
, Buffer to expand the
global bus to the
additional control unit

A20B-1000-0910

PMC ROM cassette


64 kB
ROM for PMC

Bu,
A,
B,

B.O.

A20B-1000-0920

PMC ROM cassette


128 kB
ROM for PMC

A20B-1000-0913

Interface converter
ROM for PMC
16 kB

A87L-0001-0017

Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (60 m)

Bu,
A,
B.

B.O.

A87L-0001-0084

Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (320 m)

A87L-0001-0085

Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (640 m)

01P16
0 IP 17
PMC
ROM

BMU

.
.
.

..
.

A87L-000 1-0086

Bubble memory
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &
edit (1280 m)

.
.

A87L-0001-0100
#8M

Bubble memory

. Memorize

parameter

. Part programm) memory


edit (2560

55

&

1.4

Module name
PCB

BMU

PCS

A87L-0001-0100

#12M

mounted
in basic
control
unit U01
or U05

Cabinet

Name & function

specification

type

Group

Bubble memory

. Memorize parameter
. Part program memory

&

edit. (3840 m)

A87L-0001-0100 Bubble memory


#16M
Memorize parameter
Part program memory &

PSU1

U02

A20B-1000-0770

A02B-0075-C002

edit (5120 m)

Power unit

Supply the DC voltage to


basic control unit

Additional control unit


for 4th
or subsequent axis
position control when
more than 7 axes are

. PCB is mounted

Bu,

A,
B
B

controlled.
Consisting of 2 kinds
of back panel PCBs
A16B-1010-0020

A20B-1001-0180
PCB

mounted
in addi
tional

control
unit U02

A16B-1210-0030

Axis control

B.O.

A16B-1210-0110

DSCG interface

A16B-1210-0020

Axis CPU

B.O.

A16B-1210-0180

Additional detector control


(DSCG)

A16B-1210-0170

Additional detector control


(pulse input type detector)

01P15

A16B-1210-0260

Additional buffer 2
Buffer to receive the
global bus from basic
control unit

PSU2

A20B-1000-0770

Power unit
Supply DC voltage to
additional control unit

02P06

05P06
02P07

$
05P07

02P08

05P08
02P09

$
05P09

56

1.4

Module name

PCB
specification

A03B-0801-C001

PCB

Cabinet

Name & function

type

Built-in type I/O unit


I/O PCB is mounted
5 pcs
Max. for input
5 pcs
Max. for output

...
..

IF01A

A16B-1310-0020

Interface module
Interface between basic
control unit and built-in
type I/O unit

ID99A

A20B-1000-0750

Input module
Low speed input 48 points
Used as a receiver of
contact signal

.
.

ID99B

A20B-1000-0751

Input module
High speed input 48
points
Used as a receiver of
photo coupler, etc.

mounted
in

built-

Group

Bu,
A,
B

B.O.

in
type

I/O unit

OD99A

A20B-1000-0760

Output module

. Contactless

output 32

points

A03B-0801-C001

PCB

IF01B

Built-in type additional


I/O unit
I/O PCB is mounted
5 pcs
Max. for input
5 pcs
Max. for output

A16B-1210-0030

mounted
in
built-

...
..

Interface module
Interface between builtin type I/O unit and

built-in additional
unit

in
type

addi

ID99A

A20B-1000-0750

Input module

ID99B

A20B-1000-0751

Input module

OD99A

A20B-1000-0760

Output module

tional

I/O unit

57

I/O

1.4

Module name

PCB

Name & function

specification

Cabinet
type

Group

A14B-0076-B201

Input unit
Power ON/OFF control
circuit, power magnetic
contactor and fuses are
mounted

Bu

A14B-0076-B206

Input unit
(When a velocity control
unit is not installed in
the free-standing type A
cabinet)

B.O.

A14B-0076-B207

Input unit
(When a velocity control
unit is installed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or less)

A14B-0076-B208

Input unit
(When a velocity control
unit is installed in the
free-standing type A
cabinet, and when servo
transformer total capacity
is 5 kVA or more)

A14B-0076-B205

Input unit

A16B- 1600-0080

Input unit PCB


(Commonly used in the input
unit for built-in type
cabinet, and free-standing
cabinet type A and B)

A20B-1001-0210

Input unit PCB


(Used in the input unit for
free-standing type B

Bu,
A,
B

cabinet)

A02B-0075-C003

Punch panel
Connection to ASR33

.
. Connection

to

reader/

puncher interface device

58

1.4

Name

CRT/MDI

unit
(12 series only)

A02B-0076-C022

Cabinet

Remarks

Specification

9" horizontal

type
type

for 12T

A02B-0076-C025

9" horizontal

Bu,
A,
B

type

for 12M

A02B-0076-C042

9" vertical

type for

12T

Exter
nal
type

A02B-007 6-C062

14" horizontal

type

for 12T (color)

A02B-0076-C063

14" horizontal type


for 12M (color)

A02B-0076-C082

14" vertical

type for

12T (color)

9" CRT/

Control PCB

A20B-1000-0800

MDI unit
compo

Back board

A20B-1000-0970

Power

A20B-1001-0160

CRT unit

A13B-0056-C001

Key board

A20B-1000-0831

For 12T

A20B-1000-0832

For 12M

A20B-1000-0840

For horizontal type

A20B-1000-0841

For vertical type

nent

PCB

Soft key
PCB

59

Group
B.O.

1.4

Name

14" CRT/

Remarks

Specification

Control PCB

A20B-1000-0850

Power

A20B-1001-0160

CRT unit

A61L-0001-0074

Keyboard

A20B-1000-0871 Horizontal type for


12T

Cabinet
type

Group

MDI unit

compo
nent

PCB

Soft key

A20B-1000-0872

Horizontal type for


12M

A20B-1000-0881

Vertical type for 12T

A20B-1000-0890

Horizontal type

A20B-1000-0891

Vertical type

A16B-1210-0480

DI 96 points,
DO 64 points

A16B-1210-0481

DI 64 points,
DO 32 points

A13B-0070-B001

Without reels

PCB

Connection unit for


operator panel

Exter
nal

type

Tape reader

Bu,

A,

A13B-0080-B001

With reels

Tape
reader
compo

Photo
amplifier

A20B-0007-0750

Without reels

nent

Control PCB

A20B-1001-0050

With reels

Keyboard

A20B-1001-0060

With reels

60

B.O.

1.4

Table 1.4 (e> 14" CRT/MDI for 100/110/120 series


Name

Remarks

Specification

lV'CRT/MDI unit

A02B-0087-C200

14

Main CPU

A20B-1001-0830

Sub CPU

A20B- 1001-0840

CRT/MDI
unit
compo
nent

ROM file (512KB) A20B-1001-0860


ROM file (1 MB)

A20B-1001-0870

RAM file (128KB) A20B- 100 1-0880

RAM file (256KB) A20B-1001-0881


RAM file (512KB) A20B-1001-0882

Bubble memory
(512KB)

A20B-1001-09 11

Bubble memory
(1MB)

A20B-1001-0910

Floppy
interface

A20B-1001-0901

Power supply

A20B-1001-0930

Back panel

A20B-1001-0920

Key board

A86L-0001-0130

Floppy unit terminal


board

A20B-1002-0060

ROM file adapter

A20B-1002-0110

61

For debug.

For ROM file and PMC writer

1.4
Table 1.4 (f) PCB & unit for

I/O unit (common to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series)


Remarks

Specification

Name

BU10A

A03B-0801-C009

I/O

unit back panel (for 10 pcs)

BU08A

A03B-0801-C004

1/0

unit back panel (for 8 pcs)

BU06A

A03B-0801-C006

1/0

unit back panel (for 6 pcs)

BU04A

A03B-0801-C007

I/O

unit back panel (for 4 pcs)

Power module

POW

A16B-1310-0010

Common to main unit and


200 VAC input

I/O interface

IF01A

A03B-0801-C101

Optical signal -* 1/0 bus,


electric signal
I/O bus

IF01B

A03B-0801-C102

1/0 bus extension

IF04C

A03B-0801-C103

Optical signal extension

0D64A

A03B-0801-C141

DO=64

0D32A

A03B-0801-C140

DO=32

OD64B

A03B-0801-C113

DO=64

OD32B

A03B-0801-C112

D0=32

OD16B

A03B-0801-C111

D0=16

OD08B

A03B-0801-C110

D0= 8

0D16C

A03B-0801-C115

DO=16

OD08C

A03B-0801-C114

D0= 8

OA16D

A03B-0801-C117

00=16

OA08D

A03B-0801-C116

DO= 8

OA16E

A03B-0801-C119

D0=16

OA08E

A03B-0801-C118

D0= 8

ID 64 A

A03B-0801-C133

DI=64

24VDC/20mS

ID32A

A03B-0801-C132

DI=32

non insula
tion

ID16A

A03B-0801-C131

DI=16

ID08A

A03B-0801-C130

DI= 8

I/O base

unit

module

Output module

24M8VDC/
0. 125A

Input module

62

I/O unit

Connection

via
connectors

2448VDC/
0.25A

2448VDC/
0.5A

Connection
via terminals

2448VDC/
2A

120VAC/1.6A

240VAC/1.6A

Connection
via
connectors

Connection
via terminals

1.4

Name
Input module
(cont ' d)

Remarks

Specification

ID64B

A03B-0801-C137

DI=64

ID32B

A03B-0801-C136

DI=32

ID16B

A03B-0801-C135

DI=16

ID08B

A03B-0801-C134

DI= 8

ID64C

A03B-0801-C123

DI=64

24VDC/2mS
non insula

Connection
via

tion

connectors

Connection
via terminals

24VDC/20mS
insulation

Connection
via

ID32C

A03B-0801-C122

DI=32

connectors

ID16C

A03B-0801-C121

DI=16

Connection
via terminals

ID08C

A03B-0801-C120

DI= 8

ID64D

A03B-0801-C127

DI=64

24VDC/2mS
Insulation

Connection
via

ID 3 2D

A03B-0801-C126

Dl=32

connectors

ID16D

A03B-0801-C125

DI=16

Connection

ID08D

A03B-0801-C124

DI= 8

IA16E

A03B-0801-C129

DI=16

via terminals

120VAC/30ms
insulation

Positioning
module
(software is

IA08E

A03B-0801-C128

PT01A

A03B-0801-C05 1

Connection
via terminals

DI= 8

necessary)
A03B-0801-J501

Positioning
module control

Software for positioning module

#775

Analog input
module

AD04A

A03B-0801-C052

Analog input

Analog output
module

DA03A

A03B-0801-C055

Analog output = 3

DA02A

A03B-0801-C053

Analog output = 2

CT01A

A03B-0801-C054

Pulse input

PCB for power


input unit

A16B-1600-0090

200VAC input

PCB for addi

A2 OB- 1001-0210

200VAC input

Pulse counter
module

tional power
input unit

63

= 1

2.

2. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT

10/11/12/100/110/120 series is designed for ease of maintenance, such as


reduction of regular check points, easy adjustment, etc. It is also important
that the user make the departments concerned fully aware of the concept of
preventive maintenance in order to keep the NC machine tool in good condition.
Preventive maintenance includes the following:
Routine check and adjustment.
Arrangement of maintenance tools.
Main spare parts.

.
.
.

2.1 Periodic Maintenance


(1) Tape reader cleaning
(a) Tape reader without reels
Item

Cleaning point

Reference
drawing

Cleaning
period

Surface of read head


(light sensing part)

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Daily

Surface of read head


(light emitting part)

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Daily

Tape retainer

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Daily

CD

Cleaning method
Cleaning with gauze or
thin brush with pure

alcohol

(D

Tape path

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Daily

Capstan roller

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Weekly

<D
6

Guide roller

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Weekly

Pinch roller

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Weekly

Assembly under tape


path plate

Fig. 2.1 (a)

Inside tape reader

Fig. 2.1 (b)

cover

Monthly

Clean with cloth or a

brush.

64

Monthly

2.1

&

*sw

wm&m

: x'V

:
-VO 09

*=f

'

JV)
F

Si

J*)

/*

XV

_F

BM

FM

'Brake magnet
iV8 60 ~0 OG 0 -V 0 0 4

6
JTjfe

(A13B-0070-B001)

Fig. 2.1 (a) Tape reader without reels front view (with cover removed)

(ft

9
Fig. 2.1 (b) Tape reader without reels side view

65

2.1

(b) Tape reader with reels

Reference
drawing

Cleaning point

Item

Cleaning
period

Surface of read head


(light sensing part)

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Daily

Surface of read head


(light emitting part)

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Daily

Tape retainer

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Daily

Tape path

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Daily

Capstan roller

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Weekly

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Weekly

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Weekly

Assembly under tape


path plate

Fig. 2.1 (c)

Monthly

Inside tape reader


cover

Fig. 2.1 (d)

CD

Guide roller

Cleaning method

Clean with gauze or a


thin brush with pure
alcohol.

Pinch roller

Clean with cloth or a

brush.

Monthly

s'-'\

i?

m
:

.
'

.
or-i

um

liiili

pi

Jk

TAPE P/

)m

wa
S'

.
.

mmj

lfaisi

'

:- - -

1i

ag

MS#

vV::.

ililifc

:
AUTOS; s
.-REELALARM
0

ON:

RESFE

s'

Slllp;:.'
111

Fig. 2.1 (c) Tape reader with reels front view {with cover removed)

66

fiB
*

,, ,

2.1

Fig. 2.1 (d) Tape reader with reels side view

(2) Tape reader lubrication


a) Tape reader without reel
The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:
Item

Period

Lubrication point
Magnetic section

See Fig. 2.1 (a) (7)

Light machine oil

Lubrication
(Note) _

Amount

3 months

Light machine
oil

1 drop

1 year

Rocol paste

Sufficient to
form a thin
film

Rocol paste

67

2.1

b) Tape reader with reels


The routine lubrication points and lubrication periods are as follows:
Item

Lubrication point
Magnetic section

See Fig. 2.1 (e> (J)

Period

Lubrication
(Note)

3 months

Light machine

Araoun t

1 drop

oil
Light maclune oil

Rocol paste

Sufficient to
form a thin
film

6 months

Rocol oil

2 V 3 drops

ch

Rocol paste

1 year

See Fig. 2.1 (e)(2)

Guide roller

Rocol oil

10

Tension arm guide roller


See Fig. 2.1 (f)(3)

6 months

Rocol oil

J.

68

Rocol oil

23

drops

2.1

!V>-i

gg :

>4-iS )
'S'

'

m
r'* X?

mm

i ifefffiassffisSil

&-R -Si

Iilw

gm

Rgtl QH

fltFA$E

MASH

ftv OFF.

FORMftO

Stc-C*

:
If

iSil* ,
\J

ftEW.NO.

Fig. 2.1 (e) Tape reader with reels front view

(Note) Lubricant

Manufacturer

Name

Item
1

Rocol oil (ROCOL ASO)

ROCOL CO., Ltd. (U.K. )

Rocol Paste (ROCOL ASP)

ROCOL CO. , Ltd. (U.K.)

Luna oil

Nippon Sekiyu

Refer to appendix 18 about characteristics of oil.


(3) Air Filter cleaning (For free-standing type cabinet only)
When the air filter installed at the bottom rear of the equipment is dusty,
the dust collection efficiency will drop, and the temperature in the equip
Therefore, the filter must be cleaned weekly as follows:
ment will rise.
a) Remove the fastener and air filter from the bottom rear of the equipment.
b) Blow the air filter out with compressed air from the inside while shaking
the filter lightly.
c) When the filter is very dirty, wash it in a neutral cleaner with pressure
and then dry in the shade. (At this time, do not wash it by rubbing.)
Wash it with pressure in a neutral cleaner and water (about 40C or
104F) (cleaner 5%; water 95%), then rinse in clear water.

69

2.1

A
o

Air filter

(4) Check and Cleaning of Motor Brush


a) Check and clean the motor brush as
abnormally worn due to neglect, the

If the motor brush is


can be damaged as a result;

follows.
motor

therefore, be sure to check the motor brush periodically.


i) Periodic checks should be made at the intervals listed below.
When using a general machine tool (lathe, milling machine, machine
center, etc.): Once a year.
When using a machine tool with a high frequency of acceleration/
deceleration (turret punch press, etc.): Every two months
However, it is recommended that the check interval be determined
by judging the actual wear of the motor brush.
ii) Confirm that the power supply to the DC servo motor (machine) is OFF.
Immediately after the DC servo motor has been operated, the brush may
be hot. In such case, make the check after the brush is completely
cooled
iii) Remove the brush cap, as shown in Fig. A, using a screwdriver which
fits the slot.
iv) After taking out the brush, measure (visually) the length of the brush
(see Fig. B)
If the length of the remaining brush is shorter than 10
mm (5 mm for model 00M) , the brush can no longer be used. Taking this
into consideration, make a judgement as to whether the brush can be
used until the next check and, if necessary, replace the brush.
v) Check the brush carefully. If any deep groove or scar is found on the
contact surface of the brush, or if any mark of arcing is seen on the
brush spring; replace the brush. If this occurs, check the brush
occasionally for about a month after the replacement; if this recurs
during this period, contact our nearest service office.

.
.

70

2.1

vi) Blow off the dust in every brush holder with compressed air (factory
air), and the dust will come out through another brush holder. Before
using the compressed air, confirm that the air does not contain iron
dust or a large amount of moisture.
vii) After the check, put back the brush and tighten the brush cap
completely. Be careful as sometimes the brush spring may be caught in
between the conducting metal and brush holder and the brush cap may
not go in correctly make sure that all the brush caps are tightened
into the respective brush holders to almost the same level.
When putting the brush into the brush holder, sometimes the brush
cannot slide smoothly due to brush dust which adhered to the inside
surface of the brush holder. In such a case, clean the inside surface
(Take care not
of the brush holder with the tip of a screwdriver.
scratch the commutator surface.)
viil) When replacing the brush, use a brush similar (in quality, shape,
etc.) to the existing one. After replacement of the brush, run the DC
servo motor without load for a while to fit the brush surface to the
commutator surface.

Length of brush

Brush

I
I

Ui

Brush holder

Brush cap

Fig. A Structure of brush holder

Motor model

Length of
new brush

Usable length

Model

00M

10 mm

5 m

Model

0L, 5L, 0M,


5M, 10M, 20M,
30M, 30MH

19 mm

10 m

Fig. B Brush length

71

2.1

(5) Cleaning of heat exchange


The heat exchange and fan motors should be cleaned periodically.
If they are contaminated with dust, mist, or foreign substances, the heat
exchanging capacity may deteriorate, or fan motor trouble may occur.
The cleaning interval differs according to the installation environment of
the units.
Clean them at least once a every year; or clean more frequently according to
the environmental circumstances.
a) External view of unit
i) A type cabinet
The mounting face of
the heat exchange is
open, and the heat
exchange can be cleaned
from the outside of
the cabinet

.
(free-standing

0
Air outlet

Fan motor

type,

built-in type 1,
unbundled type)

Air inlet

Rear view

ii) B type cabinet


The heat exchange is
mounted at the coupling
joint with the machine
tool, and it cannot be
cleaned from the outside
of the cabinet.

L
Air outlet

(10M/11M built-in

Fan motor
(Mounted inside the heat
exchange)

type 2, etc.)

(Clean the heat exchange


of this type from
the interior of the cabinet
after opening the door)

Air inlet

Rear view

72

2.1

b) Preliminary work for cleaning


Turn off the power supply before starting the following work.
Before cleaning, blow compressed air through the air inlet.
For the i)-A type cabinet: detach the fan motor together with its
mounting plate, detach the protective caps from the terminal board
mounted at the innermost part of the heat exchange, and disconnect the
power cables of the fan motors.

Fan motor
Power cable

For the ii)-B type cabinet:


open the front door, and detach the unit
mounted in front of the fan motor.
these units, see Chapter 7For
instructions on how to remove
"Replacement of PCB and Units".
The mounting structures of the fan motors in the heat exchange are
divided into the fan motor rear plate mounting type (the mounting plate
and fan motor are separated from each other) and the fan unit type (the
mounting plate and fan motor are assembled together)
Remove the blind plate from the former or remove the fan unit from the
latter
Disconnect the power cable
Ground wire Power cable
and grounding wire from
the terminal board.
Detach the blind plate or
A1
fan unit by removing mounting
\

screws

Terminal board

. Detach the protective caps


.

from the terminal board; then,


disconnect the fan motor power
cables in case of the fan motor
rear plate mounting type.
Unscrew mounting screws and
remove the fan motor.

Blind plate or
fan unit

Protective cap

1
!
Power cable

73

Fan motor

2.1

c) Cleaning method
i) Cleaning of fan motors
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the fan motors,
terminal board, fan mounting plate, and other parts by using a brush
or other cleaning tool.
If they cannot be removed easily, wipe them off with a damp cloth
after wetting the cloth with water containing a neutral detergent.
Be careful not to allow detergent to go into the fan motor rotors and
other electric parts.
Completely dry the fan motors if water or detergent was used.
ii) Cleaning of heat exchange
Remove dust, mist, and other foreign substances from the interior of
the heat exchange through the mounting opening of the detached fan
motors or fan unit by using dry waste or something similar.

d) Installation
After cleaning the fan motors and heat exchange, remount the fan motors
or fan unit, blind plate, and other parts, and connect the power cables
Be sure to fully cover the terminals with their
to the terminals.
protective caps.
Mount the units which have been removed in the preliminary work for
cleaning to their specified mounting places.
Be particularly careful not to connect the cable connectors incorrectly.
(Note) If defective, replace the fan motor. Mount the protective caps as
illustrated below. (If protective caps are not mounted correctly,
a leak may occur. )
i) Pass the protective cap through each lead wire of the fan motor before
attaching the crimp-style terminal.
Protective cap

I"

"(}
Lead wire

Crimp-style terminal

ii) Fully cover the terminals with protective caps,

Protective cap

Through type terminal

board

Lead wire

74

2.2

2.2 Maintenance Equipment


The following equipments are recommended.
1) Measuring instruments
Instrument

AC voltmeter

Requirements

Usage

AC power-supply voltage
can be measured with a
tolerance of +2% or

Measurement of AC powersupply voltage

downward
DC voltmeter

Maximum degree of 10 V,
30 V Tolerance of +2% or
downward (digital volt
meter may be required.)

Phase rotation meter

Oscilloscope

Measurement of DC power-

supply voltage

Check of connection
sequence of AC 3-phase
Input power
Frequency bandwidth of
5 MHz or upward, 2

Adjustment of tape reader


photoamplifier, etc.

channels
2) Tools
+ screw driver: large, medium and small
screw driver: large, medium and small
3) Chemicals
Tape reader cleaning liquid (pure alcohol) and oil.
2,3

Main Spare Parts

Always keep the following parts on hand:


o Fuses (see Appendix 17)
o Motor brush (see Appendix 14)
As required, provide P.C.Bs and units.
o P.C.B. and unit (see Table 1.4)
o Primary parts of the velocity control unit (see Appendix 13)

75

3.

3. TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1 Procedures

Troubleshooting procedures are classified below, according to the status


failing NC.
1) No power can be turned on
Section
2) Nothing is displayed on CRT screen after power is turned on
Section
3) Troubleshooting by alarm
Section
4) LEDs on the master PCB light
Section
5) Jog operation is not possible
Section
6) Manual pulse generator does not operate
Section
7) Synchronous feed or feed per revolution is not possible.
Section
8) Tape reader does not operate normally
Section
9) Automatic operation is not possible
Section
10) Spindle binary analog output voltage is abnormal
Section
11) Analog output voltage linearity is not possible
Section
12) Reader/puncher interface do not operate normally
Section
13) Stop position does not coincide with reference point
Section
in reference point return

.....
....
...
....
....
.
.

....
....

....
....
... .

....
....

14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
23)

System error
Power supply voltage checking

Tape reader photo-amplifier adjustment


Connection diagram inside the NC
Status display by self-diagnostic function
Block diagram and standard setting of servo system
Confirmation of connections between NC and servo unit
Motor normal connection and reverse CONNECTION
Troubleshooting for servo unit
Error display and its contents of I/O unit

| Survey on Trouble Phenomena

....

Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section

of the

3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
3.3.12
3.3.13

3.3.14
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12

Inform our Service Center of checked data on the following items, when trouble
occurrs
1) Phenomena
i) Mode in which the trouble occurred
ii) Position where the trouble occurred
iii) Alarm number
iv) Trouble frequency
v) Amount of error in the position
vi) Display of the position when trouble occurrs
2) Other information
i) Software series and edition number displayed on the CRT when the power is
turned on (see Subsec. 3.3.2)
ii) Parameter contents
Inform our Service Center of the results of a comparison between the
parameter table attached to the NC and the parameters set in the NC.
iii) Program contents and cutter compensation values for automatic operation
iv) Contents of other items if checked

3.2 Error Message


See error meassage table of a separate volume (B-54810E).

76

3.3

3.3 Checking and Countermeasures


3.3.1 No power can be turned on

Item

Check points

Cause of trouble

No input power
supply is con
nected to NC.

Countermeasures

See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that


input unit pilot lamp PIL
(green LED) is ON.

When PIL is OFF, make sure


that input power is supplied
at input unit power-supply
terminal TP1.

When power is supplied at


input unit TP1 and pilot lamp
is OFF, see Sec, 3.4. fuses
FI, F2 or F3 are considered
blown out

Remove blowout
causes and

replace fuses.

See Sec. 3.4. Make sure that


input unit alarm lamp ALM (red
LED) is OFF. When ON, remove
the cause (see Appx, 12 for
details) and press POWER OFF
button once; then press
POWER ON button.

Alarm lamp is ON.

OFF contact of
external powersupply ON/OFF is
faulty.

Make sure that EOF and COM are


shorted at input unit terminal

POWER OFF switch


on CRT/MDI unit
is faulty.

Make sure that POWER OFF


button contact is closed.

Make sure that two pins


are shorted in input unit.

POWER ON switch on
CRT/MDI unit is
faulty

j-OFF *"1

1 Make sure that pressing POWER


ON button closes the contact.
2

Make sure that pressing POWER


ON button short circuit two
pins

in input unit.

Replace the input


unit

Input unit is
faulty.

77

3.3.3

3.3.2 CRT screen is not displayed after turning on power supply


If no display appears on CRT screen after power is turned on, a faulty point can
be checked by the display conditions of 7-segment LED on the master PCB
(10/11 series) or LED on the each PCB in the control unit (12 series). For
details see 3,3.4.
3.3.3 Troubleshooting by alarm number

1) SR590

TH error (Tape Horizontal error)

If a tape code which is not covered in the code table is detected during the
significant information section of an NC tape (other than the section from
When the
control out to in), the readout operation of tape is stopped.
control unit is executing the previous block, it stops after completion of
the block, and SR590 is displayed on CRT.
The block in error is invalid, and is not executed.
The alarm condition is reset by pressing the RESET button,
Locate the cause according to the following information obtainable through

the diagnostic function.


No.

Meaning of data

Display

1100

POSITION (CHARACTER)

1101

BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER)

1100

POSITION (CHARACTER)

1101

BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER)

If TH alarm occurs, the position of


the character in TH alarm is dis
played by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block.
(TH alarm in front)

The readout code of the character in


TH alarm is displayed by the bit
pattern. (TH alarm in front)

If TH alarm occurs, the position of


the character in TH alarm is dis
played by the number of characters
counted from the start of the block.
(TH alarm in back)

The readout code of the character in


TH alarm is displayed by the bit
(TH alarm in back)
pattern.

Causes and countermeasures


o Contamination of NC tape and tape reader
Clean NC tape.

Clean the tape reader.


o Tape setting failure NC tape is set upside down;
Reset the NC tape correctly.
o Punching error of NC tape
Correct NC tape.

2) Alarm number
SR591 TV error (Tape Vertical error)
If during parity check, an odd number of characters are in a block (from the
character next to EOB) , the control unit will execute the preceding block,
(The tape stops on the next character to
stopping after completion of it.
the EOB of the erroneous block.)
,,SR591' is displayed the CRT.
Alarm status is reset by pressing the reset button.
Error block is ignored.

78

3.3.3

This TV checking function can be made effective by setting the parameter.


Countermeasures
o Something (a space symbol, for example) that is ignored by the NC should be
punched before *(EOB) code for odd-numbered holes. The tape punched out by
CNC is checked by the TV check.
The number of characters in one block must be made an even number.
o If this lamp lights up with an even number of characters punched, the tape
reader may be misreading. Clean the reading section of the tape reader or
the NC tape.
3) PS200 Pulse coder synchronous error
The one-revolution signal of the pulse coder was not applied in reference
point return, or the feed rate is too low.
When using a pulse coder, after turning on the power or resetting an
emergency stop, the reference counter is synchronized with the one-revolution
The following
signal when the first reference point return is performed.
conditions are required to catch the same edge of the 1 revolution signal:
a)
The position deviation (DGN No. 3000) should be 128 or more.
b)
After
the position deviation amount
has
exceeded 128
the
one-revolution signal should be input at least once before the
deceleration dog is separated again.
The one-revolution signal is not used during the second or subsequent
reference point return. This alarm check is not made.

Item

Cause of trouble

Feedrate is too

low.

Check points
Perform reference point return
under the same conditions in
which the alarm occurred.
Confirm that the position
deviation is 128 or more by
using the self-diagnostic func
tion (DGN 3000)
The start
point of the reference point
return must not be on the dece
leration dog.

The start point


of the reference

Check the distance from the


start point to the reference

point return is
too close to the
reference point.

point

Countermeasures

Increase the feed

When the
rate
position gain is
30 sec
a feed
rate of at least
300 mm/min is
necessary

The distance from


the start point to
the reference
point must be
equivalent to at
least two motor

revolutions
3

Source voltage for


the pulse coder is
too low.

Defective pulse

The source voltage of the pulse


coder should be 4.75 V or more.
(Remove the pulse coder cover
and measure the source voltage
terminals on the
at the + and
pulse coder board.)

Cable loss must be


0.2 V or less
including both
sides of 5 V and
0 V.

Replace the pulse coder.

Replacement

Replace the master PCB.

Replacement

coder.
5

Defective master
PCB.

79

3.3.3

4) OT007
0T008

OVERTRAVEL (HARD)
OVERTRAVEL (HARD)

When the movable part of the machine tool reaches the stroke end, the above
alarm message is displayed on the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, movement of all axes stop in auto operation. In
manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred on stops.
To stop the movable part of the machine tool, two limit switches (LSI, LS2)
are provided on each axis in each direction as shown in the figure below.

Feed rate

LSI

Position

LS2

This alarm
operates, the feed is stopped after deceleration.
message is displayed on CRT.
(LS2 operates only when
o When LS2 operates, the feed is emergency-stopped.
LSI malfunctions)
o When LSI

Cause of Trouble and Countermeasures


1
Check the reference point setting for errors; then, correct the program.
Check the program for errors; then, correct the program.
2

Release
a) When only LSI operates
Move the movable part of the machine tool by manual operation (Jog, Step
or Handle) in the opposite direction (safe side) to separate it from the
limit switch. Push the RESET key on the MDI panel.
(Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved in the
opposite direction only.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Follow the same instructions given for LSI.
(Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 in operation,
the movable part is movable in both directions by manual operation.
Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved when LSI has
malfunctioned.
5) OTOOl

I
OT006

OVERTRAVEL (S0FT1)

OVERTRAVEL

I
(S0FT3)

1r
J

Stored Stroke limit alarm

When a machine reaches stored stroke limit, one of these messages is


indicated on the CRT screen. When this alarm occurrs, movement of all axes
In manual mode, the axis that alarm occurred on
stop in auto operation.
stops

Cause of trouble
a) Program miss
b) Setting of stored stroke limit is abnormal.
Countermeasures
o The movable part of the machine tool can

be moved in the opposite


direction.
o If the movable part of the machine tool can not be moved, push the
emergency stop button and command G23 (Stored Stroke Limit Function OFF).
If the setting value is in error, correct the setting value and return to
reference point.
80

3.3.3

Confirm
Check the actual machine position (position on machine coordinate system)
from the reference point displayed on CRT screen.
(Note)

stored stroke check 1 invalid until the


end after turning on the power, in the
following operation should be done.

To

make

return

Operating procedure
_
(i) Turn on the power while pressing | ~

(li)

and

| keys.

It is attached to IPL mode and the following menu is displayed on the


screen :
IPL
1 CUMP MEMORY
2
3 CLEAR FILE
4 SETTING
5
6 END IPL

(iil)

Key is

[T] [

(iv)

Key in

[]

(v)

reference point
10 series, the

INPUT | to select

in response

to

"4 SETTING"

the question "CHECK SOFT 0T AT POWER ON?"

The menu described in (ii) is displayed on the CRT,


to change IPL mode.

Key in

|~6 |

| INPUT 1

6) SV023 SV overload
Item

Cause of trouble

(analysis)

Check points
Check if OVERLOAD lamp lights
when turning on NC power
supply.

Countermeasures

Connection/ setting

failure
Proceed to item 6
or 7.

Check to see if thermal relay


of M series velocity control
unit functions. (AC servo is
not provided with this thermal
relay. )

Proceed to item 2
or 3.

Check to see if radiation fins


of AC servo velocity control
(M series
unit are overheated.
servo is not provided with
these radiation fins.)

Proceed to item 2.

Check thermostat of servo


transformer functions.

Proceed to item 2
or 4.

Check thermostat of regenera


tive discharge unit functions.

Proceed to item 5.

Check thermostat of AC servo

Proceed to item 2.

motor functions.

81

3.3.3

Item

Cause of trouble
Overload of motor

Check points

Countermeasures

Measure the motor current.


The continuous rated current
is as specified below:
M series servo
00M
4A
OM
7A
9A
5M
10M
12A
20M
18A
30M
24A
AC servo
30R
4-0
0.93A
29A
3-0
0.93A
3A
2-0
2.9A
1-0
0
4.6A
6.8A
5
11A
10
20
20A
30
22A

Reduce the cutting


condition. If the
continuous rated
current exceeds
the specified
value during idle
feed. Adjust the
machine tool.

...
...
...
...
...
...

...

...
...
...
...
. ..

...
...
...
...

Setting failure of
thermal relay of M
series servo

Check to see if the thermal


relay is set to the continuous
rated current value of the
motor specified in item 2.

Reset the thermal


relay setting.

Thermostat of
servo transformer
is defective.

If thermostat functions when


the surface temperature of
transformer is lower than

Replace trans
former

60C, it's defective.


5

Excessive regene
rative energy

Wiring failure

1) Excessive acceleration/
deceleration frequency.
Check to see if the
positioning frequency
exceeds 12 times/sec in
rapid traverse. Check that
no alarm occurs when this
frequency is reduced.

Reduce the accele

ration/decelera
tion frequency by
inserting a pause
time

2) Counter balance on machine


tool side.

Correct the

Check to see if the following


wiring is correct.
o NC (CV1 -v )
velocity control unit (CN1)
o Servo transformer
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
- velocity control unit (CN2)
o AC servo motor
- velocity control unit (CN5)

Correct wiring.

82

counter balance.

3.3.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Countermeasures

Setting failure on
velocity control

Check to see if setting pin S20


is set as specified in M series
servo. Check to see if setting
pin SI is set as specified in
AC servo.

Reset pin S20 or


SI, as specified.

unit PCB

7) SV000 TACHOGENERATOR DISCONNECT


a) For M series servo

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

The motor power


cable is not con
nected to termi
nals (5), (6), (7)
or (8) of terminal
board T1 in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.

If the alarm occurs when a


motion command is not input, the
alarm cause described here
should be checked.

PCB setting is
incorrect

Check the setting according to


section 6.2. "Setting and ad
M
justment of PCB

ting.

Velocity feedback
voltage is not
being applied or
is intermittent.

Measure the velocity feedback


voltage between check terminals
CH2 (TSA) and CH3 (GND) with an
oscilloscope. Verify whether
the voltage is being inter
rupted.

Repair the cable


carrying the
velocity feedback
voltage. Repair
the defective
source (i.e. ,

Countermeasures

Correct the power

cable connection.

Adjust the set

motor or control)

of the velocity
feedback voltage.
b) For AC servo

Countermeasures

Cause of trouble

Checking points

The motor power


cable is not con
nected to termi
nals (5), (6), or
(7) of terminal
board T1 in the
velocity control
unit, or the power
cable is broken.

If the alarm occurs when a


motion command is not input, the
alarm cause described here
should be checked.

Repair the power


cable of motor.

PCB setting is

Check the setting.

Adjust the

Item

incorrect
3

Pulse coder feed


back signal is not

setting.

Check the feedback cable.

Repair the feed

back cable.

be sent.

83

3.3.3

8) SV001 MOTOR OVERLOAD


a) For M series servo
Item

Cause of trouble
PCB is defective.

Checking points

Countermeasures

The OVC alarm occurs if the power Replace the PCB.


is turned on when the motor power
cable is disconnected. (In this
case, the gravity axis may fall
down; therfore, it should be
supported )
(The S23 terminal should be
shorted so that the TGLS alarm
does not occur. After confir
mation, the S23 connection
should be opened.)

PCB setting is
incorrect

Check the setting of variable


registor RV3 which is used to
set the upper limit of the motor
current
(Generally, RV3 is set
to 10, but the adjustment may
differ with the machine tool.)

Change the RV3


setting.

Observe the waveform between


check terminals CH8 and CH3 with
an oscilloscope. Check whether
the current which is determined
by RV3 flows more than 600 msec.

Remove the me

Mechanical load is
irregular

chanical overload.

b) For AC servo
Item

Cause of trouble

Pulse coder feed


back signal is not

Checking points

Check the feedback cable.

Countermeasures

Reconnect the

feedback cable.

sent.

Motor current

Check motor current.

exceeds rated
current

Change the cutting


conditions ,

9) SV002 VELOCITY UNIT BREAKER OFF


a) For M series servo
Item

Cause of trouble

The no fuse
breaker operated.

Checking points
The breaker is open when it is
as shown below.
See section 3.4 for the location
of the breaker.
This button pops
up when the breaker

operates. To reset

or

the breaker, press


the button after
turning off the
power.

84

Countermeasures

Turn off power and


reset the breaker.
(If it does not
reset immediately,
wait about ten
minutes and try
again. )

3.3.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Diode module DS or
some other part of
the velocity
control unit is
defective

The breaker operates again when


power is restored after the
countermeasures of item 1.

Replace diode
module DS or the
whole velocity
control unit.

Mechanical load is

Observe the motor load current


at rapid traverse between ter
minals CH8 and CH3 on the PCB
with an oscilloscope.
Check whether it exceeds the
rated current.

Remove the
mechanical over
load

The BRK alarm occurs when the


no fuse breaker is not

Replace the PCB


or the velocity
unit

excessive

The PCB or the


connection between
the PCB and the

operating.

Countermeasures

velocity control
unit is defective.
This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.
10) SV003 EXCESS CURRENT IN SERVO
a) For M series servo

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Incorrect motor
power cable con
nection

Countermeasures

The HCAL alarm does not occur


when the power is turned on when
the motor power cable is dis
connected
(In this case, the gravity axis
may fall down, so it should be
The S23 terminal
supported
on the PCB should be shorted so
that the TGLS alarm will not
The S23 connection
occur
should be opened after con
firmation. )

Fix the motor


power cable con

The HCAL alarm goes on when the


cable is discon
nected.
Turn off power and measure the
resistance between the following
terminals using a multi-meter.
If the measured value is 10 ohms
or less, the transistor module
is defective.

Replace the tran


sistor module.

nection.

The transistor
module is defec
tive

motor power

Cl

B1
El, C2
B2
E2
X
Confirm between
Cl-El , C2
El, C2-E2

.
.

85

3.3.3
b) For AC servo

Item

Cause of trouble
Incorrect con
nection of motor
power line.

Checking points
HC alarm does not occur when
turning on the power supply
after disconnecting the motor
power line,
(Since the gravity axis may
drop, support it or dis
connect the drive cable of

gravity axis brake.)

Transistor module
is defective.

Check if HC alarm occurs when


turning on the power supply
after disconnecting the power
line according to item 1.
Turn off the power supply,
remove PCB, and observe the
resistance between terminals
of the transistor module with
a circuit tester.

Countermeasures
Reconnect the
motor power line

correctly

If the motor power


line is checked

while dis
connected, set
terminal S10 set
ting to L side, or
TG alarm occurs.

Replace transistor
module
* Check resistance
between Cl - El
and C2; also
between El and
C2-E2
Check resis
tance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.

**

*
M
Cl
B1
El, C2
B2
E2

Cl
B1
El
C2
B2

E2
(H003)
(H004 ,H005)

Internal shortcircuit failure of


motor windings.

Check motor windings for normal


insulation.

Replace the motor.

PCB is defective.

PCB is defective if HC alarm

Replace the PCB.

occurs when there is no defect


in items 1, 2, or 3.

86

3.3.3

11) SV004 EXCESS VOLTAGE IN SERVO


a) For M series servo
Item

Cause of trouble

Input AC power
voltage is too

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check the tap connection of


servo power transformer.

Correct the tap


connection.

high.
2

Servo motor is
defective

Check to see if the insulation


resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.

Clean brushes.

PCB is defective.

Check to see if alarm occurs


when item 1 and 2 are normal.

Replace PCB.

b) For AC servo
Item

Countermeasures

Input AC power
voltage is higher
than specified.

Check to see if the servo


transformer taps are properly
connected

Repair the tap


connection.

Servo motor is

Check to see if the insulation


resistance is normal between
the motor armature (power line)
and the body.

Replace the motor.

defective

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Load is exces
sively motionless.

Increase the

acceleration/
deceleration time
constant

PCB is defective.

PCB is defective if HV alarm


occurs when there are no
defects in items 1, 2, or 3.

Replace the PCB.

12) SV005 EXCESS DISCHARGE CURRENT


a) For M series servo

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Discharge transister Q1 or the


PCB is defective.

The alarm occurs immediately


after turning on power.

PCB setting is
incorrect

Terminal S26 is shorted although


the separate regenerative dis
charge unit is used with the
gravity axis.

Countermeasures

Replace transis
tor Q1 or replace
PCB.

87

Open terminal S26.

3.3.3

Item
3

Cause of trouble

Countermeasures

Machine tool
counterbalance is
incorrect

The waveform shown in the


following figure is measured at
stated periods on check terminal
CH10 while the counterbalanced
axis is moving down at rapid
traverse speed.

Adjust the
counterbalance

The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too
high

Check whether the positioning


frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 time per
Check that the alarm
second
indicator does not go on when
the rate is decreased.

Use a dwell period

Checking points

and decrease the

acceleration/
deceleration rate.

1.2 0.2 V

0V

Discharged
time

1
0.2 0.2 V
J

b) For AC servo

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Countermeasures

Regenerative tran
sistor Q1 is
defective or PCB
is defective.

DC alarm occurs immediately


after power is turned on.

Replace the transistor Q1 or re


place the PCB.

PCB setting is
incorrect

Setting pin S2 is set to L


side, although a separate
regenerative discharge unit
is used.

Set S2 correctly.

The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too
high.

Check whether the positioning


frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 times per
second
Check that the alarm
does not occur when the rate is
decreased

Use a dwell period


and decrease the

88

acceleration/
deceleration rate.

3.3.3

13) SV 006 VELOCITY-UNIT POWER TOO LOW


a) For M series servo
Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

AC power voltage
is too low.

Check to see if connection


between input AC power voltage
and servo transformer tap is
correct

Connection is
defective between
servo transformer
and CN2 on the
PCB.

PCB is defective.

Correct the tap


connection.

Check to see if PCB voltage


+24 V and +15 V are correct.
Check that the servo trans
former terminals (41
43,
44 -v 46, 47 -v 49) and PCB CN
2 (1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly

Countermeasures

Correct the
connection.

LVAL alarm occurs when above


items 1+2 are normal.

Replace the PCB.

b) For AC servo
Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

AC power voltage
is too low.

Check to see if the connection


between input AC power voltage
and servo transformer is
correct

Connection is
defective between
servo transformer
and PCB CN2

+5 V fuse is blown
out

PCB is defective.

14) SV013

Item

Correct the tap


connection.

Check to see if PCB voltage

+24 V, +15 V and +5 V are

Correct the
connection

Check that servo


transformer terminal 41
(AC 18 V) and PCB CN2 (1, 2,
3) are connected correctly.

correct

Check to see if the fuse for


+5 V is blown out.

Replace the fuse.

PCB is defective if LV alarm


occurs when above items 1 *v 3
are correct.

Replace the PCB.

Improper V-READY OFF

Checking points

Cause of trouble

100 V AC is not
supplied to
velocity control
unit.

Countermeasures

No fuse breaker
is turned off in
AC servo.

Countermeasures

Check to see if 100 V AC is


supplied across terminals (3)
and (4) of the terminal board
of the velocity control unit.

Supply 100 V AC.

Check the no fuse breaker

If the button is
off, proceed to

button

on/off

state.

next

89

block.

3.3.3

Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC servo


Item

Check procedure

Countermeasures

The operating condition is


illustrated below:
This button is
pushed inward
during normal
operation of
the motor. If
the breaker has
functioned,
turn off the
I
three-phase
power supply
TTI
once and press
this button.

Reset the no fuse


breaker after
turning off the
power supply.
(If the no fuse
breaker cannot be
reset, wait for
about 10 minutes,
then try again.)

Diode module,
surge absorber
(ZNR) or other
parts are faulty
in velocity
control unit.

No fuse breaker functions sim


ultaneously when power supply
is turned on after counter
measure in item 1.

Replace diode
module DS or surge
absorber (ZNR) of
velocity control
unit

Irregular me
chanical load

Check to see if the motor load


current exceeds the rated cur
rent during rapid traverse,
while monitoring CH10 and CH11
or CH12 and CH3 (OV) of PCB
using and oscilloscope.

Eliminate irregu
lar load from
machine tool side,

Cause of trouble

No fuse breaker
function

fl

15) SV008

SV009

Excess error (Stop)


Excess error (Moving)

Position deviation excessive alarm


Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Countermeasures

Mis-setting of
position deviation

Check that parameters 1828 'v


1830 are the same as the para
meter list attached to the NC.

Correct the
parameter setting.

Overshoot

When sufficient current does


not flow to the motor during

Increase the rapid


traverse time

acceleration or deceleration,
deviation value of position
control circuits increases.
Check waveform at CHI on
velocity control PCB and
confirm whether overshoot is
within 5%.

constant of NC.
(set at NC side)

90

Increase gain
(RV1) of the velo
city control unit.

3.3.3

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Drop of input
power voltage

Countermeasures

Check to see if input power


voltage is within +10% and
-15%.

Change the input


tap of power
transformer for
servo

Voltage of power
supply is
irregular.

Check the voltage of control

part .

Repair the fault.

Connection is
erroneous

Check the connection of power


line of motor, tacho-generator ,

Repair the fault.

etc.

Trouble with posi


tion control cir
cuit on the master
PCB (for FS10/11)

Replace the PCB with a new one


(if provided) and recheck.
Adjustment and setting.

Replace the PCB


with spare.

Confirm the motor brush contact.

Tighten the brush


cap

or 0105P06 axis
control PCB, Ol'v
05P07 DSCG inter
face PCB (for
FS12)
Trouble
with velocity con
trol unit PCB.

Poor brush contact


due to loosened DC

motor brush cap

16) SV010

Item

Excess drift compensation

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Bad connection

Check the connection of power


lines to servo motor.
Check the connection between
position detector and servo

Countermeasures

Repair the fault.

motor.

Setting of drift
compensation
value is
incorrect

Check whether the contents of

When emergency

parameter No. 1834 exceed 500.

stop condition
occurs, set 0 bit
(ADR) of parameter

number 1800 to "0"


and set the
contents of para
meter No 1834 to
"0". Then reset
ADR to "1" and
release the
emergency stop.

- 91

3.3.3

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Trouble with
velocity control
unit or/and posi
tion control
circuit on master
PCB (for 10 and 11
series)
Trouble
with 01M15P06 axis
control PCB (for
12 series)

Check by changing with spare


PCB (if provided).

Countermeasures

Replace the PCB


with spare.

Adjustment and setting must be


done correctly.

17) SV011 LSI overflow


These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
1830) are set correctly,
positional deviation limits (parameters 1828
alarm SV008 or SV009 is displayed before any of the above-noted alarms
occur. So they usually cannot occur on this condition,
b) D/A converter velocity command value does not include the +8191 to -8192
range

D/A

velocity command value = 0.192 xKxGxExlO6


servo loop gain multiplier (parameters 1826)
servo loop gain 0.01 sec "1 (parameter 1825)
position deviation (can be verified by DGN 3000)
Theoretical value (when feed has become constant)
1
F
1 in2
E = vyr x r; X
10
G
a
60
where F: feed rate
mm/min (inch/min)
a: detection unit
mm (inch)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec "1

converter

where K:
G:
E:

Item

Cause of trouble
Parameter setting
is incorrect.

Checking points
1) Check servo loop gain multi

plier.
Parameter 1826
2) Check servo loop gain.
Parameter 1825
3) Check CMR.
Parameter 1820
4) Check DMR.
Parameter 1816

92

Countermeasures

3.3.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Extreme positional
deviation.

Compare the theoretically cal


culated value with positional
deviation by DGN 3000.
1) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:

Countermeasures

parameter 1420

Machine tool does


not move the

usual distance.

Feed rate is correct; positional


deviation is also correct.

Proceed to 6.

Feed rate is correct; positional


deviation is incorrect.

Proceed to 3.

Issue a command (feed of several


mm) (do not cause alarm) to see
if machine tool moves by a normal

value

If machine tool does not move by


a normal value.

Proceed to 4.

Machine tool does move by a


normal value.

Proceed to 5.

Position detector
is incorrect.

Replace the posi


tion detector,

PCB is incorrect
(for 10 and 11
series )

For pulse coder,


replace master

PCB
For

resolver/

inductosyn,
replace PCB A16B1210-0460.
6

and 11 series)

Replace the master

Master PCB is
incorrect (for 10

PCB.

01M15P06 axis
control PCB or
0K05P07 DSCG

Replace the PCB with the spare


PCB (if provided). Adjustment
and setting should be correct.

interface PCB is
bad (for 12
series)

93

Replace the PCB.

3.3.3
18) SV018

UNFIT DSCG FREQUENCY


UNFIT PHASE SHIFT VALUE

SV020

Position detecting system trouble.


Item

Cause of trouble

(Resolver/inductosyn)

Checking points

Countermeasures

Connection is
bad

Check to see if connector


connection, cable signal line
connection, and the signal line
are shorted to the ground or
to another line.

Repair error

Detected gain is
bad

See Subsect. 6.1.2 or 6,1.5 for


detected gain adjustment.

Adjust detected
gain.

Phase shift is
bad

Check to see if phase shift


value was initialized (parameter
1802, bit 0, PSF=0) at first
field adjustment or after position detector replacement.

Initialize phase
shift value.

Setting on PCB is
erroneous

Check the short circuit of


inductosyn/resolver interface

Correct erroneous

.
.

setting.

PCB (for 11 series) or 01


05P07 DSCG interface PCB (for
See Subsect. 6.1.1
12 series)
or 6.1.5.

Parameter setting
is erroneous.

Check if resolver inductosyn

Set parameter

parameters RES (parameter 1815,


bit 0) is set to "1" for pulse

correctly.

coder-type position detection.

PCB adjustment is

bad

Check Fmin and Fmax adjustment


on inductosyn/resolver interface
PCB (for 11 series) or 0105P07
DSCG interface PCB (for 12
series) (see Subsect. 6.2.1 or
6.1.5).

Readjust

Position detector
is faulty.

Change position control axis


to another axis for checking.

Replace the posi


tion detector.

Inductosyn gap is
clogged with
chips

Insert a piece of paper in the


gap. While NC-side cable is
removed, check to see if
scale-side signal and sliderside signal are insulated.

Remove chips.

Inductosyn/
resolver inter

Replace the PCB for checking.

Replace the PCB.


A16B-1210-0460

face PCB is
faulty (for 11
series)

94

3.3.3

Item

10

Cause of trouble

Inductosyn pre

Countermeasures

Replace the preamplifier for


checking

Replace the pre


amplifier

Replace the PCB for checking.

Replace the PCB.

Replace the PCB for checking.

Replace the PCB.

amplifier is
faulty

11

Checking points

Master PCB is

faulty (for 11
series)

12

01M15P07 DSCG
interface PCB or
01M35P06 axis
control PCB is
bad (for 12
series)

19) SV015 Pulse coder disconnection


(Disconnection detective alarm)
Item

Cause of trouble

Cable connection
is erroneous.

PCB is faulty.

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check pulse-coder feedback cable


connection and wiring.
Replace the master
PCB or replace the
additional axis
PCB (for 11
series)
Replace 01M)5P06
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)

Replace the pulse


coder

Pulse coder is
faulty.

20) 0H001

Locker overheating

"OHOOl

is

displayed

when

overheating

inside

the

NC

control

unit

detected
Release
Restart is impossible with reset button while this alarm is displayed.
After the temperature is lowered, the alarm releases.
Item

Cause of trouble

Surrounding tempe
rature is too

Countermeasures
Lower surrounding temperature.

high.
2

Air filter is
dusty

Clean the air filter.

Fan Motor of NC
is not working

Replace the fan motor.

properly.

95

is

3.3.3

21) OHOOO

Item

Overheat alarm of DC servo motor

Cause of trouble

Overload

Winding insulation
trouble

Checking points
Check that the motor armature
current exceeds the rated

Decrease load

current

Decrease cutting
condition

Shortcircuit
inside of winding

Demagnetization of
field system
magnet

Check the insulation between


the terminals A1 or A2 of motor
power cable and the motor
bodies with a tester or a
megger
Over 1 MSI at 500 V is normal
for the megger check.
Infinite value is normal in
the tester check.

Clean around the


commutator with
forced air.
Change the motor
if the above
counter measure
is ineffective.

Measure no-load current by re


moving the motor from the
machine
If the current
increases in proportion to the
motor rotation rate, there is
a short-circuit inside of
winding

Clean around the

.
.

torque

Countermeasures

Check to see if the motor


terminal voltage between A1 and
A2 is normal at rapid traverse,

commutator

This problem can


easily occur when
the oil adheres to
the surface of the
commutator

Change the motor


if terminal vol
tage is low and
the motor is over
heated at the same
time

Trouble with heat


pipe fan operation

Check the fan voltage and the


wiring
Check whether the fan does not
touch a wire gauze
Check the fan motor itself for
a problem.

Trouble in heat
pipe efficiency

Rearrange the

wiring
Refix the wire
gauze
Replace the fan

motor.

The heat pipe does not work


when a motor with a heat pipe
is overheated, despite the fact
that all the above items are
normal

Replace the motor.

Brake trouble

Check to see that the brake


connection corresponds to the
power source frequency.
Check to see that the voltage
is 100 V +10% (allowable value.)

Replace the brake.

Connection trouble

Check the overheat connection


between motor and position
control.

Repair the fault.

96

3.3.4

Cause of trouble

Item

10

Checking points

Countermeasures

Master PCB and/or


additional axis
control PCB is
faulty.

Replace the PCB.

01M35P06 axis
control PCB is bad
(for 12 series)

Replace the PCB.

3.3.4 Lighting of LED on master PCB


If an alarm occurred, an alarm message should be displayed on the CRT screen.
However, it is possible that no alarm will appears if the display function is
not working.
In such case, the alarm contents are displayed by the LED on the master PCB as

shown below.
(i) For 10 and 11 series
WDALM O

7 -segment LEDf~j t

Master PCB

The 7-segment LED display changes after turning on the power supply, and it
If an alarm occurred, it displays as
finally displays "1" after stopping.
follows

Display

Alarm contents
MDI connection failure

Countermeasures

Check optical fiber cable connection


and connector of CRT/MDI unit.

Replace master PCB, MDI PCB, or optical


fiber cable.

l-j
RVTOMKMZI O

MDI failure
(Incorrect ID number)

Check the type (9", 14", etc.) of CRT/


MDI unit or the edition number of NC
software
Connection unit of operators panel or
its connecting cable is defective.

97

__

Display

3.3.4

Alarm contents
Connection failure of
connection unit or I/O
D3
cards D1

Countermeasures

Check the optical fiber cables connec


tion of these units and connectors.

Replace master PCB, connection unit,


I/O cand D1 D3, or optical fiber
cable

!o

Different type of above


mentioned unit
(Incorrect ID number)

Check the above units for their


specified types or check the edition
number of NC software.
Connection of unit 2 or its connecting
cable is defective

Transfer error through


optical fiber cable

Check alarm LED of the units connected


by optical fiber cable. Replace master
PCB, MDI PCB, connection unit PCB, I/O
unit, or optical fiber cable.
Replace PMC RAM in case of PC debug.

PC or interface converter
does not function
(While waiting for answer)

Check if PMC-ROM cassette, PMC RAM


board or interface converter is mounted
on master PCB; or replace the above
PCB.

Waiting for PMC ready

Replace PMC ROM, PMC ROM cassette or


PMC RAM board.
Check PMC program.

RAM check error

Replace master PCB or ROM/RAM board


additional memory board.

System error

Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or


ROM board.

r~'i
o

a.
L
,
o

(IPL mode)
o

Others

(Normal operation is
in progress )

System error

Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or


ROM PCB.

WDALM
lights

Watch-dog alarm occurs

Replace master PCB, NC software ROM or


ROM PCB.

98

3.3.4

ii) For 12 series


a) The "HALT" red LED is mounted on MAIN CPU (01P03), SUB CPU (01P10) and
05P08) PCB in 12 series as shown below. The LED is lit
AXIS CPU (01
when CPU is in "HALT" condition.

Main MALT

PC HALT

bd
HALT

Main CPU (01P03)

Axis CPU (01 - 05P08) or

Sub CPU (01P10)

The following conditions are considered to correct this:


(D Replacement of PCB that LED is lit
(2) Replacement of ROM on the PCB that LED is lit
(3) Replacement of Main buffer PCB when all HALT LEDs are lit
Furthermore, when power is ON, the LEDs are lit for about 0.5 sec.;
however, it causes no abnormality.
b) The PALM(L) / (H) red LED is mounted on ROM PCB (01P01) and the GNMI/WDALM
red LED is mounted on MAIN BUFFER PCB (01P04) respectively, as shown
below.
WDALM

GNMI

~ka
a''

PALM(L)

[
[

PALM(H)

99

3.3.4

The following conditions are considered to correct this:


Alarm contents

Countermeasures

PALM(L)

Parity error detection in


low-byte RAM on ROM PCB

Replacement of ROM PCB


(01P01)
Replacement of ROM on ROM
PCB.

PALM(H)

Parity error detection in


high-byte RAM on ROM PCB

Replacement of ROM PCB


(01P01).
Replacement of ROM on ROM
PCB.

GNMI

RAM parity error detection


in AXIS CPU

Replacement of ROM of the


PCB which the four LEDs
for CPU condition indica

tion becomes "E" condition.


(See Item C-2) in AXIS CPU
(01 'o 05P08), or PCB.

Watch dog alarm detection

WD ALM

Replacement of NC software
ROM or replacement of each
PCB.

c) The four green LEDs for display of the CPU condition are mounted on the
each PCB of MAIN CPU (01P03) , (01P01) and AXIS CPU (01M)5P08) as shown

below.
The following are details of the LEDs.

LED8

LED4

LED8

LED 2

LED4
LED2

LED1

LED]

Axis CPU (01

Main CPU (01P03)

05P08) or

Sub CPU (01P10)

How to check the LED:


The ON or OFF condition of LEDs are regarded as 1 or 0 respectively.
These are coded like as following formula,

23

22

21

(LED8) x
+ (LED4) x
+ (LED2) x
+ (LED1) x
and
shows
LED8
"A" in hexadecimal.
LED2 are ON. It
Ex.
The display of four LEDs changes after power on, and stops on display "1"
at last. If a trouble occures, its display stops as follows.

100

3.3.4

C-l
o OFF

ON

Flick
ering

Light on
condi

MAIN CPU (01P03) A16B-1210-0060

Alarm details

Countermeasures

tion

o
o
o
o

Power system failure


Trouble in LED

See Item 3.3.1.


Replace MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB.

System doesn't start

Check ROM mounting and mount


ing position.
Replace PCB of ROM PCB
(01P01), MAIN CPU (01P03) and/
or MAIN BUFFER (01P04)

**
e
o

B
(Flick

RAM check error

Replace ROM PCB (01P01) or


MAIN CPU (01P03)

Abnormality of CRT/MDI
unit connection

Check optical fiber cable


connection and connector of
CRT/MDI unit.

ering)

Replace MAIN CPU (01P03),


MAIN BUFFER (01P04) , MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.
o

3
(Flick

ering)

D
e

o
o
o

1
(Flick

ering)

Discrepancy in CRT/MDI
unit (ID number doesn't
conform)

Check the type of CRT/MDI unit


(9 inch, 14 inch, etc.) or NC
software series.

Abnormality of connec
tion with built-in type
I/O unit or external
I/O unit

Check optical fiber cable


connection or connector of

Discrepancy in

I/O

(ID number doesn't


conform)

101

unit

unit

Replacement MAIN CPU (01P03) ,


MAIN BUFFER (01P04) , MDI PCB
or optical fiber cable.

Check the type of I/O unit or


NC software series.

3.3.4

o OFF
ON

Flick
ering

Light on
condi
tion
C
(Flick

Alarm details

Trouble sending data in


optical fiber cable

ering)

Countermeasures

Check alarm condition of LED


on the unit connected by
optical fiber cable.
Replacement of MAIN CPU
(01P03), MAIN BUFFER (01P04) ,
MDI PCB, optical interface PCB
in I/O unit or optical fiber
cable
Replace PCRAM PCB when PC
debugging.

o
o

8
(Flick

PMC doesnt start

(waiting answer)

ering)

PCB.
Replace the PCB as described
above

Waiting PMC-ready

System error

Check the mounting of PMC ROM,


PMC ROM cassette or PMC RAM

Replace the PMC ROM,


PMC ROM cassette or PMC RAM
PCB.
Check PMC programming.
See Item (b) when the red LED

on MAIN BUFFER (01P04) or ROM

PCB (01P01) is lit.

Replace the SUB CPU (01P10) ,


when the "E" condition dis
plays on the MAIN CPU (01P03)
and SUB CPU (01P10) PCB only.
Replace NC software ROM or
MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB when the
"E" condition displays on the
MAIN CPU (01P03) PCB only.

IPL mode

Under normal operation

o
o

o
o
o

Others

Replace NC software ROM or


PCB each.

System error

102

3.3.4

(C-2)
Light on
Condition
0

Alarm details

Countermeasures

Power system failure


Trouble in LED

See Item 3.3.1.


Replace the AXIS CPU (01M15P08)
that is not lit.

AXIS CPU software doesn't

Check ROM mounting or PCB


mounting position.
Replace AXIS CPU (01M15P08)

start

05P08) A16B-1210-0020

AXIS CPU (01

See Item (b) when the red LED is


lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)

RAM check error


System error

PCB.
Except in the above case,
replace ROM on AXIS CPU
(Ol'vOSPOS) or AXIS CPU PCB.
D

ROM parity error on AXIS CPU

Under normal operation

(C~3)
Light on
Condition

Replace ROM on AXIS CPU


(0K05P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.

SUB CPU (01P10) A16B-1 2 10-0100

Alarm details

Countermeasures

Power system failure


Trouble in LED

See Item 3.3.1.


Replace the SUB CPU (01P10) that
is not lit.

SUB CPU software doesn't start.

Check ROM mounting or PCB


mounting position.
Replace SUB CPU (01P10)

See Item (b) when the red LED is


lit on the MAIN BUFFER (01P04)
PCB.

RAM check error


System error

Except in the above case,


replace ROM on SUB CPU (01P10)
or SUB CPU PCB.
D

ROM parity error on SUB CPU

Under normal operation

103

Replace ROM on AXIS CPU


(0105P08) or AXIS CPU PCB.

3.3.5
3.3.5 JOG operation failure

Item

Cause of trouble

(analysis)

Machine lock MLK

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check whether the position


display functions under dis
play lock DLK OFF condition.
1) Position display functions,
but machine does not move.

Proceed to item 2.

2) Neither position display nor


machine functions.

Proceed to item 5.

Check MLK signal by DGN.

ON

Servo off signal


ON

Check servo off signal by DGN.


Check parameter No. 1802.

Servo system
failure

See 3.11.

Interlock signal

Check DGN No. 1000.

ON
JOG override is

0%.
6

No mode signal is
input

Check whether JOG or "J+H" is


displayed on CRT status display.

Feed axis direc


tion signal is not
input

Check whether feed axis direction signal of DGN is applied.


(Note) If an axis command is
applied before JG mode
selection, the axis does
Turn off the
not move.
axis command once and
input it again. The
axis should move

.
.

JOG speed setting

failure

Check parameter No. 1423.


Check rapid traverse speed
parameter No. 1420 ,v if the
rapid traverse does not func

tion.
9

External reset ERS


ON
Reset & rewind RRW

Check whether "RSET" is dis


played on CRT status display.

Check connections.

Check connections.

ON.
10

Reference point
return ZRN ON.

Check whether "REF" appears


on CRT status display.

11

LED of master PCB


is other than "1"

See 3.3.4.

104

3.3.6
3.3.6 Operation failure with manual pulse generator

Item

Cause of trouble

(analysis)

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check whether the position


display functions under the
display lock DLK OFF condi

tion.

Machine lock MLK

1) Position display functions,


but machine does not move.

Proceed to item 2.

2) Neither position display nor


machine functions.

Proceed to item 5.

Check DGN

ON

Servo off signal


ON

Check DGN, and parameter No.


1802.

Servo system
failure

See 3.11.

Interlock signal
JOG override is
0%.

Check DGN No. 1000.

Mode signal is not


input

Check whether "HND" or "J+H"


is displayed on CRT status
display.

Feed axis select


signal is not
input

Check whether feed axis select


signal of DGN is applied.

External reset ERS

Check whether "RSET" appears


on CRT status display.

.
.

ON

Reset & rewind RRW


ON

10

Reference point
return ZRN ON

Check whether "REF" appears on


CRT status display.

Manual pulse
generator cable is
faulty

11

LED lights on

See 3.3.4.

master PCB

12

Option is added.

Check it according to the data


sheet

105

3.3.8
3.3.7 Synchronous feed operation failure

Item

Cause of trouble

Cable connection
failure
Spindle revolution
number check

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check the connection between


NC and position coder.

Check spindle revolutions on CRT


screen,

Check DGN No. 1000.

Position coder
failure

Replace the
position coder.

Master PCB is
faulty (for 10 and
11 series)

PCB

Replace the master

Replace the PCB.

01P02 peripheral
control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (when
more than 9 axes
are controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series)

3.3.8 Tape is not read normalfy

Item

Cause of trouble

(analysis)

Checking points

Countermeasures

1) Tape does not move even when


pressing the START button in
tape mode.

Proceed to item 3.

2) Tape moves when pressing


START button in tape mode,
but it is not read properly.

Proceed to item

3) An alarm message appears on


CRT.

See 3.3.3.

4) Alarm lamp on tape reader


lights (tape reader with
reels) ,

Proceed to item

106

10.

16.

3.3.8

It|,em

Cause of trouble
Setting failure

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check to see if input device


number for foreground is set to
the tape reader being used.
(Setting input No. 0020.)
Check to see if select device
number of tape reader is correct.
10/100 series (small MDI)

3:

10/100
2:

Reader/puncher
interface 3
series (standard MDI)

Reader/puncher

interface 2
11/12/110/120 series
0: Tape reader
Check to see if corresponding
parameters are correct.
3

Mode signal is
not input.

Start signal is
not input (in
tape mode only)

AC power is not
supplied to tape

reader.
6

DC power is not
supplied to tape
reader.
(+24 V, +5 V, 0 V)
(in case of 11/12/
110/120 series
tape reader
without reels)

Tape reader is
faulty.

Tape is set up
side down.

Tape is not black


in tape reader
with reels.

10

EOB code punch

Check to see if "TAPE" is dis


played on CRT status display.
Check to see if start signal
turns to 1 or 0 when turning on
of off according to DGN.
Check to see if tape reader motor
is rotating. If this motor is
not operating, AC power is not
being applied.
Check to see if the tape moves
when setting the tape reader
switch to MANUAL. If the tape
does not move, check DC power
supply on PCB in tape reader.

Replace the tape


reader.

Change to black
tape.

Check EOB code of paper tape.

failure
11

Tape reader
adjustment

1) Check if LED (green) lights


on photoamplifier PCB, refer
ring to 3.5.
2) Adjust the photoamplifier,
referring to 3,5.
107 -

Proceed to 3.5.

3.3.8

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Countermeasures

12

LED on master PCB


is not 1".

See 3.3.4.

13

Cable connection
failure

Check cable connection.

14

Tape reader is
faulty.

Replace the tape


reader.

15

Master PCB is
faulty (for 10/11/
100/110 series) or
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (for 12/120
series)

Replace the PCB.

16

Tape reader is in
an alarm condi

tion. (tape reader


with reels)

The alarm condition is known


by the lighting conditions
of LED on the front panel of
tape reader with reels.
For details, see next page.

108

Set front panel


switch to RELEASE
to release the
alarm.

Item 16
No.

Alarm contents concerning tape reader with reels

Lighting

ALARM

ALARM

FORWARD

Reel function is abnormal


1. No tape is loaded or tape is
loosened with REEL ON.
2. Reel is used with REEL OFF.

Tape readout failure


1. Malfunction of brightness
ratio
2. Punching failure.

STOP

REWIND

1.

2.

Adjust photoamplifier.

2.

Replace tape.

Tape end
1. Tape comes to an end.

1.

Load tape.

Tape does not stop in EOR during


rewind
1. Stop magnet is faulty.

1.

Tape reader is faulty if tape is


lightly stretched with REEL OFF.
Adjust the photoamplif ier

2.

ALARM
REWIND

ALARM
FORWARD
STOP

REWIND

Tape readout failure.

Reverse operation was made with REEL


OFF.
1. Rewind command or reverse

2.

Load the tape correctly with REEL


ON.
Load the tape correctly with REEL
OFF.

1.

Countermeasures

Contents

Flickering

2.

1.

Perform rewind operation with REEL


ON.

1.
2.

Check baud rate (4800 bauds)


Check to see if stop bit is 2.
Check cable disconnection.

command was applied in AUTO mode.


REWIND switch was pressed in
MANUAL mode.

Serial data failure


1. Baud rate error.
2. Stop bit error.
3. Transmission does not stop when
CS is turned off or DC3 is
received on the host side.
(PTR BUFFER FULL)

3.

OJ

oo

No.

Lighting

Flickering

AUTO

ALARM
FORWARD
STOP
REWIND

All lamps light.

Contents

1.
2.

Watch dog
Power failure

Power abnormal

Countermeasures
1.

A power alarm occurs if power on/


off frequency is short. Wait for
30 seconds after turning off power
once, then, turn on power switch
again.
If the same sympton appears again,
the tape reader is faulty.

Check fuse in tape reader with reels.

If an alarm occurs again after the above countermeasures, check to see if the PCB voltage for tape reader with reels
is as specified. If the alarm occurs again when the voltage is normal, the tape reader with reels is faulty.

o
i

U)

00

3.3.9
3.3.9 No automatic operation is possible

Item

Cause of trouble

(analysis )

Checking points
Turn the start button off and
on in AUTO mode (T, D, or MEM).

1) STL lamp does not light.

Proceed to item 2.

2) STL lamp lights, but no axis


moves

Proceed to item 7.

Mode signal is
not input

Check to see if "TAPE" "MEM"


and "MDI" are displayed on
CRT status display.

Start signal is
not input

Check start signal according to


DGN.

Automatic opera
tion stop signal
(*SP) is applied

Check to see if "HOLD" signal


appears on CRT status display.

Reset signal is

Check to see if "RSET" appears


on CRT status display.
Check DGN No. 1000.

applied

LED on master PCB


is other than "1"

See 3.3.4.

1) Override is 0%
2) Start lock/

Check DGN No. 1000 and 1001.

interlock is ON
3) Imposition
check is prog
ressed
4) Waiting for
spindle one-

revolution
signal during
thread cutting
5) Waiting for
spindle revolu
tion in each
revolution feed
6) Waiting for

spindle speed
arrival signal
7) Read operation
from tape
reader in
progress
8

Dwell is being
executed

Countermeasures

Check to see if "DWL" is dis


played on CRT status display.

111

3.3.10

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble.
M, S, or T func
tion is being

Countermeasures

Check if "FIN" appears on CRT


status display.

executed
3.3.10 Spindle binary/analog output voltage is abnormal
Item

(analysis)
(3/6 interface
only)

__

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Countermeasures

Perform G97S-M03 command by MDI.


Check to see if R01 'u R12
conform to the following equa
tion in DGN 424 and 425.

R12x2n+Rllx210+
Sovr
S

= 0.8 x -- x -----

R01x2

x4095
100
Smax
s
: Specified revolutions rpm
Smax: Maximum revolution of
selected gear (Parameters
120 'U 123)
Sovr: spindle override %

All R01

(analysis)
(in case of BMI

only)

R12 are 0.

'u

R01 'u R12 are other than that


specified in the above equation.

Proceed to item 5.

R01 'u R12 are as specified in


the above equation, but no
analog voltage appears.

Proceed to item
10.

Check to see if voltage is cor


rectly written into DGN output
RIO
RI15 by PC.
The written voltage value is
correct, the analog voltage is
low.

Proceed to item
11.

The written voltage value is


The spindle revoincorrect
lution output R00 'u R015 is
not output normally.

Proceed to item 6.

The voltage value is not writ


ten correctly, R00 'u R015 are

Proceed to item
15.

output normally.

Spindle stop
signal (*SSTP)
(3/6 interface
only)

Proceed to item 3.

Make sure that "SSTP" is not


input according to the follow
ing:
1) DGN *SSTP = 1 when bit 0 of
parameter 5602 is "0"
2) DGN *SSTP = 0 when bit 0 of
parameter 5602 is "1"

112

3.3.10

Item

Cause of trouble
Parameter setting
failure of S code
output (3/6

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check to see if 7th bit of


parameter No. 5600 is "0"

interface only)

Gear select signal


is applied in

Check DGN (in case of analog


output B type).

correctly (3/6
interface only)

Maximum spindle
speed setting
failure (parameter
setting failure)

Check to see if parameters


No. 5621 'v 5627 are set
correctly.

Analog output
gain setting fail
ure (parameter
setting failure)

Check to see if parameter


No. 5514 is "1000".

Check to see if

Check it with data sheet.

spindle speed
binary code /analog
output option has
been added.
9

10

LED on master PCB


is other than "1"

See 3.3.4.

(analysis)

Make sure by reviewing DGN 004


and 005 that R01
R12 are the
same as DGN 424 and 425 (for
the NC with Programmable
Controller may vary according
to its specifications).
Same as above, but no analog
voltage is output.

Proceed to 11.

Output voltage is varied.

Proceed to 15.

11

Cable connection
is erroneous

NC-side output connector is CA1


Check the cable for connection.

12

Load is abnormal

Remove the cable connected to


NC-side output connector CA1
and check the voltage between
CA1 connector pin 7 (VCMS) and
pin 19 (ECS).
Note: VCMS voltage is;

JL_ x io (V)
Smax

113

3.3.11

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

13

Check specifica
tions of Program
mable Controller,
if attached

Check to see if the signals


from the machine tool clamp
the analog output on the
Programmable Controller.

14

LEDs on master PCB


are other than "1"

See Subsect. 3.3.4.

15

Master PCB is
faulty (for 10 and
11 series)

Countermeasures

16

01P02 peripheral
control PCB (when
less than 8 axes
are controlled) or
01P13 spindle
control PCB (more
than 9 axes are
controlled) is
faulty (for 12
series)

3,3.11 Analog output voltage linearity is not good

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Parameter setting
is wrong.

1) Command SO so that output


voltage can become 0 V;
then make sure that S analog
voltage is 0 V (offset
adjustment). If not, set
parameter 5613 so that 0 V
can be output.

bf)

a)

SP

3
{Offset value

S command

114

S command

Countermeasures

3.3.12

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Countermeasures

2) Command Smax so that output


voltage becomes 10 V;
then make sure that S 4-digit
analog voltage is 10 V (gain
adjustment). If not, set
parameter 5614 according to
the following equation, so
that 10 V may be output.
10.0
x 1000
Measured voltage (V)
= Setting value

10V

10V

8>

-a

S command

Load is abnormal

PCB is faulty

S max.

S command

S max.

See art. (11) of Subsec. 3.3.10.


See art. (15) and (16) of

Subsec

. 3.3.10.

3.3.12 Reader/puncher and ASR33 interface do not operate normally

Item

Cause of trouble

(analysis)

Checking points

Countermeasures

Punching or reading is impossi


ble. As a result, "PUNCH" or
"READ not displayed below on
CRT screen.

Proceed to 2.
After confirming
by operating again.

Punching or reading is impossi


ble, but "PUNCH" or "READ" is
displayed

Proceed to 6.

Alarm occurs.

Proceed to item

3.2.
2

Reset signal is
input

Check DGN No. 1000.


Check to see if "RSET" appears
on CRT status display.

Mode signal is not


applied

Check to see if either EDT or


MEM mode is "1" by DGN No. 003.

Check to see if an
option is added

Check it with data sheet.

115

3.3.13

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

LED on master PCB


is other than 1"

See 3.3.4.

Setting failure

Check to see If correct I/O


device is selected (or check
parameters No. 20 'v )

Countermeasures

Baud rate setting


failure

Check to see if correct value


is set on I/O device number sel
ected by parameter No. 5001 a. ,
1) Baud rate.
2) Stop bit.
3) Use control code.

I/O device

Check I/O device operation


according to the operators
manual.

opera

tion is wrong

Cable operation
failure

Check to see if cable is con


nected to correct connector.
Check cable connection and
wiring
Signals are connected according
to the specifications determined
between machine tool builder and
I/O unit maker.

10

LED on master PCB


is other than "1"

11

CRT/MDI

See 3.3.4.

PCB is

Replace the PCB.

faulty
12

Master print PCB


is faulty (for 10
and 11 series) or
01P02 peripheral
control PCB is
faulty (FS12)

Replace the PCB.

3.3.13 Stop position does not coincide with reference point return position
a) 1-grid deviation

Item

Cause of trouble

The deceleration
dog position is
incorrect

Checking points
Move the machine tool from the
reference point position to the
deceleration dog direction and
check the deceleration signal
with the diagnostic function.
Read the distance between the
reference point and the decel
eration dog position on the NC
position display.

116

Countermeasures

The distance be
tween the decele
ration dog and the
reference point
should be equiv
alent to one-half
of a motor revolu
tion. (Resolver

inductosyn)

3.3,13

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Countermeasures

The deceleration
dog length is too
short

Use the procedure given in


item 1 to read the length of
the deceleration dog.

Replace the dog,


according to

The position of

Move the machine tool from the

the reference
point approximate
signal switch is
bad

reference point position to the


deceleration dog direction and
check the deceleration signal
with the diagnostic function.
Read the distance between the
reference point and the decel
eration dog position on the NC
position display.

The distance be
tween the refer
ence point and the
reference point
approximate signal
switch should be
about 1/2 of the
grid width.
Motor 1/2 rota
tion: for pulse
coder
1/2A: for re
solver

CONNECTING MANUAL.

inductosyn
b) Random deviation
Item

Cause of trouble

Noise

Source voltage to
the pulse coder is
too low

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check to see if the shielding


is grounded. Check that the
spark killer is connected
to the solenoid coil, etc.
Check to see if the pulse coder
cable and the power cable are
in close proximity.

Ground the shield


ing wire. Connect
the spark killer.
Separate the pulse
code and power
cables

When the voltage at power dislik


ing terminals on the master PCB
Is 5.0 V +0.05 V, the source
voltage should be 4.75 V or

Cable loss must be


0.2 V or less,
including both
sides of 0 V and
5 V.
The voltage at
+5 V terminal on
the master PCB
should be within
the range of 4.95
to 5.10 V.

more
(Measure the pulse coder voltage
or +5 V and
between + and
0 V of checking terminals or
pulse coder PCB)

Coupling between
the servo motor
and the machine
tool is loose

Mark the motor shaft and check


the correspondence between the
shaft and machine tool position.

Tighten the
coupling

Defective pulse
coder

Replace the pulse coder.

Replacement

117

3.3.13

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Item

Defective master
PCB (for 10 and
11 series) or
defective 0105
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)

Countermeasures

Replacement

Replace the PCB.

c) Minute deviation
Cause of trouble

Item

Broken cable or
defective
connector

Checking points

Make sure the cable connector


is tight. Check the solder
connections and bends in the
cable

Variation in
offset voltage.
Defective master
PCB (for 10 and 11
series), Ol'vOSPOb
axis control PCB
(for 12 series)

Repair the con


nection.

Replace the

In case analog servo system


Release the drift compensation
function with the parameter
(7th bit of No. 1800 is "0") ,
and check the position devia
tion using the diagnostic
function. (DGN No. 3000)
The offset value variation
should correspond to the vari
ation of the position deviation
value at stoppage. Replace the
master PCB, axis control PCB or
the velocity control unit PCB
to determine the source of the
problem.

Checking method of reference point return operation


position.
1) Set the parameter according to the following table.
As for parameter No. 1580, set "0" at beginning.
Parameter
number

Countermeasures

master PCB, axis

control PCB or
velocity control
unit PCB.

and

deceleration

Contents

1400

Manual rapid traverse is effective without performing


the reference point return.

1006

Reference point return direction.

1816

Capacity of reference counter for each axis.

1005

Reference point return function is provided (Return method)

1850

Setting of grid shift amount of each axis.

1425

Low feed rate (FL) for reference point return.

118

dog

3.3.13

Parameter
number

Contents

Coordinate value of reference point in machine coordinate

1240

system.

FM feed rate at reference point return by magnetic switch


method.

1024

2) Perform the reference point return and confirm the operation is correct.
If reference point adjustment is needed:
i) grid method
Adjusted by grid shift amount (parameter No.
1850)
1
shifts a portion of
If
reference point
revolution of detector (pulse coder, resolver),
deceleration dog must be moved.
ii) magneswitch method
Adjusted by position of proximity switch.
3) Confirm the deceleration dog position (grid method only).
i) Perform reference point return.
ii) Write down position display value at reference point.
iii) Check deceleration dog signal (*DECX, *DECY, *DECZ, *DEC4, *DEC5) and
return the machine to DEC signal beginning at reference point with low
speed
iv) Calculate the distance from reference point to DEC signal using position
in (ii) and (iii) procedure. Make that distance a half of 1-revolution
distance of detector by adjustment of Deceleration dog.

119

3.3.13

Reference point return direction

Normal reference point

Deceleration dog signal

First
Reference signal
when grid shift
amount = 0

Set a to shift amount


for shift by a

V
2nd
Reference signal
after setting
grid shift amount
=a

-*j

fl

'i'
This signal is neglected
because deceleration
signal is not turned

Macliinc stop position


i

off,

Shift by or

Machine stops at this


position since the

deceleration
signal is
turned off.

Positioning adjustment of
deceleration dog

-*

'

Normal reference point ,

Deviated by the shift


amount corresponding
to one revolution of

position detector.

V
3rd
Reference signal after
adjusting the decelera
tion dog signal position.

n.

Reference signal after


setting grid shift amount = a
(Set amount of the first time)

This signal is neglected


since the deceleration
signal is not turned off.

(Note)

120

Machine stop
position

Set this distance to about 1/2 of


the shift amount of one rotation
of position detector.

3.3.14
3.3.14 System error
If a system error occurrs, the system can rarely be repaired by users. Please
contact your nearest FANUC service center.
The system may be recovered by changing parameters and other countermeasures.
For details, refer to the following table.
1) System error when power is turned on

No.

Display on CRT
ROM PARITY ERROR aaa bbb

Error contents

. ..

Inconsistency of ROM parity


aaa,bbb,...: Faulty ROM No.

Counter
measures

Check to see
if ROM is
mounted
correctly

RAM TEST : ERROR


(LED display b)

An error was detected by


RAM test. (RAM in short
area)

RAM TEST : ERROR


aaaaaa : wwwwwwww rrrrrrrr

An error was detected by


RAM test.
aaaaaa: Address
WWWWWWWW !

rrrrrrrr: Readout data

MISSING OPTION ROM aaa bbb

Essential option ROM is


missing
aaa,bbb,...: Required ROM
No.

Check to see
if ROM is
mounted cor

rectly
Check para
meter set

ting is
correct

MISSING OPTION RAM

Essential option RAM is


missing

Check option
RAM for cor
rect mount

ing condi
tion. Check
to see if
parameters
are set cor

rectly.

IMPROPER NUMBER OF AXIS

The number of preset con


trolled axes is incorrect.
(Not within the range of
(the number of in
1
stalled axes) )

Check to see
if the addi
tional axis
card is cor
rectly in
stalled
Check to see
if parameter
setting is

correct

121

3.3.14

No.

Display on CRT
LOAD SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR
SAVE SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR
LOAD PC PARAMETER : ERROR
CLEAR FILE // n : ERROR
LOAD FILES : ERROR
BUBBLE PREPARATION : ERROR

Error contents

Counter
measures

An alarm occurred halfway


during read/write operation
of bubble memory.

CLEAR BUBBLE : ERROR


aaaa bbbb cccc (Displayed
after one of the above is

displayed)
8

BUBBLE INITIALIZE : NO BUBBLE


BUBBLE PREPARATION : NO BUBBLE
CLEAR BUBBLE : NO BUBBLE

Essential bubble memory is


not

mounted.

Check to see
if correct

bubble
memory is
mounted

10

CHECK BUBBLE ID : ERROR

Identification code showing


the type of bubble memory
is incorrect.

BUBBLE PREPARATION : NOT READY


CLEAR BUBBLE : NOT READY

Power-on processing of
bubble memory has been
terminated incorrectly.
This alarm does not usually
occur at first, but is
displayed when bubble was
accessed after alarm 7, 8,
etc.

11

NO SYSTEM LABEL

occurred.

System label (area used to


store the type of system,
construction, and other
data) does not exist.
This alarm does not
usually appear at first,
but appears after the
system label was accessed
after alarm 7, 8, etc.,

occurred
12

CHECK SYSTEM LABEL : ERROR

System label (see item 11)


is incorrect. This alarm
is generally displayed when
a bubble memory has been
installed without initial
izing it for the system or
when the memory has not
been initialized -after
fully clearing it.

122

Initialize
the system.

3.3,14

Display on CRT

No.

13

FILE // n : DATA BROKEN

Error contents

Data of file No. n is


broken. This alarm is
displayed when power was
turned off halfway during
the course of changing
the file. (10 series)

Counter
measures

Clear cor
responding
file, and
remake it.

Note 1) If one of the above system alarms occurred, a message in "CRT display"
column is displayed on CRT. The system is set to IPL and the initial
menu of IPL is displayed after the alarm message.
The system cannot be operated normally until the cause of the system
alarm has been eliminated.

2) System alarms during system operation

Display on CRT

No.

TRAP 15

Error contents

System software functions

abnormally

ADDRESS ERROR

An address error (access to


odd address) occurred.

BUS ERROR

A bus error (invalid


address access) occurred.

ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION

An attempt was made to


execute an invalid command.

ZERO DIVIDE

An attempt was made to


execute the division when
divisor is zero.

CHECK INSTRUCTION

Register exceeds the range


in register range check.

TRAPV INSTRUCTION

Overflow trap occurred.

PRIVILEGE VIOLATION

A privilege command viola


tion error occurred.

TRACE

CPU was set to the trace

condition
10

L1010 EMUL

An attempt was made to


execute a command having a

command code of Axxx.


11

LI111 EMUL

An attempt was made to


execute a command having a
command code of Fxxx.

12

UNASSIGNED TRAP

An unassigned TRAP occurred.

123

Counter
measures

3.4

Display on CRT

No.
13

UNASSIGNED INTERRUPT

Counter
measures

Error contents

An unassigned interruption

occurred.

14

SPURIOUS INTERRUPT

A false interruption whose


cause remains unknown

occurred.
15

NON MASK INTERRUPT

A NMI whose cause remains


unknown occurred.

16

WATCHDOG ALARM

Watch dog alarm occurred.

17

RAM PARITY ALARM

An RAM parity error is

detected

Clear all
memory in
case of
10 series.

18

ROM PARITY ALARM

An ROM parity error is


detected.

19

PC ALARM

A serious PC error
occurred.

one of these system alarms occurred, the CRT displays it and the
The "display on CRT" in the above table
system cannot be operated.
on the top of the CRT screen.
message
displayed
will
be
indicates a
are
displayed in the remaining part
Diagnostic data caused by the error
(Detail
omitted.)
is
of the CRT screen.

Note 1) If

3.4 Power Voltage Check


3.4.1 Input unit

1) Types of input units


Six types of input units are provided for 10/11/12/100/110/120 series,
(The input units for 10/100 series are different from those
respectively.
series.)
for 11/110
Fig. 1
a) For control unit (multitap transformer is not connected)
(10/100 series Built-in type 1, 10TF Built-in type 3, 10/100/ 11 /I10M
Built-in type 2-2, 10/11 series unbundled type)
Fig. 2
b) For control unit (multitap transformer is connectable)
2)
(10/11/100/110M Built-in type
Fig. 3
c) For control unit and servo
0T
Built-in type 2)
(10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type, 10/ 11/100/11
Fig. 4
d) For control unit
(12/120 series Built-in type)
Fig. 5
e) For control unit
(12/120 series Free-standing type A)
Fig. 6
f) For control unit
B)
(12/120 series Free-standing type
Fig. 7
g) For additional power input unit
(I/O unit)

...

...

....

124

3.4.1

2) Input unit PCB


For 10 series
For 11 series
For 12 series

A16B-1600-0090
A16B-1600-0080
A 16B- 1600-0080
A20B-1001-0210 (only 12 series free standing type B)
Fuses FI, F2 , F3, F91, F92 on the PCB
FI, F2, F91, F92
A60L-0001-0901//P4110H (10A) (Control unit input fuse)
A60L-0001-0172//DM03 (0.3A) (Power on/off control circuit fuse)
F3
LED on PCB
PIL
Pilot lamp
Green light-emitting diode
This lamp remains lit when power is applied to NC.
Alarm
Red light-emitting diode
ALM
This lamp lights when an alarm signal is received from stabi
lizer power supply unit.

The PCB (10 series: A16B-1600-0090 , 11 series: A16B-1600-0080) in the power


input unit
The maintenance procedure on this PCB is mentioned below.
(I) Two LEDs of PIL and ALM are provided with this PCB. PIL (Green LED)
lights while the power is supplied to the power input terminal board TPl.
ALM (Red LED) lights when this PCB receives an alarm signal from the power
stabilizer unit. When ALM lights, NC line contactors LC1 and LC2 rurn
To reset this
OFF. NC power cannot be turned on under this condition.
condition power supply must be once cut off or the POWER OFF button
(Either NC POWER OFF button or external POWER OFF button) must be pushed.
(2) Even when NC power is off, the power has been supplied to the circuit
before the line contactors LC1 (adn LC2) while PLl lighghts. When you
touch some units inside the power input unit, confirm that PIL is not
lighting.
(3) Check the voltage for relays in the PCB Unit between (0) and (E) , 21 to
22V is normal.
When it is desired not to cut off the power with an alarm at
troubleshooting by ALM lighting, connect check pins between Pi and P2.
However, the time taken for troubleshooting must be as short as possible
and you must disconnect the check pins immediately after the trouble
shooting
The fuse F3 (0.32A) will blow out by short-circuiting of parts within the
PCB.
Replace the fuse after troubleshooting.
The ordering number of F3 is A60L-0001-0172//DM03

3) Multitap transformer input fuse (Fig. 2-6)


A60L-0001-0042//JG1- 10 (10A)
For 10/11/100/110 series Fl, F2
For 12/120series Built-in type, Free-standing type A:
Fl, F2
A60L-0001-0042//JG1-20
For 12/120 series Free-standing type B:
Fl, F2
A60L-000 1-004 2# JG1-30
4) Servo transformer input fuses
The fuse capacity differs according to servo transformer capacity.
following table.

125

See the

3.4.1
Table 3.4.1 (a) Servo input fuse for 10/11/100/110

Power voltage

FCF type made by

PC type made by
Utsunomiya
Electric Co.

Fuse type

Transformer
Capacity (KVA)

Fuji Electric
Co.

1.5 kVA

15 A

20 A

2.5

20

30

30

30

10

40

40

15

50

50

1.5

10

10

2.5

10

15

15

15

10

25

30

15

30

30

1.5

10

10

2.5

10

15

15

20

10

20

30

15

25

30

200 V
220 V

380 V

5
440 V

480 V

$
550 V

Table 3.4,1 (b) Servo input fuse for 12/120 series

__

Fuse type
Power voltage

200 V

Transformer
Capacity (KVA)

JG type made by

Utsunomiya
Electric Co.

1.5 KVA

15 A

2.5

20 A

30 A

10

40 A

$
550 V

126

3.4.2

3.4.2 Input power voltage check

Check to see if the input power voltage satisfies the following requirements:
1) In case of input unit shown in Fig. 1.
+10%, 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6, AC 220 V +10% , 60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6
AC 200 V
-15%
-15%
2) In case of the input unit shown in Fig. 2, 4 and 6 (when multitap transformer
is used)
AC 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
+10%
, 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 1(6
Rated fluctuation range

-15%

3) In case of input unit shown in Fig. 3 and 5 (when multitap transformer is


used)
AC 200 V/220 V/230 V/240 V/380 V/415 V/440 V/460 V/480 V/550 V
+10%
, 50/60 Hz +1 Hz, 3(6
Rated fluctuation range

-15%

CONTROL UNIT POEWR TRANSFORMER

A control unit power transformer (A80L-0001-0176) is required when the input


power supply is other than AC 200V, 50 Hz and AC 220V, 60Hz.
This transformer has taps for AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550V on the
primary side (MULTI-TAP TRANSFORMER). Select one tap depending on input power
voltage

550 O
480

Tap change
(Select one tape
depending on
input power

supply)

460

O-

440

415

380 O240 o230

220

O-

200

o-

200 A- 200 B 200V, 5 A (Used within the NC)


100A-100B 100V, 1 A (For measuring device at maintenance)
(Terminals 100 A and 100B are attached for the transformer of
edition 2 or later)

---

200 A

O 100 A

COM O-

---

-O 200B

'

TB1

O 100 B

TB2 (Screw size on the terminal board is M4)

An output between 100A and 100B is used only for measuring device at
maintenance. This output must not be used for a long time. Also, because this
output does not have any protective means such as fuses, even when used for
measuring device, you must carefully examine whether the measuring device has
the shrot-circuit or whether the load current does not exceed 1A.
Moreover, when you touch on the terminals such as TB1, TB2, etc, you should
(You can
touch after turnign off the main switch of the magnetics cabinet.
the
input
PIL
unit.
PIL
in
lamp
the
and
power
ON
OFF
by
confirm the main switch
OFF.)
is
extinguishes
while
that
ON,
but
is
lights while the main switch

127

3.4.2

Input unit PCD

LTL

SO

T77(.

4*

S
go

in

w
o

CO.

H
W

3
tn

*0-

HWH

SP

Wo.

s
8883

sr

&

n
T1

Op

l
Ml

TP 2

FI

EON EOF COM FA FB

co

EH

E2

I
I

ot

CO

C4

EEI

o
i

zzJ

Fig. 3.4.2 (a) Input unit for 10/11 series built-in type 1, 10TF built-in type 3 10M/11IVI built-in type 2-2,
and 10 series 11T/M unbundle-type cabinet

Input unit PCD


Input fuse for multi-top transformer

U L

OH
|o

FI

1I..J

<IOA:/K2
TPI

Eo
IFANUC

LTD

SO

082

oc
o
o

I
CZJ

T1

[]

Tl>2
EON EOF COM FA FB

o
FI F2

TIM

luujyuu
i

R1

Fig. 3.4.2 (b) Input unit for 10M/11M built-in type cabinet

128

SI

3.4.2

Input unit PCB

gO

0 ON0 DOCR
0

*!OFF

r\

UL

INT- IJOCK

Input fuses for servo transformer

ALM PIL

oo

r\

<

>

F4

5
4

F5

SV

3
i

SW

F6
l.Cl

K>

LCS LCR FNSFNK

o an

FANUC LTD

SKI

TP 1
K

TIM

FI

pjjjyuuju

10A

rrrrtTinrni

_
U

F?.

Input fuses for multi-tap transformer

Fig. 3.4.2 (c) Input unit for 10T/M, 11T/M free-standing type and 10T/11T built-in type 2 cabinet

Input unit PCB

Multi-tap Input fuse

La

FI

F2

3
2
I

7
A

CP94

<31

3
2
I

AJ

CP5

o>

RC.B.

cb

AI6B - 1600-0080

T02

e
a

200

A1

200 EMC EMG 200 200


B I OUTI 0UT2 R I

Fig. 3.4.2 (d)

input unit for 12 series built-in type cabinet

129

+ Dc;

Servo transformer fuse

7/7

F3

1ft

7
LCI

H13

F4

8-f

Multi-tap transformer input fuse

7+

14_2

23

24

e-f

F 1

F2

*H*o
Q_

so
<

CP94
I

TB3 1234

SKI

U>

F5

Input unit PCB

-h
FNR

U es

CP5

I
DOOR

1NT.LOX

P. C. B.
AI6B- 1600-0080

RI

JJ,

ON

R
OFF
i

EON EOF COM FA FB

TBl

<<

IOO

u. U.

TB2

200 200 200 200 MCC MCC 200 200 1NT 1NT 1NT INT EMG EM3
3
4 OUT OUT
2
Ai
2
1
Rj St
81 A2 B2 1
e

AC INPUT

Fig. 3.4.2 (e)

Input unit for 12 series free-standing type A cabinet

to

Multi-tap transformer input fuse

P1L

JL

O
B

F2

Q_

ALMo

CM

to

o>

rO

n
KWr:

CD
ci-

FI

FNR
-

CM

in

k.

CD

ro

Q.

CL

CL
U

to
G)

O)

<J)

(?)

CL

CL
O

CL

(L

P. C. B. 2
A20B- 1001 -0210

SI

EON EOF COM FA

OFF

L|.,r

in

RC.B. i
AI6B- J600-0080

<J)

RI

ON

D.

ro

CM

to
CL LCS

o o o

INT LOCK

_TU

k.

LCR

CM

CM

FNS

DOOR

IfO

s
FB

a
S

<
IX.

cm

<

Oi
Li.

<
CVJ

<si

Input unit PCB

TB2
R

200 200 200 200 200 200 I NT I NT INT INT EMG EVG
SI
2
4 OUTI 0UT2
3
AIBIA2 B2 Rl

TB3
I

o
Fig. 3.4.2 (f) Input unit for 12 series free-standing type B cabinet
w
to

Additional input unit PCB

+
i

N5

CP96

F92

CP95

F91

-L

-r

-h

CP 94

3
O*

CP93

CP92

CP9I

4~
II"

-1D-

Fig. 3.4.2 (g) Additional power input unit


u>

*
to

3.4.3

3.4.3 DC voltage checking


DC voltages supplied from the power unit must be measured at CPI 7 checking
terminals on the power unit. Confirm that DC voltages are within the allowable
range
1) Rated output voltage

Rated
voltage

Allowable
fluctuation

+5

+5 V

+5%

+24

+24 V

+10%

Bubble memory, tape


reader, Small type, CRT

+24E

+24 V

+10%

I/O

+15

+15 V

+5%

Position control circuit

-15

-15 V

+5%

Position control circuit,


Bubble memory

AO

0 V

Terminal
name

133

Use

Logical circuit

signals

2 3 4 5 6 7

VW<

Used for test of units

a b c
32[HTT L

31

VRll

E3

28

+15

27
26
25
24

-15

15
14

CP12

13

(With cover
removed)

MASTER
interface

17
16

+5

19
18

A10 ADJ.

FN

30
29

23
22
21
20

12
11
10
9

BLUE
0

VS11

8
7
6
5

2
I

Fll~12 5 A

AC200/220V

PI3 3.2A

:!

Input fuse

L_

CP 14

-v

+ cpi?

+ 24
+ 24E

BROWN
7 6 5 4 3 2

CP15

BROWN

<

?s;?
+

A16B-1210-0510

\ BLACK
3*2 1

F14 5A
+24 fuse

CO ci

[
O

POWER UNIT

CPU

+24 fuse

2 3

so
For connection unit

1 2 3 4 5 6
o o

as
+

<

=0
CL CL

AC200/220V input
PA-PB interface

6 5-4

For MDI/CRT
unit

Fig. 3.4.3 (a) Power unit for 10/100 series outer view

CO
LJ

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1
<N

CL

Used foi testing units


a b

<=

32 H T | L
31 *PF IEN
'>n
30
29
28 + 15

A+

r-

<1

CO

fl

CP 16

27
26
25

VRll

m
A10 ADJ.

l)

()

-15

24
23
22
21

+5

20

19

Master

18
17
16
15

interface

With cover
removed

14

"f

13
U>
Ln

12

11
10

CP 12

BLUE
J

9
8
7
6

CP 14

+ 24
+ 24E
6

12

CP 13

10

CP 17
I

ICP11
BLACK

4 3 2

s++

Input fuse

IT] '

K 11
SA

F13 3.2A
+24 fuse

ifllliLHyi'
N.

F14 5A

WHITE

BROWN

"\
POWER UNIT

Fll ~12 5 A

AC200/220V

VS 11

4
3
2

t*

A 16 B - 1210-0560

+24E fuse

i Fl

<>

1 2 3

<

os
1

2 3

1 2 3 4

SE

bi

Connection unit
interface

5 6

to O

AC200/220 V
input interface

O G

CL

-j

I< <
Power input
unit inter
face
CL

CO

Fig. 3.4.3 (b) Power unit for 11/110 series outer view

4L-

o=

<S=*

a b c
32 H T L
31

Pf EN

30 115 NR VN ?
+15
29
28

-15

27

26
25
24

23
22
21

+5

20

For
back

[9

!8

With
cover
removed

panel

17
16
15
14

l
H-*

LO
ON

X CPI2
i

13;

12

BLUE

II

Fll 12 7. 5 A

10
9

AC200/220V

SUES

Input fuse

8
7

|]AIO ADJ.

CP16

CPl 4

pi

<\J

2 3 4

-Oooxoa
o

BLACK

5 6 7 8 9

Q.

POWER UNIT
A20B-1000-0770

CPI i

WHITE

BROWN
l

CPI3

+ 24

VRl I

6
5
4

15

2A
-+F14
24E fuse

U.

E3

It

a: co o
12 3 4 5 6
r>

ift

+ +

For built-in I/O unit

2 3 4 5 6

220/220 V
(AC input)

as
<1 <
For power input unit

Fig. 3.4.3 (c) Power unit for 12/120 series outer view

CO

OJ

Used for
testing units

2 3 4 5 6 7

2 3

ri

E-H O

a b c

32 HTL
31
BN
30 : 3AIC
:D
29
28 -4-15
27 -15

fife

u>
f

CP 16

&

&

CP 18

A10 ADJ-4-5
For
back

18
17

panel

CP 32

16
15
14
13
12
11

10
9
8

VR11

19

"v!

in

25
24

TH

&
< < <2<
o
\

26
23
22
21
20

04

&
o

With
cover
removed

BLUE

F31-32 5 A
AC 200/
220V
Input fuse

7
6

VS11

o= +

CP 17

5
4

3 +24
2
+24 E
1

7 6 5 4 3 2

o w

in

POWER UNIT
A16B-1310-Q010

CP 31

BLACK

&&

H S1
El

CPlOOO
31 1 ooo

I-"
0

F33 0.5 A
+24 *
fuse
F34 2A
+24E
fuse

3 2 1
O
CQ

CO

<

220/220 V (AC input)


PA-PB

cu

6 5 4

Fig. 3.4.3 (d) Power unit for

I/O unit outer view

CO
CO

3.4.3

2) Adjustable points on power unit PCB


A16B-1 2 10-0510
10/100 series
A16B-1210-0560
11/110 series
A20B-1000-0770
12/120 series
It is not usually necessary to adjust the reference voltage (+10 V)
However, if the reference voltage is deviated due to a certain cause, a power
alarm may occur.
The reference voltage can be readjusted by VRll (A10 ADJ) to +10.00 V while
A10 terminals of CP16 using a digital
measuring the voltage between A0
voltmeter.

3) Mounting position of the input unit and power unit in each cabinet
a) 10/11/100/110 series Free-standing type cabinet

Input unit

7a1
1

1
1

Front panel

Rear panel

Master PCB
Power unit

b)

10/11/100/110

series Built-in type 1 cabinet

Input unit

Master PCB

Power unit

Front panel

138

3.4.3

c)

10/ 11 / 100/ 110T Built-in

type 2 cabinet

/ Master

PCB

/
Power unit

Input unit

Front panel

d)

10/11/100/110M

Built-in type 2 cabinet


Input unit

Master PCB

Power unit

Front panel

e)

10/ 11 / 100/ 110M Built-in

type 2-2 cabinet

Input unit

7 Master

2/1

PCB

Power unit

Front panel

139

3.4.3

f)

10/11

series Unbundled type cabinet


Master PCB

7271

Power unit

Input unit

Front view

g) 10TF Built-in type 3 cabinet

Master PCB

Power unit

Input unit

/
Front view

h) 11TT Built-in type 3 cabinet


Master PCB

Power unit

Input unit

140 -

3.4.3

i)

12/120

series Free-standing type A cabinet

Input

Basic
control unit

unit

7
Power unit

Rear view

Front view

j)

12/120

series Free-standing type B cabinet

Additional
control unit
Power

/ unit
Basic control
unit

Input
unit

Power unit

Front view

k)

12/120 series Built-in

Rear view

type

Input unit

Power unit

Front view

141

3.4.3

4)

12/120

series power voltage checking position

OO

t-H

<i

III
+ 5V i j

Basic control unit

OV

+ 15V

t=C

-15V c=C

+ 24V

i
Additional control unit

142

3.4.4

3.4.4 Power voltage check on velocity control unit PCB

1) Check each power


for each axis.
o CH15
+24
+15
o CHI 6
o CHI 7
-15

output at the check terminals of velocity control unit PCB

V (+23

+27 V)
+15.45 V)
V (+14.55
V (-14.55
-15.45 V)

2) Check 100 VAC power supply at T1 screw terminals No. 3 and 4 for each axis.
If the emergency stop button of the operator's panel or the emergency stop
circuit of the machine tool side is functioning, the 100 V is turned off. In
such a case, the emergency stop button or emergency stop circuit must be
reset in advance.

dj

>

?d

CD

U.
2 5X

OOJ
o|
\i> o|

03

CO

1
y

>

ii

s i
n?

5O x o5 Ox
0000

OOO

[o <H

|o

cH

i<V

rmmiwvM.*

1IC]

ro

Q>

I
00

cu

.t:

.ill
Bias n
s

7.

--8 8--

B (
000000000000000000000

si

5~

5= 5S gs 52 5

5* gs 5 5

5 5 52 5a

>>
>
in 10 tf

r++

I
i

>1
cd
O

<D

OS

<5 a-

1
g O
|S

.e

CD

in

in

in

1-H

4-

LO
in

CM

l-i

to

00
t'-

s
i
I

"CJ

'z

CO

Cd

<!

8
&
o

<D

>
S
cd

a
Q
z

<3 a
143

is

CN


& 5,

*g

p<

I
8
g
89

CD

o o

> <

3.5

3.5 Tape Reader Photo-amplifier Adjustment


3.5.1 Tape reader without reels photo-amplifier adjustment
1) With paper tape, make a test tape (approx. 40 cm) as illustrated below that
alternates punching and non-punching and connect ends to form an endless loop
of tape. (See Note 2, Note 3.)

ISO code

EIA code

or

:
DELETE
CR

*u*u*u

2) Mount the test tape in the tape reader and turn the switch to MANUAL to read
the tape.

AUTO

I1

(g>

RELEASE

FANUC

MANUAL

Tape reader without reels

y
3) With an oscilloscope, measure the waveform between check terminals S and OV
(ground) on the photo-amplifier.
Adjust it with RV1 so that the ON/OFF
timing ratio is 6:4.
4) Measure the waveforms at check terminals 1 through 8 on the photo-amplifier
using an oscilloscope. Find the channel where the ON width is the shortest.
(Use the terminal OV for grounding.)
5) Measure the waveform where the ON time width is the shortest among 1 through
8 and compare it with the waveform of S. Adjust with RV2 so that the timing
indicated in the diagram below is obtained.
6) Confirm that waveforms 1 through 8 satisfy the timing in the diagram below.

OFF

ON

S waveform
ON: OFF = 6:4
(RV1)

I
I

Shortest ON width
measured from
1 through 8
(RV2)

above 300

jus

I
t

above 300

ON

OFF

144

jus

3.5.1

Ajusting position of tape reader without reels photo amplifier


For the tape reader without reel (A13B-0070-B001)

I
200 VAC

Photo -amplifier PCB

A20B-0007D750

.ggWsMSl

ov

00

SP

Data puncliing signal adjustment

Sprocket signal adjustment

Check terminal

(Note 1) Use paper tape that conforms to the following standard:


Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used after the tape reader
was adjusted with black tape.
When performing an output waveform adjustment of the photo amplifier,
use a paper tape color of blue, white, pink, yellow, orange, etc.
(other than black or gray) to perform the adjustment.
The use of a
tape, colored blue, white, pink, etc. with a tape reader adjusted with
a black or gray colored tape may sometimes cause a read error. For the
case where black colored tape is normally used, a black tape may be
used for adjustment.

145

3.5.2

3.5.2 Tape reader with reels photo-amplifier adjustment


1) Prepare about 40 cm of the following test tape (see Notes 2, 3 on the
previous page) which alternately repeats punching and unpunching, and splice
both ends to make an endless tape,

In case of EIA code (see Note 4)

In case of ISO code

or

DELETE
CR

*U*U*U*U

Adjust the photoamplifier by using the built-in adjusting program of the tape
reader with reels.
2) Start the adjusting program
a) Press FORWARD and REWIND
switches at the same time
while
RELEASE
the
in
l-pp
;

PE

WrA'.

condition.

()

b) AUTO and ALARM LED flicker.


c) The adjusting program mode
has now been set.

:3
'

.i

V:- O'"

'

RFVCkO

FCaV.Wt>

&

&

(See
d) Load the test tape.
Note 3.)
e) Set REEL OFF.
f) Press FORWARD switch.
g) The tape starts moving.

p.

IS

aSis
.
T

'

V.tf.M

jSS)

BtLF*>5

:
. REwmot;

n is IRI

146

3.5.2

y
still

00

P7-

'If: b't

LDO

BJOSS

ns

LD4
UD5
L06
LD7

'

feg

JQ:

LDL
LO?
1 1)3

14

11

tiv.

R4

4) Adjustment end
a) Press STOP switch.

TAPE,

liflKlfl
*;

3) Adjustment
a) The adjusting position
is mounted on the right
side as viewed from the
rear face of the tape
If
reader with reels.
it is not mounted at the
position shown in the
(it
is
figure,
left
See
mounted at "A".
Note 4.)
b) Turn SP knob until LD5
lights
c) Turn DATA knob until LD1
flickers. (See Note 5.)
This adjustment cannot
unless
LD5
made
be
lights

1>
(IV.U

*14

O'
OIF

y-

f&fWiAfiO : . 5i0?-' ftW8t>.


'

.Hiifl
e>

b) Set RELEASE.
c) Press FORWARD and STOP
switches at the same
time
d) Normal mode has been

Sfi

set
IP-'" :

44

! I

HHB5
FORWSb

a
tctSAt-E

PI

11
m
IHit

.V

V*

*4

Rdf>!>

147

e) Operate the tape reader


with the signal cable
normally connected.
0

3.5.2

(Note 1) Use paper tape that conforms to the following standard:


Paper tape for data exchange JIS C6243-1970.
Position and size of paper tape punch for data exchange JIS C6246-1971.
(Note 2) A read error will occur if another tape is used after the tape reader
was adjusted with a black tape.
When performing an' output waveform adjustment of the photo amplifier,
use a paper tape color of blue, white, pink, yellow, orange, etc.
(other than black or gray), to perform the adjustment. The use of a
tape, colored blue, white, pink, etc., with a tape reader adjusted
with black and gray colored tape, may sometimes cause a read error.
For the case where black colored tape is normally used, a black tape
may be used for adjustment.
(Note 3) EIA test tape is applicable when the edition number of the built-in
program of the tape reader is B or subsequent.
(Note 4) The PCB is opened in the arrow direction with the lower screw used as
the fulcrum by loosening the four screws shown in the following figure.
Tighten these screws after adjustment.

PCB

Loosen screws

DATA

Screw

CD

Rear face

SP
o

Front panel

LD0~7

This side

Screw
Open

Screw

Never touch the power supply


(which produces 5 V and 24 V
from 200 VAC) by hand,

(Note 5) If LDO and LD3 flicker when turning DATA knob, adjust the following
knobs

m
DATA

DATA

o-'*

-;o;-

LD3

LD1

1) LD3 is flickering.
2) Turn the knob toward the midpoint until LD1 flickers.

148

*o/esoz- looi-osev
*o/*so- looi -osev

5V fuse

Voltage check terminal

24V fuse

Te1 ITCNTS

TP TcP r9~1CNT4

ri3

Tt T1 rT1 T1

T2>

SCNT2

ATS

)i?

CNT3

0SL
CN' 1
'

I*

24v ruse

O)

SA

Variable resistor
for adjusting
photoamplifier

iOcSS
<

>

4S
VO

13

CD8

Fuse

5A
F4

I 14 I f

A20E-IOQI-005K

MADE IN JAPAN

13 i I 12 l

I I i MO

l l 8 i i 7 i i 6 i f 5

n4

i i

i \ I i

FANUC

100V AC fuse

Fig. 3.5.1 (a) Adjusting points on the tape reader with reels PCB
LO
V/

to

3.6

3.6 Connection Diagram of NC Inside


=:

il

_Y.

p 1 I
I
I ill
I!
I

a;

f! nm

enovo

8C D- t

IHVO
IOV3

w*V PPV

r=1Z3V3

r Bt I*
-r st o

HD

501
gg

D-J

IH|

rS

D-

>-0

rlg[

& [H1

siMD

cp cp

lit

M-3
kD

3?|S[

li*

>

hr
58E-3

:oc

izisi

s I

sED

H cl Vi

ff=r3SVD<o

ri

&*?

jilt?

IS If 3 i

ci ijsrv.

>!

ll

(uoiido

It

lB

ISE-3
I1 ilSE-

Ii
OJMD

SI

r*i
|XU01-|BH| B

It

-a

FSE3: ft

II

Ji

Isvo

si

fh

SI

,2i%[0
g[D

r-fi

kV-J

EZ)

rz/

i
s

i
3 Ilst D-) N
Mto ?1 ridD
0
m I
gCO -J
fc
apS gg
fl]0

WM
:K=r

SI-iEiJ

W--J1

S|iU

muv

(5

fiPr
*

cp

->

Siil

ill

ms

tD

*3-

i
Jmm
rr
=32
2

2'

5I1

TT

IML n M
i

-;y

81

&& &

'

! 3 g 13 i I
IT,
SJL
3
i
T T T
-

=o
s

Fig. 3.6 (a) Connecting diagram inside 10/100 series free-standing type cabinet

150

3.6

il

I-

--

Df>l i
D3d

:2

! S-

Bt

5 cm

i
2

35

Ip)9-1

l!d,D

-033

Sg it

E|
| 2
g e e

a,_,gto

Sjgjl
10 3

18 i3

rfag

S|
I
i

.li-gJa0-

S'|@
II a

31

S? 21*

!lt|f
Si 155

atD

{]]

#444

I
-J

it

11

Q)

"X i

i:
ir
B

z {?
5
2 2

iisgu |
o

irn-

5
>

-asirs[
rrr

rfflg i a
st

gqtj-

fe

?(

-]
Ef i
-t

i ii-1 1
-i
i

r'

2 ra-i I
0

41ii- MS-1 1
H3IS

-HI01g

s
st-J
sM

H0

8t

&

-i -q&
!

@1

i
s

tSM3"I

Off

Bft i|fis=,-nalai

-t-fi
UR

-11m fel'S&CD
ml Qp-I-Mi

ttii;

fldGOO

{-

3b vR

II

r AA
t i-444
m.
I
4
a

Fig. 3.6 (b) Connecting diagram inside 10/100 series built-in type 1 cabinet

151

cf

sr

?- .

Term inal
703
Motor power

Door interlock
HZ>D= switch

witch

cn
CN1
Door
Int- lock*

--

Power input |

IN1.2

3*

Terminal' unit 1
03

J*.
TCI

Io?
COM

(KIT

3
&

jcMmp

Velocity

Control
unit
2nd axis

COP 2

CFP

nr?

CIA

ww:

TET

RS232C
interface
unit
AC
200V

PTR
wi thout

L-D ]CV1

reels

CNT4

CPII

Z23

J5

Pan unit.

Symbols of connector

CN?| h

unit
1st axis

100V

Reader /puncher interface


COD (.Interface B>

High speed DI

Oil CN6

Control

UQ

ALU

TO I/O

1
Hi
o

CPS ElCP4 |

|CP6Cp5P5|
s

C) ....

rs2

!l!

Terminal

Ui

IS
sw

0090

0>i/0FF SW

I
5:
I

Input

.Jzoovl

A16B-T6 00

gg}.

W
i

Velocity

EMGT

AC

(6
CK2 j

poc d Back

Tpnr

AC :motor

-0 ]CV2

AC

]CV3

2XV

irr

1E

CP12
Power Supply

]CA1

CFAI

I
PMC ROM CA8CD2
CASSETTE Option I
CSA

CCA

uli

'

(96pin)

Yamaichi

.'.0p tr

8 (Spin)

(Spin )

BURNDY
Opt. connector

JAE connector

fjCAl

HONDA

(D -Sub)

ggpis

Mas
C-B

CF1 CF2 CF3 CA2

cp

CA2B

CAP

A16B 1010 0040

CA5ICA4CA3 CD1

command

B-

CA1B
Positon coder
Peed Back

up cp cp cp

A16B 1210
0510 CPM|

CPl s[

{|RS232C linterface
cC)

(Interface

<1 :-:.v

CD6

a*

TC2 DC24

Otl

Db
ad
(20pin)(S0pin

06

CA6

style termin?l

_____ _ _

TC5 AC20O.
TC4 AC200

ro
o

-O

CA4B

.Video

Key Switch

To 9 inch final l Type

Power supply connection

Mill* CRT

roSv
: :: ;19/in,yp'CRT/MD'
TC4 AC200V .... 9 inch standard
type or

14 inch color graphic CRT/MDI

ETO.

CUPIB

_n r2'-''s Lg Jx>P4C1
] M29Q
rO

AIH iirio IVCO

Ml 8

"'11

lIIS

__

COP2B.M2B M19B M20BM18B Ml B.


IKlt

TO I/O
J
To 9 inch standard type

Terminal unit l
TO machine sklo

LaO ss

1
i

COD 1 CPS2

IMC e

Ml 9 M2 M20 M18 Ml

SIIII

M19BM2BM20BMI8BM1B

Terminal unit 1
TO machine side

-COmi C/

sir, XL'

COS C04 C03 C02 COl

(Interface A)

CP~ 2

arsssy

CA3B

C09 CIO ClI C12iC13

SIIII mu

Manual pulse generator


(MPG) x 2

CU5B C04BC03BC02B001B C09B C10BC11BC12BC13B


Terminal unit 1
Terminal unit 3

To machine side

CRT/MDI unit or

14 inch color graphic


CRT/MDI unit.

Note) The specification connections of PCB


with * mark are changed in digital

servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (g).

w
ON

3.6

13

IIJ

-I

&
g

II
gI

BJ"
g[t>

si
- II

=* B =>s!|!

*3

g fe
8 8

S
8

nut
e

ri s

dt

,+

f|pyTfl3gc a I
JitD 5
>

OP

-[

1M

"

5EH
5H

et-j

2r n

oT

-DisiJfD

{
;

--

-t

>8

-i

.eg
sH

i S0-3
SE -D
8t-

\*U1 j
Ui

ot&

|l 111,
gi
&
3S i
n

-tfihW
-1

; cD

I
8

|-s

~ fr
a a
ii

]8

flJ

-gt

-sr

IIlit

D-h>
I

P?

1I

a cin

liiPMrri
liiDiwus
n I\J

rtisJ

S-3? =

i iiA

frhl

kil=u

SE

1,,

si
z
=

6 n ft r1]

Fig. 3.6 (d) Connecting diagram inside 10M/100M built-in type 2 and 10M/100M built-in type 2-2 cabinet

153

<

Mi

L
11
fiS

rsE
5

>H

- sC Lh
H
rDil ifSEH
I
i s[D
rflpj ec o

b[0

BCD

3DQ

<PD

-QBTPE

II iAs

Hit

4) 38 |BED

HstO

AistO

JT

S
3=
as

fc

o 1
3B 6

5!

5M
eE-3

H S

HHJI
a-3 1
H

stH

Sf 3

<

-I)

li~

5..

[|[hJ~I

TT

ft

TlPs
r-o ?

<

uh

TIT

ll Isi
ls i
I,
11
g
lia sal
I a

II
s

HH
4 SI
s

(*

agg

cp

ill

S!3

!H

11 eM
So

|*

JS 3 o

st a

|S

11

Ho

II
fp

He D-

-Dll

-o

II

oS[ 0 g

>1

sn
1

IS

ga

|0[ 0 M

t t-s
A

*1

c--g a s[ D I
*<?[ S-* e

Si

hU H<

Ik

eCIP
gOCH
SOD
UQ

:!_
I
Ja 5 34
A

S
aa

<

Q
OO OS

SO

]5

Jgs |

4,

| HI

11
SQ
J

35

is
I
o
9
H
C=3

Ss

0D

01
i

__

3.6

!(Q) I f
P

||!| li li 1
l!
g IS
-

* J,i
x i.
|
- = -<
2 I oil p
F
5

pi

201

Fig. 3.6 (e) Connecting diagram inside 10TF built-in type 3 cabinet

154

<*

a:a.

m
SI,

4 4

<?

>*

<

J,ut

-L1J

<J

-R->,7-

3.6

So 2*
Ss
It

n_

&
6

Uj

8IIg
PW

-Gl<

-i

<i

tZp

B*-:
5

p
S

iS

----

11
If
Si 6*0
Hall
O'

O'

CS

oH

33 S
'? ? ?

11

*--<.*

gj

JX.

ZL

rgi

SgStD-

|--o(0)
h>(3)

0 5SID-

jg[[h

-m

lien
r-aefa

g
;-

M!

+>
o
a a ssg

Hid
-0 ]S

s-gS

> d

Ln

t-

iI

13
g s

E= 3

>**

.a 3

12 Site

I 11

_:
a

tin
Sj

s4

fl>

:
:
o

Big|E

5
0

-4A|

i
a

r(Q)

@1
Pho*

i t gfF
g|gag

fl J j

r~

~~

CO

c
I

g-BB
I

co

CO

r1
Si e

S BIS S
UK
o5 %l

ft|S

Bs
3

&

&

<=

SS

ISSIlII
g

|po

-o(o]

|H

41Hi

>s

-0]d

i UU

!
!L
1 ifsiff
1

"

>

Fig, 3.6 (f) Connecting diagram inside 10 series unbundled type cabinet

155

14 CRT/MDI
(100 series)

=' O

Standard 9/14

Small type

CRT/MDI

les|

CRT

sag

(10 series)

]>

Manual pulse

generator

_Tl "1
U

CD13B
I I

<>

S.D

as

&

u10

0
PMC cassette
Conversational
function card (10TF)
OPTION

Connection unit
or I/O unit

i i

CNl

Tl

Digital
servo
ampli
fier for
1st axis

T1CN2

<P
w

i
Ln
O'

Uso-EL

is.

ii

CNl

Digital
servo
ampli
fier for

2nd axis
Tl CN2

TT

I/O card A -

EE

n
d 2 COP 2 o i

O O

n n n o

> > >


> > >
K r w S woo
Master PCB

d 3 CV2 1
d 3 CV2 2

A16B-1010-0190
o

<

</>

CD

o
c/>

CD

I'

CFE CF91CF92

TIT

CNl

CNl

Digital
servo
amplifier
3rd axis

Digital
servo
ampli4th axis

Tl CN2

Tl CN2

F=1
E3

r~i r~i

IT

CA2 CA1 CD1

Powr Supply

I l

up rp

Punch panel
(For small type CRT/MDI)
Spindle amplifier

Position coder

fier

Dll
Ull
U

J5

Spindle control

Feedback
1st to 4th axis AC servo motor
Power

jggL

Servo transformer

Battery

unit

bb

kfd,

Q 3f I

Separate type

detector
CF
101CF102 CF103 CF104

l I

l I I I

I I

T?TT

Feedback of separate
type detector 1st to 4th axis

Note) Other specifications and connections than above mentioned


are same as in analog servo system

u>
ON

READER/

PUNCHER

TO
TO
SERVO PULSE

3AC ACIOOV

DOOR
4EMG
rsw INTERLOCK

SW

FORMER-1

LTRANS

-cfo

MOTOR ENCODER I/O


UNIT

POSITION
DPL

FORMER

-*

)
C V'lH -

r~

A
-

TO HOST COMPUTER INTERFACE

(S)

CSA

CBA

CASSETTE

S'
CO
O
3*

INTERLOCK

INPUT UNIT

R.S

FNR.PNS

7fS

6ofyoTK

CP4
ON .OFF
CP2 CP 3
CPI

O
3
3

QTZ3

I II It

E 0i

an

(yap

V6I

CN1 CN6 CN5

7
T Cv)

=K>=)

CN1 CN6 CN5


I I
I !

I II I I !

V82

CD

C vi1 X VI2 )

( v

k>

2D
CQ

05

I II I I 1 1

3
I

l. I L_J
CPl3 CPU
POWER CP 12
SUPPLY
UNIT

Q.

Un

CD

FAN

O
ui

CD

Cvp

vm

<voT>

SYMBOLS

DIRECT

CQ

COUPLING

<

HONDA
(96PRO

o- SCREW [

FASTONI
o o- TERMINAL

CD

cr

[D-

(SOP IN)

HONDA

CD-

(20PIN)

It
Ph

YAMAICHI
OPTICAL
FIBER

E0E B-

[D-

BURNDY
(6PIN)

BURNDY

C0P3L-T

(SPIN)

D-SUB

OOO
MPGX3

CV4 CF4 CVS CF5


1 II II II

an

ii n

visa
V62

V82

V81

< V4i >

L_!

-if

200V

l_fcOP3

C13

1CBL

TJCOP4

1 rm

K
CL
CO

C3 rrn

CONNECTION CDM CDP


UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL

I PC
5

Lsl

<5

z:

<

CO

Cll

CIO

LJ
p

C09

-*
CO

o
CL

!~) EZ3

LLU
CDD2 CP55

CONNECTION UNIT 2
C13 C12 Cll CIO C09

cpcpcpcp

TO MACHINE

C05 C04

2
9 c
2

C12

cpgcpcpcp

E
CL

rn P

CM4 CM3 CM2 CM1

GEO a

CP52
CONNECTION UNIT

CP51

I C>

III

AXES

< V42 >

V22

14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT


CP24
CD 3 CA3

CHA

TO SERVO AMP.
FOR ADDITIONAL

ON/OFF

rrr

CP14B

9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT


CDl CA3 CMD CP24
rn 1 1 r 1 I I

PUNCHER INTERFACE
HONDA

CP14A

L2J
CP91

READER/

CAEI

MASTER PCB

V13

TERMINAL

CA?

i ii ii ii 1

SL

05

cn

<D

IT
ON/OFFo

CD
CD

05

PCB

CABM

PP
CABCA10CA12CA1CA2CV1CF1CV2CF2CV3CF3
1iiiiittiiiiii
i

III

CD

BUBBLE
MEMORY

3
3 U ft
CAN CASCAE2CAHCABCAFCAX

PPCOP 2

TAPE READER
WITHOUT REELS
200V

__

I I I I LJ
CD3CD4CD11
CAT

C0P1

CNTI

0+

Hi

a.

| J

Cvjs-0

1 200V

C2*D-o

Itti

CD9
CP41

CPME D

I
TAPE READER
WITH REELS

&

CDS

O O

Q.

|4

CQ

PCB

rv&ofygp)

AC SERVO AMP. UNIT AC SERVO AMP. UNI

CN1 CN5 CN6

AC SERVO AMP- UNIT

<- OQ-(7ios>-0

EON, EOF.COM

REMOTE BUFFER

6 C-3 i
O
o *
1 I I 0-0
&! i"i L 00 Oi *I I 1 I ;0-0- O-j
CN 2 AI>2,3 ,4 5,6 CN2A,12>3>4 5,6 CN2A,1,2,3,4 5,6

U.V.W.C SU>SV sw <K3


FI F2

PCB

GL <n-

<3E>
o

EMC

ACP PCB

ROM/ RAM

(V02 )

T5

CFA

PMC ROM

C03

rn rn Jt 1 \ njH 1
C02

COl

C13 C12 Cll


~i

CIO

rj

C09

1 1 o 1

1 I L~> \ I I L I
L*i UiLi LJU Lfe 1 L-O
I TERMINAL
UNIT (FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL)

TO MACHINE

TO OPERATOR PANEL

Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with * mark


in digital servo system. Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).

aie changed

oo

REMODE
TAPE READER
TO HOST COMPUTER

POSITION
DPL

READER/

J/0

PUNCHER
INTERFACE

UNIT
i

DOOR INTERLOCK

< V02 >

&
INTERLOCK
OQR , S ,G FNR. FNS O
INPUT UNIT
09EON .EOF,COM v
ON, OFF CP4
CPl CP 2 CP 3

AC200V

*n

1 1

1 1

< V05 >


< V180>

@@

133

200V
O

L_J

CD

fyfofyiT)

V54

CNTl

VZ4

CAP

CABM

CAB'CAX

CP14A

CAEI

0&
E

MASTER PCB
CP14B
COP2 *cvi
cv2
CAI
CAIO
CFl
CA12
CA2
r~CAB
CF2CV3-CF3

t nnnnrhnrunnnn
o

(XpD

BUBBLE
MEMORY
PCB |

ADDITIONAL
AXES PCB

CHA

CV4ICF4-CV5 CF5

11

n 1inj

nnDDnnnnQnnczi

Qa

vis?

Supply

03
tO

rL

r-.

COP1

<w>

Power

c_

CFA

.J

CAN CAS CAE2

CD5

CP 12

CvoID

3
to

ROM/ RAM ACP


PCB

4]]

CP13 CPU

r+

CBA

cassette

CAT

VI8-1

1 11 i DU
L... 1 I LU

PMC ROM

I Ii I I 1
CD3ICD4CA11

ST

V27

O
3

PCB

CN3 CNl CN2


REMOTE BUFFER PCB
I CN5 CN4
F1 CP11-

TAPE READER.
WITHOUT REELS

V14

OE]

to

4=53

CSA

CPE B

UNIT

<vrr>
4-

03

Ln
00

in

<w>

CDlr

V31

I nm

U~

D5D
READER/PUNCHER 20mA

o
03

O'

DIRECT
LING
HONDA

(See 9 INCH
CRT/MDI)

( 96 PIN)

[J

TERMINAL

o o-F ASTON

TERMINAL

HONDA
( 50 PIN)

r P BURNDY

rl ri_ HONDA
U li"( 20 PIN)

...

Iff

YAM Al CHI
OPTICAL
FIBER

--

( 6PIN)

E EhBURNDY
(

3PIN)

-D SUB

CP52
I
"
CONNECTION UNIT'l
C13 C 12 Cll CIO C09

_ j LUJ

COS C04 C 03 C 02 coi

CDML

CD

ljJC0P4
CP 51

tD

G_D

U-J
CDD2

LDU

LAJ

t-

CONNECTION UNIT 2
Cl 3 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09

Li

CL

i'

c o
a a o

a a
0- CL
w w

3: 3

Cl 3 C 12 Cll CIO COS


m
4 rsn r~~i r<r~i r~j~i

r.51 r*i

H
23

a
O
a
<
2

a
2

E-

1 < 1 03
KJ
a

TO VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
PULSE ENCODER

i"Tfi

1 1 1 1
1 1
LAJ U5J
LAJ 1
(FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL) I
TERMINAL UNIT
L_iU L_*J

E-

CP55

MACHINE

CD tzn

CONNECTION
CDP
UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL
[CM 4 CM3 CM2 CMl

O-S CREW j

cb tr
LU

TTTTT TTTTT

Rtnu-

CMP CP 24

CD1 CA3

PUNCHER
1 20mA C/L

SYMBOLS

- CUP

YJC0P3

14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT

*o
G3

tr

READER/ MPG

C/L
INTERFACE

INTERFACEi /o

o
o
o
ON/OFF 200V

9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT


F1 1 1
, j|CA3CMD CP 24

<4

tr

J
To

MACHINE

TO OPERATOR PANEL

MPG x 3

Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with


changed in digital servo system.
* marktoare
Fig. 3.6 (m).
Refer

cs

REMODE
TAPE READER

TO HOST COMPUTER

DOOR

PAN

r-u

AC200V

-OQ

LI?

<HD
V14

rm m m
-n
c5

CvLQCviD

rvon

3
O

LD

O
UUU

ID

CAT

V24

HI]

C0P1

a3

i nnnnnnnn nnn

(XL

PCB

0& -J
E CV41CF4ICV5

MASTER PCB
CP14B
C0P2
CV2
CVl
CA1
i p-j
CA10
CF2*CV3,CF3
CA8
CFl
CA12
CA2

QD

<HL>

CP14A

CAE1

CAP

BUBBLE
MEMORY

u LL Li CABM
CABCaF|CAX

CAN CAS CAE 2

CD 5

-3-

Power
Supply

UNIT

CP 14

nannooannnn

ADDITIONAL
AXES PCB

CHA

CF5

I II II II I

QQ

bQ

<m>

Q.

5*

CO

Ln

njy

CP 12

3
CQ

j-.

-21CD3ICD4CA11

v;

CP 13 CPU

O
3

CBA
CFA
CASSETTE ROM/ RAM ACP
PCB
PCB

J L_

C5
11

CSA
PMC ROM

_?

LJ L
CN3 CNI CN2 n
REMOTE BUFFER PCB

CNTl

200V
C

INTERFACE

TAPE READER,.
WITHOUT REELS

PUNCHER

via

CP4
cpi CP2ICP 3 b tr

ON, OFF

C3C

INTERLOCK
06R, S ,GFNR. FNS
INPUT UNIT
EON.EOF.COM*

I/O
UNIT

INTERLOCK",

POSITION
DPL

READER/

CD

VO

Q-CmTy

Q.

l cb u
r?
cP2iiicopj'
O
T0N/0FF

CD

CDI

V31

<
CD

-DIRECT

o
05

O3

CUPLING
HONDA
(

96 PIN)

-SCREW!

TERMINAL
o o-FASTON
TERMINAL

CD

HONDA

(50 PIN)

r1 n HONDA
u Lr( 20 PIN)
YAMAICHI

ON/OFF 200V

Fit

[JC0P3

14 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT

cm

CMD

CA3

CE24

po

OPTICAL
FIBER

So-

BURNDY
( 6PIN)

MPG x 3

BURNDY

E 0-

( 3PIN)

[0

D-SUB

U-J

ULU

fr-

CP55

CDD2
CONNECTION UNIT 2
C13 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09

CMl
]CM4 CM3 CM2 I I I-f I-1 I
!

C04 C03 C02 C01

LI

>/

TERMINAL UNIT
l

ryi ro'H 1 T 1 1 T
1

1 1

i i i ~fl
i i I L*_l
(FOR EACH MACHINE TOOL)

L_*J l_J L*J

fr3

C.l 3 Cl 2 Cll CIO C09 j;

CL

C_

MACHINE

E~

CL

I
J
CONNECTION CDMli CDP
UNIT FOR OPERATOR PANEL

m
OQQ

LLJJ

TTTTT TTTTT

MPG

(See 9 INCH
CRT/MDI)

CP 51 ycoP4 CP 52
CONNECTION UNIT 1
C13 C 12 Cll CIO C09

l I C05

SYMBOLS

tr

INTERFACE
-J20mA C/L

RS232C 20mA C/L


I/O
INTERFACE

V43

npsicM0
WMg
PUNCHER

9 INCH CRT/MDI UNIT


r~i m f 1 1
i

<3H>

O
3

o
a Q
Csl

Kl
CL

3
2

fr3

CS

ce

o o
u
u

q
ee <
77.
<

<

CO

fr
CO
O
CL

TO VELOCITY

PULSE ENCODER

CONTROL UNIT

ij
To MACHINE

TO OPERATOR PANEL

Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with


changed in digital servo system.
* maiktoare
Fig- 3.6 (m).
Refer
U)

Cs

n:

READER/

PUNCHER
INTERFACE

TO HOST COMPUTER
[

A C2 0 0V

(MD

LO<

TRANS'
r'ORKER

DOOR INTERLOCK

n
?)

INTERLOCK

[
'INPUT LN IT
OOSON. KOP.COM
1

ON. O Fr

CP4

C
fP2 m
rm m

-<SW
E Elcvio

TAPE READER
WITHOUT REE

20 0V

7 L-o

Cyp<Q>

CL 1 1

i
o
S'
(2

Fp t=]

GO

i r4

C D1CA3
i

cr

'HI

=?

__

P5.CP24
P 1 ii

READER/PUNCHER

tl

ON2OOVCOP31J
CD 1 CA3
I i rn

CMP CP2 4

mm racm

20mA C/l.

. Srf 9 INCH
CRT/MDI

INTERFACE
SYMBOLS

DIRECT
COUPLING
o
HONDA

O-TK!KM NAt.
il-M
I

AL

( 9 6P IN)

HONDA
( 5 OP IN)

[D-

r n HONDA

fr

BURNDY

_ ( 6P IN)

LI Q-( 20PJN) _ _

Ltt

YAMAICHI\2

rT.OPT I CAL

BURNDY
3PIN)

j_D- SUB

BUBBLE
MEMORY
PCB

LJ CABM

CPI 4 A
CAEI
MASTER PCB

CAP

a ]T3COPi

Efr
0

'jC0P2CA10 CA12 CA1CA2CV1CF1CV2CF2CV3CF3

(V22>

Q i

7=-!

'
INTERFACE

IS

y0

4>

CASICAB2JCAH CAB CAK TAX

CAN

CD5

rn

i i

1 1

ii

READER/'
PUNCHER

DL
i

i i

\ i

ii

\ i

fl ADDITIONAL
PCB
O

AXES

CHA

CV4ICF4CV5ICF5
1 II II II I

<sn>

"? CP2lLEJCOp7y'

uuu

is:

01
<vn>

ACP PCB

CD 3 CD4CA1 1
CAT

CV2/0

>1-

CF A

PC

&

r+

l \p

CO)

CPl4fI

ri ri

CBA
RO14 RAM

[: j<S3>-

41
CD9

EZl

3
5'

CN2

CP4i

CPI 3 CPI 1
CPI 2
POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

9:
03

N5

CNI

REMOTE BUFFft PCB


I CN5 Of 4 CPI

Ll- S|_

PMC ROM
CASSETTE

ig issp

03
O

i I
CM3

POS >TtON
DPI.

CS A

-ol_? r

ca m

REMOTE

I
_

FAN

Lrts

i Lf:;,.?*':
l
>
vOgEFi-Qy . i*

3!

UNIT TAPK READER

m
oo

CPSl

UC0P4CP52 CDDI

CONNECTION UNIT

03 O 2 CI 1 CIO C09

cm

J LLJ

CDD2 CPS 5

CONNECTION UNIT 2

Cl 3 Cl 2 Cl l CIO

fi"

trl cm

H
D

?TTTT TTTTT

cp cp np

COS C 04

CO 3

00

C13 CI2

L-g-J

T
iijTi i_g_j L_gj
i

rru g~i i
ryn
ryi np ryn nsn
1
1

_i_ HJ

IJ
LsJ !
!
TERMINAL UNIT

(FOR EACH

o
Q

g
Su
00

gt =l
u
CI 1 CIO

C01

C02

s.

C09

r 1 rs

3C

MACHINE TOOL)

0.

TO MACHINE

UONNKCT ION
UNIT KOtt OPERATOR PANEL
CM2
CMI I
CM-S CM3

tn

cb n

I <S3> i
trl
omtn

P: c
L>
z

N2

ci

<

z z

w
(

CO

TO VELOCITY
CONTROL UNIT
PULSE ENCODER

Jj

TO MACHINE

TO OPERATOR PANEL

MPG x 3

Note) The specifications and connections of PCB with


* mark are changed in digital servo system.
Refer to Fig. 3.6 (m).

IBER

CN

3.6

m.
5

ggg

fi

as
m

SC

E[

gg

.<==] 5

1r

D-

41 ]i CD
_n npCD
sr
I L 0

]s
]g

;sc

ra

na

c=i

j-B gg sc

ooi

la
Si

{3

(D

rO

a|

If sE EH

WM&K D* e

4 uz

C-OO-O

-l>oo 6

JlEh-BipBO-il

i=i P

tb
LJ

SS-S

__l

>s

n1
? i-j
;ll4a 38|*I G
8

8g

-a 5UWU

lieOPP
]s|c

=>-

2U

is g[sE -s1

D1

fHit

ii

{=)

I
It.CO

pc
o-l
Higa-J

Chn
0-1

0
> II
a 0-

02
U0
-0

SI

*si-eD
o

-o

rCl|
Lj

la

E.E S
T| i\ aE EH

ch
a

d ||

| j|

-11CSEEHH3DS
0-@B Di II

sr

cizi

Fig. 3.6 (I)

Reader/punchei

U interface

Si
Aicb

It

+J

*1a

[>

3. e
Czij ii n ri 'k

II

PH

-si

GDI SC

SC Q

P.l 2[ []--

rQ

8I H] r *![[]
11s 2[ n -

SC Q
a SC D
sc DSC Q
sc 0

lil
in

sc Q

**

SC 0

I
r~T~is

aa

CO
*[ D

is

[ Q

pg

5
I

oD-

-{=

3=

:
0

cC] rzizs

jt %I S 5te
1
2
ti"

EZCD db tEl

11 U

Connecting diagram inside 11/110 series unbundled type cabinet

161

14 CRT/MDI
(For 110 series)

Reader/puncher interface

LJ

Near zero signal

CD13B

External position display

9/14 CRT/MDI

PMC Cassette

(For 11 series)

ROM/RAM board

Connection unit
or I/O unit

Tl
CQ

CO
05

3
O
1

<Q

s>
ON

to

_I

CN1

Conversational function
card (11M-F, 11TT-F)
Bubble memory

_i

CN1

CN1

Digital
servo
amplifier
1st axis

Digital
servo
amplifier
2nd axis

Digital

T1 CN2

T1CN2

T1 CN2

nn

nn

<>-o

rm
nn

rm

uu u u

4>

fier

Tape

reader

0001000

]=]COP2

servo
ampli3rd axis

CA11CA12CD3 CD4 ,

CAT

o
>
x

Master

PCB
A16B-1010
-0 200

OCi

CA8 CA1ACA2ACA1B CA2B

r~i

r~i

CFE

Tj?

i>

>
u:
s

CP14A|j
CPI 4B[l
CAP

n-n

QOo

C"v

10

CD5

>
>
> >
W EJ
w

Power supply

i
Position coder

1
c/>

2.

J (1ITT only)

Position coder

Spindle amplifier

2nd spindle

Spindle amplifier

1st spindle

C/3

Servo transformer

Servo amplifier
of 4th and
5 th axis

High speed skip

C]

H3 33

HU Hi

C3

AC servo motor

C3

Ox
W5T
o

a
AC servo motor
feedback of
1st to 5th axis

-31

MU JQ.
Power line of

HU

ri3 31
_o
HD ns

u
Adapter for separate
CF type detector

esg
3

M3 3s
*03
9 ngH3 3l
HD is9 s3
o

n o
Q Q Q
"=3

I*
I*
oo-o
*-*
w rfi.
to

cn

nnn nn

mi!

Separate type detector


feedback for 1st to 5th axis

Note) Other specifications and connections than above


mentioned are same as in analog servo system

ON

3.6
r~

i
i
i
i

U01
BASIC CONTROL UNIT
BASIC HACK
PANEL II

fluiSg.

I
!

wteE
pWlf

CD9~

CND CNECRG C
E

/
Z 3t{ -I7TT5
{:

I 3$
AC

U.V.W.G

F1>F2(Jo-{

FNS
FNR OO

TB3

(1-4)

-INT4)

m
CNTlHiT

200RI'X>./

EOFF
ON/OFF COM

200V

inJ

o
o

linn
Kffl

C D-

CD

I
"1

SJO CA2CO

CD

cm GET

jr

S. I

Jo

HIGHSPEED D1

D-

V gCA17BCQCO

I
1

S&copz_3=a--v

OS-SD CO
aii-up qo rI OPERATOR
PANEL

M..IS _a
lrffei5
c

gi|

1
l
:

co

8s

it
III
2

CA17ACO

"OO

\h
l-S

o|
6

g(JSCA18
n5SC0,>I

co

itid

CD.

nil

1 INDUCTSYN

) PKE AMP

-i*.

t
t

S|P II
CF51C O
<fTZ
zU o CF52 c

OH

CF53C

CNS

SJ
3

V5U)

V51b a

Pill
CA 12

35

-a-a CN6 |S

V51c

en

a. CN2

rC1 J at
VSIa -a CN5>g

V5la

<nZ CVlc o
CV2C C>
<->Y* CV3C O

MID -a

-a

co
V51c

-a

4
1

NEAR ZERO

MOTOR

(RESOLVER)

oo

34 60-

CN5gg

?N1-S
j

} INDUCTSYN
SLIDER

4-

21

cog

DO

J
rJ

CDl C

<9*

<

rz

.Uiss

So

>3

-ft

T21 ON/OFF r
I=CP2r

ul g CAlCO

03

Reader' puncher interlace

POSTJON DPLII
ANALOG INPUT

gCAlOCO

7.
ft. o

HOST
COMPUTER

POSTION DPL I

CD3ri[>

<

POSITION CODER
*
-s- S ANALOG OUTPUT

0)4 C

Sp"-

I
I

-** HIGHSPEED

ggCAlOCO
O

200 "550V
50/COHz

(MACHINE)

Oil
<

AC100V 10

fi,

<
z
es o
3

ft.

J
Machine

MCC2

u-ucti

1
J

SWITCH

MCC1 OUT

CEIDq EMC

200S1 U 1
EMG

EON

tE2J-0<{> Former
Trans io-)
1

BASIC BACK
PANEL I

-il g

(vro

<
ft. z
3D

l--Q*3CP2

1CP

u.
z

my

I
I

TBZ
Q ipl (INTI

OD-

@@(g)

0-7-

<

fDQQR

[INTERLOCK

Add

Locker
Interlock

e~c:

u.

1st 3rd

I DC:MOTOR

co

Axes

/ (PULSE
ENCODER)

.J

) AC:MOTOR

o-

IK5&0
-o

ww

'l

CO

(PULSE
ENCODER)

CO

} SERVO MOTOR

<

</>

in

a. CN2

U)

cw ?g

RK.J_

a.

cow
7-7

V)

V>
o
z

<
o
o

o
X

r*

72

}INDUCTSYN
PRE AMP
1 1NDUCTSYN

NEAR ZERO
./SLIDER
MOTOR

>3

<<
4th' 5th

Axes

\(RESOLVER)

<

z
V

>0

ul

5U

CF51c 0{:"
o CF52C \>{J

g CF52C

WZ
8

CVIC

CV2C

TUT

CNCCND

CV3C
<

|al

CF31 cS o

OK32 =

a:

QH

CK7? =[C=H

ta9A.

COP 4
IF01A

1099H

CNA1

CNAO

SHS 0f

--

CAL2c

24E

O-

I
I EXTERNAL

4-

60

S16 ol

-}

DC:MOTOR

I
1

I/O UNIT

COM
-

v
N

"g||g

C23A
"2.1E

tili

-)

?i

*L?
UV

<

T--T
DI

mm
t

SERVO AMP

CNA6

-CNA10

JQ

c'o

> >

OI399A

"CNAS

E53

!) 8

AC:SKRVO AN I*
* (PULSE
tNCODtJcj

C3

Si Si

I.C

1/3

-J

3S

>

DO,

Z.S .5

S E

6A

lixss
LIT UU LI

V)

MACHINE

Fig. 3.6 (n) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control or double check is not performed in 5 or less axis control)

163

__

r'DOOR

i
i

Add
Locker
Interlock

U01
BASIC CONTROL UNIT

BASIC BACK
PANKI.il I

Lfcg. cmas-j

{KT}

sPsiicpi,fgJ
BE]

cm

H
X

<
X
X>

33

tsa/

3E-{

m3

bw

Cl

i
!

FNS
FNR Oc>

4)

U-V.W.G
F1.F2 DO-{
2oos)

-Ji

iflT-

rm

Machine

Too

ACIOOV lA
(MACHINE)

HOST
COMPUTER

{: Q
I

Reader puncher interface


HIGH SPEED D!

HIGH SPEED DO

-J

POSITION CODER

croc

CAIOC

U
X

CZ

CA2C o
CAIC O

wC

I <a.

a.

s1

SCA)7BC

5(j-[tCAl8

C D'

-(ViD

ofSSCOP1
COP2 <
*

r- Y
&
~

3pS

ISo

CN5
V51a
D3

|m
ulif|1
si!

MID -D

V5U
VSlb
V51c

CV3C

2
>

V51c

CF62C

<

CA 12

io

oE i2r
>g 3.4 >o

*2

5.6 yo

HU,

CV2C O'

(}-

?N5 >2 3.4 6oJ

<

.lip g

gaiiii

UJ

::

Q
5

rOo

1F01A
CNAO

Sg 4-

"

CF62C

g CF63C O

< g CA12C
}
4 jopzaoi

r
I

I
_J

CNAI
-CNA5

n
I

, COM

CNA6

-CNA10

O
C2?.A

il

EXTERNAL
I I/O UNIT
)

otyj<jA

1)1

-ii>

I
DO,

a.

W)

JNDUCTSYN
E } Sl.IDER

S
CO

} PULSE
ENCODER

ID-JOB

+ 24K ~C22E

CA12

f Da
CE6I C 0~

ll)*9A

CO

YN
} INDUCTS
PRE AMP

2?

CN1

CMC CiND C0RU

CV3C O-

a.

-a
L?)

z-

-K

-J

tu LLU

} SERVO
MOTOR

ei

ENCODER)

C0

Axes

/(PULSE

'A
X3

CF52C CK-J
CV1L O

1st -3rd

1 AC:MOTOR

,oT

DC:MOTOR

> (PULSE
ENCODER)

CF51C o{:
5 CF52C o{-

"l

(RESOLVER)

56

AMP

INDUCTSYN
SLIDER
MOTOR

3.4 oO-'

1INDUCTS YN

NEAR ZERO

ISoig
<

CO ?OPERATOR
PANEL
CO
CO J

CN2C0

3NIJ-

CF63 c
CAlZc D-

<=

CD]

/PRE

HD- -a 3 &. CN2{


CN6 S-n T <Z 1?

D
g"CF61C
p

a, D

CR6
CN5

V51b

JO

\
-

CF32R cs
C=}

llsi

* -y5
T >9.
CN1

CF53C
evic O
CV2C

<

rO

CE52C

a.

CF51 C O'

3 u
z

7X

mg
Ip

5
as

CAI2 r D

2?
<

-S

fa

<

SM

-O0 3

<

sPF3

I-

L.j

E0--@D
y5 3IE HE
5HD C
, n-OS
5||
I
c
Lr3 Jp

ajCAlMC o

SH
-V

a.

IS
fc

[> J

CM

<

POSTION DPLII
ANALOG INPUT

l'S

-8 cm C

S3

_i

Hi

ICKO
1
3CMD-

CN7[ B-1

S ANALOG OUTPUT
POSTION DPI, 1

CD3C
CAJSC o

SWITCH

in

<U

E]

200 550 V

50/601Iz

KMG

*oil

<
X

l'(irmcr

my

<

OOt

QE

WP

30

t AC

Input
mn-o J

O Trans

:Fi
-_

200R1 Ky~{

r1

gg

5 J w Lr-ii

BASIC BACK
PANEL l
0.

C 4T1

T$3

x EON
KMC
EOFF MCCl OUT
ON/OFF COM MCCZ
oo o

OX

32M\

:rP9 IINTl
INT4)

IO

TYY7

f3 ]CIM
,
/-oAT-

HoLJrT

CNDCXE CNTG
f--t-S

CPJI

~j

@@@

0 ] CP3

ixm

0T gM so |

INTERLOCK

nCPi TIJZ

Cf

CPU

3.6

} NEAR ZERO ,
1
} INDUCTSYN
PREAMP
T

-1

S
u-H v;H c 3

A <!>

1 (RESOLVER)
> AC:SERVO

4lh 6ih
Axes

} INDUCTSYN
PRE AMP

>
Q
a >

Hill3
tU

da tL

inrtn inr

} INDUCTSYN
SLIDER
NEAR ZERO

co

o o

AMP

ENCODER
} PULSE

|| e2

/SLIDER
NEAR ZERO
X MOTOR

(PULSE ENCODER)
} SERVO
AMP

.a

INDUCTSYN

lDC:MOTOR

is

-J

< <

<

9.:
V)

-I
O

* *

' -*

<J)

U>

fXi

c c
0m

M W

cn

7r.
(f)

MACHINE

Fig. 3.6 (o) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet A
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control or double check is performed in 6 or less axis control)

164

r~
01P14
CNB CNA

ADD
BUFFER I

0IP13

SPINDLE
CONTROL

S Q S o>
nn p-n F-nin
Irni Jrp) Fpl
to

01P09

CNC CNB CNA

o
>

PJ

CNA

ADD DETECTOR

(PULSE TYPE)

(DSCC TYPE!

01P07
CNC

CNC

-o

DSCG
INT

0IP06
CNA

AXES
CONTROL
non

o o n ol r. GGGQGQ g3EQQ8
b5
2 Si
w
o
n n n n mn innnnn Hn nnnnnn Mn n n n n n
177 7
one PGoanQ

>

-j

N5

ty;

01P10
01P04
01P03
01P08
DIP02
CNB CNA CNB CNA CNC CNB CNA CNC CNB CNA CNC
CNA
-OCZF-OCZH=JMA1N
AXIS
SUB
PERIPHERAL
MAIN
BUFFER
CPU
CPU
CONTROL
nna o n
CPU
o o>> >
n o nQ Q2 p
c3 05 -v) "
O
<> 10
mnnn n n n
A A nnn

i1

IP

7?

AP00

01P01
CNA

01PI7
CNA

>
> C/I
ACP zo
3=
>
n

ROM

/RAM

CNA

ni CNF
BUB
n -BLE
3:

>
c-

TYPE
I/O UNIT

it

&ES<X

C7N
Ln

"I-

55

>

c(-\

'

. D

=r;z
tTJ

'*

>
o

_.
TZTTP

=0

4K7-J

rZ

9 INCH

CC

nmn
ST3Z
25

6000

N"

*w.

4 Co

C>0

PI91|

L3

14INCH
CRT/MDI
UNIT

nn
j

3011

oo o<>

00

Oo-

r?

8
O.

lid LUJ

HI s si

o
c

t/3

rtQ_50Pin
[=D_20P)n.
C > 20Pin

Ji Sen ra

jnO
>0
-J
c/i

< '-< a
-<
Z
Z o 2;

\l

5<o S3

11
I

IliSs 2
"3

"3

-3

HONDA
96Pin

li>!

i\l\

1st 3rd
Axes

SYMBOLS

T u
Hi sg Hi s|
!rt/\0

"i
1

m
OOO

rr>.
H
O

M|

11 a

||g
OOO

0
>~3

f!

55

if

MPGX3

(D

ern

pi
r-

On

HFI

CONNECTION
UNIT FOR
OPERATOR
PANEL
ta

GmJ O
L

I apo
o. w

Reader* puncher interfacel


20mA C/L J
1
60

UNIT
Ui 1

'3T
i

=3 k

i~ L~r i r

"H o c o o n

3
t/i

INPUT

IM

c>

1 3 1 jj

-PKTTT

CRT/MDI UNIT S'

|S
ggj
nn
rm

CO

Elll
~

Bis:
m

-[gTT]

H:::gD? [B-
-

tit;

v-

WITH REELS

o
*5

TAPE READER

IV

9ES
er

fIII<
{}>> J

TAPEM
WITHOUT
REELS

V5rp

BASIC

INTERNALS

5
-4

;r

P-U

Cs
ZX
Hz

33

no

c:
>
a
5

n r1 m

S3

? 1 1

O [0

s c

REMOTE>
BUFFER1

c*

n3_ m
cp

-1
:
o>

C3C

>2

POWER

Irpi

CNP

2
SUPPLY z c. n
0&
r = Ct
UNIT
sms
o MEM
> o
ri o
G
n
CNT 2 ORY
2 2 IS = z

PCROM

li-1

00
XX

*0

S2

0=

Sc
c
-3

50

<y

VA

31
I

Q
=

3*

SU

p
Si
cn

<

R_ BURNDY

PASTON
o o- TERMINAL
n- BURNDY
o o- SCREW
(3PIN)
TERMINAL
(6Pin)

HIROSE
cfV OPTICAL
FIBER
IL_ YAMAICHI

* : HOUSING'S SPEC IS MR-20L BMH/20LBEH

n means number
of cables.

CO

Fig. 3.6 (p) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet B (a)
(when more than 7 axes are controlled)

ON

C3>

=58
~

If

>
2

CNP

II

rO

DSCG
INT

POWER

SUPPLY
UNIT

02P09
-05P09

05P0?
CNC

n
2
o

>11
fj

UM-UN

nnnnnnn

nm

pnnannn

02P09

-05P06
CNA

CNC

|-C3-

DSCG
INT
nnnnnnn

ADD DETECTOR
(PULSE TYPQ (D50G TYPEJ

PO WIO

AXES
CONTROL

AXIS

ADD
BUFFER II

CPU

oo o QQ
< < M is: 3?
S 53S2(SSSt5 <
w ro
nnn nnn
~ln n n n nDHtirinf

-s
nnnnnnn
>332332

02P06
02P08
-05P06
0IP15
-Q5P08
CNA CNB CNA CNC CN8 CNA
CNC

|[j CMM>j>||[ 0000

9900

INTERNAL 0
TYPE
%
1/0 UNIT

1
o
1:

>
2
2

06 2

so

rwi fin

[ml Im]

oc"? 999

nii
Em! 2

< < <


ft

Cr

UM1

.ADD

200 o
O
r2
ci n H
53
2 2 O
u

1
1

>C

2~> 2S
>>o a

9.1 s
o

P>2

*1S3

-OP

3
c?

U5

10!if

03

rr

?
n T SQ n on

V1'

1M

SggSg
gsqgq

m-o

IN

5W

zc
>
nr
53
ow
ra
50

13th-loth
Axes

r;

agg
Sqgq
< -<

2 2
4th- 15th
Axes

11 5BSS
SsSoo
fblg
so

R
53

ra
p"2

II

55|

>0

2H
<
2

4 th -12th

Axes

Fig. 3.6 (q) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series free-standing type cabinet B (b)
(when more than 7 axes are controlled)

ON

02P07
CNC
rQ
DSCG
INT

CNC

CNA

DSCG
INT

AXES

CONTROL

QQ2Q2GG
>332322

CONTROL
ooo

01P04

n n nn nn

PUPPljl l

V7 ??

il-

t>s

K? <i?S?

0IP02

01P03

CNB CNA

CNCCNBCNA CNCCNB CNA CN'C

AXIS
ADAPTOR

/.MAIN

CNA

AXES

C*J t>

DD

01P05

01P06

CNC

7,

>
JUlnnn

OIPOI

CNA CNA

0IPI7
CNA

cs

CNA

jj.g CNF

AGP

zo

PCROM

r-

CAS
SETTS

ni

PERIPHERAL
CONTROL
/RAM
n o n> > oQ

MAIN
CPU

BUFFER

n c nnp
o>>>
o
*-fl -3
00
3
S

tZZZZZZ <<<222.
w
~ n.no
nnnnnnn nnn

<<<333

N -

n nnnnnn

JJ

01P07

02P06
CNC

VCC1?

---

SLY

| 111

CNT
Pn

[3

IS-c=>/ I

z
=o H

rr m

CT)

*o
70

[jj G 3

REMOTE
BUFFER

in in

L">

>

-a n n n n n n

AODD

< <
<
Cn
rj

M C3

og

>

S3 C3C
CNP
>2
2
POWER >w
zo r:

BUB
-BLE

c- a>

n1 i

QDp

I|

INTERNAL
TYPE
I/O UNIT

>

r*

bQoo

if-

OON

2
2

HESS-

o-{

9
"TTS
3

no

COCO

iO

umm
i>
r

is

"0

less
22*

~rn

1T

*z

-CKUP

g -n
92 0
3
n n Pn rm

-orh

3?

WITH REELS

GTT

E B-

C RT/MDI UNITzOO-

CO io

TAPE READER

l|-

cO-

9 INCH

u~u

REELS
c
"K

zz =I
0 j0
ift>

>

5
I
z

CJJ

WITHOUT

JIII-

ctLfi

TAPE READER

sill

INPUT
UNIT

z
2"
73

-"*J

- tgR

I
'

20mAC/L

nn

i
i

CONNECTION
UNIT FOR

PANEL

ffl
1I1|II| l|
-jagg's- s| s
> 2:P3S
22 s=
BnO

2
3

n>

Pi

2
O

HONDA
96Pin

TCUBURNDY
(3PIN)

Q_ 50Pin
20Pin,
[>_

20Pin

ca-HIROSE
c[

_ c/J-OPTICAL
_ FIBER
jj[- YAMAICHI

"<
Z

70

<
c

>
2
"0

OO-MDKAL

Q-STNAL

ffl

i n nn n

TTTT
JII
1
1
1
p sq >q

Sg ||
o i?
S
2:

m
5 >
g;

11
n$>
3

iiii

HI
OQ
MPCX3

I ir. n

111*18! ! 11
03

ilsilll f

*~

1
*>

TJ!g
S1ig

i\

-P3

sup
r-

(D

CD

L J CD

Cn -t-

70

SYMBOLS

c/:

fckt

Hm

FrD EID

OPERATOR

UNIT
J

i_

9ggr'i

25 s

CRT/MDI

S 112 &>*

I
X

14INCH

N3

ro P.

Reader* puncher interface

siko

m
n

L_?

H
OOfvv
od-*

Si

~ti
N

cn

<

CL

: HOUSING'S SPEC IS MR-20LBMH/20LBFH

n means number

of cables.

Fig. 3.6 (r) Connecting diagram inside 12/120 series built-in type cabinet
(when one of synchronous operation, hybrid control,
double check system is not performed in 6 or less axes control)

u>
ON

02P06

02P09i
CNA CNC
.ADD DETECTOR

yyp

H-

ADD DETECTOR

INT

CPU

(PULSE TYPE) (DSCG DTE)

concnoo noon!
y
>TTJTT5-q'5*

nooQ$S
cX w>
<
<< V
W
M M

> 3 2 s >3332*2
k>- n n n nln nnnnnn

CNA CNC

DSCG

AXIS

CONTROL

norm! QQGGQGQ
t?

CNA

AXES

(DSCG DTE)

(PULES TYPE]

WlvtO

i_

n nnnnnn

nnnnrin

0IPO6

01P09

02P07
02P08
CNB CNA CNC

si *TJ
>S
S 2

conorion
CCOtO-UM-

n n n nfn nnnnnn

CNA

AXES
CONTROL

OIPOS
CNB CNA

0IPC7
CNC

DSCG
INT

AXIS
CPU

SQS8SSS

<<<323
1S
OO Cs> > W

5S$=3KS2

n nnnnnn

n n n n rr rr

00.

01P03
01P02
01P04
CNC CN8<CNACNC CNB CNA CNC

OIPOl
CNA CNA

MAIN
BUFFER
nQ c a d

oo>>>
t3 >Z

1
ROM

PERIPHERAL
CONTROL

MAIN

CPU

n
non n
>00
z>>>
o

Co -o -v>

-O

AAnnn

rjjr

0IP17
CNA

ACP

/RAM

c=

>2

BUB POWER 2 o
BLE SUPPLY
o
CASUNIT
r?
o
rb
SETTS
z MEM g o o >
c 2
CNT D
!

:2cc
Ci

HI

P*T

nn nnnn

=s

mm rm

ST

aWurn

APDCJ

a rac:

CNP

CNF
Ha rO-

PCROM

[NS

CNA

>

CJDCjUGQ

REMOTE

-H

BUFFER

iii

---

n r~n m
Q C2 tZP

ini

On
cX
ZX

.INTERNAL

HZ
>
r-

TYPE
I/O UNIT

SoGOOO
n

6S
m

o
2

<

Z
P?

fTTK?

II

on

FJ> T

sf
g

zz

iij-~

Ft-

B
L-,
-O COI

!
ON
00

82 c

8 nS'

"t~0

CM LO

O
Z

n>

n-3

zc

>
73 8
5B
N
F5

ffl

IF)

=1
11 SpHlllSl |1 >z
2c
>q Sgpg8S-5 >q
Isz 5:Igs S sq Is? g
z
FI o

-4

ii II n
rr.n

cn
xQ >G
w
r*

%
z

n
co
*<

o
>

ff1 if1 "i'H


V

rr

4QSOPin

HONDA
96Pin

20Pin

BURNDY
50s (SPIN)

n_ BURNDY
rHOPIN)

C2

HIROSE

gS|l| LTIT

2
3 Sog| o

SYMBOLS

imJ LL_U

C3

"S
2

50
>x
zra
W?3
r>
O
X

u
"1

:ai

Q O ds)

>nnv)r:

222QSSS
=

Cl.LCDd

H" H2C
D5

FASTON

CO
A

4'~G|*

Nil tilt-,

MPG X3

Hf?n

i'

gl SK Si
nr c/52
s>is s

R
73

r-x

20mA C/L

UNIT FOR
OPERATOR
PANEL
ta CD

----

INPUT

CTTI CD

r r

W tv

22*

Reader* pancier interface"!

CONNECTION

X T "0 "0

O.

OOO

UNIT

nn

liJ LL1 b-1 uu

noon

rtsn UNIT

CRT/MDI
J

Tin

14INCH

Uf-

CO CO OS

~m

tl!=*if

T
co2o<lWw.to

WITH REELS-

S
<

n"n -lu-nTi

nDSQQzz i
>
U%T>

is

CRT/MDI UNIT

Co co

KT?

9 INCH

3.

TAPE READER

a$~
ih

SSD-

0 3 8s

IVN >

sg
i
s <=o

>

>
s

an

b-j

TAPE READER
WITHOUT

Oo

2w
H
=
c

r
E
-T

J
F!

I com
if [ 32
i
2 rt

s:[

n
a

8
(D

X
Cv?

to

7HF

lH
A
L_?

J
UlfJ-i-

0,1
N O

<

CL

O 0- TERMINAL
O O- SCREW

TERMINAL

: HOUSINGS SPEC IS MR-20LBMH/20LBFH

_-Hn OPTICAL

FIBER

Jg-YAMAICHI

n*.<r>&$L'r '7tu5-T<T,

Fig. 3.6 (s) Connecting diagram inside built-in type


(when one of synchrous operation, hybrid control
or double check is performed in 6 or less axis control)

CO

ON

3.7

3.7 Status Display by Self-Diagnostic Function


General
If trouble occurrs, you must clarify whether the trouble occurred inside the NC
or on the PMC or machine side.
In order to do this, examine the interface
condition between NC and PC or between NC and machine as well as the internal
conditions of NC.
How DGN function displays the condition of NC on the CRT screen when a problem
occurs is described in this section.
Refer to 10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual for general operation of

CRT/MDI.
The 9" CRT/MDI unit is equipped with five soft keys. The 14" CRT/MDI unit is
equipped with ten soft keys. In this manual, the 9" CRT/MDI unit equipped with
five soft keys will be described.

POSITION PROGRAM

OFFSET

The soft keys are displayed as follows:

PRG-CHK

CHAPTER

The characters in the frames are the names of the soft keys displayed at the
bottom of the CRT screen. The "+" mark at the right shows that "+" is displayed
at the right end of the lowest line on the CRT screen. This means that some key
is not displayed on the CRT screen because of insufficient soft keys.
The basic operation of the 9" CRT/MDI unit is the same as that of the 14"
CRT/MDI unit. With the latter, more keys can be operated simultaneously, so
there is less need for changeover of the soft keys.
3.7.1 Interface display

Interface signal ON/OFF (1/0) conditions can be displayed.


a) Set the soft key as a function select key by pressing the function menu key.
SETTING

SERVICE

CHAPTER

NOTICE

b) A maintenance screen is selected by pressing SERVICE Key.


c) If the maintenance screen is not a diagnostic data screen, press CHAPTER key
to select the soft key for the chapter select key.

PARAM

PITCH

DIAGNOS

DSP. MEM

Press DIAGNOS key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a diagnostic data screen
appears
d) If a desired diagnostic data screen does not appear, observe the following
procedure :
d)-l Method by page select key
Select pages by using page select key,
d)-2 Method by soft key
i) Press the operation menu key to select the soft key of the operation
select key.

INP-N0.

169

3.7.2

ii) Press INP-NO, and the soft key is selected for the operation guide key.
(VALUE)
iii) Input a data number key of the desired diagnostic data to be displayed.
When data number is entered by the key, the soft key becomes as shown

below.
EXEC

iv) When EXEC key is pressed, the CRT screen displays the diagnostic data
The soft key is
of the data number entered by the keying operation.
returned to the operation select key.
For I/O signals list, see 3.7.4.

3.7.2 Display of internal conditions of NC

The internal conditions of NC can be displayed by the same method used in the
interface display method described in 3.7.1.
1) Display of the condition where a command is apparently not executed

Internal conditions when 1 is displayed

Display

No.

Bit

1000

INPOSITION CHECK

1
2

FEED RATE OVERRIDE


JOG FEED OVERRIDE

3
5

INT. /START LOCK ON


SPEED ARRIVAL CHECK
WAIT REVOLUTION

STOP POSITION CODER

FOREGROUND READING

Inposition check is in progress.


Feed rate override is 0%.
Jog feed override is 0%.
Start lock/interlock is ON.
Waiting for speed arrival signal to turn on
Waiting for spindle 1 revolution signal in
threading
Waiting for the rotation of position coder in
spindle revolution feed
Tape is being read in foreground.

BACKGROUND READING

Tape is being read in background edition.

1001

2) Display of reset condition


The conditions of the input signals related to the reset and feed hold are
displayed

Bit

No.

1010

RST

ERS

RRW

ESP

Display of "1" means the following conditions


ESP Emergency stop condition
RRW Reset & rewind signal is turned on.
ERS External reset signal is turned on.
RST Reset key is being pressed.

170

3.7.2

3) Display of TH alarm conditions


TH alarm conditions are displayed as follows.
Meaning of data

Display

No.

1100

POSITION (CHARACTER) F

1101

BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) F

1100

POSITION (CHARACTER) B

1101

BIT PATTERN (CHARACTER) B

Indicates the character position where TH


alarm occurred by the number of characters
(TH
counted from the start of the block.
alarm of foreground)
Indicates the readout code of the TH alarm
(TH alarm of
character by bit pattern.

foreground)
Indicates the character position where TH
alarm occurred by the number of characters
(TH
counted from the start of the block.
alarm of background)
Indicates the readout code of the TH alarm
(TH alarm of
character by bit pattern.

background)
4) Display of abnormal conditions of bubble memory
Abnormal conditions of bubble memory are displayed as follows.
No.

1200

Bit

PR4

PR3

MWP

PR2

WPE

TOE

UNL

No.
1201

Bit

BPE

PR4
PR3
MWP
PR2
WPE
TOE
UNL

BPE
PSO
PR1
TME
MDL
NOM
UNC

PSO

PR1

TME

MDL

NOM

UNC

MAP SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR


MAP MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
TOO MANY WRONG PAGES
DATA SINGLE-BIT PARITY ERROR
WRITE PLOTECT ERROR
READ /WRITE TIME OUT ERROR
UNL0SSED

DATA BUS PARITY ERROR


PAGE SIZE OVER
DATA MULTI-BITS PARITY ERROR
TRANS MISSING ERROR
MANY DEFECT LOOPS
NO MARKER
UNDEFINED COMMAND

When "1" is displayed, it shows that the above error occurred.

171

3.7.3

5) Display of position deviation amount


The position deviation amount of each axis is displayed.

Meaning of display data

Display

No.

3000

X SERVO ERROR
Y SERVO ERROR
Z SERVO ERROR

Indicates the position deviation amount of X axis in


the detection unit.
Indicates the position deviation amount of Y axis in
the detection unit.
Indicates the position deviation amount of Z axis in
the detection unit,

6) Display of resolver or inductosyn frequency check results


Resolver or inductosyn frequency check results are displayed.
is used for frequency adjustment.

This display

Display

Meaning of display data

3001

DSCG PULSE LOW

3002

DSCG PULSE HIG

(Display data) 0.125 is normal when it lies within a


range of 230 'v 800.
(Display data) 0.125 is normal when it lies within a
range of 1466
1900.

No

7) Display of servo control information


The servo control information is displayed as follows.

No

3010
3030
3050

n,

3023
3043
3063

Axis corresponding to number


Servo control information of 1st axis
Servo control information of 2nd axis
Servo control information of 3rd axis

3.7.3 Memory contents display


Memory contents can be displayed as follows:
a) Set the soft key to the function select key.
SETTING

SERVICE

CHAPTER

NOTICE

4*

b) Press SERVICE key. A maintenance screen is selected.


c) If the maintenance screen does not indicate memory contents, press CHAPTER
key to switch the soft key to the chapter select key.

PARAM

PITCH

DIAGNOS

DSP. MEM

Press DSP MEM key or press SERVICE key repeatedly until a memory contents
display screen appears.
d) Select the soft key for the operation select key.
INP-NO.

172

3.7.4

e) Press INP-NO and the soft key is switched to the operation guide key.

(VALUE)
f) Enter the address of the memory to be displayed using a six decimal number by

pressing keys.
When the data number is entered, the soft key is reset as shown below.
EXEC

g) Press EXEC key to display the memory contents of the input address.
key is reset to the operation select key.
3.7.4 t/O signal diagnostic data

I/O signal diagnostic data

of the NC are constructed as follows:

1) When PMC is not provided;

NC

42

Macliine tool

DGN No.

400~, S00~
(Input) (Output)

(3T/3M/6T/6M, 4 types aie provided)

173 -

The soft

3.7.4
2) When PMC is provided;

PMC
I

PMC
NC

PMC

NC

Inter
face

'*

Macliine tool

MT
Inter
face

In case of BMI
DGN No. 0~, 200~

screen displays
PMC
diagnostic data

(Input) (Output)

In case of 3/6 compatible


DGN No. 400~, 500~
(Input) (Output)
(3T/3M/6T/6M, 4 types are provided)

(Input)
(Output)

No. XO.O

No. Y0.0~

PMC diagnostic data display method

(T)

()
(4)

(5)
(6)

A PMC basic menu is displayed in the soft


Press
on the keyboard
key part.
The CRT screen shows PMC diagnostic function, and
Press | PCDGN | soft key.
the soft key menu turns to [ SEARCH-].
Press | SEARCH"] key after inputting the address to be displayed.
Continuous 10 byte data are displayed by a bit pattern from the designated
address on the top stage of the CRT screen.
To display other addresses, repeat operation starting with step(3).
After display operation, press | RET | key to reset the menu to the PMC basic
menu

174

3.7.4

BMI signal list

BMI
DGN
No.

DI

ERS

RRW

*SP

*ESP

SKIP1

UNIT

*CSL

*IT

SKIP4

SKIP3

SKIP2

AE3

AE2

AEl

*BSL

*AIT

ZRN

BRN

SRN

MOVE

TCHIN

AGJ

EDT

MEM

MLK

DLK

ABS

ovc

SBK

KEY 4

KEY 3

KEY 2

KEYl

RT

ROV2

ROVl

BDT9

BDT8

BDT7

TMRON

TLSKP

TL64

TL32

10

TLRST

OMEP

OME

11

HS2D

HS2C

HS2B

12

*FV7

*FV6

13

*AFV7

14
15

EDT1

DRN

AFL

FID

FFIN

FIN

ST

MP4

MP2

MP1

BDT6

BDT5

BDT4

BDT3

BDT2

*CSM2

*CHF

PRC

TL08

TL04

TL02

TL01

HS3D

HS3C

HS3B

HS3A

HS2A

HS ID

HS 1C

HS IB

HS 1A

*FV5

*FV4

*FV3

*FV2

*FV1

*FV0

*AFV6

*AFV5

*AFV4

*AFV3

*AFV2

*AFV1

*AFV0

*JV15

*JV14

*JV13

*JV12

*JV11

*JV10

*JV9

*JV8

*JV7

*JV6

*JV5

*JV4

*JV3

*JV2

*JV1

*JV0

TL16

175

3.7.4

- DI

BMI
DGN

16

AJSTB

-AJ

+AJ

AJA12

AJA11

AJA10

AJA9

17

AJA7

AJA6

AJA5

AJA4

AJA3

AJA2

AJA1

AJAO

18

AJP2D

AJP2C

AJP2B

AJP2A

AJP1D

AJPlC

AJPlB

AJP1A

19

*BECLP

*BEUCL

WN16

WN8

WN4

WN2

WN1

DIST26

DIST25

DIST24

No.

20

0
AJA8'

21

DIST23

DIST22

DIST21

DIST20

DIST19

DIST18

DIST17

DIST16

22

DIST15

DIST14

DIST13

DIST12

DIST11

DIST10

DIST9

DIST8

23

DIST7

DIST6

DIST5

DIST4

DIST3

DIST2

DIST1

DISTO

24

RISGN

RI12

Rill

RI10

RI9

RI8

25

RI7

RI6

RI5

RI4

RI3

RI2

RIl

RIO

26

WO SET

GS4

GS5

GS1

*SECLP

*SEUCL

27

CDV7

CDV6

CDV5

CDV4

CDV3

CDV2

CDV1

SPC

SPB

28

29

30

31

176

SPSTP

CDVO

SPA

3.7.4

BMI
DGN
No.

DI

EXSTP

EXRD

EXPUN

EIA3

EIA2

EIA1

ElAO

EID44

EID43

EID42

EID41

EID40

EID37

EID36

EID35

EID34

EID33

EID32

EID30

EID29

EID28

EID27

EID26

EID25

EID24

EID23

EID22

EID21

EID20

EID19

EID18

EID17

EID16

38

EID15

EID14

EID13

EID12

EID11

EIDIO

EID9

EID8

39

EID7

EID6

EID5

EID4

EID3

EID2

EID1

EIDO

32

EISTB

ERDRQ

EOREND

33

EIA7

EIA6

EIA5

EIA4

34

EID47

EID46

EID45

35

EID39

EID38

36

EID31

37

40

41
TL256

42

43

TL128

44
45
46

47

177

3.7.4

BMI
DGN
No.

DI

48

UI031

UI030

UI029

UI028

UI027

UI026

UI025

UI024

49

UI023

UI022

UI021

UI020

UI019

UI018

UI017

UI016

50

UI015

UI014

UI013

U0012

UI011

UI010

UI009

UI008

51

UI007

UI006

UI005

UI004

UI003

UI002

UI001

UI000

52

UI131

UI130

UI129

UI128

UI127

UI126

UI125

UI124

53

UI123

UI122

UI121

UI120

UI119

UI118

UI117

UI116

54

UI115

UI114

UI113

UI112

UI111

UI110

UI109

UI108

55

UI107

UI106

UI105

UI104

UI103

UI102

UI101

UI100

56

UI231

UI230

UI229

UI228

UI227

UI226

UI225

UI224

57

UI223

UI222

UI221

UI220

UI219

UI218

UI217

UI216

58

UI215

UI214

UI213

UI212

UI211

UI210

UI209

UI208

59

UI207

UI206

UI205

UI204

UI203

UI202

UI201

UI200

60

UI331

UI330

UI329

UI328

UI327

UI326

UI3 25

UI324

61

UI323

UI322

UI321

UI320

UI319

UI318

UI317

UI316

62

UI315

UI314

UI313

UI312

UI311

UI310

UI309

UI308

63

UI307

UI306

UI305

UI304

UI303

UI302

UI301

UI300

178

3.7.4

BMI - DI
DGN
No

64

*IT1

*-EDl

*+EDl

*-Ll

*+Ll

PK1

MLK1

Mil

-J1

+J1

*IT2

*-ED2

A+ED2

*-L2

*+L2

PK2

MLX2

MI2

-J2

+J2

*IT3

A-ED3

A+ED3

*-L3

*+L3

PK3

MLK3

MI3

-J3

+J3

*DEC4

*IT4

*-ED4

A+ED4

A-L4

*+L4

*CL4

PK4

MLK4

MI4

-J4

+J4

DTCH1

*SVF1

*DEC 1

65

*CL1

66
67

68

DTCH2

*SVF2

69

*DEC2

*CL2

70

71

72

DTCH3

*SVF3

73

*DEC3

*CL3

74

75

76

77

DTCH4

*SVF4

78

79

179

3.7.4

BMI
DGN

No.
80

81

DX

DTCH5

*SVF5

*DEC5

*IT5

*-ED5

*+ED5

*-L5

*+L5

*CL5

PK5

MLX5

MI5

-J5

+J5

11/12/
110/120

82

series

only

83
Continued in the same way (for 12/120
104 'u 107:
84
87: 6th axis
*
108 -v 111:
91: 7th axis
88
112 'v- 115:
92
95: 8th axis
119:
116
96
99: 9th axis
120
123:
100 4, 103: 10th axis

series only)
11th axis
12th axis
13th axis
14th axis
15th axis

180

3.7.4

BMI

DO

DGN
No.

200

MA

SA

OP

STL

SPL

RST

AL

RWD

201

CSS

THRD

RPD

TAP

INCH

DST

IPEN

DEN

202

MZRN

MBRN

MSRN

MMOVL

203

MAGL

MEDT

MMEM

MT

MJ

MH

MS

204

MMLK

MDLX

MABS

MSBK

MEDT1

MDRN

MAFL

205

MBDT9

MBDT8

MBDT7

MBDT6

MBDT5

MBDT4

MBDT3

MBDT2

206

MSALM

EGPSALM

DIALM

SYALM

OTALM

OHALM

SVALM

PSALM

207

TLCHB

TLCHA

ESEND

RPBSY

BCLP

BUCLP

208

SSP

SRV

FMF

209

DM30

DM02

DM01

DM00

210

ROl 5

R014

R013

211

R07

R06

212

AR15

213

EF

MD

BF

TF

SF

MF

ROl 2

ROl 1

R010

R09

R08

R05

R04

R03

R02

ROl

ROO

AR14

AR13

AR12

AR11

AR10

AR9

AR8

AR7

AR6

AR5

AR4

AR3

AR2

AR1

ARO

214

MR15

MR 14

MR 13

MR 12

MR11

MR 10

MR9

MR8

215

MR7

MR6

MRS

MR4

MR3

MR 2

MR1

MRO

181

3.7.4
BMI - DO

DGN
No.

216

M31

M30

M29

M28

M2 7

M26

M25

M2 4

217

M2 3

M22

M21

M20

M19

M18

M17

M16

218

Ml 5

M14

M13

Ml 2

Mil

M10

M9

M8

219

M7

M6

M5

M4

M3

M2

Ml

MO

220

S31

S30

S29

S28

S27

S26

S25

S 24

221

S23

S22

S21

S20

S19

S18

S 17

S 16

222

S15

S 14

S 13

S 12

Sll

S10

S9

S8

223

S7

S6

S5

S4

S3

S2

SI

SO

224

T31

T30

T29

T28

T27

T26

T25

T24

225

T23

T22

T21

T20

T19

T18

T17

T16

226

T15

T14

T13

T12

Til

T10

T9

T8

227

T7

T6

T5

T4

T3

T2

T1

TO

228

B31

B30

B29

B28

B27

B26

B25

B24

229

B23

B22

B21

B20

B 19

B 18

B 17

B16

230

B15

B14

B13

B12

Bll

BIO

B9

B8

231

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

Bl

BO

182

3.7.4

BMI
DGN
No.

232

EOSTB

233

EOA7

EOA6

234

EOD47

235

DO

EOA5

E0A4

E0A3

EOA2

E0A1

EOAO

EOD46

EOD45

EOD44

EOD43

EOD42

EOD41

EOD40

EOD39

EOD38

EOD37

EOD36

EOD35

EOD34

EOD33

EOD32

236

EOD31

EOD30

EOD29

EOD28

EOD27

EOD26

EOD25

EOD24

237

EOD23

EOD22

EOD21

EOD20

EOD19

EOD18

EOD17

EOD16

238

EOD15

EOD14

EOD13

EOD12

EODll

EODIO

EOD9

EOD8

239

EOD7

E0D6

EOD5

EOD4

EOD3

EOD2

EOD1

EODO

240

BTAL

PBATL

PBATZ

SPAL8

SPAL4

SPAL2

SPAL1

SPCO

SPBO

*REEL

SPAL

SCLP

SUCLP

ElREND

241

242

SPAO

243

244
245
246

247

183

3.7.4

BMI

DO

DGN

No.

248

U0031

U0030

U0029

U0028

249

U0023

U0022

U0021

250

U0015

U0014

251

U0007

252

U0027

U0026

U0025

U0024

U0020

U0019

U0018

U0017

U0016

U0013

U0012

U0011

U0010

UO009

U0008

U0006

UO005

U0004

U0003

U0002

U0001

UOOOO

U0131

UO130

U0129

U0128

U0127

U0126

U0125

U0124

253

U0123

U0122

U0121

U0120

U0119

U0118

U0117

U0116

254

U0115

U0114

U0113

U0112

UOlll

U0110

U0109

U0108

255

U0107

U0106

U0105

UO104

U0103

U0102

U0101

U0100

256

U0231

U0230

U0229

U0228

U0227

U0226

U0225

U0224

257

U0223

U0222

U0221

U0220

U0219

U0218

U0217

U0216

258

U0215

U0214

U0213

U0212

U0211

UO210

U0209

U0208

259

U0207

U0206

U0205

U0204

U0203

U0202

U0201

U0200

260

U0331

U0330

U0329

U0328

U0327

U0326

U0325

U0324

261

U0323

U0322

U0321

U0320

U0319

U0318

U0317

U0316

262

U0315

U0314

U0313

U0312

U0311

U0310

U0309

U0308

263

UO307

U0306

U0305

U0304

U0303

U0302

U0301

U0300

184

3.7.4

BMI
DGN
No

264

6
INP 1

ZP41

DO

ZP31

MD1

MV1

ZP21

ZP1

MMLK1

MMI 1

ZP22

ZP2

MMLK2

MMI 2

ZP23

ZP3

MMLK3

MMI 3

ZP24

ZP4

265

266
267

268

INP2

ZP42

ZP32

MD2

MV 2

269

270

271

272

INP3

ZP43

ZP33

MD3

MV 3

273

274

275

276

INP4

ZP44

ZP34

MD4

MV4

MMI4

277

278

279

185

3.7.4

BMI

DO

DGN

No.

280

INP5

ZP45

ZP35

MD5

MV5

ZP25

ZP5

MMLK5

MMI5

281

11/12/
110/120

282

series
only

283
Continued in the same way (for

284
288
292
296
300

*
*
*

287
291
295
299
303

6th
7th
8th
9th

axis
axis

axis
axis
10th axis

304
308
312
316
320

12/120

n,

n,

307:
311:
315:
319:
323:

186

series only)

11th
12th
14th
14th
15th

axis
axis
axis
axis
axis

3.7.5

3.7.5 Address list for 11TT


BMI-DI 1
(i

00

AE3

01

IJINT

AE2

AE1
#1

#1

#1

SKI PI
II 1

#1

TCSL

#1

TBSL
*AIT
#1
#1

02

03
B1)TI

OVC

04

#1

#1

PIN
#1

05

06

07

BDT9

08

TMRON

09

.10

#1

TLSKP

BDT8

#1

BDT7

#1

BDTG
#1

BDT5
#1

BDT4
#1

BDT3
#1

BDT2
*1

TCSMZ TCIIP
#1

TL64

TL32

f1

#1

TLI6

TL8

TL4

TL2

11

#1

#1

TL!

TLRST

#1

11

12

TFV7

13

TAFV7

#1

#1

TFV 6

#1

*FV 5

#1

TAFV6 TAFV5
#1
#1

TFV 4

TPV 3

#1

TFV2

TFV1

#1

TAFV4

TAFV3

TAFV2

TAFV1 TAFVO

#1

#1

#1

III

#1

#1

TFVO

#1

#1

14

15

(Note) There are some signals which are provided for the first and second tool
posts respectively and they provide just the same function.
These signals are identified by symbol #1 or #2 which is affixed to their
names. Symbol //I shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool
post, while symbol //2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second
tool post.

187

3.7.5

BMI-DI 2
7

'1

16

17

18

19

WN2

VVN1 6
#1

VVN8

#1

in

HI 1 2
#1

RT 1 1
ill

R110
#1

RI 9

RI 4

Ri 3

RI2

RI 1

WN 4

WN1

#1

#1

20

21

22

23

24

25

RI SON
#1

RI 7

RI5

RI 6

#1

#1

#1

#1

26

27

28

29

30

31

188

#1

#1

RI8
#1

#1
RI 0

#1

111

3.7.5

BMI-DI 3
32

33

IJ1 0 3 1

1)1 030

UT 029

UI 0 2 8

U1 0 27

in

in

ll 1

#1

U1 0 2 5
111

UI0 2 4

111

U1 0 2 6
#1

UI0 2 3

U1 0 2 2

UI0 2 1

U 10 2 0

UI0 1 9

UIOl 8
#1

UI0 1 7

UI01 6
#1

UI010
#1

UI0 0 9
II 1

UI008

#1

#1

#1

*1

U1 0 1 5

UI0 1 4

UI0 1 3

U1 0 1 2

UIOl 1

in

#i

#1

#1

#1

35

UI 00 7
in

UI 0 0 6
in

UI0 0 5
#i

UI0 0 4

UI 003
itI

U1002

urooi
in

uiooo

#1

36

UI1 3 1
111

UI 1 30

UI1 2 9

UI 1 28

U1 1 2 5

UI1 2 4

ill

ill

UI 1 27
#1

UI1 2 6

#1

#1

III

#1

UI 1 23

UI 1 22
ill

UI 1 21

UI 120

ill

UI 1 1 9
II- 1

UI 1 1 8
#1

UI 1 1 7
#1

U1 11 6

ill

Ul 1 1 1
#i

UI 1 1 0

Ul 1 09

UI 108

ill

it i

#1

Ul 1 02
#1

UI101
111

u11 o o

UI225
#1

UI224

34

37

ill

-If- 1

#i

#1

III

ill

38

Ul 1 1 5
in

UI 1 1 4
#i

UI 113
#i

UI 1 1 2

39

UI1 0 7

Ul 106

#1

UI 1 05
#1

U1 10 4
II 1

Ul 1 03

#1

40

UI231
ill

U1230
#1

UI 229

UI228

#1

UI227
ill

IJI2 2 6

#1

UI2 2 3

UI2 2 2

UI221

UI 220

UI2 1 9

UI2 1 6

111

ill

ill

ill

UI2 1 8
111

U1217

#1

ill

ill

UI 2 1 5

UI2 1 4

UI 2 1 3

UI2 1 0

it 1

U1212
ill

UI2 1 1

#1

#1

#1

UI2 0 9
ill

U1208
#1

UI2 0 7

UI 2 06

UI 20 5

ill

ill

UI 202
#1

UI2 0 1
#1

UI 200

ill

UI204
ill

UI2 0 3

ill
UI 3 3 1

UI3 3 0
ill

UI3 2 9

UI328
111

UI3 2 7

UI3 2 6

UI3 2 5

ill

ill

#1

IJ 13 2 4

ill
UI 3 2 3

U1 3 2 2

UI321

UI3 1 8

#1

#1

UI3 2 0
#1

Ul 3 1 9

#1

ill

#1

U1 3 1 7
it 1

UI3 1 6
#1

46

UI 3 I 5 UI3 1 4
#1
#1

UI 3 1 3
#1

UI3 1 2

UI3 1 1

ill

U1 3 1 0
ill

UI3 0 9
#1

IJI308

47

UI 30 7
111

UI3 0 5
#1

UI304

UI3 0 3

UI3 0 2
111

UI 30 1
ill

UI 3 0 0

41

42

43

44

45

#1

UI306
it l

#1

in

ill

#1

111

189

#1

ill

#1

ill

#1

ill

3.7.5

BMI-DI 4
6

48

AE3

49

SKI PI
#2

UINT

AE2

AEI
#2

#2

#2

*CSL

#2

*BSL
#2

#2

4A IT

#2

50

51

OVC

52

BDT 1
#2

#2

FIN
*2

53

54

55

BDT 9
#2

BDT 8
#2

BDT7
#2

BDT 6
#2

BDT 5
#2

BDT 4
#2

58

#2

BDT2
#2

*CSMZ *CHF
#2
#2

56

57

BDT 3

TLSKP

TL64

TL32

TL16

TL8

TL4

TL2

*FV6

*FV 5

>|<FV4

*FV3

#2

#2

#2

>KFV 2

*FV1

*AFV5

*A.FV4
#2

*AFV3

*AFV2

4'AFV 1 :pA l-VO

TL1

TLRST

59

60

*FV7

61

4-APV7 4'AFV 6

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

62

63

190

*2

#2

#2

#2

>('FV 0

#2

#2

3.7.5

BMI-DI5
6

64

63

66

WN1 6
112

67

WN8

WN4
#2

WN2

#2

#2

WN1
#2

68

69

70

71

72

73

RI SON
#2

RI 5

RI 6

RI 7
#2

#2

#2

RI 1 2
*2

RI 1 1

RI 4

RI 3

RI10

#2

#2

74

75

76

77

78

79

191

#2

#2

#2
RI 1

RI 2

#2

RI8

RIO

#2

RIO

#2

#2

3.7.5

BMI-DI 6
7

80

UI0 3 1
#2

UI 0 3 0
112

UI0 2 9

81

UI 023
#2

82

U10 28
#2

UI027
#2

U1026
#2

UI 025

#2

#2

#2

UI0 2 2
#2

UT021
#2

IJI0 2 0
#2

UI019
#2

UI0 1 8

UIO 1 7
#2

UI01 6
#2

UIO 1 5
#2

UI0 1 4

UI 0 1 3

UI 0 1 2
#2

UI 0 1 1

UIO 10

11-2

#2

#2

UI0 0 9
#2

UI0 0 8
#2

83

UI007
#2

UI0 0 6
#2

U10 0 5

UI0 0 4

UI0 0 3
#2

UIO 0 2
#2

UIOO 1

#2

#2

UIOOO
#2

84

U 11 3 1
#2

IJII 3 0
#2

U 1 12 9
#2

UI1 2 8

UI 1 2 7

UI1 2 6

#2

#2

#2

UI 125
#2

UI 124
#2

85

UI 1 23
#2

UI 1 22
#2

UI 1 21
it- 2

UI 1 2 0
*2

UI11 9
#2

UU 18

UI 1 1 7

UI 1 1 6

#2

#2

#2

86

UI 1 1 5
#2

IJI1 1 4

UI11 3

IJI 1 1 1
#2

UI 1 09

UI 1 0 8

#2

UI 1 1 2
#2

UII1 0

#2

#2

#2

87

UI 107
#2

UI 1 06
#2

UI 1 05
#2

IJI 104
#2

U110 3
#2

UI 102

IJI 101

UI 100

#2

#2

#2

88

UI231 UI230
#2
#2

UI229
#2

UI2 2 8
#2

UI227
#2

UI 226
#2

UI2 2 5
#2

UI2 2 4
#2

89

UI223
#2

IJI222

UI22 1

IJI 2 2 0

UI2 1 9

#2

#2

#2

UI2 1 8
#2

UI 2 1 7
#2

UI2 1 6

#2

90

UI2 1 5
#2

UI214
#2

UI2 1 3
#2

IJ 1 2 12

U1211

#2

#2

IJI210
#2

UI2 0 9
#2

UI 2 08
#2

91

UI 2 0 7
#2

UI 2 0 6
#2

UI205
ti-2

UI 2 0 4

UI2 0 3
#2

UI202
#2

UI201

#2

#2

UI200
#2

92

IJI 33 1 UI33 0
#2
#2

UI 3 2 9

UI 328
#2

UI 3 2 7
#2

IJI326

UI3 2 5

IJI3 2 4

#2

#2

#2

93

UI3 2 3
#2

UI 3 22

UI 32 1

UI 3 2 0

#2

#2

U13 1 9
#2

UI 3 1 8
#2

U1 3 1 7
#2

IJI 3 1 6

#2

IJI3 1 5

UI3 1 4
#2

I UT313

#2

#2

UI 3 1 2
#2

UI311
#2

UI3 1 0
#2

UI309
#2

IJI3 0 8
#2

UI3 0 7

UI306

UI3 0 4
#2

UI3 0 3
#2

U1301

UI3 0 0

#2

UT305
*2

UI3 0 2

#2

#2

#2

#2

94

95

#2

#2

192

#2

#2

#2

III 024

#2

#2

3.7.5

BMI-DI 7
96

ERS

RRW

*SP

*ESP

EDT

MEM

SBK

97

98

ZRN

99

MLK

DLK

ABS

100

KEY 4

KEY 3

KEY 2

KEYl

101

RT

ROV 2

ROV 1

MP4

'

102

103

HS2D

HS2C

J IS 2 B

IIS2A

104

>fcJVl 5

>PJV 1 4

*JV13

t JVl 2

105

*JV7

*JVG

*JV5

*JV4

*IT

DRN

AFL

ST

PRC

MP 2

MP1

HS3D

IIS 3C

HS3B

HS3A

US 1 D

HS 1C

HS IB

MSI A

*JV9

*JV8

*JVl

*JV0

*JV

11

*JV3

JV 1 0

*JV2

DIST26 DIST25 BIST 2 4

106

107 DIST23 DIST22 DIST21 DIST20 DIST19 DIST18DIST17 DIST1G

108 DIST15 DIST14 DIST13 DIST12 DISTU DISTIO DIST9

109

DIST7

DIST6

DIST5

DIST4

DIST3

D1ST2

UISTI

DIST8

DISTO

IHEAD 2 IHEAD 1

110

111

193

3.7.5

BMI-DI 8
7

'1

ERDRQ EOREND El HEAD

EXSTP

EXRD

EXPUN

112

EISTP

113

EIA7

EIA6

EIA 5

EIA4

El A3

EIA2

EIA 1

El AO

114

EID47

E1D4 6

EID45

EID44

E1D4 3

E f 1)4 2

EID4 1

EID40

115

El 1)39

EID38

EID37

EID36

EID35

EID34

El 1)3 3

EID32

116

E 11)31

E1D3 0

El 1)2 9

El 1)28

EID27

EID26

EID25

E1D24

117

E1D23

EID22

EID21

El 1)2 0

E1D1 9

Ei D1 8

EID 1 7

E1D1 6

118

EID15

EID1 4

EID1 3

EID1 2

E1D1 1

EID 1 0

EID9

E r i)8

119

EID7

E1D6

E1D5

EID4

E1D3

E 11)2

EID1

EIDO

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

194

3.7.5

BMI-DI 9
128

(i

DTCH1

*SVF1

*DEC1

*IT1

?E-ED1

129

EDI

*-Ll

*+Ll

J1

-l-J 1

MLK 1

MI 1

>K-ED2

>E+ED2

*-L2

*-IL2

M I,K2

MI 2

J 2

+J 2

*-ED3

*+ED3

*-L3

*+L3

MLK 3

MI 3

J 3

-l-J 3

=k~L4

>E+L4

J 4

+J 4

130

131

132

DTCH2

*SVF2

*DEC2

*IT2

133

134

135

136

DTCII3

*SVF3

*DEC 3

*IT3

137

138

139

140

141

DTCII4

*SVF4

*DEC4

*IT4

'E-ED 4

MLK 4

142

143

195

MI 4

3.7.5

BMI-DI 10
144

145

-1

DTCH5

*SVF5

*DEC5

*IT5

*-ED5

*+ED5

MLK5

MI 5

146

147

196

1
*

-L5

J 5

*+L5

l-J 5

3.7.5

BMI-DO 1
7

200

(i

CSS

#1

TURD
ttl

RPD

#1

203

MBDT9 MBD'J'8
#1
ttl

MBDT7 MBDT6
#1
ttl

TLCHB

ESEN1)

TLCHA

MBDT5

#1

BE

DM3 0

#1

DM0 2
-111

DM0 1
ttl

DM 0 0

206

ROl 5
#1

ROl 4
#1

ROl 3
#1

ROl 2
#1

RO 1 1

R07

R06

R05

R04

R03

209

210

211

MBDT4
ttl

MBDT3 MBDT2
ttl
#1

TF

SF

ttl

ttl

AR1 5
ttl

AR1 4

AR7

AR6

#1
MR 1 5

ttl
MR 7

ttl

#1

#1
MR14

ttl
MR 6
ttl

ROIO

R02

ROl

AR1 3
ttl

AR1 2
ttl

AR 1 1
ttl

AR10

AR5

AR4

AR3

AR2

MR5

ttl

R08

#1

ttl

ttl

#1

R09

#1

ttl

#1

MR 13

ttl

#1

ttl

ttl

MF

ttl

#1

#1

205

208

II 1

ttl

204

207

DEN

MBDTI
#1

201

202

1
IPEN

#1
ROO

ttl
AR9

#1

#1

AR8

#1
AR 1

#1
ARO

ttl

#1

#1

MRU
ttl

MRU
tt-1

M RIO
#1

MR9

ttl

#1

MR4

MR3
#1

MR2
ttl

MR 1
#1

MRO
#1

SPAL8

SPAL4

SPAL2
#1

SPAL1

#1

212

#1

213

214

215

197

ttl

ttl
MR 8

3.7.5

BMI-D02
6

'I

M2 9

M28

M2 7

M2 6

M25

M2 4

#1

M3 0
#1
M2 2
#1

M21

Ml 8
#1

M1 7

#1

Ml 4

Ml 3

Ml 0

M9

216

M3 1

217

M2 3

218

Ml 5

M7

220

S 31

221

S23

223

S7

224

T3 1

226

#1

S13

S 12

T1 5

#1
T6

#1

B23

B29

#1
B22

B2 1

B1 4

#1

#1

B20

B1 2

B4

#1

B1 9

B3

#1

198

#1

TO

#1
B2 4

#1

#1
R1 6

#1
B8

#1
B1

*1

T8

#1

B9

#1
B2

#1

#1

*1
B1 7

BIO

#1
T1 6

B2 5

#1

#1

T2 4

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

T1

#1

SO
1

T9

B18

B1 1

#1

S8

#1

#1

#1

#1

SI 6

T1 7

B26

#1

#1

#1

#1

111

S9

#1
T10

#1
S 2 '1

T25

T2

B27

SI 7

#1

#1

#1

#1
B5

BG

B7

111

T2 6

#1
T3

B28

B13

#1

#1

T11

#1

#1

111

#1
B1 5

#1

#1

#1

T4

T5

B30

#1

T12

MO

SI

T18

T1 9
1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

T27

#1

S2

#1

#1

T2 0

T13

T14

S10
#1

S3

T2 8

#1

#1

SI 1

#1

#1

T21

S 18

#1

#1
T2 9

#1

#1

#1

#1
S2 5

S26

S 19

Ml 6

#1

#1

#1

#1

S4

S5

#1

#1

B31

S27

#1

#1

Ml

M2

#1

#1

#1

#1
T2 2

228

231

S2 0

#1

#1

T7

230

S21
#1

T30

T2 3

S2 8

#1

S6

#1

M3

#1

M8

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

227

229

S29

SI 4

SI 5

Mil

#1

#1

#1

#1
S22

#1

Ml 2

#1

S3 0

tt 1

Ml 9

M4

#1

#1

#1

M20
#1

#1

M5

MG

#1

222

225

#1

#1

#1

219

#1

#1
BO

#1

#1

#>

3.7.5

BMI-D0 3
7

UO0 3 1
#1

UO0 3 0
#1

UOO 2 3
#1

234

UOO 2 9
#1

UO028
#1

UO027
#1

UOO 2 2
111

UOO 2 1
*1

UOO 2 0
#1

UOO 19

UOO 1 5
#1

UOO 1 4
# #1

UO 0 1 3
#1

UOO 12
#1

UOO 11
#1

UOO 1 0

235

UOO 07
#1

UOO 06

#1

UOO 0 5
#1

UOO 0 4
#1

UOO 0 3
#1

236

UOl 3 1
#1

UO 1 3 0

UOl 2 9

#1

UO 12 8
#1

237

UOl 23 UOl 22
#1
#1

UO 1 2 1
#1

238

UOl 15
111

UOl 14
#1

239

240

232

233

241

UO0 2 5
#1

UO0 2 4
#1

IJOO 1 7
#1

UOOl 6

UOO 0 9
#1

UOO 0 8
#1

UOO 0 2
#1

UOO 01

UOO 0 0

#1

#1

U012 7
#1

UO 1 2 6
#1

UO 1 2 5
#1

UO 12 4
#1

UO 120

UO 1 1 9
#1

UOl 1 8
#1

UOl 1 7
#1

UO 1 1 6

*1

UOl 1 3
#1

UOl 12
#1

UOl 1 1
#1

UOl 10

#1

UOl 0 9
#1

UO 1 0 8
#1

UOl 07 UOl 06
#1
#1

UOl 0 5
#1

UOl 04
1

UOl 0 3

UOl 0 2
#1

UO 1 0 1

111

#1

UOl 0 0
#1

U02 3 1
*1

UO2 3 0
#1

U0229
#1

UO 2 2 8
#1

U02 2 7
#1

U0226
#1

U0225
#1

U0224
#1

U02 2 3

U02 2 2
#1

U02 21
#1

UO2 2 0
#1

U02 1 9

U02 1 8
#1

U02 1 7
#1

U02 1 6
#1

U0211

#1

#1

#1

2
UO 0 2 6

#1

UO0 1 8
#1

#1

#I

#1

242

U0215

U0214
111

U0213
#1

U0212
#1

UO2 10
#1

UO209

#1

#1

UO2 0 8
#1

243

UO207 UO206
#1
#1

UO 2 0 5
#1

UO204 UO203
#1
#1

UO2 0 2
#1

UO2 01
#1

UO200
#1

244

UO 3 3 1 UO3 3 0
*1
#1

U03 2 9

U0328
#1

U0327
#1

U03 2 6
#1

UO 3 2 5

#1

#1

U03 2 4
#1

UO 3 2 3

U03 2 2
#1

U03 21

UO320

#1

#1

U0319
#1

U03 1 8
#1

U0317
#1

U03 1 6
#1

246

U03 15 U03 14
#1
#1

U03 13
#1

U0312 U0311
#1
#1

UO3 10

UO 3 0 9
#1

UO3 0 8
#1

247

UO3 0 7 UO3 0 6
#1
#1

UO3 0 5
#1

UO304

UO303
#1

UO3 0 2
#1

UO3 01

UO309

#1

#1

245

#1

#1

#1

199

*1

3.7.5

BMI-D0 4
248

(i

CSS

#2

TURD

'1

RPD

II 2

112

251

MBDT9 MBDT8 MBDT7 MBDT6


#2
#2
112
*2
TLCHB

#2

TLCHA

254

255

DEN
#2

MBDT5
#2

MBDT4
#2

MBDT3
#2

MBDT2
#2

RF

TF

SF

MF

ESEND
#2

252

253

IPEN
#2
MBDTI
#2

249

250

DM02
#2

DM0 1
#2

DM0 0

#2
ROl 5
#2

KOI 4
#2

ROl 3

ROl 2

R07

ROO

R05

DM3 0

#2

R04
#2

#2
R03

ROl 0
#2

R09

R02

ROl

#2

#2

A.R1 1
#2

AR1 0
#2

AR9

AR3

AR2

AR1

#2

R08
#2

#2

AR1 4

257

AR7

AR6

#2

#2

#2

II 2

#2

258

MR1 5
MR1 4
#2
#2

MR13
#2

MR1 2
-II- 2

MR1 1
#2

MR1 0
#2

MR9

259

MR7
#2

MR5

MR4

MR3

MR2

AR5

#2

MR6

#2

AR1 2

#2

112
AIM

#2

#2

ROO

#2

#2

AR8

AR1 5
#2

260

AR1 3

ROl 1

256

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

*2

#2

#2

#2
AR0

#2

#2

#2

MR8
#2

#2

MR 1
#2

MR0

#2

SPAL8

SPAL.4

SPAL2

SPA LI

261

262

263

200

#2

3.7.5

BMI-D0 5
6

M31
112

M3 0

M2 9

M2 3

M2 2

264

265

266

267

268

269

270

271

272

273

274

#2
Ml 5

#2

#2

#2
SI 5

278

279

S20

SI 3

S 12

T1 4

B29

B22

B1 4

B6

#2

#2
B13

B1 2

#2

#2

#2

B20

B21

#2

B4

B5

#2

#2

B27

*2

B1 1

201

#2

SO

T24

#2
T1 6

T8

#2
TO

#2
B2 4

#2

#2

B1 6

#2
B8

#2

#2
BO

B1

#2

#2

#2

B9

#2
B2

B3

#2

B1 7

BIO

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

S8

B2 5

B1 8

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2
SI 6

T1

B26

B1 9

#2

S24

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

T9

T2

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

MO

T1 7

T10

T3

B28

#2

T2 5

#2

*2

#2

*2

#2

#2

T1 1
*2

T4

T5

B30

#2

B7

#2

#2

#2

M8

#2

#2

T18

T1 9

Ml 6

#2

SI

T2 6

#2

#2

T1 2

T1 3

T6

#2

B15

#2

#2

T27

#2
T2 0

T21

#2

#2

B23

#2

#2

112

#2

#2

*2

#2

S9

S2

S3

#2

#2

#2

#2

#2

M2 4

SI 7

#2
SIO

SI 1

T28

T2 9

S18

#2

#2

S25
#2

#2
SI 9

S4

S5

Ml

#2

S26

S27

112

#2

M9

#2

#2

#2

S 21
#2

T2 2

#2

S28

*2

*2

B31

M2

#2

T3 0

T1 5

M3

#2

#2
T2 3

M4

112

#2
T3 1

Ml 0

S29

S6

S7

Ml 7

Mil
#2

#2

I
M2 5

#2

Ml 2
#2

#2

S14

#2

Ml 8

#2
M5

S22

S23

Ml 9

#2

#2

#2

S3 0

S31

M20

M2 6

#2

#2

M6

M7

II 2

M2 7
#2

#2
Mi 3

M14

T7

277

M 21

#2

#2

#2

27S

276

#2

4
M2 8

#2

#2

3.7.5

BMI-D06
280

281

'1

UOO 3 1
#2

U00 3 0
#2

UO029
#2

U00 2 8
#2

UOO 2 7
#2

UO026

UOO 2 5
#2

UOO 2 4
#2

UOO 2 3

UOO 2 2
#2

UOO 21
#2

UOO 2 0
#2

UOOl 9
#2

UOOl 8
#2

UOO 17

#2

UOOl 6
#2

UOOl 1

#2

UOO 1 0
#2

UOO 0 0
#2

UOO 0 8
#2

#2

#2

282

UOO 1 5
#2

UOO 1 4

UOO 1 3
if- 2

UOOl 2

if: 2

283

UOO 0 7
#2

UOO 0 6
#2

UOO 0 5
#2

UOO 0 4
#2

UOO 0 3
#2

UOO 0 2
#2

UOOOl

#2

UOO OO
#2

284

UO 1 3 1

UOl 3 0

#2

#2

UO1 2 9
#2

UOl 2 8
#2

UOl 2 7
#2

UOl 2 6
112

UOl 2 5
#2

U012 4
112

285

UOl 2 3

UOl 2 2

UOl 2 1

#2

#2

UOl 2 0
#2

UOl 1 9
#2

UOl 1 8
#2

UOl 1 7
#2

UOl 1 6

#2

UOl 1 5
#2

UOl 14
#2

UO 11 3
#2

UOl 1 2
#2

UOl 1 1

UO 11 0
#2

UOl 0 9

#2

112

UOl 08
#2

UOl 0 7

#2

UOl 0 6
#2

UO 1 0 5
#2

UOl 0 4
#2

UOl 0 3
#2

UOl 02
#2

UO101
#2

UOl 00
#2

U02 3 1

UO2 3 0
#2

U02 2 9
*2

U02 2 8

U0227

*2

U02 2 6
112

U02 2 5
#2

U02 2 4

#2

U02 2 2
#2

UO 2 21

UO2 2 0

#2

#2

U02 1 9
#2

U02 1 8

112

U02 1 7
#2

U02 1 6
#2

290

U0215
#2

U0214
#2

U02 13
112

U02 12

#2

U02 1 1
#2

U02 1 0
#2

UO2 0 9

*2

UO2 0 8
#2

291

UO2 0 7
#2

UO2 0 8
#2

UO 2 0 5
#2

UO2 0 4
#2

UO2 0 3
#2

UO202
#2

U02 0 1
#2

U02 0 0
#2

292

U03 3 1
#2

UO3 3 0

U03 2 9

#2

#2

U0328
#2

U03 2 7
#2

U03 2 6
#2

U03 2 5
#2

U03 2 4
#2

293

UO 3 2 3
#2

U03 2 2
#2

U0321
#2

UO320

112

U0319
#2

U03 18
#2

U03 1 7
#2

U03 1 6
#2

U0315

U0314

U03 1 3
#2

U03 1 2
#2

U03 1 1
*2

U03 1 0
#2

UO3 0 9

#2

UO 3 0 8
#2

UO307
#2

UO306
#2

UO3 0 5

UO 3 0 4

#2

UO3 0 3
#2

UO3 0 2

#2

UO3 01
#2

UO3 0 0
112

286

287

288

289

294

295

#2
U0223

#'2

#2

#2

202

*2

#2

#2

112

3.7.5

BMI-D0 7
296

'I

MA

SA

OP

STL

SPL

RST

AL

RWD

INCI-I

DST

MJ

MH

MS

MDRN

MAPL

SVALM

PSALM

297

298

MZRN

299

300

301

302

MMLI<

MEDT

MMEM

Ml)

MDLK

MABS

M SBI<

1 ALM

SYALM

OTALM

OHALM

RPBSY

303

304

305

306

307

308

309

OIIEAD2 OIIEAD1

310

311

203

3.7.5

BMI-D08
7

(S

'I

312

EOSTB

313

EOA7

EOA-6

EOA5

EOA4

EOA3

EOA2

EOA1

EOAO

314

EOD4 7

EOD4 6

EOD 4 5

EOD4 4

EOD4 3

EOD4 2

EOD 4 1

EOD4 0

315

EOD39

EOD38

EOD37

EOD3 6

EOD 3 5

EOD3 4

EOD33

EOD32

316

EOD31

EOD 3 0

EOD2 9

EOD 2 8

EOD 2 7

EOD26

EOD2 5

EOD 2 4

317

EOD 2 3

EOD 2 2

EOD21

EOD 2 0

EOD 1 9

EOD 1 8

EOD1 7

EOD1 6

318

EOD 1 5

EOD 1 4

EOD 1 3

EOD 1 2

EOD 1 1

EOD1 0

EOD9

EOD8

319

EOD7

EOD 6

EOI)5

EOD 4

EOD 3

EOD 2

EOD 1

EODO

El REND EOIIEAD

*REEL

320

321

322

323

324

325

326

327

204

TICl IK

3.7.5

BMI-D09
7

328

'1

INP1

ZP4 1

ZP3 1

MD1

MV 1

ZP21

ZP1

MMLK1

MMI 1

ZP22

ZP2

MMLK2

MMI 2

ZP2 3

ZP3

MMLK3

MMI 3

ZP2 4

ZP4

MMLK4

MMI 4

329

330

331

332

INP2

ZP4 2

ZP3 2

MD2

MV2

333

334

335

336

INP3

ZP4 3

ZP3 3

MD3

MV 3

337

338

339

340

INP4

ZP4 4

ZP34

341

342

343

205

MD4

MV4

3.7.S

BMI-DO 10
7

344

'I

INP5

ZP4 5

ZP 3 5

MD5

MV 5

ZP 2 5

ZP5

MMLK5

MMI5

345

346

347

206

3.7.5

Tool posts and BMI

11TT controls turning machines which can turn one or two workpieces concurrently
by operating two tool posts independently.
In other words, it is applicable to either turning machine (with 2 spindles and
2 tool posts) which can turn two workpieces concurrently by using two tool posts
with two spindles, or turning machine (with 1 spindle and 2 tool posts) which
can turn one workpiece concurrently by using two tool posts with one spindle.
The DI/DO signals of BMI can be sorted when dividing them from the viewpoints of
tool posts as described below.

- DI/DO

signals common to two tool posts


A signal having a certain function is provided to both first and second tool
The reset signal, emergency signal, and other signals that
posts in common.
select basic operation modes of the control unit belong to this group. If a
memory command operation mode is selected, for example, the memory command
operation is selected for both first and second tool posts in common.
Both first and second tool posts are reset or urgently stopped concurrently by
the reset or emergency stop signal.

- DI/DO

signals exclusively provided for individual tool posts


A signal having a certain signal is provided for the first tool post and
second tool post independently. These signals are affixed with #1 or #2 at
the end of their signal names.
Symbol //I shows a signal exclusively provided for the first tool post, while
symbol #2 shows a signal exclusively provided for the second tool post.
These signals are also subdivided into the following two groups.

Spindle control DI/DO


The following signals belong to this group.
R00 - R015
Command spindle speed signals
MRO
signals
speed
Maximum
- MR15
spindle
ii.
ARO
signals
MR15
iii. Actual spindle speed
signals
voltage
RISGN, RIO
motor
command
Spindle
iv.

RI12

In case of 2 spindles and 2 tool posts;


Individual tool post spindles are controlled by using spindle control
exclusively provided for tool posts.

DI/DO

In case of 1 spindle and 2 tool posts;


The spindle common to two tool posts is controlled by using spindle control
DI/DO signals provided for the first tool post.

DI/DO

other than those for spindle control


The feedrate override signal, auxiliary function code signals, stroke signal,
The override of the cutting feedrate can be
etc. belong to this group.
independently applied to individual tool posts, and auxiliary function code
signal and strobe signal are sent to these tool posts independently of each

other.
The DI/DO signals provided for each control axis may be said to belong to "DI/DO
exclusively provided for individual tool posts" because that the axis controls
either tool post only. However, these signals are not affixed with divided by
tool posts, but divided by control axis numbers as viewed from the entire
system.

207

3.7.5

In the 11TT the following three groups are provided as the configuration of
control axes.

1st axis

2nd axis

3rd axis

4th axis

5th axis

2nd tool post

1st tool post

Not provided

XI

Z1

Z2

X2

2nd tool post

1st tool post

2
XI

Z1

X2

Additional
axis

Z2
Additional

2nd tool post

1st tool post

axis

XI

Z1

X2

Z2

Two axes are provided for each tool post (or, 4 axes in total) as the basic
configuration, and one additional axis is provided for either tool post (5 axes
in total) as the optional configuration,

208

3.7.5

10/11/100/110M

with same Interface as 6M

6M

MI

DI

DGN

No.

400

DTCHX

*SVFX

*DECX

* ITX

*-EDX

*+EDX

*-LX

*+LX

401

HX

MLKX

MIX

-X

+X

*-EDY

*+EDY

*-LY

*+LY

MLKY

MIY

-Y

+Y

*-EDZ

*+EDZ

*-LZ

*+LZ

ZNG

MIZ

-Z

+Z

*-ED4

*+ED4

*-L4

*+L4

MLK4

MI 4

-4

+4

BDT1

DRN

AFL

FIN

ST

402

DTCHY

403

HY

404

DTCHZ

405

HZ

406

4NG

407

H4

408

MLK

DLK

ABS

OVC

SBK

409

ZRN

BRN

SRN

KEY

FID

410

ERS

RRW

ASP

*ESP

SKIP

UINT

SAR

411

GST

SOR

ASSTP

GRB

GRA

SPC

SPB

SPA

412

AGJ

EDT

MEM

413

MP4

MP2

MP1

*FV16

*FV8

*FV4

*FV2

AFV1

414

RT

ROV2

ROV1

*JV16

*JV8

*JV4

*JV2

*JV1

415

BDT9
AGSTB

BDT8
AG24

BDT7
AG 22

BDT6
AG2 1

BDT5
AG 18

BDT4
AG 14

BDT3
AG 12

BDT2
AG 11

*SVFY

*SVFZ

*SVF4

*DECY

*DECZ

*DEC4

*ITY

*ITZ

*IT4

209

3.7.5

6M MI

DI

DGN

No.

416

TLRST

417

TLSKP

TL64

TL32

TL16

TL08

TL04

TL02

TL01

AGST

WN16

WN8

WN4

WN2

WN1

418

419

ESTB

EA6

EA5

EA4

EA3

EA2

EA1

EAO

420

ED 15

ED 14

ED 13

ED 12

EDI 1

ED10

ED9

ED8

421

ED 7

ED 6

ED 5

ED4

ED 3

ED 2

EDI

EDO

422

UI15

UI14

UI13

UI12

UI11

UI10

UI9

UI8

423

UI7

UI6

UI5

UI4

UI3

UI2

UI1

UIO

424

SIND

R13I

R12I

Rill

R10I

R09I

425

R08I

R07I

R06I

R05I

R04I

R03I

R02I

R01I

426

5NG

*SVF5

*DEC5

*IT5

*-ED5

*+ED5

*-L5

*+L5

427

H5

MLK5

MI5

-5

+5

210

3.7.5

6M MI

DO

DGN
No.

500

MA

SA

OP

STL

SPL

RST

AL

RWD

501

CSS

THRD

RPD

TAP

INCH

DST

IPEN

DEN

502

SSP

SRV

FMF

EF

503

MMIY

SEY

ZP2Y

ZPY

MMIX

SEX

ZP2X

ZPX

504

MMI4

SE4

ZP24

ZP4

MMIZ

SEZ

ZP2Z

ZPZ

505

TLCHB

TLCHA

ESEND

EREND

MMI5

SE5

ZP25

ZP5

506

M30

MO 2

M01

MOO

M38

M3 4

M3 2

M32

507

M2 8

M24

M2 2

M2 1

Ml 8

M14

M12

Mil

508

T48

T44

T42

T41

T38

T34

T32

T31

509

T28

T24

T22

T21

T18

T14

T12

Til

S28

S22

S21

S48
S42

S44

S 18
S 42

S 14

S52
S48

S24
S51
S44

S41

S38

S41
S34

S 12
GRB
S32

Sll
GRA
S31

(param. )
S12BIT-A
S12BIT-B

511

B38
S28
S28

B34
S24
S24

B32
S22
S22

B31
S21
S21

B28
S 18
S 18

B24
S14
S 14

B22
S 12
S 12

B21
Sll
Sll

(param. )
S12BIT-A
S 12BIT-B

512

B18
B38
S58

B'14
B34
S54

B12
S32
S52

Bll
S31

S51

R12
R12
R12

Rll
Rll
Rll

RIO
RIO
RIO

R09
R09
R09

(param. )
S12BIT-A
S12BIT-A

513

R08

R07

R06

R05

R04

R03

R02

R01

514

U015

U014

U013

U01 2

U011

U010

U09

U08

515

U07

U06

U05

U04

U03

U02

U01

UOO

510

BF

211

TF

SF

MF

3.7.5

6M MI

DO

DGN
No.

516

MMLK

MDLK

MABS

MZNG

MSBK

MBDTl

MDRN

MAFL

517

MBDT9

MBDT8

MBDT7

MBDT6

MBDT5

MBDT4

MBDT3

MBDT2

BCLP

MUCL

518

The underlined signals are added to 6M.


detach axis
DTCHX, Y, Z
machine lock axis
MLKX, Y, 4, 5
mirror image
MIZ
external deceleration
*+ED4, 5, *-ED4, 5
block return
BRN
DO CSS
constant cutting speed mode
threading mode
THRD
tapping mode
TAP
inch input mode
INCH
Interpolation end
IPEN
mirror imaged
MMIZ
axis select
SE5

DI

The following signals are not provided for 6T, but exclusively for 6M.
AG24, AGST) , OVRCD, *BECLP,
DI FID, angular jogs (AGJ, AGSTB , AG11
*BEUCL
DO SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL

The following signals are defined in 6T, but not included in above.
STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ , CDZ , *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP

DI
DO

SCLP, SUCL

212

3.7.5

10/11/100/ 110T

with the same interface as 6T

6T

MI

DI

DGN

No.

400

DTCHX

*SVFX

*DECX

*ITX

*-EDS

*+EDX

*-LX

*+LX

401

HX

MLKX

MIX

-X

+X

A-EDZ

A+EDZ

*-LZ

MLKZ

MIZ

-Z

*-ED3

*+ED3

*-L3

MLK3

MI3

-3

A-ED4

*+ED4

*-L4

MLK4

MI 4

-4

+4

SBK

BDT1

DRN

AFL

FIN

ST

UINT

SAR

STLK

SPC

SPB

SPA

HS

GR4

GR3

GR2

GR1

402

DTCHZ

403

HZ

404

DTCH3

405

H3

406

DTCH4

407

H4

408

MLK

DLK

ABS

OVC

409

ZRN

BRN

SRN

KEY

410

ERS

RRW

*SP

*ESP

411

GST

SOR

ASSTP

EDT

MEM

MP2

MP1

412

*SVFZ

*SVF3

ASVF4

*DECZ

*DEC3

*DEC4

*ITZ

*IT3

*IT4

SKIP

*+LZ

+Z

*+L3

+3

*+L4

413

MP4

414

RT

ROV2

ROV1

*OV16

*OV8

*OV4

*0V2

*0V1

415

BDT9

BDT8

BDT7

BDT6

BDT5

BDT4

BDT3

BDT2

213

3.7.5

6T MI
DGN
No.

416

TLRST

417

TLSKP

DI

ZAE

XAE

SMZ

CDZ

TL08

TL04

TL02

TL01

WN1 6

WN8

WN4

WN2

WN1

PRC

418

419

ESTB

EA6

EA5

EA4

EA3

EA2

EA1

EAO

420

ED 15

ED14

ED 13

ED 12

EDI 1

ED10

ED9

ED8

421

ED 7

ED 6

EDS

ED4

ED 3

ED2

EDI

EDO

422

UI15

UI14

UI13

UI12

UI11

UI10

UI9

UI8

423

UI7

UI6

UI5

UI4

UI3

UI2

UI1

UIO

424

SIND

R13I

R12I

Rill

R10I

R09I

425

R08I

R05I

R04I

R03I

R02I

R01I

*SECLP

*SEUCL

426

R07I

R06I

427

214

SPSTP

3.7.5

6T MI
DGN

- DO

No.

500

MA

SA

OP

STL

SPL

RST

AL

RWD

501

CSS

THRD

RPD

TAP

INCH

DST

IPEN

DEN

TF

502

SF

MF

503

MMIZ

SEZ

ZP2Z

ZPZ

MMIX

SEX

ZP2X

ZPX

504

MMI4

SE4

ZP24

ZP4

MMI3

SE3

ZP23

ZP3

505

TLCHB

TLCHA

ESEND

EREND

506

M30

MO 2

M01

MOO

507

M2 8

M2 4

M22

M2 1

M18

M14

Ml 2

Mil

509

T28

T24

T22

T21

T18

T14

T12

Til

510

S48

S44

S42

S41

S38

S34

S32

S31

511

S28

S24

S 22

S21

S 18

S 14

S 12

Sll

R12

Rll

RIO

R09

508

512

513

R08

R07

R06

R05

R04

R03

R02

R01

514

U015

U014

U013

UOl 2

UOll

UOIO

U09

U08

515

U07

U06

U05

U04

U03

U02

UOl

UOO

215

3.7.5

6T MI
DGN
No.

516

MMLK

MDLK

MABS

517

MBDT9

MBDT8

MBDT7

MBDT6

DO

MSBK

MBDT1

MDRN

MAFL

MBDT5

MBDT4

MBDT3

MBDT2

SCLP

SUCL

518

The underlined signals are added to 6M.


DTCHX, Z, 3, 4
detach axis
machine lock axis
MLKX, Z, 3, 4
mirror image
MIZ, 3, 4
external deceleration
*+EDX Z, 3, 4
*-EDX, Z, 3, 4
block return
BRN
DO CSS
constant cutting speed mode
THRD
threading mode
TAP
tapping mode
inch input mode
INCH
IPEN
interpolation end
mirror imaged
MMIX, Z, 3, 4
axis select
SEX, Z, 3, 4

DI

The
* DI
DO

The
* DI
DO

following signals are not provided for 6M, but exclusively for 6T.
STLK, XAE, ZAE, PRC, SMZ, CDZ, *SECLP, *SEUCL, SPSTP
SCLP, SUCL
following signals are defined in 6M, but not included in above.
FID, angular jogs (AGJ, AGSTB, AG11 * AG24, AGST) , OVRCD, *BECLP,
*BEUCL
SSP, SRV, FMF, EF, BF, M 3rd, S 5th, T 3rd-4th, B lst-3rd, MZNG, BCLP,
BUCL

216

3.7.5

10/100M

with the same interface as in 3M


M

MI - Dll

DGN

No.

400

DTCHX

*SVFX

*DECX

*ITX

401

HX/
ROV1

402

DTCHY

403

HY/

404

DTCHZ

405

*SVFY

*DECY

*DECZ

MLKX

MIX

-X

+X

MLKY

MIY

-Y

+Y

ZNG

MIZ

-Z

+Z

SBK

BDT

*ITY

ROV2

*SVFZ

*ITZ

HZ/
DRN

406

407

408

MLK

DLK

409

ZRN

BRN

410

ERS

411

ABS

KEY

*SP

SOR

OVC

*ESP

412

MP2

413

414

RT

FIN

ST

SAR

*ILK

SPC

SPB

SPA

MD4

MD2

MD1

*OV4

*OV2

AOV1

SKIP

*SSTP

AFL

MP1

*OB8

415
(Note) The underlined signals are newly added.

217

3.7.5

3M MI
DGN
No.

DI

PN8

PN4

PN2

PN1

416
417

418

419

ESTB

EA6

EA5

EA4

EA3

EA2

EA1

EAO

420

ED 15

ED14

ED 13

ED12

EDI 1

ED10

ED9

ED8

421

ED 7

ED6

ED 5

ED 4

ED 3

ED2

EDI

EDO

422

UI15

UI14

UI13

UI12

UI11

UI10

UI9

UI8

423

UI7

UI6

UI5

UI4

UI3

UI2

UI1

UIO

424

SIND

SSIN

SGN

R12I

Rill

R10I

R09I

425

R08I

R07I

R06I

R04I

R03I

R02I

R01I

R05I

218

3.7.5

3M MI

DO

DGN
No

500

MA

SA

OP

STL

SPL

RST

AL

501

CSS

THRD

RPD

TAP

INCH

DST

IPEN

502

BF

503

ZP2Y

TF

ZPY

504

505

SF

DEN

MF

ZP2X

ZPX

ZP2Z

ZPZ
EF

(param. )

EREND

506

M30

MO 2

M01

MOO

507

M2 8

M24

M2 2

M21

M18

M14

Ml 2

Mil

509

T28

T24

T22

T21

T18

T14

T12

Til

510

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

S14
MIG

S 12
MDG

Sll
LWG

511

B38

B34

B32

B31

B28

B24

B22

B21

512

B18

B14

B12

Bll

514

U015

U014

U013

U012

UOll

UO10

U09

U08

515.

U07

U06

U05

U04

U03

U02

UOl

UOO

508

513

219

(param. )

3.7.5

3M MI
DGN
No.

516

517

518

ENB

220

DO

3.7.5

10/100T with the

same interface as 3T

3T

MI

DI

DGN

No.

400

DTCHX

*SVFX

*DECX

401

HX/
ROV1

402

DTCHZ

403

HZ/

*SVFZ

MLKX

MIX

-X

+X

*DECZ

*+LZ

ROV2

MLKZ

MIZ

-Z

+Z

SBK

BDT

DRN

AFL

FIN

ST

SAR

STLK

SPC

SPB

SPA

MD4

MD2

MD1

GR2

GR1

*0V2

*0V1

404
405
406
407

408

MLK

DLK

409

ZRN

BRN

410

ERS

411

ABS

KEY

*SP

SOR

OVC

*ESP

SKIP

*SSTP

412
413

414

MP2

RT

MP1

*OV8

*OV4

415
(Note) The underlined signals are newly added to 3T.

221

3.7.5

3T MI

DI

DGN

No.

416

PRC

ZAE

XAE

SMZ

CDZ

PN8

PN4

PN2

PN1

417
418
419

ESTB

EA6

EA5

EA4

EA3

EA2

EA1

EAO

420

ED 15

ED 14

ED13

ED 12

EDI 1

ED10

ED9

ED8

421

ED 7

ED6

ED5

ED 4

ED3

ED 2

EDI

EDO

422

UI15

UI14

UI13

UI12

UI11

UI10

UI9

UI8

423

UI7

UI6

UI5

UI4

UI3

UI2

UI1

UIO

424

SIND

SSIN

SGN

R12I

Rill

R10I

R09I

425

R08I

R07I

R06I

R04I

R03I

R02I

R01I

R05I

222

3.7.5

3T MI

DO

DGN

No.

500

MA

SA

OP

STL

SPL

RST

AL

501

CSS

THRD

RPD

TAP

INCH

DST

IPEN

DEN

SF

MF

ZP2X

ZPX

502

TF

ZP2Z

503

ZPZ

504
505

EREND

506

507

M2 8

M2 4

M22

M21

M18

M14

M12

Mil

T28

T24

T22

T21

T18

T14

T12

Til

B28

B24

B22

B21

B18

B14

B 12

B 11

R12

Rll

RIO

R09

508

509

510

511

512

513

R08

R07

R06

R05

R04

R03

R02

F01

514

U015

U014

U013

U012

UOll

U010

U09

U08

515

U07

U06

U05

U04

U03

U02

UOl

UOO

223

3.7.6

3T MI
DGN
No.

DO

516

517

518

ENB

3.7.6 LED display of I/O module


The terminal board connection module of the digital input/digital output modules
is provided with LED for indicating the on/off conditions of each I/O signal.

flo oo
Ho 01
[o 02
|[o 03
COM

b
O 04
IIO 05
O 06

Yellow LED
Lights . . .

Goes out .

O 07

10

Rx)llo u

HE 12
13
COM

HE 14
|[o

15

16

17
COM

BE 18

224

Input (or output) turns on


Input (or output) turns off.

3.8

3.8 Block Diagram of Servo System


3.8.1 Block diagram of position control

1) Pulse coder
CCW revolution viewed from spindle

+V

Motor speed depends


on this voltage.

Command pulse = Least movement unit

+E

-E

Command
pulse

+(-)

JXTirL

D/A

CMR

(CMR) times

(Parameter

'Position deviation

1825,1826)

Least movement unit


Counting unit =
CMR

3V/1000 rpm

(DGN 3000)
+V

-F
Counting unit
(detection unit)

--

unit

io7T

-V

Velocity

Converter VCMD

-(+)

Counting unit =

Motor

Pulse
coder

+F

j~Ln|

DMR

2000 x DMR

(D/A: Digital to analog


Frequency to voltage)

F/V:

( DMR ) times
(Parameter 1816)

L
2000 x DMR
Light emitting (In the case of the pulse
coder of 2000P/rcv.)

Command pulse = 1

if

For detecting
one revolution
it
Blight
receiving

section

2T

PCA
A light receiving section

PCB

Photo
clement

Slit

2000 or 2500 or 3000 pulses


per one revolution

Converter

Pulse coder

-jj'A/j/pVV
Li

J-L_nL

F/V

Table

PCA

Waveform when motor rotates counterclockwise

PCB

T varies with the number of revolutions of motor

PCA

Position detection shift


of 90 for one slit

PCB

Waveform when motor rotates clockwise

2) Resolver/inductosyn
Command pulse = Least movement unit

n
-rum.
Command
pulse

D/A

CMR

converter

Velocity
r

unit

(Parameter

+V

1825,1826)

Position deviation

__

(DGN 3000)

Counting unit
(detection unit)

DMR

T
1
Resolver
Inductosyn

Control

A
Inductosyn

+
Tachogenerator

(Parameter

(Position control)

Motor

Table_ |

1816)

.
DCA_rji
DSA ! IjJr
Resolver

I
J

Resolver/inductosyn
Interface PCB

225

3.8.1

the settings required to adjust the amount of table


with the command pulse.
Command pulse: 0.001 mm in metric system
0.0001 inch in inch system
CMR : Command multiply ratio
1 for pulse
Parameter number 1820 (Standard value:
coder, Resolver and Inductosyn)
DMR : Detect multiply radio
Parameter number 1816 (Standard value:
1/2 for
Resolver and Inductosyn)
L
: Movement amount (mm or inch) for one revolution of the
detector
Counting unit: The value which is obtained by dividing the traverse for
one revolution of the motor by the feedback pulse of (2000)
x DMR (in the case of the pulse coder of 2000P/rev)
CMR and DMR are the settings to equalize the weight of the command pulse
and feedback pulse for one pulse.

o CMR and DMR are


movement complying

.....
.....

Counting unit:

Minimum movement unit (mm or inch) _ L (mm or inch)


a x DMR
CMR

2,000 p/rev, 2,500 p/rev or 3,000 p/rev for pulse coder


4,000 p/rev for Resolver or Inductosyn
Minimum movement unit: Command pulse
(T) and DMR to (2) when a movement distance is
ex. CMR is set to
per (T) revolution of detector.

a:

[0]

Minimum movement unit


Command (0.001 mm/p)
pulse

Counting

unit

0.001 mm/p

Position
deviation

CMR

Motor

Table

A/fAiWS

0.001 mm

E)]

= 0.001 mm

Detector

31
DMR

Counting

4 mm
= 0.001 mm

unit

2000 X

f(|j!

226

2000 p/rev.

(4) mm

3.8.2 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit


Amplify the error of VCMD and TSA

From position
control circuit
Velocity

command

(VCMD)

o-

EC

-5*

Amplifier

PWM
Control
Circuit

v-

Send the pulse to

Drive
circuit

transistor

T1 terminal
MOL

Direction
signal

Thermal relay
A2A

From tachogenerator
ox F/V converter

i.
Receive the output of
amplifier and control
the ON time of transistor Triangle
wave
generator

TSA
TSB

(8)

-7?T

A2 B

GDI

HL
Enable signal

ENBL1

2] DC servo motor

Current

detecting

ro

ENBL2 O +24

N5

circuit

B2
MCC

Protect the motor


from over current

TSA

[All

Tachogenerator

?B1
F

Power

T1
AC200V
3<>

From
machine

side

source
circuit

u --

TSB

+15V

(5)

-15V

err

=3

No fuse
circuit
breaker

Doide
module

100B

PRDY1
PRDY2
Position control
ready signal

PRDY 1
1

Solid state relay

MCC

LiHJ

+24 V

A1A

A IB

CD1 CD2

100A
1

+2 4V

'Pulse coder

VRDYl

Velocity control
ready signal

MOL

MCC

TOH

o-o
96

95

OVL2

Thermostat in
servo transformer

|S20

0VL2

Overload signal

Reset the velocty control


unit MCC is ON

(Note) Open S20 for a unit which


connects to servo power

transformer.
oo
to

3.8.3 Internal connection diagram of IV! series velocity control unit


a) For DC servo motor model 00M (A06B-6047-H001)

PWM circuit
A20B-0 009-0320
CN2

CN1

) 4

8
PRDY2
*ALM1 ) 5

PtiOfl
2

-0]
CNl

SNBU

NBL2

*A1M2

J 6

ovu

i >CA

2
3

2 LBA

ntm

i;

VH*I

18

13

COM

4 L88
8 LE8
6 HCC

1NTL2

7 LfiC
H

13 VfPT2

1S|10QA

15

CVL2
I2VRDY1

11

19
TSB

14

20
E

TOD

isc

9 LBD
10 L3T
11
12 CE
13 _QD3

10 CVLl

I 2

TSA

INTL1

cxw

8 HK
9 HHK2

VfflY 2

1 1

CDI

FF

wu

CN4

CN3

ISA
2
3 |18B

From servo transformer

CN3

CN4

I
hO
NO

rI D s

CO

Tl

1
I

'"NFBYI
-4kro<--

MCC

l_

AC 50V

<

0-0-0
Q1
B

I
3

23

MCC

?E

Cl

'4

PE

A2

LEC

jSuige

LEB

Q2

LB B

5
6

PVT

MOL

MCC

.96

co
Cl

LBD

Al DC
OOM

Q4
,1 2

MCC

0-0-0

MCC

00-0

22

J&SLoH
5
5

RM

MOL

SK

Cl

csi

>-

"1

C2

3 100B
O

100A

HCC

LZN_R___1

LBC

00-0 7

LEA

<KH>

0>

'

J---BRK2

HCA

O 7
3

Q3

JL_

RM

rNFB71

2
O

Diode
module

Tl

-ITB
$

_ _ JBRK1

1 SA

MX

Q:

>

>C:

CM

......
CM

>
O

AO 6 6-6 0 4 7 -HO 0 1

DCO OM

CDl

Motor

DCOOM

Setting

4A

4A

dT
U)

oo

Fig. 3.8.3 (a)

b) For DC servo motor model OM

30M (A06B-6047-H002

4)

PWM circuit
14

PBDY1

PMJY 2

7T
ENa.:

ENBL1

CNl

*A1M 2 16
OVLi
I0
OVX.2
4
*ALM4 1 7

:l

VRDY1
s

CN3

CN2

CN1
1

2 CT
3 i86

2
3

5
6

CD!

18
19

12

vray?

TSB
20
E

13

CPU

><.

LEA

LBB
B

7 LBC
8 LSE
9 LDP
10 LED
t I LBS
) 2 <X

1CA
Lm

3
5

' INTTLI
7 1WL2
8 BK
9 BBK2
to

12

TSA
7

CN4
1
2

VTOY l
vRpyz

13

a? 3

ms

14

cm

15 LOOA

CTE

A20B-Q 009-0320

CN2

To transformer

CN4

CN3

CD

N2>

ro

\D

rNFBT',

A
O

MCC

Diode
module

OCR

-----

SJLBA B 1

21

-&T&>

?i

AC 185V

*Cl

<?
23

i
i

IV'iijSE

15A

!:

<*

cAji

i
D

f-U;
J
; !

DS

[ZNR
3 100B

fax I

<A 2 00A

MCC
_

MCC

MCC

>-

>J

95

M0O3)

96

!Q.

1 El

IE 1

yLEAj

C2

E2

-3

J
J
5 >

41BD<!B2

A06B-6047-H002
A06B-6047-H003
A06B-6047-H004-

2i ;

B1

DCOM

DCSM

!l

ILEPfrE2
4 E2
L 2 J !TM4;H0i

DC1 0M

DC20M
DC30M

IRM
(Re>

CM

<!> B2
:

MCC

'TM3W0O4)!

-P

B2

RRRd>

l
I

!_TM1_J

4C2

i
I

RMftclcjal LEBiE2

I
t

El

i
t

riZ; tD

C4

.LBBj B2

I83
|-

!
I

iZ

CM

CM

>-

MOL

A2o c4 Ak>

C3

0O4>

Surge
absorber

: R1

4i

?
sLBCBl

;; ;

C2

MCC
O

:
i
i

15A

Jci

HCC iCl

lBl

D2

ITI l

r~

vHCAi CI

MOL

(**)-$>

CM

%
Motor
DCOM

DCOM 5M
DC10M-20M

DC30M

Fig. 3.8.3 (b)

CP

Setting

6A
9A

DC5M
DC10M
DC20M

18A

DC30M

24A

12A

co

oo
u>

c) For DC servo motor model 10M


(A06B-6047-H040, H041)

CN X
PMA2

ENBL2

6 iBrru

3
4

8 BftKl

IB

19
13

COM

20
,

IBP
10 LED
11 LBE
Q Z
13 CDl

13 VRDY2

T8B

lCMP

4 IBB
5 LE 8
6 HOC
7
L8C
8 LEC

9 BRK2
10 OVLl
U
12 VRDY1

12
TSA

CDl
CD2
INTL2

*AIM4 17
TT VRDY2

>N1
2 I. BA
3

CT
3 1 ft B
* TQH1
S TOHZ

15

yRPYl

CN 3

l j-8-a-

14

3
*UM2 To
JV3U1 TO QVL2

CN1

30M for separate discharge circuit

CN 2

rr ><
JPRDY1 8
SSBU

'v

14

ucc

14 DI C
15 LC E

13 lOOA

-1

A20B-0009-0320

CN3

CN2

To transformer

CN4

UNIT
D1 s CHARGE
'V'A

-- ~n

[~T2 I >
i

?6

D2

ro

no

OCR/'

ED

i
i

i:

<LBcm
i

o*

.LBABl

MCC

-Hccr

<P

!
I

AC 185V

ISA

<J-

,'NFB2~>

o=j

23

m_

|C

Cl

100 A

>CCA

>

\.-9

MDL

pi

IQ1

C2

C3

.El

LEA C2

<*

S3

?i

'B4

RMCRt-aXlEB

1C2
f-0
r

St

El

l2

sLBD

v.

>
c

E2

VXEqjp

KM

iTM2_ J <TM4_(I011_)

C4
HVKRd)

-1

CM

>

Motor Setting
DC10M 12A
DC20M 18A

*~X

DC10M
DC20M
DC30M

CM
T-

iBi

;;

r&cc

t
!

CM

El

<>C2.

:c

rO

CM

-B

.LBB B2

MCC

MCC

v---s-

fb ctf
>-

,EI

0-CiC2

\ 00R

>

__

l ZNR

u:i

absorber

R1

MCT

Surge

o-

fci

i
i

i
i

15A

Diode
module

DC30M

24A

(Rr)

MDL

15

LO

oo
OJ

Fig. 3.8.3 (c)

3.8.4 Block diagram of M series velocity control unit PCB

Chopping

frequency witch;
me
S16

Motor setting for voltage


feedback (strapped 00M

SL126

h n

CDl

CDR

Armature voltage

Overeuirent

circuit

circuit

detection

ENBL

+15 V

RV3

Enable and

ENBL1

circuit (For highed positioning)

Motor

S24

OVC operation 00M


timer
0M~20M

Jr

30M(H)

VCMD

width

wave oscil

Circuit

lation circuit

modulation

Insulation

A- phase

circuit

driver

circuit

Jli

'i

TRA

D1C

RV4

+1SV

offsct

***2? H
- SSriH
Lo.

Voltage
feedback

circuit

modulation

circuit

circuit

S10

{X

S1I
Si 2
SI3

Power drop
detection
CH13 circuit

C-phase pulse-

CH9

Insulation

width

Current command
clamp circuit
(Current limiter)

D-phasc pulsewidth

RVS

Li

b>

circuit

Insulation

B*phasc
power source

circuit

D-phusc
driver

Power drop

D-phasc

detection
Circuit

Current

TRB

TRC

power source

b1

modulation

C-phase

detection
CH14 circuit

S14

B-phasc
driver

C-phase
driver

circuit

modulation
circuit

Power drop

777

TRD

power source

limiter

F
E-phase

power
supply

If transistor bridge voltage


rises, discharge command
is issued.
CH10
FISCAL

'enabid

Dischargc
alarm circuit

LCE

Voltage drop
alarm circuit

Reicience

contact

voltaee

Regenera

HCA

High voltage

No-fuse

Alarm

breaker abrm

__CD3,

CHI 5

VCCKDYR

B&.

(Breaker

Alarm

+15V

regulator

To postition

+1SV

ov

control

CH17

circuit

-15V
regulator

*3
//

abrm circuit

+24V

R8I
(Fuse resistor)

interface
circuit

//

CHI 6

:CH3 CH4

HVAL

-I5V

HCAL (High
current)

Excess!vc

Ov (Overcurrent)

current abrm

circuit

K3

PRDY

J
M CC

driver

PRDY1

3t alarm)

(Fuse resistor)

voltage)

circuit

circuit

(Pulse width modulation circuit power off

R81

TGLS (Tacho-less)

*3

BRK alarm enable

Absolute value

LV (LOW

tive umt>

setting

CJZ-B
BRK?
GE

c
TGLS enable

(armature
- 4I circuit
voltage)
L-oS25o-fcDynamic
sensi*
tivity setting

alarm)

breaker abrm

Run away
detection

circuit

DCAL (Discharge

HI

No fuse cirCuit

Tachogenerator
voltage checking circuit

-t<3-

+15V

Discharge transistor

18B

6T

IInsulation

B-phase pulsewidth

width
limit

<>

S9

$6

;:RV2 *-i -15V

Discharge
transistor

GE

Ql

feedback

0.2

A-phasc

power source

adjustment

j,

Current

sation circuit

SS

S7
Cain
RV1

|r

Approx. 0.2

Power drop
detection
CH12 circuit

Maximum
pulse

Phase compensation
S5

t |T

(At rapid fecdCH10 rate dccclcration)

Power

CHll

CHS

in switchxnj

T$1 S2

transformer

Open

circuit

<CH2

TSA

HCR

Triangular

Phase compen
Norn linear circuit
(For high-speed
posiitioning)

S3

circuit
enable

Velocity

commune

0.06

XI

Non linear

Clil 8

|Ca$(V/A)

To alarm processing circuit

CHI

CH23

UO

T1
0.8 msec.

Strapped

A-phasc pulse-

oscillation

To alarm processing circuit

detection

cr>2

S16

0V
CH7

la

ro

T1

Square wave

Armature voltage
detection
circuit

ft

r \

only)

EEC

//

from overcurtent detecting circuit


from enable circuit

dyl

PRDY

AIRI

CO

CT

Fig. 3.8.4 (a)

3.8.5 Block diagram of AC series velocity control unit

Current detector

AC

~6~&

Control
circuit

30

Detector (Pulse coder)

oR

Torque command
CH5 CH6
i-o

OJ
ISO

Amplifler
circuit

from positional
control unit

(VCMD)

CH2 O

I? _

CHI
Velocity command

<

Current command

CH7

AC servo motor

*2

IR
:-O CH10
CH16

*2

PWM

Driver

IS
"O CH11

F/V

io

r- *1

6
Rotor position
detecting
circuit

*2

IT

CH9

CHI2

Triangle -O
wave
CH13
generator

To positional

control unit

Drive
circuit

Receiver
circuit

*1:. Multiplication circuit


*2: Amplifier circuit

Fig. 3.8.5 (a)

OJ

oo
C/1

3.8.6 AC servo velocity control unit inside connecting diagram


a) For model 2-0, 1-0 (A06B-6050-H002)
CN2

CN1 (M)

I 1 8A

2 ENBL1

1 5 ENBU

2
3 LEG

16 OVL2

2CT
3 1 1 8B
4 TOHI
5 TOH2

3 OVL1
4 VRDYl
5

10

17 VRDY7

7 VCMD

6 CDVl
7 CDV2
8 CPU!
9 CPU2
10 TH1
11 TH2
12jINTL2

18

I:

4 CDH1
S

19

PWM circuit
A20B-1000-0560

To position
control unit

5P

i4 PCZ

LEA
LBB
LEB

PCZ

PCA

PCA

PCB

PCB

HCC
LBC
LEC
LED
LED
HCE
LBE
LEE

14 1 00A
15 MCC

d=3

C=D

CUD
To power CN2
(VCMD) transformer

HCA
LBA

8
9
10
11
12
13
14 LBF
15 LEF

13INTL1

CN1r~i

I
2
3
4
5
6

CN3

20SG

TT1T

To motor

N5
LO

T1
A

o-

---

O-i

To power

transformer

NFB2
2

MCC

O-Q-

+ Cl

Lrsj

M.

Ri

%5K

680

PI

2i 2i

To machine

ZNR

rT?==fi

C2

SK

I
4

100A

\MCCX

23J5"5_ B
z
z
r

0.4ft

MCC

MCC

---

i
PI

OV

OV

OV

OV

+ 5V
5 + 5V

+sv

13 Cl

14 PCZ

16 PCA

10

17*PCA

11

18 PCB

12

19*PCB

13

IS*PCZ

2d SG

CIZI

unit (Pulse coder)

<-*

n
>
W

>

5l

T1

RM1

rn2

10.171

iE3

c<

K:

IB3 I

on
oa

r. n
:c a
c

r
5I
n

i
RM1

12 C2

-l

2 I B6
j

DS

11 C4

i*j

-fc-

loan

1>

ov

n
o TM1

w iE5

AC

\
\
_) 1 To position controlCN6 -

400V

10 C8

ov

CN5 \

A2 All

B5

AC

MCC
O
2212;

rPn

I 2i zi n

NFBl

9 OH2

(Pulse coder)

i
I

8 OH 1

C=D

CN6 (M)

CN5 (F)

CN4

CN3

14 PRDY:

1 PRDY!

Motor
r

[B4
Si
c

IE4

fit

rw

C5 1

21

ii

wI
CO

MCC

o
a
r

r
K>

Fig. 3.8.6 (a) Velocity control unit connecting diagram

<-o
Co
ON

b) For AC series motor model 0, 5 (A06B-6050-H102)

CN1

CN2

CN3

CN4

CN5

CNG

MR-23P

BURNDY
Cl I 18A

HiROSE
01| LC3
02 1 LEG
03 1
LES
04 1 CuHl

HiRCSE
31 1 HCA
02 1 ISA
03 1
LEA

HR-22S
BV
ail
02 1
BV

HR -2gP

RM1
RH2

C1.C2
C3

SQmfl
SQ&

161

PRDY1

CVL2

10l-ftAlM4- 041 VRDY1

171 VR0Y2
181 CLHT
191
23}
E

0.12Q
5W

23KQ

SSI *ALM1 -jail


-02} ENBL1
091 *ALM2h331 0VL1

141 PRQY2
151 ENBL2

SPEC iFi CAT SC.S

1-2
3-4
5-6
1-2
2-3

16Q 270W
680UF400V

111
121

A LMff

13| CoM

351

CURR

071

VP*D

02!
03 I

CT
IBB

04
35 1
36 j

TGH2

T0H1

3.3F

05 |

CDV1

06 1

HCC

07 1

CSV2

B8|
09 1

C3U1

07 {
S8 {
09 1

IBC
LEC
L5D
LED

CDU2

12
14 i
15 j

I
CN1

To position
control unit

CN2

\__

_J

11 }
12 [
13 I

INTL1 i
1E2A
MCC

13

A22B- 1200- 0553

13 i

THI
TH2
INTL2

11 1

14 i

15 I

CN3

031
041
051
061

LS3
LES

DIC

jg]

PWM (&

04 {

05
06

0V
+5V

08I

CHI

091
101

0H2
C8
C4

111

+ 5V

121 _C2
131
Cl

+5V

07|

Hi
15 1
161

17 1
181
191
201

PCZ

PCZ~

14|

PCZ

151

*PCZ

171

PCA
PCA

TsT

PCA

* PCA

09)

10!

18) *PCS "


191 * PC9
201SG

PC3
* PCS
SG

CN4

0V

Jg2[

0V

1031

0V

04f

111
12!
13!

051
05 1

07<

HCE

LBE
LEE
ISP
LEE

-[011

08!

CN*5

To power
transformer

To motors
(Pulse coder)

L-I

CN6

_J

To position control
unit (Pulse codei)

A.

JJ

C3

ro

ca

CJI

LO
4S

r
Tl

1
A O

lLJ Jz
21

Ir1-3- n

MCC

=J

11

+=eCl

AC?

lO

20K
5W

MCC

20

*o

23

13

30

Uc:

r
MCC

3
40

130 A

:l

are.i

N J

j 27CW
s
a

V?
i

---

!I

MCC

DIC

JAJ
TH

T si n
J

->

r*

o I

..

5
KU

J-

|-4Sp-Nti
i

I K

o !

DS

|rIM?

1
o

SL
L

+=C2

_ --2

fe

Tl

pi

RHl

J
LirT"i2
T

E1

i
i

I
1

3 P2

ai

3 2

k_

I
!
i
S
t

9 1

05

06

Motor

3 !&2

sr-is
t

IS

RMl

ei

C3

"1

ei
I

lei
I
I
I

u_
IU

aI

es

[U
I

UJ

B2

ai2
I

64

l Mci
J"J

B1

1 1
Fig. 3.8.6 (b) Velocity control unit connecting diagram

co

bo
ON

c) For AC servo motor model 10, 20, 30 (A06B-6050-H103, H104)

CN1

CN2

CN3

CN4

CN5

CN6

MR-23P

B'JRNDT
an i8A
021 CT
33 i
18B
TQH1
24 1
25 1 TCH2
06 I

KIRQSr

HiPCSF
31
HCA
32
L9A
03 1 LEA
04 1 LSB
05 1 LE3
C6 1 HCC

MR-2BS

MR-23P
PCZ
141
151 * PCZ

I H105 I H104
|123nfll 60*tfl
5-6.9-10 20 mil 1 25ttu7

14.t PRDY2~1-S8I *ALM1 211 PR3Y1


n
221 ENSL1
iSI EMBL2
asi AIM2 \
031 OVL:
161 0VL2

3- 4.7- 3
11- 12

17

VRDY2

18

CLMT

1-2

RMl

Z.6Q

0.2553

I 2CKK 5W
2-3 1 16a 270 W
I 662uF 402V

191

1-2

RM2
Cl

C2
C3

131
341
11 *ALMfri
C51
12
081
151 CoM

2gj

VRQY1

CURR

LC3

32 1
33 1

L9G

LEG

34 1
CDH:
05 1 QIC
C6l__CyVl

07 1
081
09 I

37IVCMD

E230F

4C0V
2.3ILF

31 1

131
11 I

PWM circuit

121

A223- 1222- 0560

[
CNl

To position
control unit

C0V2
CPUI

07 [
08 1

L9C
LEG

CPU2
TH1

0 I

TH2
1HTL2

11 1
12 1

LEO
LED
HCc
LSE

13 1

LEE

14 1

L5F
LEF

12 1

13 1

1NTL1

14 1
15 1

122A
HCC

15[

3V
0V
0V

011

021
021
04!
051
06i

061 OHl
391 DH2
iai_cs
C4
111
C2
121
.-jj
c,

5V
+ 5V
+ SV

141
iSI
161

* PCI

171

PCZ
PCA
PCA
PCS

181

umi

PCA

17!

PCA
FC9
*PC3
SG

181
19!

--[eat

27|

181

221

SG

i 01!
1021

cat

29!

1321
34 E

:ai
111
12!

CN2

_J

0V

ev

051
261

151

271

0V

CM3

_j
transformer

CN4

CS5

To power

CS6

To motor
(pulse coder)

J]

N5
CO

cn

_J

To position control
unit (Pulse coder)

jj
g

i!
o

ci a

T2

I 4(5 6

999

U D2
r

NFi

Tl
AO

23

11

__

03

|
sw I

Vci

*C2

Nr=2

MCC

3 N~U

o o

20

23

U05S

*L_
:-20K

__

io

MCC

N~~U
iL> >2
3

162
27EW
P

+=C2

8a

DS

01

40

100A

L_Z36-_,

MCC

rr

TH

A2

--- --RMl

ei

__

; 5

E:

10

-0 6

Motor

s'
J

C3

11
i

\
8

zz

Fig. 3.8.6 (c) Velocity control unit connecting diagram

12

B2

84

91

S3

___ 5
RMl

Tl

RMl

r~~~ ,

cnIT
S
2 !62

LsU
Li-

t
t

TMl

L=ri
5

3 62

ic:

bi

l
t
o

sI

Is L

MCC

otc

---

TH_2_

o I

KU

o
-J

C3

S'

[HsP-N-j

tT

13

J-

TH_3_

Bi

30

CN

1A Cl

MCC

u>
05
ON

d) For AC servo motor model 30R (A06B-6050-HQ05)

1-2.3-4
RM 5-6
7-8
C2

C3

2SmQ 40W
480 4flW
20KQ20W
680MF 400V
22C8jxF 400V
3iiF 600V

CN1

CN2

CN3

CN4

CN5

CN6

MR-20P
14 PRDY2 }
15 ENBL2
16! 0VL2 C3
17 VRDY2 FG
18
19
03
20
E
J

8URNDY

HIROSE
01
LCG
02
LBS
LEG
03
com
04
QIC
05
COV1
06
07 r C0V2
eoui
08

HIROSE

MR-20S

HR-20P
PCZ
14
15 *PCZ
16
PCA
17
PCA
18
PCB
19
PCB
20
SG

CD
CD
C3
CD

ra
m

PRDY1

ENBL1
OVL1
VRDY1

CD

18A
CT

03

1SB
TOHI
TOH2

04

06

01
02

VCHD

PWM circuit
A20B-1000-05 60

09

C0U2

10
U
12
13

TH1
TH2

CN2

CHS

C3

G3
C3
CD

0V

+ 5V

ev

CN4

15
16

PCZ
PCA

18
19
20j

PCA
*PCS
PCB
* SS

ce

ra
m

4 5V
4 5V

PCZ

0H1
OH2

E3

C4

C2
Cl

fEJ

m
C3
m
m
m

CD

0V
0V

C3
GH
O
C3
CD!

0V

LED
HCE
LBE
LEE
LBF
LEF

CHS

CH6

To motor
(Pulse coder)

To power
transformer

To position
control unit

ev

LEC
LBO

13
14
15

100A
HCC

LBB
LEB
HCC
LBC

09
10
11
12

INTL2

14

HCA

LBA
LEA

08

INTL1

15

CHI

01
02
03
04
05
06
07

To position
control unit

T2
<N

N3
U>
O'.

60

50

>

40

r
T1

MCC
---

y ,i
r vz

14

AO

lO
MCC

20

25

4- Cl

AC2

I
I

30

;E

rv~.
Til

__

I
1

FAN

!
i

a
SK

MCC

I
I

+itC2
S

<Llt?
r
CO

CO

jHSp-N-'!

MCC

A5Lo o-|A1
R

<

mI

._

L__

|W>I

Bl

Bl

:c
M-c
< Bl

2h

UJ

CLEI

\SJ !

J5

u,

'

SI

Eh
I

05

06
07

Motor
B2

B4

Bl

B3

t
(Z>

Eh

__

** i

i V* I3
I4

i
4

T1

RM

MCC

C2

r_fiH
I-

2i

!
!

C3

pa.

*T2

TH

c*

25

I
i

1
CO

..JOK.

P
1B0A

I
1
8

A Cl

SJ ;f
1
i

I RM

irm-i

pi

40

U3

00

Fig. 3.8.6 (d)

Velocity control unit connecting diagram

3.9 Connection with Servo


3.9.1 Connection to IVI series servo
1) Total connect ion diagram
The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in this figure.

(j3o)
31

Servo

FUSE
<S3>

--

AC200/220V +10%
i
\

50HzlHz
2<p
or

AC200 + 10%
I

31 <>

33 O-

Export
i

transformer

II

-15%
60HzHz

18 A

o-o
S

TPl

-15%

41 Y

NC

CV3

motor

9 " (2)

" (8)

CN2

(3)

Y"

Y
18A

44

CT

Indicates
200V
connec
tion

(1)

Y " (2)

36 Y

*24

control unit
CHI

YT 1(A)

34 Y

35

16

AC100M10Vtl|

60Hz

45

ON 2

18B

46

AC100~115U_X5%

1 00 A

(Contactor coil load)

" (6) Y
* (7) Y

2nd-axis servo
motor

" (8)
G

" (4) Y

3 36

To NC

3rd-axis

control unit

Ti(r>)

"

(6)

"

(7)

Y
Y

34

YT 1(A)

35

Y"(j)

36

Y" (2)

" (8)
G

18 A

" (3)

47

48
49

25 VA/axis

T 1(5)

To NC

velocity

Emergency stop
mjr

+10%

I 35

(3)

CHI

Single-phase
50Hz

2nd-axis velocity

Ml!

Ci

TPl

lst-axis servo

" (7)

* (4)

52 Y

(IV 2

" (6}V~

<>"(1)

51 Y

20

LO

-9Tl'\)

18 B

23

control unit
cm
T i(f>)<>-

CT

42 Y

15

CVl

ro

{0K

transformer

1st-axis velocity

CT

ON 2

It

(4)

3rd-axis servo

18 B

To NC

100 B

OJ
\o

Fig. 3.9.1 (a)

3.9.1

2) Cable J10

'L

J12 connection diagram

lst-axis velocity
control unit

NC

CNl

cvi

MRE- 20RFI)
01 PRDY 1 A

08 +ALM1 0
02 ENBL1 A
09 *ALM1 1
03 OVL1 A
10 +ALM1 2
04 *VRDY 1 A
11
05

12

00

07

VCMDl

13 *COMl

PRDY 1 H
KNBL1B
10 OVL 1 B
17 *VRDY 1 B
14

15

18
19

20

J10

cvi

ID-

MR-20RMA
01 PROY 1 A 08 *ALM1 0
02 ENBL1 A 09 *ALM1 1
08 OVL 1 A 10 1 ALM1 2
04 *VROYl A
05
06
07

EC1

VCMOl

12
13 *COMI

PRDY 1 B
ENBL1B
16 OVL 1 B
17 *VRDY 1 B
14
15

18
19

20

EC 1

2nd-axis velocity
control unit

CNl

CV2

MRK 20RFD
01 PRDY 2 A
+ALM2 0
02 ENBL2A
09 *ALM21
03 OVL2A
10 ALM2 2

*
11

04

or.
06

07

VCMD2

12
13 *COM2

MR-20RMA
14
15
16

PRDY2B
ENBL2B
OVL2B

J 11

CV2

17
18
19

20

01 PROY2A
02 ENBL2A
03 OVL2A
04 *VROY2A
05
06
07

EC 2

VCMD2

08
09
10
11
12
13

+ALM20
*A\M2 1
*ALM22

*COM2

14 PRDY 2 B
15 ENBL2B
16 OVL 2 11
17 *VRDY 2 B

18
19
20j VCMD2

3rd-axis velocity
control unit
CV3
MRE- 20RFD
01 PRDY 3 A

ENBL3A
03 OVL 3 A
04 *VRDY3 A

or,
06
07

VCMD3

CNl

08 *ALM30
+ALM3 1
2
10

12
13

14 PRDY 30
15 ENBL3B
16 OVL3B
17 tVRDYSB

MR-20RMA
PRDY3A
08 *ALM3 0

01

J12

CV3

18

COM3

19
20

EC 3

02
03
04
05
06
07

ENBL3A 09
*ALM3 1
OVL3 A
10 4- ALMS 2
It
12
13 *COM3

VCMD3

14 PRDY3B
ENBL3B
16 OVL3B
17

15

18

19
20

EC 3

The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in the above figure,
Fig. 3.9.1(b) Cable J10

238

J12 connections

3.9.1

3) Connection of overheat signal line of servo transformer

1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity

Servo transformer

control units

lst-axis velocity control unit

2nd-axis velocity control unit

CN2

3rd-axis velocity control unit

47

44

48

45

42

49

46

43

fl

18A
-o CT
Housing

18B

contact

51
-9 TOH1
52

SMS6PW-5
RC16M-SCT3

18A
CT
1 8B
TOHJ
5 TOH2

1
2
3
4
6

(Nilion burndy)

-6 TOH 2

Cable used:
Note:

30/0.18 (0.75

2
mm ) vinyle wire

Connect overheat signals T0H1 and 2 of the servo transformer in par


allel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer. Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated above) because CN2 (4) (5) terminals on the velocity
control unit side are polarized.

239

3.9.1

4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit

Velocity control unit


(Unit to connect trans
former terminals 5 1, 52)

Power transformer

41

42
43
(Thermostat contact)

CN 2 (1)
CN 2 (2)
CN 2(3)

I8A
CT
18B
T0H1
T0H2

T0H2

CN 2(4)
CN 2(5)
SMS6PW-5

Connector used

Screw terminal M4

(30/0.18)
200 V heat-resisting
vinyl cable

Cable used: 0.75 mm

Cable used: 2.0

mm

'

(Nihon burndy)

(Thermostat contact)

T 3(3)
T 3(4)

Connect the thermostat contact of


the regenerative discharge unit
to CN2 (4) in series as shown in
the figure.

RC16M-SCT3

Regenerative dis
charge unit

Screw terminal M4

(37/0.26)

200 V heat-resisting
vinyl cable

Separate regenerative

discharge unit
Velocity control unit

HCA

LCE

T 2 (4)

T 2 (5)
T 2 (6)

*Note 1

T
i

Screw terminal M3 .5

T 3(1)
T 3(2)

*Note 1)

Disconnect the jumper wire


between terminals T2 (5) T2 (6) when the regenerative
discharge unit is used with
model 30 MH velocity control

unit

Screw terminal M4

240

Regenerative
discharge unit

5) Connection to M series DC servo motor


a) Pulse coder feedback (mounted type pulse coder)

. .....

In case of OM, 5M

In case of OOM
(

era )
CF1 MR-20RMA

f ov

'

oV

oVl'vtisv-f'Sv*

G: M4 screw

1*T1: M4 screw terminal

E3

EHMIVITAA ITAWI!

-fc+ivi+y --L-rfH

-J at}

MSS3D2A

fh

CFl

(CF51)

bn rr x w2nx2d

E9

20 -29 S'

WWII

Pulse coder

-@* rTTl

G: M4 screw terminal

RM15WTK 4 P
1

__

ICFSl)
CF 11 MR20RM

MS 31 02 A ; 18 - 10P

-tRtSJhZUL

-0-

1 T: M4 screw terminal

MAT TSBl.

BMI5WTR - 4 P

Brake power supply

Note) CF51 is used in FS12

Pi
_C_

I D|

'\ 11..1.A

,A.*sL

. . __

MS 3102 A 28 20 P

MS 3 102 A

20

k._.[_ .X

rAiTfslr---'
C.

pis dyjdsifAidi:zz

.)

Wi.;oc ~ KVA J

P-

.K

N ; R_J

K
H
K
DS Ailns in' OCA i
1 1.
M

r~k

mp~

MS 33 02 A -28 20 P

MS 3103A -18 10P

qsipliiic

TTlT+llr

Pi1

d) Inductosyn feedback
(CF71 )

1st axis
preamplifier

CF31 :RMI2BRS-7S

i--'--!

CF21 : RM12 BRB 7S

iViT-a

Wf i>V 1r
A

CF41 :MR20RM

oiMJioiljn

~T"

I1I

-<JL

...

(CF71)

1-T : M4 screw terminal


?

TSAI TS HI

.to.,i. jt .. 4. J2 J.3_r 7
20~
:6_
J7~ >8 19

Note) CF71 is used in FS12

---

N
Mftl2BPG7P_
RM15VVTP 8P (,[0)

b>'iAATPl|A2
G: M4 screw

ES

A tj A2 B 1

CF21 1
CF41 )

H
@

!' 5 V

iKKKSlK'KRMl

RMIBWTR mr>
_L
3
2

'
I|A)TTS;BIOG_

B 1;RMJ.51VTRA 8S

1st-axis inductosyn scale


CZ=Q i
ItMlfAVTU
lst-axis inductosyn slider
AM"r
> lst-axis DC motor
f
-Brake power supply

In case of OM, 5M

In case of OOM
BKRMlfiWTRA 6S

MS 3 1 02 A 7M 29 1>

3 -i

I3X

;oni

MS 3! 02 A 18 10 P

tuTtrlr
_
C

j
i

13.
c

___

In case of 10M, 20M, 30M


MS 3102 A

20 20 11

!ZU5

SHIi (>1iVi

M-.

MS 31 02A -20 -29 P

b.SAl fijiBIDKAJ,

lst-axis DC motor

G: M4 screw

BB

In case of 10M, 20M, 30M

In case of 0M,5M
MS 3102 A -20 -29 P

B&ljs&r
ixVXsMiKsVrffiiTi:OH2I
TSAiTTO rfSi

ic(

tfobfdsanyy

MS 3 102 A -20 ~ 29 P

I&55S
:i+3c
ixprix:
:

KMlSWTK -I0P

__

Si

In case of 10M, 20M, 30M

rvw Tiiofiai -T ~

loirnTOHCt

I S

OK 1 oil:?l

K
,Vv

MS 3I02 A -20 -29P

"oVTov*

In case of OOM

5.*
THber
5iiubfe"V
KZ i.Z&-Z3IZ

KM15WTR-10P

...K .

MS.'ll 02 A - 28 20 A

MS 2 102 A 20 29 1>

1>
OV

IpE&isiVIP

c) Resolver feedback

OV

H... .. A

'

_CL

Note) CF5 1 is used in FS12

rc

ioHii'ioiW rtVi

PCA1PCB1 ISV

In case of OM, 5M

OH 11

~"Y~i
! dvT

JJ

<f

In case of OOM

CFl MK-20RMA

E.J

MS3J02A -IB- JOP

RM1SWTK--4S*

(CF51)

SssiafeS

"ov' r ov

budifc

Note) CFS1 is used in FS12

b) Pulse coder feedback


(separate type pulse coder)

...... . . . .
.....
MS 3! OS A -go

C...... 0J_

.A

1
fj 5j

In case of 10M, 20M, SOM

MK3J02A 20 -29P

MS 3102 A -20 _29P

_<kX Olj
N .

...>

' M
T " s " T"T
ion uWu>t

ic

....

MS 3 1 02 A 28 20 I*

OTOTjpiq-q
I .
.v-k -j.-4 -y
- M
J1'

BCA PBCBIT

GJ

VO

3.9.2 Connection to AC servo

I) Total connection diagram (For analog servo)


The 4th and subsequent axes are also connected as shown in this figure.

AC200//220V+10%
-15%

__

ro

-CN

TP 1

AC200+10%
~15%

60Hz +1 HZ
2<f>

ro

NC

TP1

32

OSD-

33

(CF51)
(CF52)
(CF53)

CVl

52

DE CN6

-OTl(A)

35

OD

//

36

]Q
CF2]Q
CFl

CF3 IP)

o
Note) CF51~53 are

used in FS12

(J|_CN1

OT 1(A)

35

0"(1)

60 Hz

AC100-115V+ 10%

-15%

25 VA per one axis


(contactor coil load)

emg

IOOACH

[O-

470I8A
CT
48 0
1 8B
490

O" (2)

lst-axis servo

" (6) 6
* (7)0

G6

motor

* 13)'

" (4)

CNSDD

unit
T 1(5)
//

2nd-aixs servo

(6)6

motor
//{?)

ZL

" (3)<
(4)
"CN5

velocity
__ 3rd-axis
control unit

34 Q
36

Emergency stop

" (2)

CN2

(1)

O0CN6

18A
Indicates 44
200V
45 FT
connec
18B
46
tion

T 1(5)

2nd-axis velocity

(J[ CNl

34

]Q

-15%

--

(i)

-O" !2)
-Q CN2

41Q1A.

Single-phase
50Hz
AC100M 10V+10%

OT 1(A)

42
51

CV3

31

CV2

-UL CN

transformer

<H>

50Hz + lHz
or

FUSE
<JSO

1Export
transformer

lst-axis velocity
control unit

Servo

(JCN6
i

OOCN2

T 1(5) o

o
3rd-axis

"

(6)6

servo
motor

" (7>

" (3)
" (4)0

PD

100B
CO

O
to

3.9.2

Cable J10

J12, J15

J17 connection diagram

NC

lst-axis velocity
control unit
CNl

CVi

MRE-20RED
01 PRDY 1 A'
08

02FNBL1 A
03
04

OVL1A

05
0G
07 VCMD 1

A LM 1 0

14
15

PRDY 1B
ENBL1B

AlJVfll 16 QYL1 B
17 VRDY1B
li
18 *
09

MR 20RMA
uj PRDY 1 A
02 ENBL1 A

10 * A1M1 2

]D-

14 PRDY1B
ENBL1B
03 OVL1A jTn A LM1 2 16 OVL1B
*
17 *VRDY1B
04|VRDYiAJ7
18
05
12

no

06
07 VCMD !

12

* COM 1

EC 1

02
03

OV
OV

04
05
06
07

13

*_ALM 1_0_

* COM 1

19

20 RC1

CN6

CFl(CF5l)
MRE-2 0 RMD
01 0 V

Tr

MR-20RMD
01

14 PCZ 1
15 + PCZ1
I 6 PC A1
17 * PCA 1'
PCBI
19 PC B 1
*
20

08
09

10
11
12
13

ov

03

J15

DC

14 PCZ 1 _
* PCZ 1
16 PCA1
11 * PCA1

08

021 0V

09

OV

10
11
12

04

05
06

18 PCB 1
19

13

07

20!

* PCB 1

2nd-axis velocity control unit


CNl

CV2

MR 2 ORMA
01 VRDY2A
08
02 ENBL2 A (no
ALM2 1
03 QVL2 A [Tn *
ALM2 2
04 VRDY2 AiU *
*

MRE 2 OR FI)
PRDY2B
15 ENBL2B
ALM2
1
*
16 OVL2B
10 * ALM22 17 VKDY2B
04 *VRDY2A
*
11
18
05
12
19
06
13 COM2
07 VCMD2
20 EC 2
01 PRDY2A
08
02 ENBE2A
09
03 QVL2A

30

Jll

05
06
07 VCMD2

OV
02 OV
03 OV
04
05
06

* VRDY2 B

19
20 EC 2

MR--20RMD

08

09

01

14 PCZ2
15

* P CZ 2

10

16 PCA 2
17 *PC A2

12

IS PCB 2
19 PCB 2

13

07

* COM2

17

18

CN6

CF2(CF52)
MRE-20RMD
Oi

-|i!

14 PRDY2B
15 ENBL2B
16 OVL2B

20

JO

OV

02 OV
03 OV

J16

04

17 * PCA2
18 PCB 2
19 * P CB 2
20

11

05

_12
13

06

14 PCZ 2
15 PCZ 2
*
16 PC A 2

08

09
10

07

3rd-axis velocity control unit


CNl
MR -2 ORMA
Oi. PRDY 3 A 08

CV3

MRE-20RFD
01 PRDY3A
08

02 ENBL3A
09
03 OVL3A

04 VRDY3A
05
06
07 VCMD 3

10

* ALM3 0

* ALM32 17'
18

12
13

14 VRDY3B
15 ENBL3B
16 OVL3B

COM3

20

02

3D

03 QVL3 A

J12

04

05
06
07 VCMD 3

EC 3

CF3(CFf>3)
MRE- 20 RMD
01

ov

02

OV

03 OV
04
05
06

07

ENBL3A

hj-x
ii

14

ALM30 15 PRDY 3 B
.ENBL3_B
* ALM3 1 16 V L 3 B _
*ALM32 17 0

12

13

* COM 3

18
19

20> EC 3

CN6
MR 2 0 RMD
01 OV

14 PCZ3

08
09

15

10
11
12
13

17 PC A 3
*
18 PCB 3
19 P C B 3

PCA3

2(1

02 OV

]-

J17

-DC

10
11

06

Note) CF51 ~53 are used in FS12.

03 OV
04
05

08
09

07

13

H PCZ 3

15 PCZ 3
16 PCA 3
17 PCA3
18 _PCB3
19 PCB 3
20

The 4th and subsequent axes are also


connected as shown in the above figure
correspondingly

(Mark *
in the above connectors
CF1A3 shows a short-circuit condition.)

243

2) Total connection diagram (For digital servo)

1st -axis servo

FUSE

<xso

<S>

AC200./220V+10%

____

-15%

ro

->

J transformer

50HzlHz
2<f>
\

1Export

or

+CXD
R S

TP 1

AC200+10%
~15%

(CV21B)

60Hz+i HZ

CV21

2<j>

(CV22B)

NC
TP1

CV22

(CF92B)

CF92

(CF91B) CF91B

32

-Q[ CN1

33

41AIM.
42

T 1(5)0

-0"(1)
-O" (2)

OT UK

" (6)

" (7)

lst-axis servo
motor
O

-0[CN2

" (3)
(4)'
"

CT

51

][}
]Q

JLJ

CF91

II

31

43

(CV21B) CV21B TO

(CF91B)

amplifier

Servo
transformer

jQ
]Q

JQ

52Q
34 0
35

36

ISA
Indicates 44
200V
45 CT
connec
18B
46Q
tion

2nd-axis servo
amplifier
CNI TK5)

-OTllA)
-Q"

2nd-aixs servo

" (6)

(11

" (7)

6" (2)

motor

" (3)i

{][ CN2

" (4)0

3rd-axis servo
amplifier

Single-phase
50Hz
AC100M10V+10%

11/110 series
10/100 series

15%

[CNI
34 0
35
36

60Hz
AC100115V+10%

-15%

Emergency stop

erne:

100A-OI fO-

47 OISA

48

Q~

T 1(5)

3rd-axis
servo

OTKA)

'/

(6)0

motor

(2)

" 17)

CN6

" (3)

{][ CN2

(4)i

18B

25 VA per one axis


(contactor coil load)

496
100B

VO

3.9.2

Cable J210

J214 Connection diagram


Digital servo amplifier

10/11/100/110 control unit

CN1
MR-20RM

CV21/CV22/XV21B/CV22B

MR-20RF

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

*PWMAn
COMAn
*PWMBn
COMBn
*PWMCn
COMCn
*DRDYn

8
9
10
11
12

IRn
GDRn
ISn
GDSn
*MCONn
13 GNDn

14
15 COMDn
16 *PWMEn
17 COMEn

J210- J214

18 *PWMFn
19 COMFn
20

1
2 COMAn
3
4 COMBn
5 *PWMCn
6 COMCn
7

8 IRn
9 GDRn
10 ISn
GDSn
12 *MCONn
13 GNDn

14 *PWMDn
15 COMDn
16
17 COMEn
18
19 COMFn
20

Note) n means number of axis.

3) Connection of overheat signal line of servo transformer

1st, 2nd, and 3rd-axis velocity


control units

Servo transformer

lst-axis velocity .control unit


2nd-axis velocity control unitN
3rd-axis velocity control unit

47

44

41

4845

42

49

43

46

51

52

6 18A
-0 CT<

Housing

SMS6PW-5
{ RC16M-SCT3

-0 1 8 B

contact

4 TOH 1

(Nihon burndy)

CN2
1 18A
2 CT
3 1 8B
4 TQH 1
5 TOH 2
6

TOH 2

Note:

Connect overheat signals T0H1 and 2 of the servo transformer in


parallel to all velocity control units to which power is supplied from
the servo transformer. Connect signals must parallel each other (as
illustrated) because CN2 (4), (5) terminals on the velocity control
unit side are polarized.

- 245

3.9,2

4) Connection to separate regenerative discharge unit

Velocity control unit (Unit to


connect transformer terminals 51,52)

Power transformer

41
42
43
(Thermostat contact)

CN 2(1)
CN 2 (2)
CN 2 (3)

18A
CT
18B

CN 2(4)
CN 2 (5)

TOH1

T0H2

T0H2

Connector emploued: SMS6PW-5

RC16M-SCT3 (Nihon bundy)

Screw terminal M4

Cable used:

mm2

0.75

(30/0.18)

200 V

(Thermostat contact)

T 3(3)

Heat-resisting vinyl
wire

Regenerative
discharge unit

Connect the thermostat contact of


the regenerative discharge unit to
CN2 (4) in series as shown in the
figure

Screw terminal M4

Separate regenerative discharge circuit


Velocity control unit

HCA

Note 1:

Disconnect jumper wire (if


any) from terminals T2 (4) ,
(5), (6) when the seperate
type regenerative discharge
unit is used. Be sure to
connect to the regenerative
discharge unit after jumper
wire is disconneced.

T 2 (4)
T 2 (5)
'T 2 (6)

LCE

# Note 1

1
-*

Screw terminal M3 .5

Cable used: 20 mm (37/0.26)


600 V Heat-resisting
vinyl wire

T 3(1)
T 3 (2)

Screw terminal M4

246

Regenerative
discharge unit

5) Connection diagram of digital servo (Built-in incremental pulse coder)

10/11/100/ no control unit

CV21

Digital servo amplifier

C V 2 1 B~

CN1
MR-20 RM

MR-2 0 RF
1

>:

PWMA n

COMA n
9
3 + PWMBn
10
4
COMB n
ii
5 t PWMCn
6

COMCn

* DRDY

IRn
GI) Rn

I Sn
ODSn

12 *MCON n
13

GNDn

3 *PWMAn

1 4 *PWMDn

COMAn

15 *PWNBn

*PWMBn

COMR n

COMBn

15

17

COMDn

J21 0~~

GDRn
I$n

15

COMP' n

20

ll

17

COMDn
*PWMRn
COMF.n
*PWMFn
COMPn

15

GDSn
IS
5 PWMCn
12 *MC0Nn
19
6 COMCn
13 GNDn
7 *DRDYn
20

18 *PWMFn
19

IRn

10

T2

14 *PWMDn

LCG

HCA

?_ ?

CP' 9 I ~/CP91
MR-2 0 RM

ro
t-

0V

ov

0V

+5 V
+5 V
+ 5V

OilnA

OllnB

10

Cn 8

I1

Cn 4

12

Cn 2

13

C nI

14

17

+ PCA n

18

PCBn

19

18 A

CT

An 2

An 2

An 3

An3

Model: 10
MS 31 02A-22-22P

1 8B TOHJ TOH2

Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm* or more
Set earth resistance I00f2 or less

PCZn

*PCZn
16
PCAn

15

20

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

Model: 2-0
1-0

Model: 0
5
MS 3 1 0 2 A 3 8-1 OP
A
B
An 2
An1

CN 2 ( SMS 5 RW 3 )
1

For power
PM1 5WTR-4P

An 1

An 2

An 3

20
30

J 2 2 0

Model: 30R

T1 (M4 screw terminal)


A

MS 31 0 2 A 2 41 OP

1850 185 V 1 85W 1 OOA 100B An 1


1 201! 120V I 2 0W

* PCB n

6
An 2

An 1

An 1

C
F

A n2

An2

An3

An 3

8
An 3

? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?

J2 5-

Servo transformer

sin

AC servo motor

AC100V

Emergency stop

For signal (Ip detection)


MS 31 02A-20 29PW

For signal (0.1m detection)


MS3102A 22-14P
A

PCAn

PCZn
Cn 4
G
+ 5V

PJ

P
U

PCBn

*PCBn

Cn 1

Cn 2

+ 5V M
OHnB S

0V

*PCAn C
PCZn

* Cn 8

OHnA R
OV

PCAn B
*PCBn F
+ 5V K
p
OV

PCBn

PCZn

+5 V

L
R

Cn 2

I)
Cn )
*PCZn H
M
Cn 4

n
* PCA
G

OHnA S

0Hn8

Cn 8

ov

to

6) Connection diagram of digital servo (lu detection, built-in absolute coder)

Digital servo amplifier

10/11/100/110 control unit


CT2 1 ~/CV2I 8MR-20 RF

*PWMAn
8
COMAn
9
n
2 PWMB
10
4
COMB n

PWMCn

COMCn

CNI

MR-20RM

I Rn

ODRn
ISn
GDSn

12
13

GNDn

14 *PWMDn

15

T2

COMDn

J 21 0

16

COMKn

COMA n

4
5

PWMC n

COMPn

COMCn

20

IRn

GDRn

n
* PWMB
10
COMB n

38 *PWMFn
19

14

16

ISn
17
GDSn
18
12 *MCONn
]1

13

GNDn

LCG

HCA

For power
RM15WTR-4P

?_?

COMPn

19

COMDn
PWMEn
COMEn

15

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

Model: 2-0
1-0

An 1

An 2

An3

20

Model: 0
5

MS31 02A-18-10P

CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW- 3 )
CF9 I -~/C P9 1 B ~MR-20 RM

I
N3

-F*

CO

ov

0V

0V

+5V

+5V
+5 V

OIlnA

OIIn B

10

Cn8

Cn 4
12

Cn 2

13

Cn 1

14

15

* PC An

17

PCAn

18

PCBn
PCBn

20

18A

CT

Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 1OOfi or less

An 3

An 2

Model: 10

A n1

An 2

20
30

An3

Model: 30R
3

1850 185V 185W

100A J00B A n 1
120U 120 V 1 20W

* RKQn

B
D

T1 (M4 screw terminal)


A

An 1

MS 31 02A 2 2 22P

1 8 B TOHl TOH 2

PCZn
PCZ n

16

19

\A

? ? ?

An 2

An 3

MS 3 1 02A-24-1 OP
8

? ?

J 25

J 2 2 0A ~

CFI A

cTToServo transformer

An 1

C
E

An 2

B
D
F

An 3

An 1
An2
An3

J20B ~

cn

CF1B-

Relay unit

AC 1 0 0V

Emergency stop

AC Servo motor

Note 4
CA7

M4 screw

CA7

SMS6RK-5
06

OVA

05

M3 screw

CF1 A~
MRR-20RMD
04

03

02

01

+6V A

14

PCZn

15 *PCZn
16

PCAn

17 *PCAn
IS

PCBn

19 *PCBn

20

RKQn

08
09

01

OHnA
02
OHnB

10

Cn8

11

Cn 4

12

Cn2

13

C n1

0V

0V

CF1B
MRE-20RMD

03

0V

04

+5V

01

OV

05

+ 5V

02

0V

06

+5 V

03

OVA

04

+5 V
+ 5V
+ 6VA

07

Battery unit

05
06

07

10

OHnA
OHnB
CnS

11

Cn 4

12

Cn 2
Cn 1

OS

09

13

14

PCZn

IS

PCZn

16

PCAn

For signal
MS31 02A-22-1 4P
PCA n B| PCAn
A
E PCZn Fj *PCZn
Cn4 K
Cn 8
J

PCBn

PCBn

CnI

Cn 2

+5 V M

OHnA

+ 6VA

0V

OHnB

0V

RKQn

PCAn
18

PCBn

19 *PCBn
20

REZn

'O
N>

7) Connection diagram digital servo (Separate type incremental pulse coder)

10/11/100/110 control unit

Digital servo amplifier

CV21 /CV21BMR-2 0 RF
1 *PWMAn

COMAn

3 *PWMBn
4

COMBn

PWMCn

*COMCn

7 *ORDYn

8
9

CNI
MR-20 RM

IRn

GDRn

10

ISn

11

GDSn

12 *MCONn

13

GNDn

1 *PWMAn

14 *PWMDn

15
16

17
18
19

COMDn
P\VMRn
COMRn
*PWMFn
COMFn

J 21 0-

3
4
5

20

COMAn
PWMBn
COMBn
*FWMCn
COMCn
*DRDYn

iRn

GDRn

10

ISn

11

GDSn

12 *MCONn

GNDn

13

15

*PWMDn
COMDn

16

PWME n

14

17

T2

*COMPn

HCA

? _?

IS *PWMFn

COMFn

19

JLCQ

CF9 1 -/CF9 1 H
MR-2 0 RM
1

0V

0V

N3
P-

0V

4-5V

4-5 V

V0

+5V

OIJn A

OHnB

10

Cn 8

II

Cn 4

12

Cn 2

18 A

CT

1 SB

15
16

19
20

An2

An 3

G
5

A nI

An 2

An 3

MS 3 1 02A-22-22P

TOH1 TOH2

Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance lOOst or less

J 2 20

Model: 10
20

A n1

An 2

An3

30

Model: 30R

PCAn

T1 (M4 screw terminal)

*PCAn
18

An 1

MS 31 0 2A-1 S-l OP

14

Cn 1

1-0

Model: 0

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

20

CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW-3 )
1

Model: 2-0

For power
RM1 5WTR-4P

PCBn

MS31 02A-24-1 OP
3

18SU 185V 1 85W 100A 100B


1 20 U 1 20V 1 20W

* PCBn

An1

An 2

An 3

? ? ? CL? ? ? ?

Connector CFE

J 25-

An 1

An 2

An 2

F.

An3

An 3

An 1

5 OP flat cable

CZ1

CZJ

Connector CEF

0V

OV

0V

4*5 V

4-5 V

+ 5V

oTo-

Servo transformer

CFl 0 1
MR-20 RM
8

9
10

12
13

14

PCZ

15

*PCZ

16

PC A

18

*PCA
PCB

19

PCB

20

J 35

Separate type pulse coder (signal)


MS 3 1 02A-20-29P
A

PCA n

PCBn

*PC8n

PCZn

Separate type

4-5 V

0V

K
P

4-5 V

pulse coder

OV

OV

ri

AC Servo motor

AC100 V

Emergency stop

+5V D
PCZ n H

n
* PCA
G

For signal
MS3I 02A-20-29PW
PCA n B PCBn
A

H *PCBn

4-5 V

4-5 V

0V

Cn 2

OV

c
G
L
R

Cn I

D
H

Cn 4

Oita A

* PCA
G

Cn 8
OHnB

OP

VC
to

8) Connection diagram of

detection, separate type absolute

(ly

digital servo

pulse coder)
Digital servo amplifier

10/11/100/1.1 0 control unit

CNl
MR-2 0 RM

CV21 ~/CV2l
MR-2 0 RF
I

+ PWMA n
COMA n

3 tPWMISn
4

COMBn

5
6

PWMCn
* COMC
n

+DRDY n

1 Rn

GDR n

!Sn

10
11

ODSn

12

+MCON n

13

GNDn

CK9 1 ~/CF9 i 1J

MR-20 RM

ro

Ln
O

0V

0V

0V

+ 5V

+5 V

+5 V

II

14 *PWMDn
15

COMDn

16

PWM Hn
* COMKn

18
19

*PWMAn

C OMA n

3 *PWMBn

J 21 0-

{][

COMBn

5 *PWMCn

PWMFn

COMKn

20

COMC n

*DRDYn

1 Rn

GDRn

10

ISn
CDS n

II

12
13

14

*FWMDn

15

COMDn

LCG

* PWME n
17 COMfin
n

GNDn

HCA

18 *PWMFn

19! CON Pn

20

01In A

OHn B

10

Cn 8

!I

Cn 4

12

Cn 2

13

Cn 1

14

0[

15

16

PC An

17 i K PC A n
18

J 22 0

1 8A

CT

1 8B

An3

j !

An2

An 1

An 2

An3

Model: 10
20
MS 3 1 02A-22-22P
30
An 1
An 2
A
B

Grounding

Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more


Set earth resistance 100ft or less

TOH1 TOH2

An 1

MS 31 0 2 A- 1 8-1 OP

Model: 0

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

CN2 ( SMS 6 RW-3 )


1

RM1 5WTR-4P

16

Model: 2-0
1-0

For power

T2

An3

Model: 30R

MS31 0 2 A 2 4 1 OP
T1 (M4 screw terminal)

PCBn

19 t-PCBn

1 8 5 1; 1 85V
1 201; 12 0V

20

Connector CF

2
]

85W

120W

100A 100B

An 1

An 2

An 3

0_?

An 1

An 2

An 2

An 3

An3

An1

J 25

I
5 OP flat cable

-oTor

Connector CEF

CF1 01
MR- 2 0 RM
1

0V

0V

0V

4-5 V

+ 5V

i6

+ 5V

10

12
13

14

PCZ

15

*PCZ

16

PCA

17

PCA
* PCB

18
19

20

A C Servo motor

AC100V

Emergency stop

Servo transformer

For signal (separate type pulse coder)


MS 3 3 0 2A-2 2-1 4P
B *PCAn C PCBn
A PCAn

J220B-

J 1 5A~-

CPJA-S SCF1B~

'PCB

OG

T +6VA

OVA

D|*PCBn

Cn 1 KO Hi
+5 V M

F v PCZn G
E PCZn
CnG?9 L
J
C n 4 K9 K

For signal (AC servo motor)


MS 3 1 02A-20-29PW
PCAn B PCBn c
A
G
E *PCBn F
J
4-5 V K
+ 5V L

Cn2&
0V

REQn

0V

Cn 2

Cnl

D
H

Cn4

Cn 8

OH n A

OHn B

01

0\

0V

Relay unit

REQn
Note 4

|" J.

Signals with * mark are not used in this NC.


Terminal P and R are shorted in pulse coder.

Separate type
absolute pulse coder
CA7

T~~1C A 7

CF1 B

SMS6RK-5

M4 screw

M3 screw

06
OVA

Battery unit

05

04

03

02

01

+ 6VA

03

OVA

04

+5V

05

+ 5V

06

+6 VA

07

MRE-20RFD
ov
01 j
08
02] 0V
09

10

i
12
13

C F1A
MRE-20RM1)
14

PCZn

34

15

* PCZn

15

16

PCA n
x PCA n

PCZn

1 7 j *PCAn

18

PCBn

19 *PCBn

19

*PCBn

REQn

20

REQn

18
20

PCBn i

08

*PCZ>1
09
PCAn
16
10

32
13

02

0\

03

0\

04
05

+ 5V
+ 5V

06

+ 5V

07

o
to

9) Connection diagram of analog servo (lp detection, built-in type incremental


pulse coder)
Control unit

Velocity control unit (AC servo)

01

PRDYnA

02

15] ENBLnB
ENBnA
'
09 + ALMn 1
16 QVLnb
OVLnA
10 + ALMn 2
17 j vVRDYnB
VRDYnA

04
05

VCMDn

01

OV

02

OV

03

OV

04 ( +5V )
05 (+5V)

ro

06 ( 4-5 V )
07

A LM n 0

li

13

CFI -/CF5 1
MRE-20RMD

12

06
07

08

PRDYnB

14

03

CN5
MR 2QRFD

CN1
MR 20RMA

CV1
MRE-20RFD

COMn

J 10

CM

09

10
11

12
13

PRDYnA

ENBUiA 09

03

18

05

19

06

20

OV'LnA

04

08 *ALMnO
10 *ALMn2

n
12

07

EC n

08

01

02

VCMDn

13 *COMn

14

PRDYnB

01

QV

15

ENBLnB

02

ov

03

0V

04

+5V

IS

05

19

06

+5V
4-5 V

16

20

OVLnB

EC n

08
09

OHnA
OHnB

10

Cn8

li

Cn 4

12

Cn 2

13

07

14

PCZn

15

*PCZn

16

For signal
MS 3 1 0 2 A 2 0 - 2 9 PW
A PC An B PCBn
E *PCBn F PCZn
J
K 4-5 V
+5 V
OY
N
P Cn2
0V
CN5 T
J 20

PCAn

For power

Cnl

n * PC A n

G >PCZn H

IR

Cn 8

OHCnS

Cn 4
01In A

PCAn
18 PCBn

PCZn

15

-PCZn

16

PCAn

J 15

CN6

02

OV

03

ov

08

04

17 PC A n
18

OV

05

PCBn

T2

PCZn

PCAn
PCAn

33

07

PCZn

15

16

10

12

06

19 {PCBn

09

14

18

PCBn

19

PCBn

LCG

An 1
An 3

B.

An 2

30

Model: 30R

20

MS 31 02 A 24

10 P

An 1

An2
A n3

E
G

An 1
An 2
An3

AC servo motor

HCA

vl

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

20

20

Ln

An 3

Model: 2-0
1-0
An 2

G
Model: 0
5
MS 3102A 18 1OP
An 1
A
An 2
B
1)
C An 3
G
Model: 10
20
MS3102A-22-22P
C

CN6
MR-20RMD
01

19

Cnl

RM15WTR-4P
1
2
An 1

CN 2 ( SMS 6 R\Y 3 )
CN2

DL

1 8A

CT

1 8B TOH1 TOH2

T1 (M4 screw terminal)


A

185U 185 V 185W 100A 100B An 1

120U 120V 12 0W

Servo transformer

An2

An 3

1? T ? ?
LU
o

J 25 ~

Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 30 Or* or less

&

AC1 0 0

Emergency stop

CO

to

10) Connection diagram of analog servo (Ip detection, built-in type absolute
pulse coder)

Velocity control unit (AC servo)

Control unit
CV1

02 ENBnA
03 OVLnA
04

10

12

06

VCMDn

13

CF1 -/CP 51
MRE-20RMD

ro

01

ov

02

OV

03

OV

04 (+5V)
05 ( 4*5 V )
06

07

11

05
07

09

OS
09
10
11

12
13

14

PRDYnB

01

0V

02
03

OV

19

15 ENBLnB
ENBLnA 09
*ALMnl 16
OVLnA
OVLnB
10 *ALMn 2
17 *VRDYnB
04 *VRDYnA
11
IS
05
12
19
06

20

07

14

PRDYnB

15

ENBLnB
OVLnB

16

PRDYnA

01

J 10

CN1

02

08

03

17

18

ECn

j VCMPn

13

*COMn

20

ECn

RMl 5WTR-4P

B PCAn
F *PGZn
K
CnS
P OHnA
U OVA

E PCZn
J Cn4
N
OQ

MR-2GRFD

MR 20RMA

MRE-20RFD
01 PRDYnA
08

For power

MS3102A-22-14P
A PCAn

CN5

CM

For signal

OV

04

+ SV

05

+5 V

06

+ 5V

08

OHnA

09

OHnB

10

CnS

14

PCZn

15

PCZn

16

PCAn

18

PCAn
PCB n

Cn 4

07

12

Cn 2

13

Cnl

19

20

REQn

CNS

+ 6VA
J 2 0A

C PC Bn
G Cnl

D *PCBn
On 2

L 5V

R PHnB

H
M

ov

REQn

15
16

J 15

CN6

PCAn

02
03

OV
0V

05

PCBn

Model: 10

Ln
NO
CN2

rOC

PCZn
15 *PCZn
16 PCAn
14

08
09
10

17

18
19
20

13

07

REQn

12

06

19
20

0V

04

17
18

01

CN2 ( SMS6RW-3 )
2
1
3
1 8A

CT

PCAn
PCBn
PCBn

T2
5

E
G

LCG

HCA

J 2 OB

Separate type CFnA


I
regenerative
discharge unit

REQn

1 851J 185V 185W


1 20U 120V 1 20W IOOA lOOfi

Servo transformer

? ?
o

An 3

An 2
An 3

i=1

LZJ

r~iCA7
M4 screw

An 1

Note 4

18B TOHi T0H2

CFnB
I

An 1
An 2

Relay unit

T1 (M4 screw terminal)

MS3102A-22-22P
20
30
B An 2
A An1
C
G
An 3
D
Mode!: 30R
MS3102A 24 10P

CN6

PCZn

1-0
An 2

G
Model: 0
5
MS3102A-18-10P
A An 1
B An 2
3
c An
G
D
3

MR-20RMD
14

An 1
An3

Model: 2-0

Anl

An 2

An 3

M3 screw

Battery unit

U_!
J 25

Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 100ft or less
AC 1 0 0

Emergency stop

CFnA
MRE-20RMD
14
PCZn
08 OHnA
15 PCZn
09 OHnB
16 PC A n
10
CnS
17 PCAn
11
Cnl
18 PCBn
12
Cn 2
19
PCBn
13
Cn 1
20 REQn

CFnB
MRE-20KFD
01
OV
08
02
OV
09
03 OVA

0-i
05
06
07
CAT

+ 5Y
+ 5V
+ 6VA

10

OHnA
OHnB
CnS
t-n 4

12
13

02
Cnl

OV

01

02

ov

03

OV
15 V

04

05

+5V
+5 V

06

07

11

PCZn

15j
16
17
18

PCAn
An

PCBn
-PCBn
20 REQn
19

SMS6KK-5
06

OVA

05

U>

04

03

02

01

+6YA

11) Connection diagram of analog servo (ly detection, separate type incremental
pulse coder)

Control unit

For signal
MS3102A 20 29 PW
PCAn
E >PCBn
J
+ 5V
0V
N
0V
T
CN5
.J 20
A

CVl
MRfv-2 0 RKD
01 PRDYnA
02 ENBnA
02 OVLnA

04

4-ALMnl

10 4 ALMn 2

15

VCMDn

CK1

CNI

,J 1 0

16 OVLnB
*

VRDYnB

13 *COMn

I
Ln

u>

0V

03

ov

04

+ 5V

05

+ SV

06

+ 5V

07

08

09
10
12
13

02

CN5

02;

0V

PRDYnB
0
08
IS ENBl.nB
ENBLnA 09
tAOSnl
03 OVLnA
16! UVLnfi
10
2
04 vVRUYnA
1? 'ixVRDYnB
06

20 KCn

12

VOrlDn

13COMn

OS

09

03

0V

04

+5 V

18

05

+5 V

19

06

+ 5V

20

07

IvCn

OMnA
OHnB

10] Cn 8
11

Cn 4

12

On 2

13

Cn 1

14
15

PCZn
*PCZ n

16

PCAn

B
F

PC Bn SC
PCZn jp
K _+5V
L
P
Cn 2~ 1 R

RM15WTR-4P
Cni

IJ *PCAn

An1

PCZn

An 3

OMnA

G
Cn 8
OHnB

Cn A

fl
M

19

20

CN2
14

PCZn

rDC

15 1 PCZn

16

PCAn

17 7P(~A n
18

PCBn

19

PCBn

18A 1 CT

* PCBn

MCA

ols

T1 (M4 screw terminal)


A

120U 1 20V

20

o
Servo transformer

18SVV
10 0A
120W

100B Anl

An 2

G
Model: 0
MS 3 102A-I8-1OP
5
An1
B
An 2
A
C
D
An 3
G

MS 3102A- 24-10P
A
An 1
B
Anl
An2
An 2
D
C
E I An 3
An 3
F
G
G 1

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

An3

U5 O t-L-1

J 25

AC 1 0 0

Grounding
Use wire of 5.5 mm2 or more
Set earth resistance 1 OOn or less

.1 3 5

LCQ

10I85U 185 V

18B T0H1 TOH2

An 2

Model: 30 R

REQn

T2
4

2
4

Model: 2-0
1-0

Model: 10
MS3102A-22-22P
20
30
A
Anl ] B ] An 2
e An 3 j D ] G

* PCA n
18 PCBn
cb

CN2CSMS6RW-3)

/CJ'5 1

02

0V

07


0V

01

19

MRK-20RMD
01

MR-20RFD

05

18

12

06

PRDYnB
IvNBLnB

14

11

05
07

OS 4-ALMnO

09

CNI
MH-20RMA
01 PRDYnA

For power

Velocity control unit (AC servo)

For signal (separate type pulse coder)

cb

MS3102A-20-29P
PGA n
B PCBn
A
E PCBn F PCZn
T5V K
J
+5 V
OV
OV
N
P
ov
T

+5V

PCZn

PCAn
G

Separate type

incremental pulse coder

to

(1y detection, separate type absolute

12) Connection diagram of analog servo


pulse coder)

CV1

MRE-20RFD
01 PRDYnA
02

ENBnA

14

08 * A LM n 0
15
09 -ALMnl

MR-20RMA
PRDYnA

PRDYnB

01

ENBLnB

02 ENBLnA

CN 1

J l0

05

12

06
VCMDn

13j*C0Mn

CPI ~/CFSl
MRE-20RMD
0V
01
02

I
ho
ui

0V

03

OV

04

f5V

05

+5V

06

07

sv

04 *VRDYnAI

18

051

19

06

j
07 1 VCMOn

iCCn

20

09
10

11
12
13

08 *ALMn 0
09 *Al,Mn 1

ENBLnB

02

0V

10

~ALMn2

OVLnB
1? *VRDYnB
18

03

0V

04
05

+5 V
+5 V

12

13 *COMn

19

06

+5 V

16

20

14

OHn A
OHnB

08

09

07

ECn

For power
RM1 5WTR-4P

15
16

Cn 8
Cn 4

10

12:

PCZMn
PCZMn
PCAMn

Nj
CN5 T 1

0V
0V

PCBn

I PCZn

i +5 V
[ P ] Cn 2

C
G

Col

PCZn

jT *Cn-1

lR

OHn A

n
* PCA
G

M'i

CnS

OHnB

J 20

PCAMn

18

Cn 2

PCZn
PCZn

14

T
i

15
16

PCAn

CN2

r-Dl

]IH

PCBMn

19

20

18A

CT

18B TOHiTOH2

PCBn

PCBn

1$5U| 185V

18SW
100A
120U 120V 120VV

REljn

>
1

Servo transformer

? ? ? M t_LJ
o

Ground
Use wire of 5.5 mm1 or more
Set earth resistance lOOn or less

J 1 SA

C F1B

nf--

7 T
AS

M4 screw

Battery unit

M3 screw

An 3

G
Model: 10
20

An 1

An 2

An3

30

An 1
An 2
An3

A
C

c.

An 1

An 2

Pi An 3

J 25

AC 1 0 0

For signal (separate type absolute pulse coder)


MS3102A-22-14P
PCAMn C PCBMn D 4- PCBMn
A PCAMn B
E PCZMn F PCZMn G Cn lGBO H Cn2($K)
OV
+5V
J Cn4(jS0 K Cn 8(530 L
M
N
R
S REQn
Go
OVA V
T +6VA
U

L!

Signals with * mark are not


used in this NC.
Terminal P and R are shorted
in pulse coder.

CAT

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

Separate type absolute


pulse coder

Relay unit

Note 4

An 2

Model: 30R

cz cn

Emergency stop

J 2 0 fi

CF1A

An 1

Gi

100B Anl A n 2 An 3

Model: 0
5

HCA

MS 3102A 24-10P

LCG

1-0

20 j

2-0

2 I An2
G

MS3I02A-18-10P

A
C

T2
5

T1 (M4 screw terminal)

i PCAn

18

CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW~3 )
3
2
4

Model;

MS 31 02 A 2 2 22 P

19j* PCBMn

13 | Cn 1

An 1
An 3

a du

--

08

OVLnA

03

OVLnA 10 *ALMn2 16 OVLnB


17 *VRDYnB
04 + VRDYnA
11

03

07

PRDYnB

CN 5
MR-20 RFD
OV
01

CN 1

For signal
MS3102A-20
PC An B
A
PCBn | F
E
*
J ; +5V | K

2 9PW

Velocity control unit (AC servo)

Control unit

CK1A
MRE-20RMD
11 [

PCZMn

08 OHn A
15]* PCZMn
|
16 j PCAMn 09 OHnB
10 Cn 8
17 -t PCAMn
li
Cn 4
18
PCBMn
Cn 2
iy VPC BMn 12
13 Cn 1
20

REQn
CF1B
MRE-20RFD
0\
01
OS I
0V
02
09'
03 \ 0 VA
10
04 j i-5 V
05 i +5V
12
06 i +6 VA
07 |

CAT
SMS6RK-5
05
06
OVA

13

01

01in A
OHnB
CnS
Cn 4
Cn 2

cm

03

01
02

OV
0V
0V
+5 V

03
04
05

f5V

06 |

+ $y

07

11
15
16

PCZMnI

* PCZ.Mn
PC A Mu

PCAMn
18
PCBMn
19 1 PCBMn
1201 KKOn

02

01
LO

f6VA

VO
to

13) Connection diagram of analog servo (ly detection, inductosyn feedback)

Control unit

Velocity control unit (AC servo)

CVl
MRB-20RKD
01
02

PRDYnA 08
KNBnA 09

A LMn 0

LMn 1

PRDYnB
15

16
OVLnA 10
' A LMn 2
0-1 +VRDYnA

03

05

12

06
O

VCMDn

13 K.OMn

ENBLnB
OVLnB

CN 1

]n_M0

VRDYnB

01

0V

02

02

0V

14 PROYnB
08 *ALMn 0
ENBLnA
15 ENBLnB
09 *ALMo 1
03 OVLnA
16 OVLnB
10 4-ALMn 2
*VRDYnB
0-1 *VRDYnA

18

05

19

06

20

0?

BCn

CN5
MR-20 RFD

CM
MR-20RMA
01 PRDYnA

12
13 *COMn

VCMDn

03

0V

0-1

+ 5V

18

05

+ 5V

19

06

+5 V

20

ECn

CN2

DE

ISA

CT

ro
Ln
Ln

Servo transformer-

Grounding

Cn4

12

Cn 2

13

Cn 1

PCZn

16

18
19
20

An 2

OV
0V

IL

Cn 2

+ PCA n

M
Cn-1
011n A S

PCAn

For power
KM 1 5WTR-4 P
1
2
An 1
3

OHn B

* PCA n
PCBn

* PCBn

Model: 2-0
1-0
An 2
G

Model: 0

5
MS31Q2A 18 1 OP
B
An 1
A
An2
3
C
D
An
G
Model: 10
20
MS3102A-22-22P
30
An2
B
An1
A
D
C
G
An 3
Model: 30R
MS3102A 241 OP

An 1
An 2
An 3

HCA

An 3

Cn8

20

B
D

J'

An 1
An2
An 3

AC servo motor

<? _?
4

CN5 T

0
Cn 1
*PCZn il

Note 4

LOG

100A 100B Anl

Separate type
regenerative
discharge unit

An 3

y y ? t_y y y y
o

<2o
mm2

Use wire of 5.5


Or more.
Set earth resistance lOOn or less.

CK3l~
RM1 2BRB-7S
1

1 8 5SV
1 20W

Cn 8

1 8B TOH1 TOM 2

185U 185 V
1 20li 120 V

10
11

14

15 *PCZn

T2
4

T1 (M4 screw terminal)

09 OH nB

07

CN 2 ( SMS 6 RW 3 )
1

08 OHn A

For signal
MS3102A-20-29PW
A
PCAn B PC Bn
B >-PCB n F PCZn
J
+ 5V IK + 5 V

J 20

AC 1 0 0

Emergency stop

Inductosyn pre-3mplifier

B1
RM1 SWT PA- 8 S
5

+5V

KSA

RSB

+ 5V

ERRS

J 1 00

Cl* 7I
Cy2 1
RM1 2BRB-7S
1

DC A

1X*H

DS li

DSA

J 1 05

Inductosyn scale

ERRM
Slider

J 11 0

V
to

3.10

3.10 Standard Connection and Reverse Connection of Motor


{Relationship between connections and rotating directions of servo motor)
Servo motor connection and rotating direction
When the servo motor is connected as shown in the connection diagram in 3.9
(standard connection) , the motor shaft rotates as shown below when a "+" move
command is applied.

A:

Standard connection
Rotating direction
with "+" command

B:

Reverse connection
Rotating direction
with "+" command

c,
This paragraph describes the connection used to rotate the motor
direction shown in figure B with "4*" command (as opposed to the above),
The first, second, and subsequent axes are all considered,

in

3.10.1 When using M series servo


1) Motor built-in pulse coder

1) Exchange terminals of signals PCA1 and PAB1


2) Exchange signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.
3) Exchange drive power lines All and A21.

...JL

Ov

Ov

Ov

+ 5v

10

ii

12

01111

01121

15

Ifi

17

18

19

* PCA 1

pcm

pern

14

PCZ 1 *PCZ1 PCA i

5v

+5v

II

A
pcm

_.II__
PCAl

\)

15V

*PCIU

+ PCZ1

N
20_

Ov

Ov

+ 5v
+ 5v
....II..... ,...A
onu 01121

_K
PCAl
L
T

Ov

Go
Ct'l
(CF51)

JD

Note) CF51 is used in FS12


J 10

1 T1 : M4 Screw

A21

6
A21

terminal

All

All

it

All

A 21

_n_

256

I _F
PCZ 1

the

3.10.1

2) When using resolver (built-in type motor)


1) Exchange terminal positions of signals TSAI and TSB1.
2) Exchange terminal positions of signals *DSA1 and *DSB1.
3) Exchange drive power lines All and A21.
I

2_

-i

Tr

15

OH11 OH21

TSAI TSB1

10

11

17

16

13

12

18

19

20

CF1

DSA1 DSBl DCAI DCBl RSB1 RSA1

(CF51)

ID

TSB1

TSAI

-H

DCBl

OG

RSA1

11SB1

OH11

OJ 121

j is

Til MiScrew t erminal


5

A21

All

All

DCA1
L

Note) CF51 is used in FS12

A21

D
*DSB1

Z3

Alt

A2L

[)

3) When using separate pulse coder


The following four connections are determined according to whether the motor
and separate pulse coder rotate clockwise or counter-clockwise as viewed from
the shaft side when the machine moves in the (+) direction.

(1)

Motor

Pulse coder

CCW

CCW

o
CCW

(2)

(3)

(4)

Pulse coder signal

Standard connection

Standard connection

Standard connection

Reverse connection

Reverse connection

Standard connection

Reverse connection

Reverse connection

cw

cw

CCW

cw

cw

Motor drive power


line and tachogenerator signal

257

3.10.1

a) Standard connection of motor


Standard connection of pulse coder
NC

CF1 (CF5I)
R MR
* : 2MR-20
3
4

OV

OV

OV

s_

9.

14

0
5
1-5 V + 5 V
11 1 1 1 2

+5V

11

OH J 1 OH 21 TSAI TS II 1

15

CF1
(CF51)

ID

PC

J 15

All A12

0V

Ov

MS 3102 A 1 8 - 1OP

OG

1-T1: M4 screw terminal


5

ov

Pulse coder

11 11 JJL 11 20

PCZi PCZI PCAl -PC AI PCB 1 *PCBl

MS 3 102 A 20 -29 P
D
A
F
E
B
C
PC A I PCB 1 + 5 V PC A I * PC B 1 Pl'Z I
~
M
K
L
G 11 J
tPC'/.i OG ! 5 V i-5V
R
s T
P

=1

All A1 1 A2 1 A21

MS 3 1 02 A 20 29P
C
D
A-_ B
-

S.

TSAI TSBI

Note) CF51 is used in 12 series

_N

UBL
on u

OH21

b) Standard connection of motor


Reverse connection of pulse coder

1) Exchange the terminal positions of signal PCA1 and PCB1.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of signal *PCA1 and *PCB1.

NC
MS 3 102 A -20- 29P
CFKCF51)

1
OV

2
OV
8

OV
9_

1 6

+5V + 5VH-5V
J_0

11

1_2

13

10

20
OG

Oil 1 1 OI121 TSAI TS B 1

14

1 Ti

Te

17

IS

PCZ 1 #PVZ1 PC A 1 *PCA1 PCB 1 * PC}11

CF1
(CF51)

D
E
1I 5 V PCBI PCA 1 pczi
G_ Ji
K
_J
L. M
PCX1 OG + 5 V + 5V
T
N. P. ji s
OV ov
i ov
A

: MR-20RMA

ID

PC in PC A)

PC

Pulse coder

MS 3 102 A 18 10P
X Ji
All A21

1-T11 M4 screw terminal

5 | 6 I 7 j 8~
A 1 1[A 1
1 A2 1

J 15

I[A2 j

JI

ZD

MS 3 102A20-29P
A

Note) CF51 is used in 12 series

ji

D_. -E

TSAI TS B 1 (

n !

oo
N

ji

Ji
OH 11

258

iTTT
OH21

|VT

3.10.1
c) Reverse connection of motor
Standard connection of pulse coder

1) Exchange power lines All and A21.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals TSA and TSB.

NC

MS 31 02 A 20 29 P
C
B
D
A
PCAl PCB 1 + 5V PCA I
K
J
G_
PCZ \ 0G + 5V + 5V
s
P
R
N
0V
0V

CF1 (CF51)
: MR-20RMA

3
0V
9_

6
5
5V
5V + 5V
10
12
11
1.
OH 11 OH 21 TSAI TSB 1
19
14
TW 16 11 18
PCZ1 PCZ 'i PCA 1 PCA.I. PCB 1 PCBl
1
OV

2
0V

CF1
13

(CF51)

20

7
All

Pulse coder

All

All

T
0V

A21
_D

HI

MS3102A-20 29P
C
D
B_
A
TSB 1 TSAI

Note) CF51 is used in 12 series

IT

J.

K_

JL.

0G

R
S.
OH 11 OH21

d) Reverse connection of motor


Reverse connection of pulse coder
1)
2)
3)
4)

Exchange
Exchange
Exchange
Exchange

the terminal positions of PCA1 and PCBl.


the terminal positions of *PCA1 and *PCB1.
power lines All and A21.
signals TSA and TSB,

NC

MS3102A-20-29P
T
B. SL D_ J3

CF1 (CF51)
: MR 20RMA-

*
i
0V

x
14

0V
8
on1 )
15

3
0V
9
OJ]21

+ 5V

+ 5V

+ 5V

10

11

12

1
13

CF1
(CF51)

TSAI TSB 1

~T6" M

18

PCZ 1 PCZ 1 PCA 1 PCAl PC 111

19

ID

PC a

Pulse coder

20
OG

PCBl PCAl

-I- 5V

H
G_
PCZ1 0G

-P5V

N
0V

P
OV

7
R

PCA 1

T
0V

MS3102A-18-10P
A

71

1-T 11 M4 screw terminal

7
8
6
5_
A21 A 2 1 All All

All A21
C
D

MS3102A 2029P
D
C
B
A
Note) CF51 is used in 12 series

L_

TSBl TSAI

IT

K.

OG
N

_S

OH U OH12

259

F
PCZ1
M

MS3102A-18-10P
_B
A

0G

Screw terminal

1 Tl : M 4
6
5
A21 A21

PC

ID

E
pent

3.10.1

4) When using inductosyn


Four combinations are possible for the inductosyn
the separate pulse coder.
Next, the reverse connection of the detector will
seperate pulse coder, for the motor.
The relationship between the connection to the
moving direction of the machine is as illustrated

using the same method as in

be described.

Refer to the

inductosyn slider and the


below.

Scale

(+) direction of machine


(when the scale is fixed,
while the slider moves)

(+) direction of machine


(when the scale is fixed,
while the slider moves)

A B C D

CO

Slider

5
G

LDSA

LDSB

LDOA

~y|

LDCB

LDE

Fig, 1

(Indicates the connection of X-axis)

Connection when the direction is reversed

Scale

(+) direction of machine


(The scale moves, the
slider is fixed)

(+) direction of machine


(The scale is fixed,
the slider moves)

A B C D

Pt-0 P
Slider

Exchange input terminals A and B


with each other

LDSA
LDSB

LDOA LDOB

"

LDE
(Indicates the connection of X-axis)

Fig. 2

260

3.10.2
3.10.2 When using analog AC servo
It is not necessary to exchange the power lines All and A21 to reverse the motor
connection when using analog AC servo. Instead of exchanging these power lines,
connect pin No. 7 of connector CN5 to 0 V.
The power lines between AC motor and velocity control unit are omitted in the
following figure.
1) When using mounted pulse coder
a) Standard connection
Velocity control unit

AC motor

CN5

P.

MR-20 RED
01
02

0V

03

OV

ov

04 -I-5V
05
5V
(Hi
5V

+
+

(I?

08 OH 1 1
09 OH 1 2

10
12
18

Cl 8
C 14
Cl 2
CIO

14
15
16 PCAM1

17*PCAMl
18 PCBMl

I9*PCBMT

MS3102 A 20 29P
A PC AM 1 B PCBMl C Cll ro
AMI
E *PCBM 1 F
H G
G
J
5V
K +TTv L C 14 M CIS
p C 12 R OH 1 1 S OH 12
N 0V
T OV

20

b) Reverse connection
Connect pin 7 "CW" of connector CN5 to 0 V

(1)

Velocity control unit

AC motor

CN5

MR-20 It f'D
01

0V

02

OV
0V

08

on 1 1

09 OH 1 2

03
\ To
04 Tsv
05 1- 5V
12
06 + 5 V
07 CW ~~ry

CIS
Cl 4
Cl 2
Cll

14
15

16 PCBMl
17 *PCBM 1
18 PCAM 1

-'

MS3102A-20-29P
A PCAMl 11 PCBM C Cll

Z3

]Q

19

20j

E
J
N

Il'CBM 1

+ 5V
0V
OV

F
G
K + 5 V 1, C 1 4
P Cl 2 It 0111 A

D + PCAMl
H
M Cl 8
a OHl 2

2) When using separate pulse coder:


Four connections are possible depending on whether the motor and separate
pulse coder rotate clockwise or counterclockwise as viewed from the shaft
side whan moving the machine in the (+) direction. (See the table at right)
(Note) No cable is connected to connector CN6 of the velocity control unit.
No.

Motor

CCW

CCW

CW

Motor feedback

signal_

Pulse coder
signal

Standard
connection

Standard
connection

Standard
connection

Reverse
connection

Reverse
connection

Standard
connection

Reverse

Reverse
connection

CW

CCW


CW

Pulse
coder
CCW

CW

connection

~ 261

3.10.2

a) Standard connection of motor and pulse coder.

Control unit
CFn (CF5n)
MRK-20RMD

ov
ov

01

02
03
04
05
06
07

OV
I- 5 V
+ 5V
5V

14 PCZ 1
15 *PCZ 1
16 PCA 1
17| *PCA 1

091

_ IQ
11

18

12
13

&

ID

PCB 1

_JPCB1_

20

Pulse coder
MS3102A-20-29P
A
E
J
N
T

PCA 1

PCS 1

D1

+ PCB 1 1-' PCZ 1 G *PCZ1 II

-\- 5 V K
OV

+ 5V

*PCA1

M
S

L
R

OV

Velocity control unit


CN5

MK-20RFD
01

0V
0V
0V

02

03

04
05
06
07

08
00

10
11
12
13

+5V
-1-5V

+ 5V

OH 11
OH 12
C 18
C 14

14
15

_C_12 _
e Il

16 PCAM 1
17 *PCAM 1
18 PCBM 1
19 *PCBM 1

AC motor
MS3102A 20-29P
A PCAM 1 13 PCB Ml C Cll
G
E *PCBM 1 F
5V L C.14
J
5V K
omi
0V
P Cn 2

D
H
M
S

C18
OH 12

0V

120

Note) CF5n is used in 12 series

b) Standard connection of motor and reverse connection of pulse coder


1) Exchange the terminal positions of signals PCA1 and PCB1.
2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals *PCA1 and *PCB1,

Control unit
CFn (CF51 )

Pulse coder

MRE-20RMD
01

0V
08
0V
09
03
0V
10
04 + 5V
11
05
5V
12
0G -13

02

14 PCZ 1

*PCZ 1
f- 1615 PCA
1

ox

IX *PCA 17
18 PCB 1
19 *PCB 1
20

1
ID

MS3102A 20 2913
A PC 8 1

B PCA 1 C

D *PCB1
G

E +PCA1 F PCZ1 G *PCZ1 TT


J + 5 V K + BV L
M
R
s
N OV
Pi
T ov

Velocity control unit


CN5
MR-20 RFD
OV
01
08 OH 11
0V
02
09 OH12
03
0V
10 C 18
5V
04
11 C 14
05 + 5V
|12 C12
06 + 5 V m
13 Cll
07

AC motor
14
45
16 PCAM 1
17 *PCAM 1
18 PCBM 1
19 *PCB M 1
.20

1
ID

MS3102A--20-29P
A PCAM! 1CBMl C C 1 1
a
E x-PCBMl F
+ 5V KP + 5 V L rCH
N OV
Cl 2 R OH 11
T 0V

Note) CF5 1 is used in 12 series

262

D x PCAM1
II G
M C1 8
S OH12

3.10.2
c) Reverse connection of motor and standard connection of pulse coder
1) Connect pin 7 "CW of connnector CN5 to 0 V.
Pulse coder
MS31Q2A 20 29P
A PCA 1 BPCBl 1C
E *PCB 1 F PCZl G
+ 5V "K + SV LR
P
ov
T ov

Control unit
CFn(CF5n)

&

MRE-20RMD
01
02
03

041
0J>
06

07

0V

08
09
10
11

OV

ov

+ 5V

+ 5V
+ 5V

14 PCZ 1
15 PCZ 1
16 PCA 1
PCAl_
18 PCB 1
19 PCB 1

131

120

AC motor
MS 310 2 A 20- -29 P
PCA Ml B PCBM1 C
J \ 5V
N OV
T 0V

Velocity control unit

n7

CWF

08 OIL11
09 OH 12
10
Cl 8 ,
11 C 1 4
C 12
13 _ Cll

vS

ID

cu

*
rcnz

rE jJOMl F
ON 5
MR- 20 RED
01 0 V
02 0V
03 "OV S
04 -F 5 V
+ 5V
06 I 5V

L> PCAl
I: H G

14
15

16PCBM1
17
M1
18 PCAM 1
3 9 PCAM 1
20

]Q-

Note) CF5n is used in 12 series

d) Reverse connection of motor and pulse coder

1) Exchange the terminal positions of signals PCA1 and PCB1.


2) Exchange the terminal positions of signals *PCA1 and *PCB1.

CFn(CFSl)

Control unit
Pulse coder

MRE-20RMD
01
02

03

OV

14 PCZ 1

08

ov

15 PCZ 1
16 PCAl
PCAl
18 PCB 1
19 PCB 1
20

09

OV
04 + 5 V
05 + 5V
06 P 5 V
07

10

12
13

ID

Velocity control unit

CN5
MR-20 RED
01
02,
03.

OV

OV
0V

04 T5V
05 + 5 V
06 P 5V
,07 CYV

MS3102A-20-29P
D ilPCJli
PCAl Cl
APClLUli PCZ11GRPCZTOI_C
K
M
J. :L5Y_!K + 5.V.1
Si
OV P
K
T

0V

AC motor

14

08 OHil 1
09 QHl 2 15
PCBM 1
30
Cl 8 16
17 PCBM 1
Cl 4
18 PCAM 1
12
C 12
131 Cll 19 PCAM 1
20

Note) CF51 is used in 12 series

263

__

MS 3 102 A 20 29 P
AlPCAM I [BjpcbMi|C'| C 11 IDWPCAMI
Hi G
E *rciiMl F
G
J Sy KEESY. L JLL4_ MC}
STOHj_2_
RQHll
N 0V P|C12

IT! ov I 1

PC AMI |

M Cl_8
K + 5V
P C 1 2_ R OH 1 1 S 0HF2

LL-

3.10.2

3) When using inductosyn


The relationship between the connection to the inductosyn slider and the
moving direction of machine is as illustrated below.

Scale

__.

(+) direction of machine


(The scale moves, the
slider is fixed)

(+) direction of machine


A BCD - (when the scale is fixed,
pppo v while the slider moves)

Slider

0
0

LOS A
LDSB

LDCA /
LDCB
LDE

(Indicates the connection of X-axis)

Fig. 1
Connection when
the direction is reversed

I
Scale

(+) direction of machine __


(file scale moves, the
, _J A rs c D
0..Q O O
slider is fixed)

hDSA
LDSB
I.DOA

LDCR

"

(+) direction of machine


(The scale is fixed, the
slider moves)

Slider
Exchange input terminals A and B

0
5

with each other.

LDB

(Indicates the connection of X-axis)

Fig. 2

Four combinations are possible for the inductosyn using the same method as in
the separate pulse coder. The reverse connection of the detector is shown in
Fig. 2. Refer to the separate pulse coder, for the motor.

3.10.3 When using digital AC servo


1) For built-in type pulse coder
It is not needed to change the wiring. The standard connection and reverse
connection are selected by parameter setting.
2) For separate type pulse coder
It is needed to exchange PCA and PCB for reverse connection of pulse coder
same as analog servo system. Refer to Item 3.10.2 (2).

264

3.11

3.11 Troubleshooting for Servo Unit


Trouble in the servo unit doesnt always cause an alarm. If an alarm appears on
the CRT, observe the corresponding procedures according to alarm numbers.
This paragraph summarizes troubleshooting procedures for such servo unit
trouble that may not cause an alarm.
1) Machine tool runs, even though no command
has been given
See Subsec. 3.11.1
2) Machine tool vibrates during movement or stopping
See Subsec. 3.11.2
3) Poor positioning accuracy and poor machining accuracy
See Subsec 3,11.3
4) Checking methods for the operation
of velocity control unit and position control unit
See Subsec. 3.11.4

3.11.1 Machine tool runs away

Item

Cause of trouble
Signals from posi
tion detector are

Checking points

Countermeasures

Check wiring. Check for pos


itive feedback.

Reconnect wiring

Check by DGN. See Sec. 3.7.


(DGN 3000)
See Appendix 10 item 2 for
positioning module.

Reconnect them

correctly.

abnormal.
2

Defect between
motor and posi

tion detector.

correctly.

Replace defective

Master PCB, posi


tioning module or
velocity control
unit PCB is defec
tive

PCB.

3.11.2 Machine tool vibrates

Item

Cause of trouble

Setting failure of
position control

Checking points
Check according to Sec. 5.3.

Countermeasures

Set parameters

correctly.

system parameters.

Setting failure of
velocity control
unit PCB.

Check setting on PCB according


to Sec. 6.2. Check PCB for
special setting (special number)
according to data sheet.

Correct the

Check to see if vibration cycle


changes in proportion to the
feedrate

Proceed to 6 if
the vibration
cycle changes in
proportion to the
feedrate
Proceed to 4 if
the vibration
cycle fairly
remains constant,
regardless of the
the feedrate.

setting.

265

3.11.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Countermeasures

Short CH5-CH6 on velocity


control unit PCB by using a
jumper wire. Check to see
if vibrations are eliminated
during operation.

Proceed to 7 if
vibrations are
eliminated
Proceed to 5 if
they are not
eliminated.

Short CH5-CH6, and check to see


if vibrations are reduced when
turning RVI counterclockwise.

Proceed to 8 if
reduced. Proceed
to 9 if not

reduced,

Machine tool,
detector, or motor
is defective.
Interpolation
accuracy is poor.
Detection gain is
excessively high.

Check the unit being synchro


nized with vibration cycle,
and find defective parts.
If interpolation accuracy is
poor, the vibration cycle is
one or two times the wavelength
of the position detection sig
nal, Vibration often occur due
to high detection gain in the
case of rotary inductosyn.

Replace or repair
defective parts.
See section on

interpolation ad
justment or detec
tion gain adjust
ment

(Subsec

6.1.6).

Servoamplif ier
setting is not
suited to machine
tool

(DC M series servo)


Short S9 and Sll, and check if
vibrations are reduced.
(AC servo motor)
Short S21 or S27, and check if
vibrations are reduced.

Same as described
in item 7.

Check to see if vibration cycle


ranges from several ten Hz to
seversal hundred Hz.

Change PCB set


ting.
Contact FANUC
service center.

Velocity control
unit PCB is defec
tive

Check the waveform at each part


of velocity control unit PCB,
or replace PCB.

Replace PCB.

3.11.3 Poor positioning accuracy or


1) Overshoot

Item

Cause of trouble

Short accelera

tion/deceleration
time
2

Low rigidity or
play at coupling
flanges between
motor and machine

Change PCB set


ting.
Contact FANUC
service center.

machining accuracy

Checking points
Check to see if motor current
is saturated.

Countermeasures
Lengthen the

acceleration/
deceleration time.

Check to see if this problem


can be fixed by decreasing
the position loop gain.

tool.

266

Reduce the posi


tion loop gain.
Tighten the
rigidity and play
of machine tool.

3.11.3

2) Poor 1-pulse feed accuracy

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Deflection, stick
slip, or play in
machine tool

Countermeasures

Check to see if the positioning


is correct at the detector postlon by DGN 3000.
Check by DGN IB 'v* ID for posi
tioning module.

Proceed to 2 if

Measure the positioning accuracy


at each part of machine tool and

Adjust the machine


tool

motor

correct.

Proceed to 3 if
incorrect

shaft.

system.

Low gain of servo


system.

Check to see if this is


improved by turning RVl in
velocity control unit PCB clock
3 divisions.
wise by 2

Readjust RVl.
Contact FANUC
service center.

3) Poor positioning accuracy when using correct commands

Item

Check to see if positioning is


correct at the detector posi
tion by DGN 3000.
Check by DGN IB a. ID for posi
tioning module.

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Deflection, stick

slip, or play in
machine tool

Measure the positioning accuracy


at each part of machine tool and

Countermeasures

Proceed to 2 if
correct

Proceed to 3 if
incorrect

Adjust the machine


tool.

motor shaft.

system,

Position control
unit is defective.

Replace PCB (Master PCB, etc.)


containing the position control
unit

Replace defective
PCB.

Position detector
is defective.

Replace defective
unit

Velocity control
unit PCB is defec
tive

PCB.

Replace defective

267

3.11.3
4) Poor shape of circle by 2-axis feed

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Poor positioning
accuracy.

Countermeasures

Measure the roundness. Then


check whether circle is distort
ed in the axial direction or if
it is formed to be an ellipse
in 45 direction.

Proceed to 2 if
distorted axially.
Proceed to 3 and
4 if formed in
45 direction.

Roughness at change of quad


Measure positioning
accuracy of each axis.

Proceed to 5 and
6. Adjust the
machine tool
around inaccurate
axis

rants

Perform simultaneous 2-axis 45


feed and adjust RV4 of velocity
control unit PCB so that the
difference of the position
deviation amounts is within +1%
between axes by DGN 3000.

Adjust position
loop gain to
eliminate gain
difference between
axes (see Note 1)

Detection gain
differs on every
axis

A circle is formed to be an
ellipse in 45 direction even
after adjustment in item No. 3.

Adjust the detec


tion gain (see
Sec 6.1.6).

Adjustment failure
of Fmin of
inductosyn or
resolver interface

Check Fmin adjustment.

Readjust Fmin.
See Sec. 6.1.6.

Try changing the backlash com


pensation amount.

Adjust backlash or
change backlash
compensation

Maladjustment of
position loop
gain.

PCB.

Improper backlash
or backlash com
pensation amount
of machine tool.

amount

(Note 1) The position gain, when X, Y, Z and 4th axes are moved in the same
direction by F4 digit feed from MDI operation, can be obtained by
calculating as below:

16. 7F
G =

F:

Feed rate (mm/min) , (0.1 inch/min) ,

(degree/mln)
E:

G:

Position deviation (0.001 mm), (0.0001 inch),


(0,001 degree)
Position gain (sec 1), (standard: 30 sec *)

804. Adjust the


Then check the servo position deviation from DGN 800
by turning the
value
the
of
+10%
target
position deviation within
(F/V
in the
voltage
(RV4)
compensation)
converter
resistor
variable
However, the difference between axes must be
velocity control unit.
within +1%.
45 directional ellipse can be adjusted using this method, but X axis or
Y axis directional ellipse cannot.

268

3.1 1.4

Adjustable

Not adjustable

3.11.4 Method of confirming the operation of velocity control unit and position control unit (For analog servo)

The servo system can roughly be divided into the following position control
unit, velocity control unit, DC motor, and detector.
Since these component units compose a closed loop, the entire servo system
becomes defective if one of these component units is not working properly. It
is sometimes difficult to identify the defective unit among these.
In such a case, check the operating conditions of the position control unit and
velocity control unit using the following procedure.

1) Position control part of master PCB operation check


a) Disconnect the power cable from the DC motor.
b) Set a large value to parameter No. 1828 'v 1830 in advance.
c) After turning on the power of NC, apply pulses by handle, and check the
output voltage of VCMD output signal of master PCB.
d) Turn the motor shaft slightly manually, and check the VCMD signal of
master PCB.

(Note) If NC is turned on after disconnecting power cable from the DC motor,


the table powers in case of the gravity axis. Insert suitable lumber
or the like.
i

VCMD

Decision

voltage (mV)

I
VCMD
voltage (mV)
CW

-1

CCW
Rotating direction
of DC motor shaft

Command pulse

When a positive (+) pulse is applied


from the handle, VCMD voltage should
continuously changes from - voltage
+ voltage.

When turning the motor shaft counter


clockwise, the VCMD voltage should
continuously change from + voltage to
- voltage.

2) Velocity control unit operation check


Major circuits of the velocity control unit are mounted on the corresponding
PCB. Whether the velocity control unit is operating normally can be judged
by exchanging its PCB with the PCB in a normal axis. Use caution with the
following items when replacing PCB.
If an alarm lights on the velocity control unit PCB, don't replace the PCB
Eliminate the alarm first according to the alarm processing
at once.
method
When replacing PCB, place its setting and adjustment to the same values as
before. If PCB has been modified, it is not always replaceable. If you
have any questions, please contact your nearest FANUC service center.

269

3.12

3.12 Error Display and it's Contents of I/O Unit


3.12.1 Error display and contents in interface module (IF01A)
Error indicator lamps are mounted on the front panel of IF01A to indicate an
error which may occur during data transfer between main unit and IF01A or
between IF01A and I/O module. (See the following figure.)

Error indicator lamps


IFO 1A

TOUT 0

IF01A

r302
ER 2 O

SA

L io o o J
Ol
OO

B/

n
Error indicator
lamp (red)

- Error module

indicator lamp
(yellow)

(This lamp display is meaningless in a


case other than the parity error)

270

3.12.1

Error contents
Error display
TOUT ER3 ER2 ERl

Error contents

Causes

An error occurred
during data transfer
between IF01A and main
unit or between IF01A
and IF04C.

1. Optical cable

Name of error

Normal operation
o
o

CARRIER STOP

CLOCK STOP

SIGNAL FORM
ERROR

nector is not

sufficiently
connected
3. Optical con
nector tip is

FORMAT ERROR

is discon
nected.
2. Optical con

dirty.

OVERRUN ERROR

4. IF01A is

TIME OUT ERROR

PARITY ERROR

defective
5. Main unit or
OF04C is
defective

ERROR WORD

A parity error was

detected during data


transfer between IF01A
and I/O module, or a
parity error occurred
in RAM of IF01A. In
this case, the mounting
base number of the data
transfer module is
troubled and the slot
number is displayed in
SA3-SA0 and BA1-0.
SA3-SA0: slot number
(binary display)
BA1, BAO : Base number
(binary display)

Example)
Base #1, slot #5

SA3 SA2 SA1 SAO BA1 BAO


10
1
0
10
Slot #5
0: Goes out
1: Lights

Base #1

If both slot number and


base number are "0",
its display shows a
parity error of RAM in

IF01A.
o: Lamp lights
Lamp goes out

271

. I/O module is
defective .
2. IF01A is
defective.

3.12.2

3.12.2 Error display and contents in interface module (IF04C}


The error indicator lamps on the front panel of IF04C shown in the following
figure indicate an error was detected inside IF04C by the self diagnostic
function of IF04C as well as an error during data transfer between IF04C and
main unit or between IF04C and IF01A.

Error indicator lamp

Error
indicator lamp

IF04C

IF04C

Si
oo

0
r 30
20 0

ER

io oi

1
GA

LoO Oo J

D
0

n.
Error indicator lamp (red)

- Group number
lamp
indicator
(yellow)

272

3.12.2

Error display
Error name

Causes

Error contents

ER3 ER2 ER1 ERO GA3 GA2 GA1 GAO

Croup number
incoincidence

Setting of group numbers of IF01A


connected to IF04C is wrong,

1. IF01A group number


setting failure

2. Optical fiber
cable connection
failure

CPU error

CPU is defective.

CPU, RAH, or EPROM in IF04C is

defective.

See the right

RAM error (D6)

RAM (mounting position


D6) is defective*

RAM error (D8)

RAM (mounting position


D8) ia defective.

RAM error (A8)

RAM (mounting position


A8) is defective.

EPROM error

EPROM ia defective.

CLOCK STOP

table,

CARRIER STOP

GA3

- GAO as

Channel

SIGNAL FORM ERROR

FORMAT ERROR

OVERRUN ERROR

ERROR WORD

INITIALIZE ERROR

1* Optical fiber
cable is discon~
nected

An error occurred during data


transfer between IF04C and main
unit or between IF04C and IFOIA,
In this cose, the data transfer
channel in error is displayed in

2. Optical connector
is not sufficiently

follows.

connected

Optical

connector
in
error
No.
IF04C++
C0P2A
group 0
IF04C++
COP2B
group 1
IF04C++
C0P2C
group 2
IF04C4-+
COP2D
group 3
IF04C">
C0P4
main
unit

GA3 GA2 GA1 GAO

3, Optical connector

tip is dirty.
o
o

5. IFOIA Is defective.
o

6. Main unit is
defective

o
o

4. IF04C is defective,

ERO flickers, it
If one of ER3
indicates an error during initial
communication between main unit and

1. Main unit is

IF04C.

2. IF04C la defective.

defective

3. IFOIA is defective.

o
A
X

Lights
Goes out
Flickers
Nothing to do with light

on/off

273

3.12,3

3.12.3 Error display and contents in positioning module (PT01A)

Display
WDA

Name

Watch dog alarm

Contents

Lighting - positioning module operation is


in error.

When WDA lights, it basically shows a positioning module error. Check the error
display of interface module (IF01A) as well. If the error contents displayed by
IF01A show a parity error and the error slot number shows the positioning
module, the positioning module may be judged as defective.
Even if an error with another cause is displayed by IF01A, the entire system
operation is stopped. As a result, the positioning module shows the watch dog
alarm.

274

Table 3.12.3 (a) Classification of alarms

Rotary-

switch
RSW2 RSW1
System Note
1
alarms

Note

Indicator lamp (DGN)


7

Alarm contents

Causes of alarms and countermeasures

0
o

ROM parity error

Positioning module is defective.

Replace it.

RAM failure

It

System failure

IT

Parameter receiving
error

Interface module, CPU module, or memory module


is defective.

I/O

I/O bus

error

is in trouble. This I/O error is


displayed if other modules as well as position
module become defective.

i
t'O

Ln

Kinds
of
alarms

See Table 3.2.3 (b) types of alarms.

PC alarm

Servo alarm

ft

Overtravel

II

Motor over heat

Overheating when DC motor is used.


If motor overheating occurs when AC motor is
used, it is displayed as an overload alarm.

o: Lamp .lights
Lamp goes out
x: This lamp lights concurrently, if another alarm occurs, too.

Note 1) If a system alarm occurs, the above display remains lit regardless of the numbers of rotary switches RSW1
and RSW2

U)

ro

Table 3.12.3 (b)

Rotary-

switch
RSW2 RSW1
PC

Indicator lamp (DGN)

Alarm contents

Cutting feedrate
data zero

Almost all causes of this alarm may be caused


due to an error in generating a users
program. Examine user generated programs.

Operation mode
selection error

IT

Data type
selection error

IT

Reference point

Causes of alarms and countermeasures

alarms

Kinds of alarms

See 3.2.3 (1).

return error
I

ro
O'*

Servo
alarm

V-READY off
(Velocity control
unit failure)

Causes of alarms are displayed in detail.


See Table 3.2.3 (c) Causes of V-READY off.

Pulse coder discon

See 3.2.3 (2).

nection
o

Excessive position
deviation value

See 3.2.3 (3).

See 3.2.3 (4).


Position deviation
value overflow or
D/A conversion over
flow

o
o

Velocity overload

See 3.2.3 (5).

Servo overload

See 3.2.3 (6).


LO

to
OJ

Rotary

switch
RSW2 RSW1

Indicator lamp (DGN)


7

Servo

Alarm contents

alarm
(cont Td)
o

Over

NJ
'-J

Motor
over

heat

V-READY on at PRDY
off

See 3.2*3 (7).

Excessive drift
compensation amount

See 3.2.3 (8).

Overtravel in
direction

See 3.2.3 (9).

Overtravel in
- direction

See 3.2.3 (9).

Servo motor over


heat

See 3.2.3 (10).


Motor overheat alarm is displayed for DC motor,
but overload alarm is displayed for AC motor.

travel

Causes of alarms and countermeasures

to
OJ

Table 3.12.3 (c) Causes of V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure}

Rotary

switch
RSW2 RSW1
Velocity
control

Indicator lamp (DGN)

7
o

unit

Causes of alarms
and counter-

Alarm contents
DC servo M series

AC servo

measures

Normal

Normal

TGLS runaway detection

TG runaway detection

See 3.2,3 (II).

Abnormal load of OVC

Abnormal load of OVC

See 3.2.3 (12).

failures
o
o

o
o
i

See 3.2.3 (13).

BRK nofuse breaker off

HCAL high-current alarm

HC high-current alarm

See 3.2.3 (14).

HVAL high-voltage alarm

HV high-voltage alarm

See 3.2.3 (15).

DCAL discharge alarm

DC discharge alarm

See 3.2.3 (16).

LVAL power voltage drop


alarm

LV power voltage drop


alarm

See 3.2.3 (17).

ho
CO

the conditions of various signals. For details, see parameters and


diagnostic display function of positioing module in para. 8.

u>

to
LO

3.12.3

1) Reference point return failure


This alarm occurs if the one-rotation signal is not applied from the pulse
coder or if the velocity is slower than specified. The following check is
done in the first reference point return operation after turning on the power
supply or after cancelling the emergency stop.
ID) exceeds 128.
a) Position deviation value (DGN No. IB
b) The one-rotation signal is applied at least once by the time the
deceleration dog is released again after the position deviation value (DGN
No. IB - ID) has exceeded 128.

Reference point return direction

Feedrate

| FL
Deceleration
dog signal

One-rotation
signal

n n
_

This signal should be applied at least once


by the time the deceleration dog is released.
Check the first one-rotation signal position
when the position deviation value has exceeded
128 after starting the reference point return.

Unless the above conditions are satisfied, an alarm occurs at the position
where the deceleration dog is released.

279

3.12.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Feedrate is too
low.

Checking points
Perform reference point
return under the same condi
tions in which the alarm
occurred. Confirm that
the position deviation is
128 or more by using the
self-diagnostic function
(DGN IB
ID)
The start
point of the reference point
return must not be on the
deceleration dog.

Increase the feed


rate. When the
position gain is
30 sec
a feed
rate of at least
300 mm/min is
necessary.

Check the distance from the


start point to the reference
point

The distance from


the start point to
the reference
point must be

The start point of


the reference
point returns is

close to the
reference point.

Corrective action

too

equivalent to at
least two motor

revolutions.
3

Source voltage for

the pulse coder is


too

low.

The source voltage of the


pulse coder should be 4.75 V
(Remove the pulse
or more.
coder cover and measure the
source voltage at the + and terminals on the pulse coder
board. )

Cable loss must be


0.2 V or less
including both
sides of 5 V and
0 V.

Defective pulse
coder.

Replace the pulse coder.

Replacement

Defective posi
tioning module.

Replace the positioning


module with another one.

Replacement

2) Pulse coder disconnection


Item

Cause of trouble
Cable connection

failure

Checking points

Corrective action

Check the pulse coder feed


back for disconnection and
normal connection.

Pulse coder is
defective

Replace the pulse


coder.

Positioning module
is defective.

Replace the posi


tioning module.

Velocity control
unit is defective
(in case of AC
servo)

Replace the
velocity control
unit PCB

280

3.12.3

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Pulse coder power


voltage is

abnormal

Check if pulse coder power


voltage is within 4.75 V 5.15 V.

Corrective action

If the pulse coder


power voltage is
lower than 4.75 V,

check the cable


length and cable
size for specified
values.

3) Position deviation value is excessive.


Item

Setting error of

position deviation
limit value
2

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Overshoot

Drop of input
power voltage

Check the contents of para


meter No. 5 (position devia
tion limit value)

When enough current does not


flow to motor in acceleration
or deceleration, deviation
value increases.
Check waveform of CHI on
velocity control PCB and
confirm whether overshoot is
within 5% or not.
Check that input power
voltage is within +10% and

-15%.

Corrective action

Reset the para

correctly.

meter

Increase the rapid


traverse time
constant.

(para

meter No. 11)

Increase gain
(RV1) of velocity

control

Change the input


tap of power
transformer for
servo

Voltage of power
supply is ab
normal.

Check the voltage of main


unit on I/O unit.

Repair the error.

Connection trouble

Check the power line of


motor, pulse coder.

Repair the error.

Positioning module

Try replacing the axis with


another axis.

Replace the unit


if trouble recurs
using the re
placed axis.

Confirm the brush contact.


face of the motor brush cap.

Tighten the brush


cap.

and/or velocity
control unit are
defective.

Poor brush contact


by loosened DC
motor brush cap

281

3.12.3

4) Position deviation overflow or D/A conversion overflow


These alarms occur when:
a) Positional deviation in the axis involved exceeds +32767. However, when
positional deviation limits (parameter No. 5) are set correctly, position
deviation excess alarm is displayed prior to any of the above-noted
alarms, so they usually cannot occur during this condition.
b) D/A converter velocity command value is outside the range of +8191 to

-8192.

D/A

converter velocity command value = 0.192 xKxGxExlO6


servo loop gain multiplier (parameter No. 7)
G: servo loop gain 0.01 sec 1 (parameter No. 8)
ID)
E: position deviation (can be verified by DGN IB
Theoretical value (when feed has become constant)

where K:

E = ~
--r
60

where F:
a:
G:

Item

Cause of trouble

1G

in2
10

a
feed rate

mm/min (inch/min)

detection unit
servo loop gain

mm (inch)

0.01 sec "1

Checking points

Parameter setting
is wrong.

1) Check servo loop gain


multiplier.
Parameter No. 7
2) Check servo loop gain.
Parameter No. 8
3) Check CMR. (Command
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. 3
4) Check DMR. (Detective
multiply ratio)
Parameter No. 1

Positional devia
tion is too high.

Compare theoretically calcu

Machine tool does


not move a normal
distance

Corrective action

lated value with positional


deviation by DGN IB - ID.
1) Feed rate
Rapid traverse rate:
Parameter No. 10
Feed rate is right; positional
al deviation is right.

Proceed to 5.

Feed rate is right; positional


al deviation is not right.

Proceed to 3.

Issue a command (feed of


several mm) causing no alarm
to check to see if machine
tool moves by a normal value,

Machine tool does not move by


a normal value.

Proceed to 4.

Machine tool moves by a


normal value.

Proceed to 5.

282

3.12.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Corrective action

Position detector
is faulty.

Replace the posi


tion detector.

Positioning module
PCB is faulty.

Replace the posi


tioning module.

5) Velocity over
Item

Checking points

Corrective action

In correct setting

Check that the value of para

of command multi
ply ratio (CMR)

meter No. 3 (CMR) is one of

Set correct para


meter.

Cause of trouble

1, 2, 4, 10, 20.

6) Servo overload
Item

Cause of trouble

(analysis)

Checking points

Corrective action

Check to see if OVERLOAD lamp


lights simultaneously when
turning on NC power supply.

Connection/ setting
failure.
Proceed to item
6 or 7

Check to see if thermal relay


of M series velocity control
unit functions. (AC servo is
not provided with this thermal
relay. )

Proceed to item 2

Check to see if radiation fins


of AC servo velocity control
unit is overheated. (M series
servo is not provided with
these radiation fins.)

Proceed to item 2.

Thermostat of servo trans


former functions.

Proceed to item 2

Thermostat of regenerative
discharge unit functions.

Proceed to item 5.

Thermostat of AC servo motor


functions.

Proceed

283

or 3.

or 4.

to item 2,

3.12.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Overload of moter

Corrective action

Checking points
Measure the motor current.
The continuous rated current
is as specified below.
M series servo
00M
4A
7A
OM
9A
5M
10M
12A
18A
20M
24A
30M
AC servo

4-0
3-0
2-0
1-0

0
5
10
20
30

...
..
....
...
...
...
... 0.93A
... 0.93A
...
... 2.9A
4.6A
...

30R

...

Reduce the cutting


condition. Adjust
the machine tool
if the continuous
rated current
exceeds the
specified value
during idle feed.

29A

3A

...

6.8A

...
...

22A

11A
... 20A

Setting failure of
thermal relay of M
series servo

Check to see if the thermal


relay is set to the con
tinuous rated current value
of the motor specified in
item 2.

Reset the thermal


relay setting.

Thermostat of
servo transformer
is faulty

Thermostat is faulty if it
functions when the surface
temperature of transformer is
lower than 60 C.

Replace trans
former.

Excessive regene
rative energey

1) Excessive acceleration/
deceleration frequency.
Check to see if the posi
tioning frequency exceeds
1-2 times/sec in rapid
traverse. Check to see
if alarm does not occur
when this frequency is

Reduce the

acceleration/
deceleration
frequency by
inserting a pause
time.

reduced.
2) Faulty counterbalance on
machine tool side.

284

Correct the
counter

balance.

3.12.3

Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Wiring failure

Corrective action

Check to see if the following


wiring is correct.
o Positioning module (CV1)
- velocity control unit
(CN1)
o Servo transformer
velocity control unit
(CN2)
o Regenerative discharge unit
~ velocity control unit
(CN2)
o AC servo motor
velocity contol unit
(CN5)

Correct wiring.

Check to see if setting pin


S20 is set as specified in
M series servo.
Check to see if setting pin
SI is set as specified in AC
servo.

Reset pin S20 or


SI, as specified.

Setting failure on
velocity control
unit PCB

7) V-RDY on at P-RDY off


V-RDY (velocity control unit ready) is turned on when P-RDY
module ready) has turned off.
Item

Cause of trouble

Velocity control
unit is defective.

Checking points
Check to see if VRDY indi
cator lamp lights when PRDY
indicator lamp of the velo
city control unit went out
when power was turned on.

(positioning

Corrective action

Replace the
velocity control
unit

Check if VRDY indicator lamp


remains lit even after 100 VAC
has been disconnected from
terminal board T1 (3) , (4) of
velocity control unit.
2

Positioning module
is defective.

Make sure that the VRDY indi


cator lamp of velocity
control unit goes out.

Replace position
ing module.

Cable failure

Check VRDY signal of cable


between positioning module
and velocity control unit for
short-circuit failure.

Repair the cable.

Parameter setting
failure in 2-axis
velocity control
unit

OFFVY of parameter No. 1 must


be set to "1" in the case of
2-axis velocity control unit.

Reset parameter

285

correctly

3.12.3

8) Excess drift compensation


Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Connection trouble

Check the connection of power


lines to servo motor.
Check the connection between
position detector and servo

Corrective action

Repair the con


nection error.

motor.

Setting of drift
compensation value
is wrong.

Trouble in
velocity control
unit or/and
position module

Check whether the contents of


parameter No. 9 exceed 500.

See the following


description:
"Drift compensa
tion amount set
ting method".

Check this by changing with

Replace the PCB or


positioing module
with spare one.

a spare PCB or positioning


module (if provided).

Adjustment and setting


should be done correctly.

Drift compensation amount setting method


(T) Make sure that the variable resistor RV2 on velocity control unit PCB is
set to 50%.
(2) Turn on the power supply with the emergency stop button pushed on, and
set bit 0 "ADFT" of parameter no. 1 of the positioning module to 1 to
execute automatic drift compensation.
(3) Turn off the power supply once; then, turn it on again.
(5) Turn off the emergency stop button, and agitate the motor.
d) Read the drift compensation amount of parameter No. 9 by the positioing
module LED and set the readout value to the parameter screen of the
positioning module shown in para. 5.5 as the drift compensation amount.

directions)
9) Overtravel (in + and
The overtravel failure is divided into two sections: When it is detected as
The
a hardware failure and when it is detected as a software failure.
following
alarm.
The
software failure is called stored stroke limit
description shows possible causes of overtravel and countermeasures.
9)-l Overtravel (hard)
When the movable part of the machine tool reaches the stroke end, an over
trouble alarm message is displayed on the CRT screen.
When this alarm occurrs, axis feed stops.
Two limit switches (LSI, LS2) are provided on each axis in each direction
as shown in the figure below to stop the movable part of the machine tool.

Feed rate

LSI

LS2

286

Position

3.12.3

Overtravel
the feed is stopped after deceleration.
alarm message is displayed.
(LS2 operates only when
o When LS2 operates, the feed is emergency-stopped.
malfunctions)
LSI

o When LSI

operates,

Cause of Trouble and Countermeasures


(T) If the reference point setting in program coordinate system is in error,
correct the program.
(2) If the program is in error, correct the program.

Release
a) When only LSI operates:
Move the movable part of the machine tool by manual operation in the
Reset after separating it from the
opposite direction (safe side).
limit switch.
Note) In this case, the movable part of the machine tool can be moved only
in the opposite direction.
b) When both LSI and LS2 operate:
i) Set 2nd L.S. REMOVE button to ON on operator's panel.
ii) Do the same operation as in releasing LSI.
Note) In the equipment in which LSI is not operating when LS2 is in opera
tion, the movable part is movable in both directions by manual
operation. Be careful of the direction in which it is to be moved
when LSI has malfunctioned.
9)-2 Overtravel (software)
Stored stroke limit alarm
If the machine has reached the stored stroke limit value, an overtravel
alarm is displayed.
The axis feed is stopped if this alarm occurs.
Causes and countermeasures
65) error -> Correct
(T) Stored stroke limit setting (parameter No. 60

parameters.

(2) Program error > Correct parameters.


Release
The machine can move in the opposite direction of the last moving
direction
Move the moving part of the machine in the opposite (safe)
direction by manual operation, and reset the stored stroke limit.

287

3.12.3

10) Motor overheat


DC servo motor overheat alarm (overload when AC servo motor is overheated)
Item

Cause of trouble
Overload

Checking points

Check to see if the motor


armature current exceeds the
rated current.

Corrective action
Decrease load
torque.
Decrease cutting

condition.
2

Winding insulation
trouble

Check the insulation between


the terminals A1 or A2 of
motor power cable and the
motor bodies with a tester or
a megger.
Over 1 mS2 at 500 V is normal
for the megger check.
Infinite value is normal in

Clean around the


commutator

with

forced air.
Change the motor
if the above
countermeasure is
ineffective

the tester check.


3

Shortcircuit
inside of winding

Demagnetization
of field system
magnet

Measure no-load current by


removing the motor from the
machine. If the current
increases in proportion to
the motor rotation rate,
there is a short-circuit
inside of winding.

Check the motor terminal


voltage between A1 and A2 is
normal at rapid traverse.

Clean around the


commutator.

This problem can


easily occur when
the oil adheres to
the surface of the
commutator,

Change the motor


if terminal vol
tage is low and
the motor is over
heated at the same
time

Trouble in heat
pipe fan operation

Check the fan voltage or the


wiring.
Check that the fan does not
touch a wire gauze.
Check to see if the fan motor
itself has a problem.

Rearrange the

wiring.
Refix the wire
gauze
Replace the fan

motor.

Trouble in heat
pipe efficiency

The heat pipe is ineffective


when the motor with a heat
pipe is overheated, despite
the fact that all the above
items are normal.

Replace the motor.

Brake trouble

Check to see that the brake

Replace the brake.

connection corresponds to the


power source frequency. Check
to see that the voltage is
100 V -1-10% (allowable value).

288

3.12.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Corrective action

Connection trouble

Check the overheat connection


between motor and positioning
module.

Repair the fault.

Positioning module
is defective.

Replace the posi


tioning module.

11) Overrun detection (Tachogenerator signal loss)


a) For M series servo
Item

Cause of trouble

The motor power


cable is not
connected to
terminals (5),
(6) , (7) or (8) of
terminal board T1
in the velocity
control unit, or
the power cable is

TGLS/TG

Corrective action

Checking points
If the alarm occurs when a
motion command is not input,
the alarm cause described at
the left should be checked.

Check the power


cable connection.

Check the setting according


r
to section 6.2. "Setting and
It
adjustment of PCB

Adjust the set


ting.

Measure the velocity feedback


voltage between check
terminals CH2 (TSA) and CH3
(GND) with an oscilloscope.
Confirm whether the voltage
is being interrupted.

Repair the cable


carrying the
velocity feedback
voltage. Repair
the defective
source (i. e. ,
motor or control)
of the velocity
feedback voltage.

Checking points

Corrective action

broken.
2

PCB setting is

improper.

T>

Velocity feedback
voltage is not
being applied or
is intermittent.

b) For AC servo
Item

Cause of trouble

The motor power


cable is not
connected to
terminals (5),
(6), or (7) of
terminal board T1
in the volocity
control unit, or
the power cable is

If the alarm occurs when a


motion command is not input,
the alarm cause described at
the left should be checked.

broken,

- 289

Repair the power


cable of motor.

3,12.3

Item

Cause of trouble
PCB setting is

improper

Pulse coder feed


back signal is not

sent

Checking points

Corrective action

Check the setting.

Adjust the setting


correctly

Check the feedback cable.

Repair the feed


back cable.

12) Abnormal load OVC


a) For M series servo
Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Corrective action

PCB is defective.

The OVC alarm occurs if the


power is turned on when the
motor power cable is discon
(In this case, since
nected,
the gravity axis may fall
down, it should be sup
ported.) (The S23 terminal
should be shorted so that the
TGLS alarm will not occur.
After confirmation, the S23
connection should be opened.)

Replace the PCB.

PCB setting is

Check the setting of variable


register RV3 which is used to
set the upper limit of the
(Generally,
motor current.
RV3 is set to 10, but the
adjustment may differ with
the machine tool.)

Change the RV3


setting.

improper.

Mechanical load is
abnormal.

Observe the waveform between


check terminals CH8 and CH3
with an oscilloscope. Check
whether the current which is
determined by RV3 flows over
600 msec.

Remove the

mechanical over
load.

b) For AC servo

Item

Cause of trouble

Pulse coder feed


back signal is not
sent

Checking points

Check the feedback cable.

Check motor current.

exceeds rated
current

Reconnect the

feedback cable.

Motor current

Corrective action

290

Change the cutting


conditions

3.12.3

13) No fuse breaker BRK


a) For M series servo
Item

Cause of trouble

The no fuse
breaker operated.

Checking points

The breaker is open when it


is as shown below.
This button pops
up when the

mi II
2

Diode module DS or
some other part of
the velocity
control unit is

breaker operates.
To reset the
breaker, press
the button after
turning off the

Corrective action
Turn off power and

the breaker.
(If it cannot be
reset immediately,
wait about ten
minutes and try
again. )
reset

power.

The breaker operates again


when power is restored after
the countermeasures of
item 1.

Replace diode

module DS or the
whole velocity
control unit.

defective,

Mechanical load is
excessive.

The PCB or the


connection between
the PCB and the
velocity control
unit is defective.

Observe the motor load


current at rapid traverse

Remove the
mechanical over

between terminals CH8 and


CH3 on the PCB with an
oscilloscope. Check whether
it exceeds the rated current.

load.

The BRK alarm occurs when the

Replace the PCB or


the velocity unit.

no fuse breaker is not ope

rating.

This alarm message is not displayed for AC servo.


14) High current alarm HCAL/HC
a) For M series servo

Item

Cause of trouble

Improper motor
power cable
connection.

Checking points

The HCAL alarm does not


occur when the power is
turned on with the motor
power cable disconnected.
(In this case, since the
gravity axis may fall down,
it should be supported. The
S23 terminal on the PCB
should be shorted so that the
TGLS alarm will not occur.
The S23 connection should be
opened after confirmation.)

291

Corrective action
Fix the motor

power cable
connection.

3.12.3

Item

Cause of trouble

The transistor
module is defec
tive.

Checking points

The HCAL alarm goes on when


the motor power cable is

Corrective action

Replace the tran


sistor module.

disconnected.
Turn off power and measure
Cl
B1
El, C2
B2
E2

the resistance between the


following terminals using a
multimeter. If the measured
value is 10 ohms or less, the
transistor module is defec
tive.

Confirm between
Cl-El , C2
El, C2-E2

..

b) For AC servo
Item

Cause of trouble

Wrong connection
of motor power
line.

Checking points
HC alarm does not occur when
turning on the power supply
after disconnecting the motor

power line.
(Since the gravity axis may
drop in this case, support it
or disconnect the drive cable
of gravity axis brake.)

Transistor module
is defective.

Check to see if HC alarm


occurs when turning on the
power supply after discon
necting the power line accor
ding to item 1. Turn off the
power supply, remove PCB, and
observe the resistance between
terminals of the transistor
module using a circuit tester.

Corrective action

Reconnect the
motor power line

correctly.

If the

motor power line

is checked while
disconnecting it,
set setting ter
minal S10 to L
side; otherwise,
TG alarm occurs.

Replace transistor
module
Check resistance
between Cl-El
and C2. also
between El and

C2-E2.

**

Check resis
tance between
Cl-El and also
between C2-E2.

*
Cl
B1
El, C2
B2
E2

&

(H003)

Cl
B1
El
C2
B2
E2

<2>

(H004 ,H005)

292

3.12.3

Item

Cause of trouble

Internal shortcircuit failure of


motor windings.

Check motor windings for


normal insulation.

Replace the motor.

PCB is defective.

If HC alarm occurs with no


defects in item 1, 2, 3,
PCB is defective.

Replace the PCB.

Checking points

Corrective action

15) High voltage alarm HVAL/lIV


a) For M series servo
Item

Cause of trouble
Input AC power
voltage is too

high.
2

Servo motor is

defective

PCB is defective.

Checking points

Corrective action

Check to see if the tap


connection of servo power
transformer is correct.

Correct the tap

Check to see if the insula


tion resistance is normal
between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.

Clean brushes.

Check to see if alarm occurs


when items 1 and 2 are normal.

Replace PCB.

connection.

b) For AC servo

Item

Cause of trouble

Checking points

Corrective action

Input AC power
voltage is higher
than specified.

Check to see if the servo


transformer taps are properly
connected.

Repair the tap


connection.

Servo motor is

Check to see if the insula


tion resistance is normal
between the motor armature
(power line) and the body.

Replace the motor.

defective.

Increase the

Load inertia is
excessive.

acceleration/
deceleration time
constant

PCB is defective.

If HV alarm occurs with no


defect in items 1, 2, 3,
PCB is defective.

293

Replace the PCB.

3.12.3

16) Discharge alarm DCAL/DC


a) For M series servo
Item

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Corrective action

Discharge transistor Ql or the


PCB is defective.

The alarm occurs immediately


after turning on power.

PCB setting is
improper.

Terminal S26 is shorted even


though the separate regener
ative discharge unit is used
with the gravity axis.

Open terminal S26.

Machine tool
counterbalance is

The waveform shown in the


following figure is measured
at started periods on check
terminal CH10 while the
counterbalanced axis is
moving down at rapid traverse

Adjust the
counterbalance.

improper.

Replace transistor
Replace PCB.

Ql.

speed.

The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too

high.

Check whether the positioning


frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 time per

Use a dwell period


and decrease the

second.
Check that this alarm indi

deceleration rate.

acceleration/

cator does not go on when the


rate is decreased.

1.2 0.2 V

0V
Discharged
time width

1
J

0.2 + 0.2 V

b) For AC servo
Item

Cause of trouble

Regenerative tran
sistor Ql is
defective or PCB
is defective.

PCB setting is
improper.

Checking points

Corrective action

DC alarm occurs immediately


after power is turned on.

Replace the tran


sistor Ql. Re
place the PCB.

Setting pin S2 is set to L


side even though a separate
regenerative discharge unit

Set S2 correctly.

is used.

294

3.12.3

Item

The acceleration/
deceleration rate
frequency is too

high.

17) Low power voltage alarm


a) For M series servo
Item

Checking points

Corrective action

Check whether the positioning


frequency at rapid traverse
speed exceeds 1 to 2 times
per second. Check to see if
this alarm does not occur
when the rate is decreased.

Use a dwell period


and decrease the

Cause of trouble

Connection defec
tive between servo
transformer and
CN2 on the PCB.

PCB is defective.

deceleration rate.

LVAL/LV
Checking points

Cause of trouble

AC power voltage
is too low.

acceleration/

Corrective action

Check to see if connection


between input AC power vol
tage and servo transformer
tap is correct.

Correct the tap

Check to see if PCB voltage

Correct the con


nection.

+24 V and +15 V are correct.


Check that the servo trans

connection.

former terminals (41 - 43,


44-46, 47 - 49) and PCB CN2
(1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly.

LVAL alarm occurs when above


items 1, 2 are normal.

Replace the PCB.

b) For AC servo
Item

Cause of trouble
AC power voltage
is too low.

Checking points

Check to see if the con


nection between input AC

Corrective action
Correct the tap

connection.

power voltage and servo


transformer is correct.

Connection defec
tive between servo
transformer and
PCB CN2.

+5 V fuse is blown
out

PCB is defective.

Check to see if PCB voltage

+24 V, +15 V and +5 V are

Correct the con


nection.

Check that servo


transformer terminal 41 - 49
(AC 18 V) and PCB CN2
(1, 2, 3) are connected
correctly.

correct

Check to see if the fuse for


+5 V is blown out.

Replace the fuse.

PCB is defective if LV alarm


occurs when above items 1-3
have no problem.

Replace the PCB.

295

3.12.4

18) Other V-READY off (Velocity control unit failure)


If the V-READY off is not caused by the failures described before, check the
following items.
Item

100 VAC is not


supplied to
velocity control
unit

No fuse breaker is
turned off in AC
servo.

Checking points

Cause of trouble

Corrective action

Check to see if 100 V AC are


supplied across terminals (3)
and (4) of the terminal board
of velocity control unit.

Supply 100 V AC.

Check the no fuse breaker


button on/off state.

When the button is


off, proceed to
next

block.

Causes and countermeasures when no fuse breaker functions in AC servo


Item

No fuse breaker

functions

Checking points

Corrective action

The operating condition is as


illustrated below.
This button is
pushed inward
during normal

operation of the
/
motor. If the
breaker has
functioned, turn
I
off the threephase power
TT1 [g
supply once;
then press this
button.

Reset the no fuse


breaker after
turning off the
power supply.
(Wait for about
10 minutes if the
no fuse breaker
cannot be reset
at once.)

No fuse breaker functions


simultaneously when power
supply is turned on after
countermeasure in item 1.

Replace diode
module DS or surge
absorber (ZNR) of
velocity control

Cause of trouble

Diode module,
surge absorber
(ZNR) or other
parts are faulty
in velocity

unit

control unit.
3

Abnormal

mechanical load

Check to see if the motor


load current exceeds the
rated current during rapid
traverse while monitoring
CH10 and CHll or CHI 2 and CH3
(0 V) of PCB using an oscillo
scope

Eliminate abnormal
load from machine
tool side.

3.12.4 Fuse alarm of I/O module

1) External output power supply (+24E) fuse


When digital input modules ID [][] A and ID [] [] B are
(+24E) is fed to terminal board T1 of the main unit
feed the voltage to an external contact. Two types
inserted into this +24E power supply to protect the
I/O modules which are mounted on the I/O unit from a
a contact failure with other power lines.

296

used, +24 V power supply


and I/O unit in order to
of fuses F34 and F35 are
power supply modules and
short-circuit failure or

3.12.4

+24V

(2A)
F34

(2A)
F35

-CT"x_0

-Cr'O

T1

-Q +24 E

+24V
power
supply

GND

GND

Power supply module

POW

CA15

CA16

mm

ID

C0P4

T1

ALC
ALD
+24 B
GND

M3 screw

Note 1

+24V(2At
GP31

F34

F35

victim

M4 tap

I/O unit

2) Fuse alarm in digital output module


The terminal board type digital output module is provided with built-in
fuses ,
If these fuses are blown out, the fuse alarm indicator lamp of corresponding
module lights to indicate the fuse failure. The following figure shows the
mounting positions of fuse alarm indicator lamps of each module and the
mounting positions of fuses.

297

3.12.4

OD08B, 0D16B

Module name
Mounting posi
tions of fuse
alarm indicator
lamps and mount
ing positions of
fuses

]j|o 00
01
d

02

. 3.2

03

fov

04

1||Q Of)
IHo or>

3*2

ll|o 07
D

CON

Ui

10

l|o n
Rglo 12
13
CLV.

C3

co 3.2

D A

HE14
'jo

15

l|o 16
||o 17
tO?-

3.2

Fuse alarm lamp (red)

Indicator

FU4 is blown
If one of fuses FU1
out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.
Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals

<2

Fuse number

FU1

FU2

FU3

FU4

Output number

OS00-0S03

OS04-OF07

OS10-OS13

0S14-0S17

298

3.12.4

OD08C, 0D16C

Module name
Mounting posi
tions of fuse

alarm indicator
lamps and mount
ing positions of
fuses

00

01

mm
COM

02

3.2 3.2

jgli|03

rH

Ci

04
05

ill

06

07

COM

3.2 3.2

ji3l3

co

32

3.2

fa

10

n
12

13
COM

m A

.33 14

A to

CJH

15
16

17

cm

mm

5 2

[>]d

Eh

3.2
A CO

Fuse alarm lamp (red)

Indicator

If one of fuses Fl - F8 is blown out,


the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.

Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals

Fuse No.

Output No.

Fl

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

osoo

OS02

OS03

OS04
OS05

0S06
OS07

0S10

OSOl

0S11

0S12
0S13

OSH
0S15

0S16
0S17

299

3.12.4

OA08D, 0A16D

Module name

Mounting posi
tions of fuse

alarm indicator
lamps and mount
ing positions of
fuses

mm

~L

oo

mm
mmm\
mm
mm

01
02

6.3
A

03

COM

mm
mm
mmoc
mm

04

!>7

COM

6.3
A

HM
aaia 10

Cv]

pi
mm

11

12

13

6.3

COM

mm

A
14
CO

mm\15

&L,

1G

M17

COM

i\

Fuse alarm lamp (red)

Indicator

If one of fuses FI
F4 is blown
out, the above fuse alarm lamp lights.
The blown out fuse shows a white failure
display as in the indicator shown in the
right figure.

Correspondence
between fuses
and output
terminals

FI

Fuse number

Output number

JT

F2

OS00-OS03

300

OS04-OF07

F3

OS10-OS13

F4
0S14-0S17

3.12.4

OA08E, 0A16E

Module name
Mounting posi
tions of fuse
alarm indicator
lamps and mount
ing positions of
fuses

O 00

01

So 03

O 02

COM

FI F2

''Fuse alarm

l||o 04 lamp

#1

Jo 05
IQllo 00
b 07
COM

alarm
Bo 10 ''Fuse
lamp
li
b
#2

F4 F3

\ 12
O 13
cov

00 14
So 15

Fuse alarm
lamp

F5 F6

#3

IHo 16
to 17
x)

CON

to

FU

''1

Fuse alarm

lamp
#4

F7 F8

F8 is blown out, the above fuse


If one of fuses Fl
lights.
alarm lamp
Correspondence between fuse and lamp is
as follows.
F8 have no alarm indicator. Replace the fuse where
Fl
inside fuse element is blown out.

Correspondence of
fuses alarm lamp
number, fuse
number and output
number

Fl

Fuse No.

F2

F3

#4

#3

it 2

#1

Alarm lamp No.

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

OSOO OS02 OS04 OS06 0S10 0S12 0S14 0S16


OS01 OS03 OS05 OS07 0S11 0S13 0S15 OS 17

Output No.

301

4.

4. ADJUSTMENT
4.1 Procedure of Adjustment
This section shows adjustment procedure when the system is installed. Adjust
Details of each item are
your system according to the following items.
described in the table below.

Remarks

No.

Contents

Check external views of control unit and servo


unit

See Item 4.1 (1)

Check the connection of screw terminals.

See Item

External cables connection.

See Item 4.1 (3)

When power source for NC is "OFF", connect the


power input cable.

See Item

Check the insert position of connector and PCB,

See Item 4.1 (5)

Setting confirmation
Tap setting transformer
Velocity control unit PCB setting
Control section PCB setting

..
.

See Item 4.1 (6)

Check input power source voltage, frequency and


phase rotation.

See Item 4.1 (7)

Check that output voltage is not shorted with


ground.

See Item

Power on and check output voltage.

See Item 4.1 (9)

10

Adjustment of velocity control unit.

See Item 4.1 (10)

11

Adjustment of photo Amp. output wave form of


tape reader.

See Item 4.1 (11)

12

Check interface signal between NC and machine


side.

See Item 4.1 (12)

13

Setting and confirmation should be made for each


parameter and setting data.

See Item 4 1 (13)

14

Power off.

See Item

15

Connect motor power cable.

See Item 4 1 (15)

16

Power on.

See Item 4.1 (16)

17

Check movement of each axis by manual feed.

See Item 4.1 (17)

18

Adjustment for servo system.

See Item 4.1 (18)

19

Check whether all functions of NC operate


normally.

See Item

4.1 (2)

4.1 (4)

4.1 (8)

4.1 (14)

302

4.1 (19)

4.1

1) Check external or internal view of control unit and servo unit


Items

Check dirt and damage on external view of CRT/MDI unit, internal position
display unit, internal manual operation board, etc.
Check loosening fixture or detachment of PCB, tape reader unit, velocity
control unit, etc 3 inside of locker.

Check damage on cables, conduits, etc., inside of locker.


(Cover strippings, etc.)
2) Check that the connection of screw terminals is correct
Items

Terminal plate TPl or TB1 of input unit (U, V, W)

Terminal plate TP2 of input unit (EON, EOF, COM, FA, FB)

Terminal plate TP3 of input unit (200A, B).


Terminal plate TP4 of input unit (Ul, Vl , EMGIN1, 2, EMGOUTl, 2).

Terminal plate TB2 of input unit (R, S, 200A1, 200B1, others).


Power

ON/OFF

button of

CRT/MDI unit.

Terminal block of tape reader unit.


Terminal block of input transformer for export.
Terminal block for servo power transformer.
I00A, B TOHl 2)

(Primary and secondary side)

(Primary side, secondary side

Check that the cover is not detached (if applicable).


3) External cables connection
Check following items at time of installation for each unit
Items

After striping cable external cover, check whether the cable is connected to
the earth plate by cramp metal.

Check whether the larger (more than 14 mm2) protection earth cable is
connected between NC and machine side magnetics cabinet.
Check the protection earth is being one point earth type or not as connect
ing from the machine side magnetics cabinet to the grounding earth.

303

4.1

Check following items only for the initial equipment.


Items

Check whether all signal cables are made into unified shield.
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For motor signal)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For motor drive)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For velocity control unit interface)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For position coder)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For spindle analogue output)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For manual pulse generator)

Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.


(For external position display)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For external CRT/MDI)
Cable specifications are as designated by connecting manual.
(For Reader puncher interface)
4) As setting power source for NC "OFF" connect the power input cable
Items

Disconnect motor power cables.


Short short bar S23 on the velocity control unit PCB for M series servo
motor.

Put short bar S10 to L-side on velocity control unit PCB for AC servo.

5) Check the mounting position of connector and PCB


Items

Are cramp screws for HONDA connector firmly tightened?


Are nail-type fixtures fitted with flat cable connector?
Are nail-type fixtures fitted with brown connector for power source?

304

4.1

Items
Are screws tightened for optional PCB?

faster PCB

]
Fitting screw
Optional PCB

Are ROMs exactly mounted with IC socket on ROM card.


6) Setting confirmation
Perform following items a) 'u e) for every unit at time of installation.
a) Tap set of transformer (see Item 4.2).

Items

Tap setting of servo power transformer.


Tap setting of input transformer for export.

b) Setting on control section PCB (see Item 6.1).


c) Setting on M series velocity control Unit PCB (see Item 6.2).
d) Setting on AC servo velocity control unit PCB (see Item 6.3).
e) Setting on AC spindle servo unit PCB (see Item 6.4).
7) Confirmation for input power source voltage and frequency
Items

When power source is used for control unit and servo unit, confirm that input
is applied as follows:
+10%
,
Hz +1 Hz, 3
AC 200/220 V
-15% 50/60
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)
Power source input for control unit only is applied as follows:

+10%

, 50,60 Hz +3 Hz, 1 i
-15%
(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)

AC

200/220

Power source input for servo unit only is applied as followings:

AC

+10%

200/220 V -15% , 50,60

Hz +1 Hz, 3

(However, combination with 220 V and 50 Hz is not recommended.)

305

4.1

Items
Power source for export transformer is applied as follows:
+10%
AC 200/220/230/240/380/415/440/460/480/550 V

-15%

Input power capacity is enough for consumptive power of control unit and
servo unit.
8) Confirm that output voltage is not shorted with ground
Items
Power unit output +5 V is not shorted with 0 V.
Power unit output +24 V is not shorted with 0 V.
Power unit output +15 V is not shorted with 0 V.

Power unit output -15 V is not shorted with 0 V.

9) Power on and check output voltage (see Item 3.4)


Items

Are the fans in the locker operating?

+5 V (Cl 2)
+24 V (C12)

At the check terminal on master


PCB or control PCB, confirm that
output voltage is within the
ranges at table to the right.
Confirm each output voltage at check
terminal on velocity control unit

+15 V (C12)
-15 V (C12)
CH15 (+24 V)
CH16 (+15 V)
CH17 (-15 V)

P.C.B.

+5.25 V
+4.75
+21.6 - +26.4 V
+14.25 - +15.75 V
-14.25 - -15.75 V
27 V
+22
+14.55 - 15.45 V
-14.55 - -15.45 V

10) Adjustment of velocity control unit (see Item 6.2)

Items

Confirm servo offset


a) Set RV2 on velocity control unit PCB to 50% (for pulse coder feedback).
Set RV2 so that voltage between CH6 and CH3 is within +0*5 V while short
ing between CHI and CH3 and between CH2 and CH3.
Note 1: When machine moves during adjustment, position deviation error stop
page or drift excessive error will occur. In this case, set
approx. 5000 to in-position width and position deviation limit
value. After adjustment, reset normal data. If the large data is
set to in-position width, automatic drift compensation is not
performed.
Note 2: Don't short CH2 (TSA) and CH3 (0 V) or CH2 and CH4 (0 V) on
velocity control PCB because hybrid IC on master PCB will be
damaged (This note applies to a system with pulse coder feedback)

306

4.1

11) Adjustment of photo Amp. output wave form of tape reader


(Refer to Item 3.5)
Items

After setting endless tape (repeating respectively punching and non-punching),


send the tape by setting switch for MANUAL.
1) With an oscilloscope, measure the waveform at check terminals CHPS on the
photo-amplifier. Adjust it so that the ON/OFF timing ratio is 6:4 by RV1

(SP).
2) Measure the waveform between check terminals CHI and CH8 on the photo
amplifier using oscilloscope, and find the channel where the ON time
width is the shortest.
3) Measure the waveform where the ON time width is the shortest between CHI
and CHS and compare it with the waveform of CHPS. Adjust so that the
timing indicated below is obtained by RV2.
4) Confirm that the waveforms CHI and CH8 satisfy the timing in the diagram

below.
ON

OFF

CHPS waveform

ON: OFF = 6:4

Above

300/us
Shortest ON width

measured between
CHI and CI18

Above

300/as

ON

OFF

Note) Names of check terminal and variable resistor for tape reader
(A13B-0070-B001) are changed as below.
right side volume
1 A, 8, CHG + OV, RVl + SP, RV2
CHPS -> S, CHI 'v CH8
of SP.
12) Confirm interface signal between NC and machine side

Items

Refer to the self-diagnostic function table (see Item 3.7).

13) Setting and confirmation should be made for each parameter and setting data
Items

Refer to the parameter table (refer to Item 5.3).


Set parameter ADR (PRM, 1800, 0 bit) to

"1".

Set parameter PSF (Parameter No. 1802) to 0 for a resolver or an Inductosyn.

14) Turn off the power supply


15) Connect the motor power line
Open S23 for M series servo.

Set S10 to H side for AC servo.

307

4.1

16) Turn on the power supply


Items
If an alarm occurred, take corrective action according to the alarm list,

The motor rotates more or less simultaneously when MCC of the velocity
control unit was turned on, but it is soon reset due to the function of the
automatic drift compensating function. Then, the motor does not rotate
even when the power supply is turned on and off. Repeat the power on/off
operation and emergency stop several times and make sure that the motor
does not rotate.

17) Examine the movement of each axis by manual feed


Items

Try moving each axis every 10 pm by the manual pulse feed or incremental
feed. Check to see if the machine normally follows up the movement.
Operate the limit switches mounted on the machine while moving each axis
with low override by manual JOG feed; make sure that the machine stops
moving securely when an overtravel alarm was detected.
Move each axis while changing the override by manual JOG feed and manual
rapid traverse. Make sure that none of the alarms such as excessive error,
etc., appear even at the maximum feed rate.

18) Adjust the servo system


Items

Operate each axis by F4 digit feed in MDI mode, and check the positional
deviation amount by the CRT/MDI unit at this time (DGN No. 3000). Obtain
the position gain from the feed rate and positional deviation amount by the
following equation:
F: Feed rate (mm/min) (0.1 in/min), (deg/min)
16. 7F
E: Positional deviation amount (0.001 mm),_(0.0001 in), (0.01 deg)
G =
E
G: Position gain (sec *) (standard: 30 sec *)
Adjust the position gain to be less than +10% of the aimed value by turning
variable resistor (F/V converter voltage compensation) RV4 (in case of M
series servo) or RV3 (in case of AC servo) of the velocity control unit PCB.
The difference among axes should be within 1%. (Take the initial positional
deviation amount into due consideration.)

Perform standard setting and adjustment of the inductosyn, resolver inter


face PCB, referring to Subsec. 6.1.6.

308

4.2
19) Confirm that all functions of NC are able to operate normally.

Items

Perform a reference point return.


Perform setting of grid shift amount. This performance will become
effective only after power is turned off and on again. Confirmation
is required.

Running is made by the test tape being made to match the machine.

4.2 Connection of Power T ransformer


4.2.1 Tap change of control power transformer

A control power transformer is required when the input power supply is other
than 200 VAC 50/60 Hz or 200 VAC 60 Hz.
This transformer can be installed in the free-standing type cabinet and FS12
built-in type cabinet only. As a power transformer is mounted in the machine
tool when the other type cabinets are used, refer to the manual issued by the

machine tool builder.


Check the transformer tap, and confirm that the voltage (at the NC power supply
terminal) is within +10% and -15% of the tap voltage. If the voltage is outside
this range, the tap must be changed.
OTBl

JQL

O 550

n 480
460

Y\

TB2

440
A

415
380

200
B

240
I 230

m
M

I200

PEE

COM CAUTION

Tap connection for 380 VAC


4.2.2 Connection of M series servo power transformer

1) Primary connections
a) For power transformers MA

MC (for Japan)

Power voltage

Connection of transformer primary terminals

200 V

U-2 , V-4 , W-6

220 V

U-l, V-3, W-5

309

4.2.2

b) For power transformers MAE

Power voltage

MCE (for countries other than Japan)

Connection of transformer primary terminals


Short between transformer
Connection of power
terminals
cables U, V, W _

190 V
(Common to 200 V)

U-3-7 , V-ll-15, W-19-23

230 V
(Common to 220 V)

U-2-6, V-10-14, W-18-22

4-8-12-16-20-24

380 V

U-3 , V-ll, W-19

4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24

420 V (Common
to 415 V, 440 V)

U-3, V-ll, W-19

4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24

460 V
(Common to 480 V)

U-2 , V-10, W-18

4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24

U-l, V-9 , W-17

4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24

550 V

2) Secondary connections
a) For power transformers MA, MAE

b) For power transformers MB, MC, MBE,


MCE

31

32
33
34
35

Transformer

31

To T1(A), (1), (2) of


velocity control unit
for model OM, 5M
ToTl(A), (1), (2) of
velocity control unit
for Model 00M

32
33

34
35

Trans
former

36

MB

42

42

MAE

43

MC

43

MBE

44

To CN2(1), (2), (3)


of the 1st axis

44

45

MCE

45

To CN2(1), (2), (3)

of the 2nd axis

52

to CN2 (1), (2), (3)


of the 1st axis

To CN2 (1), (2), (3)


of the 2nd axis

47

To CN2(1), (2), (3)


of the 3rd axis

48

To CN2 (1), (2), (3)


of the 3rd axis

49

49

51

the 2nd and 3rd axis

46

46

47
48

To T1(A), (1), (2) of

41

41

MA

To T1(A), (1), (2) of


the 1st axis

To CN2(4), (5) of
the 1st axis

51

To CN2 (4), (5) of

52

the 1st axis

Fig. 4.2.1

Note: The output voltage of the power transformer differs for Model 00M.
(A voltage lower than the voltages for other motors is used.) If the
power transformer for other motors should be connected to the velocity
Be
control unit for Model 00M by mistake, it causes trouble.
particularly careful with connection, accordingly.

- 310

4.2.2
3) External dimensions of power transformer
175max

275max

Power

-a e-

Weight

transformer

MA
MAE

About 20 kg

MB
MBE

About 30 kg

MC
MCE

About 36 kg

CO

1
50

50

150

125
150

2B0 max

Connections of power
36
transformer MA31

Connection diagram of power


transformer MA - MC.
Connections of MA31 - 36
are as shown in the figure
at right.
I

220V

1 o- 200V
2>

iiI
1:1

220 V
30
V
20.0
4o
5 o 220V
V
6 o 200

Go

T-0 31
L-o 34
10 32
35
y-o 33
>-o 36
o 41
o 42
o 43
o 44
o 45
0 46
o 47
o 48
o 49
. TOH1 .;.i

To 1st axis
CN2

To 2nd axis
CN2

To 3rd axis
CN2

7TT

1jn52}

*31 ~33
To 1st axis T1

*34~36
To 2nd, 3rd
axis T1

1
2
3
4
5
6

41

42
43
44

45
46

47
48
49

To 1st axis

51
52

CN2

Connections of power
transformer MAE31 - 36

Connection diagram of power


transformer MAE - MCE.
Connections of MAE31 - 36
are as shown in the figure

_
H !230V I!I

For motor
model 00M

0 35
0 36

1I

-1-

33

0 34

31
32
33
34
35
36

For motor
model 0M,5M

< 32
0

Terminal layout of power


transformers MA - MC.
(Screw M4)

Terminal layout of power


transformers MAE - MCE.

at right.
275 V
1o
230 V
o
2
3 o 190V

275 V
_

pi] h
ovl8{>-oyJ| L

lOoUgOtSl *
4 0
9 o275V

ijo

275V

_ovj16o_ovj
120
-21Q2Z5V
17027LV
230V
190V
19 0
OV
20 0

i <-

-0

47

To 3rd axis

48

CN2

TOH1

TOH2

52

"32
0 33
034
35
-036

For motor
model 00M

*31 ~33
To 1st axis T1

To 2nd axis
CN2

46

31

For motor
model OM, 5M

To 1st axis
CN2

42
0 43
<5 44

l9aZjx|
Go

33

o 41

|22J

!?h
E

lo 36

Ho

18 0

'

031

1-0 31
L-o 34
1o 32
l-o 35

*34~36
To 2nd, 3rd
axis T1

To 1st axis
CN2

1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
17

18
19
20

7
8
13
14
15
16

21

'22
23
24

32
33
34
35
36
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

51
52

Fig. 4,2.2 (e)

311

4.2.3
4.2.3 Connection of AC servo power transformer
Be sure the input tap of the power supply transformer is set according to the
input voltage when connecting the power supply cable to the AC servo unit.
If set incorrectly, the AC servo unit may cause trouble.
I) Primary side connection
Connection of the transformer terminals and power supply cables U, V, and W
must follow the input supply voltage specifications in Tables (a) and (b)
a) For power supply transformers AA, MB and MC for Japan

Table 4.2.3 (a)

Power voltage

Connection of primary-side terminals

200 V

U-2, V-4, W-6

220 V

U-l, V-3, W-5

b) For power supply transformers MBE, and MCE for countries other than Japan
Table 4.2.3 (b)

Power voltage

Connection of primary-side terminals


Short between transformer
Connection of power
terminals
cables U, V, W

190 V
(Common to 200 V)

U-3-7, V-ll-15, W-19-23

230 V
(Common to 220 V)

U-2-6, V-10-14, W-18-22

4-8-12-16-20-24

380 V

U-3, V-ll, W-19

4-7,12-15,20-23,8-16-24

420 V (Common
to 415 V, 440 V)

U-3, V-ll, W-19

4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24

460 V
(Common to 480 V)

U-2, V-10, W-18

4-6,12-14,20-22,8-16-24

U-l, V-9, W-17

4-5,12-13,20-21,8-16-24

550 V

- 312

4.2.3

c) Power transformer ME, ABE and ACE for Japan and other countries
Table 4.2.3 (c>
Connection of primary-side terminals

Power

voltage

Connection of power
cables U, V, W

Short between
transformer terminals

200 V

U-7, V-15, W-23

8-15, 16-23, 24-7

220 V

U-6, V-14, W-22

8-14, 16-22, 24-6

230 V

U-5, V-13 , W-21

8-13, 16-21, 24-5

240 V

U-4, V-12, W-20

8-12, 16-20, 24-4

380 V

U-6, V-14, W-22

420 V

U-4, V-12, W-20

460 V

U-3 , V-ll, W-19

480 V

U-2 , V-10, W-18

550 V

U-l, V-9, W-17

8-16, 16-24 or
(8-16-24)

Connection
type

Delta
connection

Star

connection

Remarks: If more than one power supply transformer is used, both must be
connected to the tap in the same way. Also, the connection of
transformer overheat must be done in the same manner.
2) Secondary side connection
a) For power supply transformers
M and ME
185 V

33

185 V

34

35
36

Power
trans

formers
AA and
AAE

41
42
43

44
45
46

47
48
49
51
52

ToTl(A), (1), (2) of


velocity control unit
for model 3-0 (3000
rpm max) 0,and 5

185V

31
32

120V

120V
'

120 V

b) For power supply transformers


MB, MC, MBE MCE, ABE and ACE
31
32

33
34

To T1(A), (1), (2) of


velocity control unit
for models 4-0 to 1-0
(3-0 is 2000 rpm max)

35
Power
Trans36
formors
MB, MC, 41
MBE,
and MCE
43
ABE and ,,
44
ACE
45

18V

0V

To CN2 (1), (2), (3)


of 1st axis

18V

18V
0V

To CN2 (1), (2), (3) o


of 2nd axis

18V

46

18V
0V

47
To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of
3rd axis

48
49

18V

51

To CN2 (4), (5) of


1st axis

52

185 V
185V
185V
185V
185V
185V

Toll (A), (1), (2) of 1st axis

To T1 (A), (1), (2) of 2nd axis,


3rd axis

18V
0V
18V

To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of 1st


axis

18V
0V
18V

To CN2 (1), (2) (3) of


2nd axis

18V
0V

To CN2 (1), (2), (3) of


3rd axis

18V

To CN2 (4), (5) of


1st axis

Note: The models 4-0 to 1-0 motors use a relatively low power supply
If the higher voltage used for the other
transformer voltage.
models is applied to the velocity control unit for Models 4-0 to
1-0, it will cause an error.

313

4.2.3

3) Motors and power transformers used for each axis


Table 4.2.3 (d)

1st axis

2nd axis

3rd axis

Power
transformer

Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Models 4-0, 3-0, Transformer AA


(AAE)
2-0
2-0
2-0
(1.5 kVA)
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 4-0,3-0, Model 5
2-0
2-0
Models 4-0, 3-0, Models 1-0,0
2-0, 1-0

Models 4-0, 3-0, Model 5


2-0, 1-0,
0

Remarks
Models 4-0, 3-0
(2000 rpm max) ,
2-0, 1-0, and
0 use trans
former output
terminals 34,
35, 36, while
Models 3-0
(3000 rpm max)
and 5 use
transformer
output termi

nals 31, 32,

33.
Model 5

Model 5

Models 5, 10

Model 10

Model 5

Transformer MB
(MBE , ABE)
(2.5 kVA)

Model 10

Transformer MC
(MCE, ACE)
(5 kVA)

Models 20, 30
Model 5

Model 5

Model 5

Models 20, 30

See Note.

Model 30R
Note: Two or more transformers MC, MCE, or ACE, become necessary according to
the load conditions in the case of Models 10, 20, 30 x 3 axis.

314

4.2.3

4) Connections in the power supply transformer

Connections for power supply


transformers AA, MB, and MC
(Connection for 31-36 of AA
is as shown at right.)
i

1
2

220 V

* 200 V

220V
30
V
4 20.0

5o 220V
g o_200V

I
I

31
L-o

34
32
16 35
-ro 33
36
41
o 42
43
0

31
32
33
34
35
36

34

120V0 35
120V0

36

1
2
3
4
5
6

41
42
43
44

45

45
0

46
047

. TOH1

777-

L-o

185V
31
185V
32
185V0
33
120V 0

Terminal layout of power


supply transformers AA,
MB, and MC.

"|

L
II
3I
1E
E

Go

Connections for power


supply transformers AA
31 to 36.

46
47
48
49

Jr

048
0 49

/TOH2~51
52

51
52

<3

Models for countries other than Japan

Connections for power supply


transformers MBE, and MCE.
(Connection for 31-36 of
MAE is as shown at right)
275V
1o
2 230V
3 190V
OV
4
_ 275 V
q *

275V

ml

*
*

13O2Z5V =
S14o130Vj
10 0MV
i
11*
12

190V

'

liojqi|

lite-.9V llI
275 V

<>

OV

17*
230V
I80
190V
19*
OV
20*

,21o 275V

|23Mv|lI
Boo.230V 11

l24o-J|

1
it
I

G*

1-0 31
L-o 34
10 32
L-o 35
t-o 33
L-o 36/

Connections of power
transformer MAE

31 to 36.

Terminal layout of power


supply transformers MBE
and MCE.

031

032
33
0 34
0 35
0 36

42
-o 43

o 44

o 45
046

31
32

J.

6
7

9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24

17
18
19

47
0 48
0 49
TOHI 051

20

T0H2 0 52

2
3
4

33
34
35
36
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

51
52

315

4.2.3

Terminal layout of power supply


transformer AAE.

Connection of power supply transformer

AAE.
1

460V

415/240 V
230 V

4 O
5 O

200 V

0V
550 V

L
I

480V

10 O

460V

ii a

415/240 V

12 O

230 V

13 O

I
I

200 V

a
0V

16 O

550V

17 O

480 V

18 O

460V

19 O
415/240 V
20 a
230 V
21 O-

380/220 V

22 O23 O

31

32

O 32

120V
120V

-O 34
O 35

O 36

4 Q
5 a
6 O

13

14

10

15

11

16

12

21
22
23
24

17
18
19
20

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

*=

51
52

O 43

18V

O 44

0V

-O 45

18 V

-O 46

18V

-O 47

0V

O 48

18V

O 49

O 51

0 52

Terminal layout of power supply


transformers ABE and ACE.

550V

8 09O

10 O
11 O

12 O

31
32

480 V

460 V

185 V
230 V

380/220 V

185 V

200 V

550V

185 V

480V
460V

19 O
20 O
21 O-

22 O-

10
11
12
17
18
19
20

O 33
O 36

230 V

18V

200V

15 O

18 O

-O 32

415/240 V

o-380/220V
a

O 34

2
3
4

-O 35

0V

13 O

17 O

31

415/240 V

7O

0V
550V

0V
18V
18V
0V

480V

18V

460V

18V

415/240 V

230V

380/220 V

18V

TOII,

0V

TOH,

4r

35

8
13

36

34

41

14

42

15
16

43

21

45
46

22
23

24

44

47
48
49

52

O 43

-O 44
O 45

-O 46
O 47

49

51
O 52

QO

33

51

O 42

5
6

4-

O 41

200V

23 O-

24 O

34
35
36
41

Ur

2O

16

3
4

O 42

18V

TOI 1i
TOHj

ov

Ia

14

0V

33

7
8

O 41

Connection of power transformers


ABE and ACE.

200 V

24 O

aa

~0 31

185V O 33

18V

380/220 V

14 O

15

185V

120V

8 O

380/220 V

6 O
7

L
i.

480 V

2 O
3

185 V

550 V

TYJ

316

5.

5. PARAMETER
5.1 Parameter Display
5.1,1 Displaying parameters other than pitch error compensation data

1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.
5.1.2 Displaying pitch error compensation data
1) Press the 'SERVICE' software key followed by the 'PITCH' software key. The
parameter screen appears.
2) Enter the data number of the parameter to be displayed and press the 'IMP-NO'
software key. Instead of entering a data number, the required parameter can
be displayed using the cursor or the page key.

5.2 Parameters Setting


5.2.1 Parameter tape format
1) Format of parameter tape except pitch error compensation data
Parameters are classified into the following based on data formats:

Data format

Bit type
Bit axis type
Byte type
Byte axis type

Word type
Word axis type
2-word type
2-word axis type

Data range

Remarks

0 or 1
0 or 1
0
+127
0 - +127
0 - +32767
0
+32767
0
+99999999
0
+99999999

Note 1) Independent data can be specified for each control axis if axis types
are used.
Note 2) Data ranges are general ranges. Data ranges vary based on parameters.
See the explanation of each parameter for more information.
a) Bit type parameter tape format
P
N
;
N
: The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive

integer)
: Parameter value (0, 1) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
following P.
Parameter bit 0 is stored in the first digit and parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit. (positive integer)
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example :
NOOOO P00010001; or NO P10001;
P

317

5.2.1

b) Bit axis type parameter tape format


P
A
N
;
The
data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
N
:

integer)

: An axis number (1 - 15) (A positive integer)


: Parameter value (0, 1) is given as an 8-digit numerical value
A data number contains 8 bit-type parameters.
following P.
Parameter bit 0 is stored in the first digit and Parameter bit 7 is
stored in the 8th digit. (positive integer)
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note 1) Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note 2) Leading zeros can be omitted.
Example :
N0012 A1 P0000011; or N12 A1 Pll;
N00I2 A2 P0000010; or N12 A2 PIO;
N0012 A3 POOOOOIO ; or N12 A3 P10;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
N12 A1 Pll A2 P01 A3 P01;
A
P

c) Byte type parameter tape format


P
N
N
: The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive

integer)
P

: Parameter value is given as a numerical value following P.

(An

integer)
Valid data range depends on the parameters.
: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
1)
Address N and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note
2)
Leading
zeros can be omitted.
Note
Example :
N2010 P100;
d) Byte axis type parameter format
P
N
A
;
N
: The data number is a 4-digit numeric value following N (A positive
integer)
15) (A positive integer)
A
; An axis number (1
P
: Parameter value is given as a numerical value following P.
Specific data ranges vary according to parameters.
End
of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
:
1)
Address N, A, and P should be specified in the order described above.
Note
2)
Leading
Note
zeros can be omitted.

Example:

e)
f)

g)
h)

N1020 A1 P88;
N1020 A2 P89;
N1020 A3 P90;
The parameters of various axes can be specified in one block as follows:
N020 A1 P88 A2 P89 A3 P90
Word-type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
Word-axis type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.
2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-type parameter tape format.
2-word type parameter tape format
Same as the byte-axis type parameter tape format.

318

5.2.2

Example of a parameter (except pitch error compensation data) tape:

%;
NO PI;
N3 PO;
N10 P10;
Nil PO;

%
2) Pitch error compensation data tape format
N
P
N
: 5-digit numeric value (10000+ pitch error compensation point number)
after N (positive integer)
P
: Pitch error compensation value after P (An integer)

Valid data range is -7 - 7.


: End of block (LF in ISO code or CR in EIA code)
Note) Address N and P should be in the order described above.
Example of pitch error compensation data tape (ISO code)

%5
N10000 PI;
N10001 P4;
N10002 P-7;
N10003 P-3;
N10004 P2 ;

%
5,2.2 Setting parameters using parameter tape

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Put the system into MDI mode or emergency stop status.


Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.

Enter 8000.
Press the software key 'INP-N0.'; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
Enter 1 and press the 'INPUT' software key. PWE=1 is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
6) Press the function menu key and the soft key is changed over to the function

selection key.
7) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
8) Mount the parameter tape on the tape reader.
9) Press the software key 'READ' and then software key 'ALL'. The parameter
tape is read and parameters are set.
10) Temporarily turn NC power off.
5.2.3 Setting from MDI
1) Put the screen into MDI mode or emergency stop status.
2) Press the software key 'SETTING' to select the setting screen.

3) Enter 8000.
4) Press the software key 'INP-NO.'; data number 8000 parameter is displayed.
5) Enter 1 and press the 'INPUT' software key. PWE=1 is shown and parameters
can now be specified. NC enters an alarm status.
6) Press the function menu key and the soft key is changed over to the function
selection key.

319

5.3

7) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
8) Enter the data number of the parameter to be set and press the 'INP-NO.'
software key. The screen for the parameter to be set will be displayed.
9) Enter the data to be set and press the 'INPUT' software key; the entered
data is assigned. Data can be continuously input from the selected data
number by delimiting data ;
Example :
If 10; 20; 30; 40 are entered and the software key 'INPUT' is pressed, 10,
20, 30, and 40 are sequentially assigned to the parameters starting with
the parameter indicated by the cursor.
10) Repeat steps 7), 8) and 9).
11) After parameters are established, set 0 to the parameter PWE of data number
8000 to inhibit further parameter setting.
12) Reset the NC and release the alarm 'Parameters can be established'. If the
alarm 'A parameter which requires to turn NC power to be temporarily turned
off has been established* appears, turn NC power off.

' '.

5.3 Parameter Tape Punch


5.3.1 Punching ail parameters
1) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.
2) Put the system into EDIT mode.
3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'ALL' software key and all of
the parameters will be punched.
5.3.2 Punching the parameters except pitch error compensation data
1) Connect a punch unit to the I/O interface.

2) Put the system into EDIT mode.


3) Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PARAM' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'PARAM' software key and
parameters (except the pitch error compensation data) are punched.
5.3.3
1)
2)
3)

Punching pitch error compensation data


Connect a punch unit to the I/O
Put the system into EDIT mode.

interface.

Press the 'SERVICE' software key and then press the 'PITCH' software key to
select a screen.
4) Press the 'PUNCH' software key followed by the 'PITCH' software key and
parameters on the pitch error compensation data are punched.

320

5.4

5.4 Parameters
For details,
Parameters are specified by type of function as follows.
10/11/12/100/110/120 series operator's manual (Appendix) (B-54810E)

see

Parameter list

1) Parameter related to setting


Contents

Parameter No.
0000

TV check is performed or not.


TV check is performed or not during control out.
ISO code is with parity bit or not.
Method of punching EOB by ISO code.
Punch code is ISO or EIA.

0010

Input unit is by metric or inch.


Single block stop in custom macro is performed or not.

0011

08000
08000

0012

'v

08999 programs can be edited or not.


08999 programs are displayed on executing.

Mirror image ON/OFF.


Each axis scaling Validity/Invalidity.

0020, 0021

Input device No. for foreground.

0022, 0023

Input device No. for background.

2) Parameter related to timer


Contents

Parameter No.

0100

Timer 1 (Accumulated power on hour)

0101

Timer 2 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).

0102

Timer 3 (Accumulated automatic operation hour).

3) Parameters related to axis control

Contents

Parameter No.

1000

In-position and interlock condition.

1002

Linear axis detection unit.

1004

Each axis setting unit.


Input unit is multiplied by 10 or not.

1005

Setting related to reference point return.


External deceleration signal, machine lock, and axis detach
signal are valid or invalid.

321

5.4

Contents

Parameter No.

1006

Setting inch/metric conversion is


Setting machine coordinate system
automatic reference point return.
Setting machine coordinate system
compensation.
Axis movement amount is specified
Specifying manual reference point

required or not.
for stroke check and
for stored pitch error

by diameter or radius.
return direction.

1020

Program axis name of each axis.

1021

Axis number in parallel axis.

1022

Specifying each axis in basic coordinate system.

1023

Servo axis number of each axis.

1030

2nd auxiliary function command address.

1031

Standard axis.

4) Parameters related to coordinate system

Contents

Parameter No.

1220

Each axis external work zero point offset value.

1221

Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 1.

1222

Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 2.

1223

Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 3.

1224

Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 4.

1225

Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 5.

1226

Work zero point offset value of work coordinate system 6.

1240

Coordinate value of the 1st reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1241

Coordinate value of the 2nd reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1242

Coordinate value of the 3rd reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1243

Coordinate value of the 4th reference point in the machine


coordinate system.

1260

Movement value of rotary axis per rotation.

322

5.4

5) Parameters related to feed rate


Contents

Parameter No.

1400

Dry run is valid or invalid for rapid traverse command.


Dry run is valid or invalid for thread cutting command.
Manual rapid traverse is valid or invalid from reference
point return after power on.
Skip function feed rate.
Positioning is by non-linear interpolation type or linear
interpolation type.
2nd feed rate override is valid or invalid.

1401

External deceleration invalid for all feeds or only for


rapid traverse.

1410

Dry run rate.

1412

Percentage to rapid traverse override FI.

1413

Manual handle feed allowable flow.

1414

Magnification n of manual handle feed.

1420

Rapid traverse rate of each axis.

1421

Fo-rate for each axis rapid traverse override.

1422

Maximum cutting feed rate of each axis.

1423

Jog feed rate of each axis.

1424

Manual reference point return FM rate of each axis.

1425

Manual reference point

1426

External deceleration rate for cutting feed.

1427

External deceleration rate at rapid traverse of each axis.

1428

Feed rate of skip function.

6) Parameter related

return FL rate of

each axis.

acceleration/deceleration control
Contents

Parameter No.

acceleration/deceleration

is by linear or

1600

Rapid traverse
exponential.

1620

Linear type rapid traverse


constant of each axis.

acceleration/deceleration

time

1621

Linear type rapid traverse


rate of each axis.

acceleration/deceleration

FL

1622

Cutting feed
each axis.

acceleration/deceleration

323

constant time of

5.4

Contents

Parameter No.

1623

1624

Cutting feed
Jog feed

acceleration/deceleration

FL rate of each axis.

acceleration/deceleration

constant time of each

acceleration/deceleration

FL rate of each axis.

axis.
1625

Jog feed

1626

Chamfering time constant at thread cutting cycle of each


axis.

1627

FL rate at thread cutting cycle of each axis.

1628

Exponential type rapid traverse


time constant of each axis.

acceleration/deceleration

1629

Exponential type rapid traverse


FL rate of each axis.

acceleration/deceleration

1630

Parameter 1 to establish linear


prior to interpolation.

acceleration/deceleration

1631

Parameter 2 to establish linear


prior to interpolation.

acceleration/deceleration

7) Parameter related to servo


Contents

Parameter No.

1800

Automatic drift compensation is performed or not.


Servo alarm occurs or not when velocity control ready
signal (VRDY) turns on before position control ready signal
turns on.
Follow-up is performed or not during servo-off.

1802

Automatic setting of phase shift value has completed or not.


Servo off signal is valid or invalid.

1810

Feed back pulse frequency is checked or not.


Setting of compensations! rate of backlash and pitch error
compensation.
Position control LSI is checked or not at turning on power.
Feed back pulses of pulse coder is monitored or not.

1815

Position detective method is by digital feed back or analog


feed back.

1816

Setting of reference counter capacity.


Setting of detective multiplier.

1820

Command multiplier (CMR) of each axis.

1825

Servo loop gain of each axis.

1826

Loop gain multiplier of each axis.

1827

In-position width of each axis.

324

5.4

Contents

Parameter No.

1828

Position deviation limit value at servo off of each axis.

1829

Position deviation limit value at stoppage of each axis,

1830

Position deviation limit value at servo off at each axis.

1831

Lowest clamp value of velocity command value of each axis.

1832

Feed stop position deviation of each axis,

1833

Position detector phase shift value of each axis.

1834

Drift compensation amount of each axis,

1835

Number of pulse per pulse coder one rotation.

1850

Grid shift amount of each axis.

1851

Backlash compensation of each axis.

1890

Feed back pulse check move distance of each axis.

8) Parameter related to

DI/DO

Parameter No.

Contents

2000

Resetting signal (RST) is always output or only when


reset button on MDI panel is pressed.
Rewinding signal (RWD) is output only when tape reader
is rewinded or when either tape reader or program in memory
is rewinded,
Cycle start lamp signal (STL) is output or not during
operation by manual numeric command.
Cycle start lamp signal is output or not when programs are
registered by cycle start signal in tape editting mode.
Cycle operating signal (OP) is turned on or not at
searching for sequence number.
MDI mode can be started or not by pressing start button on
the panel.
Programs are registered by cycle start signal in tape

editing mode or not.

2001

Reset or alarm is effective at emergency stop.


If all of the mode selection signal turn off, no mode is
assumed or the previously selected mode is assumed.
Incremented feed amount is specified by magnification

specification signals MP1, MP2 and MP3.


Rapid traverse override signal R0V1 and R0V2 has a standard
interface or logical 0/1 reverse interface.
Selection BMI or FS3/FS6 as machine interface.
Selection FS3 or FS6 interface.
External operation command signal EF is output or not.

2010

Delay time of strobe signal MF, SF, TF, BF.

- 325

5.4

Contents

Parameter No.

2011

Acceptance width of M, S, T and B function completion


signal (FIN)

2014

Mode unselected status ignore time.

2015

Invalid mode selection status ignore time.

2016

Manual feed rate override clamp value.

2020

Software operator's panel (+) direction command button.

2021

Software operator's panel (-) direction command button.

9) Parameter related to

MDI/EDIT/CRT
Contents

Parameter No.
2200

All of the programs are loaded at once by external I/O


device next to programs previously loaded or after deleting
previous programs.
When program with the same program number as the one already
loaded, program can not be loaded by alarm or loaded after
deleting previously loaded programs.
M02, M30 and M99 are assumed as program end or not in
program loading,.
M99 is assumed as program end in program loading.
09999 are deleted or not by all program
Program No. 09000
deleting operation or command.

2201

Program editing of program No. 09000 % 09999 is prohibited


or not.
09999 are displayed or not during
Program No. 09000
execution.
Single block is stopped or not at the macro statement of
programs 09000 - 09999.

2202

Display on external position display and position display


on CRT are by standard unit or by 10 magnification of
standard unit.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display include tool length
compensation value or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display include tool radius
compensation/tool nose R compensation value or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
External position display, CRT relative position display
and absolute position display are with considering the
delay in servo or not.
Machine position display or CRT is with considering the
delay at acceleration/deceleration control or not.
Machine position display on CRT is with considering the
delay at servo or not.

326

5.4

Contents

Parameter No.

2203

Machine position display on CRT is by detective unit or


inch/metric unit.

10) Parameters related to programming

Parameter No.

2400

Contents

Decimal point is input by conventional or calculator


method
Feed per minute F code in metric without decimal point is
processed by 1 mm/min or 0.1 mm/min unit.
Commands of inch input and metric input are G20/21 or

G70/G71.
Condition setting of M30 at memory operation.
Always dwell per minute or dwell per minute in feed per
minute mode and dwell per revolution in feed per revolution
mode
G code system selection.

2401

Mode at power turn on and in clear status.

2402

Travel command path for absolute are same as for


incremental or not after manual intervention by manual
absolute on,

2410

Arc radius error limit value.

2411

M codes 1-8 which do not perform buffering.

2418
2900

Distance between double turrets.

11) Parameters related to Reader/puncher interface


Contents

Parameter No.

5001

I/O device No. connected

to

Reader/puncher interface.

5003
5011

I/O

device No. connected to

ASR33/44 interface.

5110, 5120,
5130, 5140,
5150, 5160

Reader/puncher device specification number corresponding


device No. 1-6.

5110, 5121,
5131, 5141,
5151, 5161

Stop bit number of Reader /puncher device corresponding to

5112, 5122,
5132, 5142,
5152, 5162

Band rate corresponding to device No. 1-6.

device No. 1-6.

327

to

5.4

12) Parameter related to stroke limit


Contents

Parameter No.

5200

Stored stroke limit inhibited area is in interior or


exterior.

5210

Stored stroke limit is checked or not.

5220

(+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 1 of


each axis.

5221

(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 1 of


each axis.

5222

(+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of


each axis.

5223

(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 2 of


each axis.

5224

(+) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of


each axis.

5225

(-) direction coordinate value of stored stroke limit 3 of


each axis.

13) Parameter related pitch error compensation

Contents

Parameter No.

5420

Pitch error compensation number for reference point of each


axis.

5421

Pitch error compensation point number nearest the


of each axis

5422

Pitch error compensation point number nearest the


of each axis

5423

Pitch error compensation magnification for each axis.

5424

Interval of pitch error compensation for each axis.

5425

Movement amount per rotation in rotating axis type pitch


error compensation.

328

end

"+"

end

5.4

14) Parameter related to spindle control


Parameter No.

5600

Contents

Voltage polarity of spindle speed analog output.


Gear change system during thread cutting or tapping.
Spindle orientation or gear shift is performed by spindle
orientation signal (SOR).
Spindle speed output is by analog or 12 bit binary output.

5601

Spindle override is valid or invalid.


Spindle override is valid or invalid during thread cutting
or tapping.
When spindle speed command beyond maximum spindle speed,
speed is clamped it maximum speed or an alarm occurs.
Gear select signal output is code output or signal output
corresponding to gear selection.
SF signal is output or not when gear select signal is

output
SF signal is output when gear select signal is output
or when S code is commanded.
Type of spindle speed analog output/spindle speed binary
output
Gear selection on the machine side.

5602

Spindle stop signal (SSTP) input type.


One of gear select signal and BCD S code is output or
both of them are inputted.
Gear select signal input type.
Alarm of spindle velocity control unit in checked or not.
Tool position offset amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis.
Tool length compensation amount is excluded or not from the
preset position of constant surface speed controlled axis,
Present position or end point coordinate value is used in
positioning command during constant surface speed control.
Speed arrival signal is used or not.

5603

Gear select condition for 3/6 interface.


Position coder disconnection is checked or not.

5610

Gear ratio of spindle to position coder.

5611

Sampling number for finding the moving average of spindle


speed.

5612

Spindle speed unit generated by BMI.

5613

Offset voltage compensation value of spindle speed analog


output.

5614

Gain adjusting data of spindle speed analog output.

5615

Spindle speed during spindle gear shift.

5616

Time upto new spindle speed after spindle gear select


signal is output.

- 329

5.4

Contents

Parameter No.

5617

Spindle speed during spindle orientation.

5618

Minimum clamp speed of spindle motor.

5619

Maximum clamp speed of spindle motor.

5620

Time for checking the speed arrival signal.

5621

Maximum spindle speed corresponding to gears.

5
5628
5631

Spindle speed at each gear switching point during tapping


and thread cutting.

5637

5640

Axis number of constant surface speed.

5641

Minimum spindle speed at gear during constant surface speed


control.

5648
15) Parameter related to tool compensation
Parameter No.

6000

Contents
New offset value is valid after the next block where D or H
code is specified or valid after the next block.
Tool position compensation is specified by D code or H code.
Tool position compensation is effective or not for arc

command

Axis selection for tool length compensation.


Tool length compensation vector can be cleared by reset or
not.
Offset number of tool position offset is specified by low
order two digits or by low order one digit of the T code.
Condition to execute tool position offset.

6001

Start up type of tool R compensation or tool nose R


compensation.
Condition of interference check of tool R compensation or
tool nose R compensation.
Tool position compensation geometry offset is performed
shifting work coordinate system or by moving the tool.
Tool wear offset of tool position compensation is performed
by shifting work coordinate system or moving the tool.
Offset number specifying method of geometry and wear in

tool position compensation.


Offset state when tool number 0 is specified.

330

5.4

Parameter No.

Contents

6002

Setting of offset amount unit.


Tool position compensation amount is specified by diameter
or radius value.
Position recode signal (PRC) is used or not when tool
position offset amount is inputted directly.

6010

Limit value to ignore small movement amount created by tool


R compensation.

6011

Denominator constant by three-dimensional tool offset.

16) Parameters related to canned cycle


Parameter No.

Contents

6200

Selection of drilled axis in canned cycle.


Dwell command is valid or not by P in canned tapping cycle.
Tool return direction and movement amount in canned fine
boring cycle and canned back boring cycle after spindle

orientation.
Movement to drilling point in canned cycle is done by rapid
traverse or by linear interpolation.
Initial level point is changed or not when origin setting is
above by reset or MDI during canned cycle.
G80 and G81 are specified by canned cycle or external
operation command.

6201

Spindle control in canned cycle is performed or not by M

code.
M05 is output or not when spindle rotation direction is
changed
FFIN signal or FIN signal which corresponds to SSP signal
and SRV signal.
FMF signal is output or not after returning to R point
or initial point when SSP and SRV are output.
FMF signal is output or not when SSP and SRV are output.

6202

Cutting cycle is performed or not at the block which has no


movement command during signal cutting cycle mode.
Finishing workpiece is performed or not at the end of

roughing cycle.
Override can be applied or not to infeed during roughing
cycle.
6210

Return amount of canned cycle G73.

6211

Clearance amount of canned cycle G83.

6212

Chamfering amount of thread cutting cycle.

6213

Chamfering angle of thread cutting cycle.

6214

Overcutting override value of roughing cycle.

331

5.4

Contents

Parameter No.

6215

Retract amount in roughing cycle.

6216

Clearance amount in rough cutting cycle.

6217

Return amount in peck cycle.

6218

Minimum cutting amount in thread cutting cycle.

6219

Finish allowance in thread cutting cycle.

6220

Number of spark-out in thread cutting cycle.

6240

Tool retract direction after G76, G87 orientation.

17) Parameter related to scaling and coordinate system rotation


Parameter No.

Contents

6400

Designation of angle of coordinate system rotation.

6410

Magnification of scaling.

6411

Angle of coordinate system rotation.

18) Parameter related to one directional positioning


Parameter No.

6820

Contents

One directional positioning and approach amount.

19) Parameter refer to custom macro

Parameter No.

Contents

7000

Custom macro is called or not by T, S and B codes.


Custom common valiables 1#100 - #199 are cleared or not by
reset

7010

EIA code which represents

is set by hole pattern.

7011

EIA code which represents

is set by hole pattern.

7012

EIA code which represents # is set by hole pattern.

7013

EIA code which represents

332

is set by hole pattern.

5.5

Contents

Parameter No.

7014

EIA code which represents = is set by hole pattern.

7050

G code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9010

9019.
7059
7071

M code for calling the custom macro of program No. 9001

'o

9009.
7079
20) Parameter related to service
Contents

Parameter No.

8000

Parameters setting which can not be specified by setting


input are forbidden or allowed.
CRT screen is automatically changed or not to the error
message screen when an error is caused.
When parameter PWE is 1, an error is indicated or not.

8010

When power is turned off, parameter at data number 8000 is


set to 0 or maintained.

5.5 PMC Data Setting and Display (PCPRM)


Parameters of timer, counter, keep relay, data table, and positioning module are
set and displayed from CRT/MDI unit.
For this operation, depress soft key | PCPRM | of PC basic menu to bring up the

following menu.
TIMER

COUNTER

KEEPRL

POS

DATA

In case of PMC-I, NC must be set to the MDI mode or emergency stop status for
data setting.
5.5.1 Timer setting and display
The variable timer time is set and displayed. If timer screen does not appear,
depress | TIMER ~| soft key to bring up the timer screen.

Timer No.
(1
40)

TIMER

77o

001
002

DATA
2000
10000

015

016

DATA
1000

030

NO

Fig. 5.5,1 Timer screen

333

5.5.1

Specifi
cations
Timer
No.

Minimum
setting time

50 ms

9-40

Maximum
Setting time

1638.3 sec

8 ms

262.136 sec

1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI unit


(T) For timer setting in the case of PMC, set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, and turn on the NC parameter for writing parameters (Data
This operation is not required for display.
No. 8000, PMW)
(?) Display the timer screen (see Fig. 5.5.1) by depressing the PCPRM | soft
key of PMC basic menu.
(5) Bring data of necessary timer No. on the screen by depressing page key
| 4- |. Stop (4) and subsequent steps are required for timer setting.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
(5) The timer is set by depressing | INPUT ' key after entering timer data by
numeric keys.
For subsequent data setting, repeat the operation,
starting with step (3).
(6) After setting timer data, turn off the NC parameter for writing
parameters. Depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic menu.

5.5.2 Counter setting and display


If
Set and display the preset values and integrated values of the counter.
counter screen does not appear, depress | C0UNTR~| soft key to bring the counter

screen.

Preset
Counter No.

(1

20)

value
Integrated value

COUNTER

Nb

ADDRESS

PRESET

01
02
03

COO
C04
C08

26520
1200
0

CURRENT
1120
0
0

15

Fig. 5.5.2 Counter screen

1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI panel


(T) After changing a menu by depressing | PCPRM~| soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress | C0UNTR~| soft key to bring the counter screen, (See Fig. 5.5.2).
(2) Display data of necessary counter number by depressing page key | 1 [. The
operation in (3) and subsequent steps are required for setting counter

data.

334

5.5.3

(3)

Set key
Set NC to MDI mode (emergency stop status in case of PMC-I).
interface
for
an
Set
BMI
KEY=1
interface.
signal KEY4=1 in case of
corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by using the cursor

(4)

key.

The counter is set by depressing | INPUT ~] key after entering counter data
by numeric keys. For setting subsequent data, repeat the operation
starting with step (4)
After setting counter data, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
menu

(5)

(6)

5.5.3 Setting and display of keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data

Set the display keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data. If keep relay
soft key to bring the keep relay
screen is not displayed, depress |

KEEPRL~1

screen.
KEEP RELAY
ADDRESS
NO
K00
01
KOI
02

15

K14

DATA

10100011
00011100

11000101

Fig. 5.5.3 Keep relay screen

1) Setting and display of keep relay


(T) For data setting in the case of PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode or
emergency stop status and turn on the NC parameter for writing
parameters. This operation is not required for display.
(2) After changing the menu by depressing | PCPRM ] soft key of PMC basic menu,
(See Fig.
depress 1 KEEPRL | soft key to display the keep relay screen.
5.5.3.)
(5) Bring data of necessary keep relay on the screen by depressing page key
The operation in (4) and subsequent steps are required for setting
the keep relay and nonvolatile memory control data.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by the cursor key
operation.
(5) Set keep relay data by depressing | INPUT 1 key after inputting numeric
keys. Perform operation from (4) for setting subsequent data.
(6) After setting keep relay data, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC
basic menu.
2) Setting and display of nonvolatile memory control data
Set and display nonvolatile memory control data in the same way as in setting
and displaying the keep relay.
Nonvolatile memory control data are displayed at No. 17 address K16 on the
keep relay screen and only data of bit 6 and 7 are used.

m.

- 335

5.5.4

5.5.4 Setting and display of data table


If no data table screen is displayed, the data table control data screen (see
Fig. 5,5.4 (a)) appears by depressing the | DATA | soft key of PMC parameter menu.
If correct data are being set as data table control data, data contents (see
Fig. 5.5.4 (b) , (c)) of data table #1 are displayed first by depressing page
#n are displayed each time page key
key, and the data of data table #2, #3,
is depressed hereafter.

...

DATA TABLE CONTROL DATA


NO. ADDRESS PARAMETER NO. OF DATA OFFSET SPECIAL TABLE NO.O
3
DOOOO
000
2150
20
0
31520
001
D0002 00000110
20000
0
0
10
002
D0010 00000110
12300
0
003
550
D0018 10000000
42

No. of tables
Table 1 control data

Table 2 control data


Table 3 control data

004
005

Data of table intternal No. 0

Special display data

Offset data

No. of data
Table parameters

014

Fig. 5.5.4 (a) Data table control data screen

Table internal
No.

Indicates the number of data table group.

DATA TABLE DATA #001


DATA
ADDRESS
NO.
12550
0000
D0026
120
D0028
0001
D0030
1500
0002

0014

NO.
0015

ADDRESS

DATA

0029

Fig. 5.5.4 (b) Data table data screen

336

5.5.4

DATA TABLE OF MONITOR #0.04


TOOL NO.
ADDRESS
NO.
MAX.
D0320
250
11252
01
190
02
D0324
14
200
03
1240
D0328

AVERAGE
80
62
73

15

Fig. 5.5.4 (c) Monitor data table screen

(Display screen of each data for monitor control MONI (SUB 47))
1) Setting and display of data table control dat
Only control data of each data table are displayed in the format shown in
Fig. 5.5.4 (a). Data of data number 0 are data of the number of data tables.
Only NO. OF DATA column is used for setting the number of data tables. No. 1
and subsequent data serve as table control data of each data table.
The following data are set and displayed from the CRT/MDI.

PARAMETER : Table parameter


NO. OF DATA: No. of data (Set the number of
line. )
: Offset data
OFFSET
: Special display data
SPECIAL
TABLE NO. 0: Data of table internal number 0

(T)

tables used in case of No=0

For setting data in the case of PMC-I; set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, set KEY4=1 in the case of BMI interface, or KEY=1 in the

_______

case of FS3 or FS6 interface.


Depress [ PCPRM~] soft key of PMC basic menu and depress [DATA | soft key
after changing the menu.
(5) The data table control screen appears as shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a).
For displaying the table control data screen after No. 15, depress page
key | i | to display the next data.
For data setting, the operations in (4) and subsequent steps are
required.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of
CRT/MDI panel.
(5) Depress | INPUT ] key after setting data by numeric keys.
(6) Data are changed at the designated cursor position.
(7) For setting subsequent data, repeat operation starting with (4).
68) For setting data table data after setting control data, depress page key
See 2) in the next paragraph.
to display the data table screen.
To return to the PMC basic menu, depress j RET ] key.
2) Setting and display of data table
(T) For setting data in the case of PMC-I set NC to MDI mode or emergency
stop status, set KEY4+1 in the case of BMI interface, or set KEY=1 in
the case of interface corresponding to FS3 or FS6.
This operation is not required for data dispaly.
- 337 -

(T)

5.5.5

(2)

Depress | DATA | soft key after changing the menu by depressing | PCPRM ]
soft key of PMC basic menu.
The data control data screen shown in Fig. 5.5.4 (a) appears first.
Depress page key to display the data table screen. See Fig. 5.5.4 (b).
Data of data table 1 appears on the data table screen.
By depressing page key again, data of table 2 appears. Data tables 3, 4,
are sequentially selected, each time page key is depressed.
Display the data table screen of corresponding table.
If 30 or more data table data are present, display the next data by
depressing page key 1 -t- |.
The operations in (4) and subsequent steps are required for data setting.
Set the cursor to the setting data point by using the cursor key of the
CRT/MDI panel.
Depress | INPUT 1 key after setting data by numeric keys.
Data are rewritten at the designated cursor point.
Repeat operation, starting with step (4), if data are to be set
sequentially.
After setting data table, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic

...

(5)

(4)
(5)
(6)

(T)

(8)

menu

5.5.5 Setting and display of positioning MODULE parameters


Set and display positioning module parameters. If the positioning module screen
is not displayed, depress | POS | soft key to display the screen.

Positioning module No.

...

(#1, #2,
sequentially from a module
having a lower input address of PC in
the POS module connected to I/O unit.)

PMC system automatically reserves


parameter area of 66 bytes/unit from

the end of data table.

Parameter
No.

POSITIONING. MODULE PARAMETER //I


ADDRESS
DATA NO.
ADDRESS
NO.
01
DDDDQ
02

03
04

DATA

D0DDD
D0DDD

mm
Dmm
mm
D000D
D0DDD

Fig. 5.5.5 Positioning module parameter screen

Note) When setting a parameter to parameter, No. 1, 2, H, M, and L parameters


are set sequentially from the top of the CRT screen.
For H, M, and L parameters, refer to the positioning module in Section V.

338

5.5.5

1) Setting and display from CRT/MDI panel


Positioning module parameters are classified into bit type and numeric type
according to parameter numbers and entered from CRT/MDI panel in the format.
For details of parameters, refer to Appendix 20.
(T) For setting parameters in the case of PMC-I, set NC to the MDI mode or
emergency stop status and turn on an NC parameter for writing parameters.
This operation is not required for displaying parameters.
2
( ) After changing the menu by depressing [ PCPRM | soft key of PMC basic menu,
depress | POS | soft key to bring the positioning module parameter screen.
(See Fig. 5.5.5.)
to bring necessary positioning module No. screen.
(5) Depress page key
and subsequent steps are required for setting paraThe operations in
meters.
(4) Set the cursor to the setting point on the screen by cursor key opera

(5)
(6)

tion.

parameters by depressing | INPUT 1 key after entering data of the


specified format correspoinding to parameter numbers by numeric keys.
For subsequently setting data, repeat operation starting with step (4).
After setting parameters, depress | RET | key to return to the PMC basic
Set

menu.

339

6.

6.

SETTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ON THE PCBs

6.1 Setting and Adjustments on the Control Unit PCBs


6.1.1 Setting on the control unit PCBs for 10 and 11 series
1) Setting on the analog servo 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)

Item

Description

Symbols

SE1

Sets position LSI clock 16.384 MHz pulse width. Fixed. This
03B only. Edition number
setting applies to edition number
setting
include
this
higher
don't
function.
and
04C

8
7
6
5

4
3
2
1

TAC1

5
TAC3

Set the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.


This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
TG side when tachogenFV side when tachogenerator
is not used.
- erator is used.

r
1

r
2

REVl

5
REV 3

Set the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo


uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.

3000 pulses

2000 pulses

Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case


of 2500 pulses.

340

6.1.1

Item

Symbols

SUP1

$
SUP3

Description
Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor error.
Set these parts to the standard (not ignored) at a time
other than when vibrations are produced when the motor
stops operating or the like. This setting is ineffective
for AC servo.

Ignored

Not ignored (standard)


L

SJ1

Sets the ROM capacity of character generator.


Standard setting is 64K (not set)
64K
Not set
256K
Set

...

...

SF1

Used for intracompany test.

2) Setting on the
(A16B-1010-0190)
Item

digital

servo

10

100

and

series

series

master

PCB

Description

Symbols
ST

Open this part without fail.

Not used. Fixed A side.

Standard setting
B

3) Setting on the analog servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)


Item

Description

Symbols
TACl

5
TAC3

Set the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.


This setting is ineffective for AC servo.
TG side when tachogen
FV side when tachogenerator
erator is used.
is not used.

341

6.1.1

Item

Symbols
REV1

Description
Set the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo
uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.

3000 pulses

2000 pulses

REV3

Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case


of 2500 pulses.

SUP1

SUP 3

Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor


deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored) position
at a time other than when vibrations are produced when
the motor stops operating or the like.
This setting is Ineffective for AC servo.
Ignored
Not ignored (standard)

4) Setting on the
(A16B-1010-0200)
Item

digital

servo

11

and

110

series

master

PCB

Description

Symbols
ST

series

Not used. Fixed A side.

Standard setting
B

5) Setting on the 10 and 11 series connection unit 1 PCB (A20B-1000-0940)


Item

Description

Symbols

Sets to select DC common of STL, SPL, etc. Set this part to B


when PMC is provided or A when PMC is not provided.

B
A

4
3
2

Common is outputted

24V output

11

342

6.1.1

6) Setting on the 10 and 11 series 14" color graphic control PCB


(A20B-1000-0850)
Item

Symbols
SCG

Description
Sets the type of character generator ROM. L (27256) is the

standard setting.
This setting does not apply to edition 06C and subsequent
editions, but does apply to edition No. - 05B.
272 56 Standard

2764

FH

7) Setting on the analog servo 10 and 11 series additional axis PCB

(pulse

coder) (A16B-1210-0430/0431)
Item

Symbols

TAC4
TAC5

Description
Sets the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.

This setting is ineffective for AC servo.


When tachogenerator
When tachogenerator
is not used.
is used.

I-1-!
3

]
2

REV4
REV 5

Sets the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo


uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.

2000 pulses

3000 pulses

r 1
12

Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case of


2500 pulses.

SUP4
SUP5

Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor


deviation. Set these to the standard (not ignored)
at a time other than when vibrations are produced
when the motor stops operating or the like.
This setting is ineffective for AC servo.

Not ignored (standard)

343

Ignored

6.1.1

8) Setting on the
(A16B-1210-0450)
Item

analog

servo

11

additional

series

axis

PCB

(DSCG)

Description

Symbols

SH44

Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a

SH54

12" rotary inductosyn is used.


Reduced

Standard
r
r

]
2

SH45

Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.

SH55

set

these

to

standard.
Increased

Standard
r r
1
2

SH46
SH56

Normally ,

Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy is


adjusted

Interpolation accuracy is

Interpolation accuracy is
not adjusted.

adjusted.

9) Setting on the analog servo 11 series DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460)


a) Overall the PCB edition No.OlA
No.03A
Item

Description

Symbols
SPN1X
SPN1Y
SPNlZ

Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a


rotary inductosyn is used.

12"

Standard

Reduced

1
A

344

6.1.1

Item

Symbols

SPN2X
SPN2Y

Description
Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.
set

Normally,

standard.

SPN2Z

Increased

Standard

SPN3X

Set the type of position detector.

SPN3Y
SPN3Z

o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o

Resolver

o
o
o
o

Inductosyn

Inductosyn
(Interpolation

(Interpolation

accuracy is
fixed. )

accuracy is

variable. )

b) Overall the PCB edition No.04A and subsequent editions


Item

Description

Symbols

SN14
SN24

Set to reduce the detection gain in DSCG system only when a


rotary inductosyn is used.

12"

SN34
Reduced

Standard

SN15
SN25

Set to increase the detection gain in DSCG system.


Normally, set standard.

SN35

Increased

Standard

345

6.1.1

Item

Symbols

SN16
SN26
SN36

Description
Set to determine whether the interpolation accuracy adjustment
(Set these parts to "not adjusted" for the
is done.

resolver. )
Interpolation accuracy
is not adjusted.

Adjusted

L
A

SN17
SN27
SN37

Set the position detector.


A

A
5

o
o
o
o

o
o
o

10) Setting on the additional axis


for 10 and 11 series

+ additional

memory PCB (A16-12I0-O380)

Sets the velocity feedback system when M series servo is used.


This setting is ineffective for AC servo.

When tachogenerator
is used.

r I1
3

REV4

Description

When tachogenerator
is not used.

Inductosyn

Symbols

TAC4

O
O

Resolver

Item

Sets the number of pulses of pulse coder when M series servo


uses the pulse coder. This setting is ineffective if
tachogenerator or AC servo is used.

3000 pulses

2000 pulses
r

Neither 2000 pulses nor 3000 pulses should be set in case of


2500 pulses.

346

6.1.2

Item

Description

Symbols

SUP4

Set when the speed feedback is ignored due to a minor


deviation. Set to the standard (not ignored) at a time
other than when vibrations are produced when the motor
stops operating or the like.

This setting is ineffective for AC servo.


Not ignored (standard)

Ignored

6.1.2 Adjustment on the control unit PCBs for 10/11/100/110 series


These variable resistors have already been ajusted at factory before delivery.
Normally, it is not necessary to adjust them.
1) Adjustment of connection unit power supply

+0.01
V by turning VR11.
Adjust the reference voltage "A10" to 10
-0.00
2) Adjustment of I/O card (D1 - D3) power supply.
+0.01
V by turning VR11.
Set the reference voltage "A10" to 10
-0.00
3) Adjustment of DSCG (Analog servo 10/11 series)
a) VR11
lst-axis detection gain
2nd-axis detection gain
VR21
3rd-axis detection gain
VR31
9
J
4th-axis detection gain
VR41
5th-axis detection gain
VR51
When turning variable resistor clockwise, the gain increases.
For adjusting method, see 6.1.4 1).
5
b) VR12
X-axis Fmin
Y-axis Fmin
VR22
Z-axis Fmin
VR32
9
4th-axis Fmin
VR42
5th-axis Fmax
VR52
When tuning variable resistor clockwise, Fmin decreases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 2).
456
c) VR13
X-axis Fmax
Y-axis Fmax
VR23
8
Z-axis Fmax
VR33
9
4th-axis Fmax
VR43
5th-axis Fmax
VR53
When turning variable resistor clockwise, Fmax increases.
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 2).
5
d) VR14
X-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
6
4
Y-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR24
Z-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
VR34
4th-axis indutcosyn interpolation accuracy
VR44
9
1
VR54
5th-axis inductosyn interpolation accuracy
increases.
When turning variable clockwise, the sine exciting component
For the adjusting method, see 6.1.4 3).
24 are indicated as VR1Y
VR4X, VR21
VRll
14 are indicated as VR1X
34 are indicated as VR1Z - VR4Z in DSCG PCB A16B- 1210-0460,
VR4Y, and VR31
whose overall edition number is 03A or lower.

ie>:
.

347

6.1.3

6.1.3 Mounting positions of setting pins/variable resistor on control unit PCBs


for 10/11/100/110 series

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)

10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0040)


10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-01 90)
11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)
11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0200)
Connection unit 1 (A20B-100-0940)
1/0 card Dl- D3 (A20B-1001-0240-0242)
14" color graphic PCB (A20B-1000-0850)
Additional axis PCB (pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0430/431)
Additional axis PCB (Pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0440)
Additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-1210-0450)
DSCG PCB (A16B-12 10-0460)
Additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16B-1210-0380)

348

/
A 16B

SJ1
SF1

: Oi 0 - 004g/

MADE !N JAPAN

FANUC

19

20

2t

22 1 23

'AE2

CAN

CAl

CAH

CAC

'

42 43

' 4l

40

44

45

CAG

CD

Av

u>
4

SE1 is mounted here in


edition number~03B.

VD

o o c

00 o o

as

ass!|U
T5
s#.

r_i

iyi

C v2

CAE I

i 1

CAPuj

33

I
I
7

'1

t
I
7

C
o

B
B

Ml
|T*CI

A
3*/

X-

/
/

Tr2~

CF3

W7

/
A
l

leap

J_!.8

COP I 1 23; 24

25

26

27 I 28 I 29

30

31 i 32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44 r 45

REV 1 3
SUP 1-3

TACl -3
as

Fig. 6.1.3 (a) Adjusting points on analog servo 10 series master PCB (A16EM010-0040)

CO

ST
FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN

AI66-IOIO-OI9

CAH

CAI

CAL

CAS

CAE2

CAB

CAG

CAC

CAM

O +2*

+5

o
-15
o

il

+ is

J
:

CPI
G

CF

e COP2 COP i

LO
Ln

C AE l

CAP

CV 2

CF9I

CAJ
B

csP

OVCMDS

1
1

A
7

L2j

L3J

CV22

CA2

LlOj

LUJ LL2J

LI4J |_!_5j

[_j_6j

LL7J LL8J LL9J LQJ L2U l22j L23j L21i L25] [_26J L27J i_28j L29J [30]

i32i I33I i34i I35I i36i 1 37 1 |38| i39i I40I >41 i I42I

Fig. 6.1.3 (b) Digital servo 10 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0190)

Os

CD4

-CD3

FANUO
MADE IN JAPAN

I*

20

CA8

DSCG

PC

ADD. AXES

TEST
CAt2

CAH

ROM
CA0

A.C.P
CAP

CAx

BMU

Id

[4

20

20

CPI4A

30

50

14

14

18

20

CAT

izo

14

20

CA1I

T12

CAIO
1

ri2i nyi i'i4 i ngj rig 1 r 17

r24i

nisi 1271

f"9"i r53

3? HSgi

141 rgi

H371 Hjg rggi I40I

(BfiN)

CPI4B

COP l

C0P2

CBRM>

u?
Ln

CAP

VCMDQ OOO
TSAQ OO

6N0

u-

14

14

14

14

c
7

20

CVI

20

2C

i?

20

?
CAT

CV3

CV2

5
2

XA
4

I
20

CFI

20

CF2

20
/s

CF3

20

CA2

rAl>Ev

*:

t IQ I

'.UP

i>lt=
L

I2j

f UJ

17

1 18' 1

jj9j I_20J

]_22i |23i |24, ,25, 1 26 1 1 27 1 I28I f 29 r

1 32,

,33, |34i |3Si t36, ,37i ,38i ,39, ,40, 1 41 1 1 42 1

TAC1 3

REV1-3
SUP1~3

Fig. 6.1.3 (c)

Adjusting points on analog servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0050)

ON

u>

ST

Pi

CAT

CD4

AI68-IOIO-020 /

AXES3

CAMS

AXES!
CAH2

AXES2

MMC

CAW

U/FWC

TEST

ROM

ACP
CAP

CAB

- ILFRE
CAX

BMU

MADE IN JAPAN

CABM

FANUC
CD5

CPI4A
J

IS

18

C All

CA12

\_

_
CBRN)

p~q

icroi

CPI4B

W.

1
LO
Ui
NJ

E
CBRN)

I
TAB
CA El

CAI

CAP

CAI8

O vcO

vC"ElSS
CA2 B

2A

!_J 1 2

i i

i !

4 i i 5 1 i 6 i i.7 i i 8 i I 9 i l 10 i i II

CFE

i i

12 i i 13 i i 14

|I5

li6_j |_I7, |_|8j [J9j [20j

L26J

[ZTJ l28| 1 29 1 i 30 1

31]

Ll

Fig. 6.1.3 (d) Digital servo 11 series master PCB (A16B-1010-0200)

LJ

1 05 1

36j i 37 1 [38]

?9

40 i4l

i ]42i |43|

45
[44j i **"j

as

Check pin
(Measure across G1~A10) Reference voltage A10
variable resistor

rn np H5"i m rgn rgi rr~i rgi rn rjoi rm


A20B-1000-094 H,

FANUC
JAPAN

C0P4 MADE IN

II

a5

c
!
LO

C!

Ui
U)

f i

CO 5

CO 3

C04

CO
2

C01

Setting pin

Fig. 6.1.3 (e)

Adjusting points on 10/11 series connection unit 1 PCB (A20B-1000-0940)

G\

A 208- 1 OO I 024/

I"""*1

Check pin
(Measure across G1~A10)

Reference voltage
A10 variable resistor
MADE IN JAPAN

FANUC

I 12 I 13 l 14 i 15 I 16 t 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 1 22 ! 23 I 24 I

;L
.

c
i
LO

Ln

-P-

Is
iz cr

M
19

M2

20

M18

Ml
SS9

Fig. 6.1.3 (f) Adjusting points on I/O Card D1

<

6 7

~ D3 (A2OB-10O1 0240 ~ 242) for 10TF

C\

5>

TO

f
s

i * I

CMK

3 gg
o

Co

LO

"S )

SCG

31

3i
3

u>

Ln

Ln

i
i

i
ftC0P3
Fig. 6.1.3 (g)

CMPCA3
CDI

CA5

Adjusting points on 10/11 series 14" color graphic control PCB (A20B-1000-0850)
ON

Li

>

CD

AI6B-I2I0-0

*n

r>

43

>

o
o <
< tn
A

I
LTJ
O'

4
3
4
4

oQ

4
3

01

>

<o

CD

crcn <
C n> c n>
cnxiH

T3 < o TJ

&.

Ol

FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN

O 0
GND

*5V

VREFC

o o o o o o o

TSA4

TSA5

VCMO
4

VCMD
5

VREF5

VREFD

TAC4.5

REV 4.5
SUP 4.5

Fig. 6.1.3 (h) Adjusting points on analog servo additional axis PCB (pulse coder) (A16B-1210-0430/0431)
C\
OJ

TAC5
REVS
SUP 5

FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN M3!

"n

32 1

<_

OK
2

DA

U1

cm>
~c< o

>
03

O'1

<

S'1

L
r

4s I>)7SI

f tt

O
OJ

On

3
i

o-n

Ul-B-

OJ:

GI.

T1
01

l
o o

7K

TSA5

TP47

DS84

o o

DSA4

o o

DCA4

DCB4

o o

TP48

TP43

TP9H

o o

TP45

VREFC

GND

OOOOO
QOOO
+5V -H5V 15V
VCMD
VREFS
VREFD

SH46

SH44 ,45

Fig. 6.1.3 (i) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB A20B-1210-0440
ON
OJ

SH46.56

FANUC

MBI

MADE IN JAPAN

AI6B-I2I0045

L,

is>

< o
A

<
tfl

Rrvr

DO:

0
3
1
0

i
U5
Ln

OO
l

v>

cnEw>

x III
*

-t. is. ui

2.

I7TTL

<J1

_ANCE

VR44

VR54

FMAX

VR43

0T5
0 O
0/0
TP57 DSA4
/DSe4 DCA4 DC64

TP47

VR53

FMlN

DSB5

o o
D5A5

VR42

0
DC A 5

V*52

GyN

VR4I

0/0 G
DCB5/
TP48

TP58

VR5I

ITP53

TP55 TP9H

O OOOO
TP45
TP43

VREFC

ooooo
VCMD

VREF5

VREFD

GND

oooo

+5V +I5V -15V

SH 44.45 54.55

VR41~-'44
VR5154

Fig. 6.1.3 (j) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo additional axis PCB (DSCG) (A16B-1210-0450)

os

VR4X2
I

>

03

fn

O
Z

05

iv)

u>

R4X

SPN3X

VR2X VR3X

ro
x
fo

CJ

-H

CO

<s>

VR2X~Z

13

>c

VR 1 X~Z

>

13

'X,

RM
</>{/>

SPN3X

l
U>
Ln
VO

T1

B
ro

SPN3Y

o
rv)
(A>

VR2YVR3 YX

T3U

zz

ro

VRIY
X

RM!

VR4Z

SPN3Z

>C
CDC

\>
<j)

ro

AI6B-I2I0-0460/H

K)

iggsggj

V"/ 03

TP7Y

,13

558

TV)

co

<:

2
CO

o*ro

>s
VRIZ

o=

>

-vR2r-Lva3z-l;K

TP72

El

r-o

jx FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN

OS

trurj

>
'Z.

.]

CO

(j|

RM2Y

21

ro

U1

XX

3/

71

zz
ro

R4Y

71

(0
IV)

>;

cv
>
VRIX

-5 /

RMT

>c

TP7X

"D "0

Osco

CAl

13

=]
1

OS

\f

VR3XZ

SPN 1XZ

(A16B-1210-0460 )

SPN2X-Z

05

o|

os

Fig. 6.1.3 (k) Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460) (Overall Edition Number 03A or before)
ON

u>

VR1434

>

CD

r\)

m
G3

VRI2VRI3

u
VRI4,

33

\j

VRTT

p
55

SN 27

08

VR123

>c
L

~n
U)

o
>

N>

RMI

Ol

C3

IS)

TT

Tl

CTv

Oi

"tl

LO

~n

PL

Z Z

Ci

f>Z

00 GO

i co?'

077!

Tl

SN 17

CO
-4

zz

IS)

-4

7VR13 3

i\>

01

VR22VR2 3>

122

zl

o
RM3i

R34

SN37
PO

CO

2
VR 32 x

Ol

ri

CO
O

*
r

yR3i

//

VRU, VR21,
VR31
Fig. 6.1.3 (!)

58

>c

tn</>

zz

LOCO

H!3

=]

\A

SM4-SN34
SN15SN35

Adjusting points on 11 series analog servo DSCG PCB (A16B-1210-0460) (Overall Edition Number 04A~ )

U>

FANUC

MADE IN JAPAN

AI6B- 12 10-038 H

FS>

(*)

ui
0)

<

*90
s

(PCI 2)'

*cnO

QH>

i
LO

cr>

>

-4

00

cn>

T3<r>

C>

I
O

fo

>

jl

\ro

JL

JL

JL

jl

17)

Jl

JL

JL

TAC4
REV4
SUP 4

Fig. 6.1.3 (m) Adjusting points on 10 series analog servo additional axis + additional memory PCB (A16B-1210-0380)
o\

6.1.4
6.1.4 Adjusting methods related DSCG
1) Adjustment of detected gain

The resolver and the inductosyn agitate the primary coil and detect
positional information from the secondary-coil output signal. The voltage
transfer ratio between the primary and secondary coils varies with the
resolver type, the inductosyn type and the gap distance, as well as the
secondary-coil output level.
Since the output impedance varies with the
inductosyn scale length, the secondary-coil output level is also affected.
The detected gain needs to be adjusted at instratiain without fail according
to the secondary-coil output level.

a) Adjusting procedure of detected gain


Prepare a synchroscope and 1 pee of jumper with clips (10 cm or more).
Operation

Step

Set the parameters:


(Axis name)
PSFa = 1 (No. 1802 bit 0), where a = X,Y,Z,A,B,
(No.
1833)
=
axis
grid
0
shift amount of each
Phase
CDS = 1 (No. 1810, bit 0)

Power OFF, then ON.

Set the parameter


ADR = 1 (No. 1800 bit 0)
In-position width of each axis = 0 (No. 1827)

Wait more than ten seconds at this condition

Restore the parameter


ADR = original value (No. 1800 bit 0)
In-position width of each axis = original value (No. 1827)

Perform Reference Point Return. (Observe DSAa-GND by


the synchroscope: high-level pulse width of up to 0.5ysec also
will do.) a = 1,2, 3, 4, 3

Move the machine tool by 100/4000 wavelength.


Is 1, detection unit is 100; when 1/2, 50.)

Set the parameters:


CDS = 0 (No. 1810, bit 0)

Power OFF.

...

(When DSCG alarm does not disappear, other


occurred.)
trouble has

(When Detect Multiply

10

Short TP9-GND. (Input of detected pulse to position LSI stops.)


(Short TP9H in the case of additional axes)

11

Power ON.

(DSCG abnormal alarm must always occur.)

362

6.1.4

Operation

Step

12

Observe TPa5-GND by the synchroscope to adjust detected gain.


(when frequency is low, detected gain becomes low.)
a = 1,2 ,3 ,4 ,5
Standard 4 Msec.

Tolerance range
3.1 Msec. ~ 7.2 Msec.

13

Open TP9 or TPa5 and set parameter PSFa to 0 (No. 1802, 0 bit)

14

Power OFF, then ON.

15

Set parameter PSFa to 1 (No. 1802, bit 0)

16

Repeat steps 6-12 to make sure that adjustment is correct.

17

Restore the parameters. Phase grid shift amount of each axis


= original value (1833) CDS = 0 (No, 1810, bit 0)

b) Reference of detection gain adjustment


The following table shows reference values for detection gain adjustment.
These values may differ according to makers and gap distance in the case
of inductosyn.

Detection gain
range setting

Position detector

Variable
resistance
GAIN

0%

Standard resolver (motor built-in type)

SHa4 (Additional axis)


SHa4 (Basic 3 axes)

Multipolar resolver
(M series motor built-in type)

60%
0%

Scale length 2m or shorter

Linear

inductosyn

Scale length longer than 2m

Standard

More than 0%

(adjustment)
Tape or
narrow
inductosyn

65%

Scale length 2m or shorter

More than 65%

Scale length longer than 2m

(adjustment)
0%

Reduce

12 inch 360 pole

Rotary

inductosyn

65%

12 inch 720 pole

Note:

7 inch

360 pole

7 inch

720 pole

Standard

0%

50%

SHa5 and SNa5 should be set to standard,

363

a = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

6.1.4

2) Adjustment of resolver, inductosyn Fmin and Fmax


Adjust these values with the emergency stop button turned on.

Adjustment

Item

Fmin

This has already been adjusted at FANUC before delivery and


adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter or an oscilloscope.
Short circuit
TPa8-GND
Adjusting variable resistor Fmin
TPct5-GND
Observation
Frequency range 1.67kHz +150Hz
(cycle 0.6ms +0.06ms)

Fmax

This has already been adjusted at FANUC before delivery and


adjustment is not usually required.
For this adjustment, use a frequency counter. (Don't use an
oscilloscope due to poor accuracy.)
TP<x8- -15V
Short circuit
Adjusting variable resistor Fmax
Observation
TPa5- GND
Frequency range 850kHz +20kHz
a = 1, 2 , 3 ,4 ,5

3) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy


With the absence of interpolation accuracy adjustment, a fairly good accuracy
When interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
can be attained.
adjustment needs to be made.
a) Simple adjusting method
Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms on
an oscilloscope to adjust the variable resistor BALANCE so that currentA division error will cause current
waveform swell may be smallest.
The swell
waveforms to swell twice per wavelength of inductosyn.
frequency is proportionate to the feed rate, and as the feed rate becomes
more than a certain degree, usually the swell disappears. Using the above
characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs due to another
cause is checked.

b) Strict adjusting method


Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position, using
a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a laser
measuring machine. One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by the NC
and the position is detected in resolutions of 1/4000. The accuracy that
The
one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation accuracy.
accuracy within one wavelength is strongly affected by the NC position
detector circuit and the position accuracy of an integral multiple of one
wavelength depends primarily on the scale accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing one wavelength into 1/10 or
1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error on a graph,
and viewing the distance of each division point from a straight line
connecting both ends of the wavelength.

364

6.1.4

Measuring method

Feed rate
approx. 100 mm/inin

1 wavelength
Measurement
start point

Measurement
start point
Measuring
example

+ 1.5 P

Error

- 1.5 fi

0
-1

i
1

0.5

1.5

2mm

-2
lntcrporation deviation width 3 p

Adjusting variable resistor BALANCE


Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on the
volume, and write the errors on a graph. Rotate the volume by another one
degree in the direction to the small error, measure the interpolation
accuracy, and observe the condition of the error i The error develops with
its peak and valley positioned reversely between when the volume is
rotated too much and when it is rotated too little. When it is not found
clearly where the peak and the valley are, the volume is set at an optimum
position,
A interpolation error having a two-cycle swell per wavelength of
a
But
improved by this adjustment.
inductosyn can usually be
or
an
cannot
irregular
having
one-cycle
error
swell
error
a
interpolation
Examine other causes on inductosyn
be improved by this adjustment.
slider
replacement,
adjustment,
etc.
mounting, gap
5

Scale on the volume


Example: 3 scales

BALANCE

3A
2V

365

\
/ - 7
y

6.1.4

Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that about degree 2.8 is an optimum position for
the knob to be set.

Volume

2 scales
0

0
2 mm
-

A
2
3 scales

2 mm

-2

4 scales

0
1

-2

366

2 mm

6.1.5
6,1.5 Setting and adjustment on 12/120 series control unit PCB

1) The peripheral control PCB


01P02
Module name
A16B-1210-0080
PCB specification
a) Setting of the clock pulse width

....

Setting method

Setting position

Check the checking terminal C16MP


with an oscilloscope to set the pulse
width as follows:

One set of the following

pins on the short terminal


F2 should be shorted.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

(16)
(15)
(14)
(13)
(12)

- 1.5V
More than

25ns
61ns

More than
29ns

F2

CI6MP
O

Fig. 6.1.5 (a) Setting and adjusting position on the peripheral control PCB A16B-1210-0080

367

6.1.5
2) The main CPU PCB
Module name
PCB specification
a) BUBBLE FREE switch

.
.

......

01P03
A16B-1210-0060

Normally, set this switch to OFF.


bubble memory.

Switch to ON only for initializing

BUBBLE FREE
OFF

MAIN

HALT

\\

ON

pr

HALT

A16B-1210-0060

Fig. 6.1.5 (b) Setting position on the main CPU PCB A16B-1210-0060

368

6.1.5

3) Main bubble PCB


Module name
PCB specification
a) Setting pin PI

....

01P04
A16B-1210-0070

Setting

Meaning

type

Short

Standard setting (when 8031 program is


loaded in 2764)

Open

Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded

in 8031 inside ROM)


b) Setting pin SPCLK
Setting

Meaning

type

clock margin check

A side
short

For testing:

B side

Standard setting

short
View from tlie mounting face

o o
GNMI WDALM

PI
ra

BA

SPCtK

A16B 1210 0070


1C socket for
clock margin check

Fig. 6.1.5 (c) Setting position on the main bubble PCB A16B-1210-0070

369

6.1.5

4) Axis control PCB

. Modulespecification
....

01P06 - 05P06
A16B-1210-0030
a) Setting of clock pulse width
name

. PCB

Setting method

Setting position
One set of the following
pins on the short terminal
G3 should be shorted.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

Set 16.384 MHz cycle at check pin


C16M as follows.

(16)
(15)
(14)
(13)
(12)

More than
25 ns

61ns

More than
29 ns

b) The setting concerning 1st axis (L axis) control


Item

Setting
position

PJ1
PJ5

PJ6
-PJ9

PJ10

PD 9

PD 10

Meaning

Setting
A side
Open
B side
A side
B side

Short
Open

Short
Open

Short

PEI

Open
A side

PE2

B side

_
_

Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.


Inductosyn is used as a detector.
Resolver is used as a detector.
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
Standard setting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier
is ignored.
Standard setting
F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. )
Special setting (note 2)
Standard setting
2000PPR pulse coder is used.
2500PPR pulse coder is used.
3000PPR pulse coder is used,

__

PD3

PD4

Note 1)
Note 2)

Short
Open
A side
Open
B side

Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale


The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.

370

6.1.5

c) The setting concerning 2nd axis (M axis) control


Item

Setting
position

PJ1
PJ5

PG6
PG9

PG10

PCI

PC2

Meaning

Setting

A side
Open
B side
A side
B side

Short
Open

Short
Open

Short

PD1

Open
A side

PD 2

B side

Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.


Inductosyn is used as a detector.
Resolver is used as a detector.
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
Standard setting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier

is ignored,
Standard setting

F/V

converter output is regarded as velocity


feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. )
Special setting (note 2)
Standard setting
2000PPR pulse coder is used.
2500PPR pulse coder is used.
3000PPR pulse coder is used,

PD5

PD6

Short
Open

A side
Open

B side

Note 1)
Note 2)

Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale


The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.

371

6.1.5

d) The setting concerning to 3rd axis (N axis) control

Item

Setting
position

PFl
PF5

PF6
PF9

PF10

PA2

PA3

Meaning

Setting

A side
Open
B side

A side
B side
Short
Open

Short
Open

Short

PB1

Open
A side

PB2

B side

_
_

Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.


Inductosyn is used as a detector.
Resolver is used as a detector.
Pulse types (note 1) are used as a detector.
Resolver/inductosyn is used as a detector.
Overheat alarm signal from motor is ignored.
Standard setting
Ready signal from servo amplifier is ignored.
Standard setting
Overload alarm signal from servo amplifier
is ignored.
Standard setting
F/V converter output is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a pulse coder is used.)
Tachogenerator signal is regarded as velocity
feedback signal (when a tachogenerator is
used. )
Special setting (note 2)
Standard setting
2000PPR pulse coder is used.
2500PPR pulse coder is used.
3000PPR pulse coder is used.

PD7

PD8

Note 1)
Note 2)

Short
Open
A side
Open
B side

Pulse type: pulse coder, optical scale, magnescale


The vibration may be reduced by this setting when the machine
vibrates 1-2 pulses (1-2 pm) at stoppage.

372

6.1.5

e) Setting pin PA1 should be opened.


View from the mounting face

PJ
i

9
10 n

PG
I

s
9

G3

10

C3

PF

CI6M

9
10 a

PE 2 B
PD
6

&

Ifh

PD

Po BB
PC

iB
PB B
2

PA!

PA

!B

A I6B

- 1210 - 0030

Fig. 6.1.5 (d) Setting position on the axis control PCB A16B-1210-0030

373

6.1.5

5) DSCG interface PCB and additional detector control (DSCG) PCB.


, Module
05P09
01P07
05P07, 01P09
A16B-1210-0110, A16B-1210-0180
PCB specification
a) Setting

Setting
pin

Standard

Usage

setting

PlL
P1M
PIN

2-3

If the interpolation accuracy is necessary


for an inductosyn, change the setting for
adjustment, (Refer to (d) Inductosyn
interpolation accuracy adjustment for details)

P2L
P2M
P2N

2-3

Change setting to adjust the amplification of


a feedback signal from a detector. (Refer to
(b) Detective gain adjustment for details)

P3L
P3M
P3N

P4L
P4M

Open

Used at adjustment. Refer to (c) V-F converter


frequency adjustment.

Open

Used at testing. The position feedback is


stopped to open the position control loop by
shorting.

P4N
P5L
P5M
P5N
Note:

PlL
Setting pin for the L axis

b) Detective gain adjustment


(T) Set the setting pin P2L (M, N) and P3L (M, N) in advance according to
the adjusting standard described later.
Turn the power ON.
Display the DGN 3001, 3002 (the checking result of resolver inductosyn

8
(4)

Check that each axis value multiplied by 0.125 is within


800, 1466
1900.
the range of 230
Adjustment is finished if all axis values are reduced or increased to
the above range.
Turn the power OFF.
If an axis is out of the range mentioned in 3 , adjust the setting pin
P2L (M, N) , P3L (M, N) and variable resistor VR2L (M, N) to reduce the
axis value into the range.

frequency).

374

6.1.5

Variable

Setting pin
short circuit

Result of
the frequency
check

resistor

VR2L(M,N)

90%.

P2L(M,N): 2-3

Detective
gain

Big

Big

Sma$$

Sma$$

P3L(M,N): 2-3

0%

P2L(M,N): 1-2

90%

P3L(M,N): 2-3

I
0%

P2L(M,N): 2-3

85%
I

P3L(M,N): 1-2

0%

P2L(M,N): 1-2

85%
I

P3L(M,N): 1-2

(7)

Proceed to

(2)

0%
to repeat adjustment

until the adjustment end.

Detective gain adjustment standard


Setting pins P2L, P2M, P2N, P3L, P3M, P3N and the variable resistor VR2L,
VR2M, VR2N should be set as follows in accordance with the type of

detector.
P3L(M,N)

Variable resistor
VR2L (M, N)

0%

Setting pin

Position detector

P2L(M,N)

2-3

Standard resolver
(Motor built-in type)

60%

Multi-pole resolver
(M series motor built-in type)
Linear inductosyn

0%

Scale length:
less than 2 m

Scale length:
more than 2 m

2-3

More than 0%
(Adjustment is

necessary)

375

6.1.5

Setting pin

Position detector
Tape or narrow
inductosyn

P2L(M,N)

Scale length:
less than 2 m

2-3

Scale length:
more than 2 m

P3L(M,N)
1

2-3

Variable resistor
VR2L (M, N)

65%

More than 0%
(Adjustment is

necessary)
Rotary inductosyn

12 inches,

360 poles

0%

65%

12 inches,
720 poles
2-3

7 inches,

360 poles

0%

50%

7 inches,
720 poles

VR2L (M, N)

50%
0%

c)

Example for 0%

100%

V/F converter frequency adjustment


This adjustment should be done at emergency stop.
(T) Adjustment of lowest frequency
After shorting the setting pin P4L (M, N) with 1-2, turn the variable
resistor VR4L (M, N) SO that the waveform cycle at check terminal
CH10L (M, N) is 600 ys 50 ys.

Waveform at CH10L (M, N)


60050s

(2)

Adjustment of highest frequency


After shorting the setting pin P4L (M, N) with 2-3, turn the variable
resistor VR3L (M, N) so that the waveform cycle at check terminal
CH10L (M, N) is 1.1 ys 40 ys.

Waveform at CH10L (M, N)


1.1 jus 40 ns

Note)

Open the setting pin P4L (M, N) after adjustment.


Do not short No. 1 pin with No. 3 pin.

376

6.1.5

d) Adjustment of inductosyn interpolation accuracy


With interpolation accuracy adjustment set absent, a fairly good accuracy
can be attained. When interpolation accuracy adjustment set is present,
adjustment must be made.
i) Simple adjusting method
Feed the machine tool at low speed and observe motor-current waveforms
on an oscilloscope to adjust the variable resistor VR1L (M, N) so that
A division error will cause
current-waveform swell may be smallest.
The
wavelength
of inductosyn.
current waveforms to swell twice per
the
rate
feed
and
the
as
rate
feed
swell frequency is proportionate to
becomes more than a certain degree, usually the swell disappears.
Using the above characteristics, whether current-waveform swell occurs
due to another cause is checked.
ii) Strict adjusting method
Adjustment is made by actually measuring the machine tool position,
using a high-precision, high-resolution measuring instrument, such as a
laser measuring machine. One wavelength of an inductosyn is divided by
The
the NC and the position is detected in resolutions of 1/4000.
accuracy that one wavelength is divided is called the interpolation
accuracy. The accuracy within one wavelength is strongly affected by
the NC position detector circuit and the position accuracy of an
integral multiple of one wavelength depends primarily on the scale
accuracy.
The division accuracy is checked by dividing one wavelength into 1/10
or 1/20, measuring the positioning accuracy, writing the error on a
graph, and viewing the distance of each division point from a straight
line connecting both ends of the wavelength.

Measuring method

Free rate
approx. 100 nun/min

1 wavelength
Measurement
start point

Measurement
start point

Measuring

example

Error
2

--

+1.5 p

-1.5 p

1 -0

- 1 -

0.5

1
1

1.5

- 2"

Interpolation deviation width 3 p

377

2 mm

6.1.5

Adjusting variable resistor VRlL (M, N)


Measure their respective interpolation accuracy at degrees 2 and 3 on
the variable resistor, and write the errors on a graph. Rotate the
variable resister by another degree in the direction of the minor
error, measure the interpolation accuracy, and observe the condition of
the error. The error develops with its peak and valley positioned
reversely between when the variable resistor is rotated too much and
when it is rotated too little. When it is not clear where the peak and
the valley are, the variable resistor is set at an optimum position.
An interpolation error having a two-cycle swell pare wavelength of
But an
inductosyn can usually be improved by this adjustment.
error
irregular
an
one-cycle
swell or
interpolation error having a
on
causes
other
Examine
adjustment.
cannot be improved by this
replacement,
adjustment,
slider
etc.
inductosyn mounting, gap

/).'

VRlL (M. N)
o

Scale on variable resistor


Example: 3 scales
Adjusting example
The figure below suggests that an approximate degree of
optimum position for the knob to be set.

2.8 is an

Variable resistor

2 scales

o
2 mm

-2

3 scales

2 min

-2

/1

4 scales

o
-2

- 378

2 mm

6.1.5

OV

3
P2L I 2

VRIL

P3L
P4L

VR2L
VR3L

O
VRIM

CH 1 0 L

VR4L
VR2M

VR3M

P2M
P3M
P4M

I23

VR1N

CH10M

VR4K1

VR2N
VR3N

VR4N

P2N

CH 1 0 N

I 23

P3N

P4N

PIL

P5L P5M P5N

DU

PIM

sn

PIN

"0

Fig. 6.1.5 (e) Setting and adjusting position on the DSCG interface PCB A16B-1210-0110

379

6.1.5

OV

P2L
P3L
P4 L C1

VRIL
VR2L

VR3L

O
VRIM

VR4L

VR2M
VR3M

P2M
P3M
P4M

I23

VR1N

CH 1 0 L

CH 1 OM

VR4M

VR2N
[R3N

VR4N

P2N
P3N

CH 1 0 N

I 23

P4N

ro

PI L

(\J

P5L P5M P5N

on

PIM

fO
Csl

ro

PIN

Fig. 6.1.5 (f) Setting and adjustment on the additional detector control PCB A16B-1210-0180

380

6.1.5

6) Axis CPU PCB


Module name
PCB specification
a) Setting

....

Setting
position

SP1

01P08 - 05P08
A16B-1210-0020

Meaning

Setting

Short between
2-3

Standard setting: 128 K ROM (27128)


is used.

Short between
1
2

Special setting:
is used.

256 K ROM (27256)

123
SPl 1=1

Fig. 6.1.5 (g) Setting position on the axis CPU PCB A16B-1210-0020

381

6.1.5

7) Spindle control PCB


01P13
Module name
A16B-1210-0160
PCB specification
a) Adjustment of clock pulse width

....

Setting method

Setting position

Set 16.384 MHz cycle as follows at


check pin C16MP.

One set of the following


pins on the short terminal
G3 should be shorted.

(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)

(15)

(14)
(13)
(12)
(11)

---

1. 5 V

More than
25 ns

More than
'29 ns

61ns

b) Setting pin
Setting
type

Meaning

Short

Standard setting (when 8031 program is


loaded in 2764)

Open

Not standard (when 8031 program is loaded


in 8031 inside ROM)
View from the mounting face

e3

jM

C16IP

Fig. 6.1.5 (h) Setting position on the spindle control PCB A16B-1210-0160

382

6.1.5

8) Additional buffer 2 PCB

. Modulespecification .
name
PCB
a) Setting pin SPCLK

01P15

A16B-1210-0260

Meaning

Setting type

clock margin check

A side short

For testing:

B side short

Standard setting

View from mounting position

SPCLK
C3
A B

IC socket for clock margin check

Fig. 6.1.5 (i) Setting position on the additional buffer 2 PCB A16B-1210-0260

383

6.1.5

9) Built-in type I/O unit,


Module name
PCB specification
a) Setting pin

.
.

SHI

Open

SH2

Short

SH3

Short

I/O

interface PCB
IF01A

A16B-1310-0020

View from the mounting face

QI
rhoi i-<

EWW
c
CO CO O

Fig. 5.1.5 (j) Setting position on the built-in type

384

I/O unit/I/O interface PCB A16B-1310-0020

6.1.6
6.1.6 I/O unit setting and adjustment

1)

I/O interface module (IF01A) setting


In the I/O unit, it is possible to expand one group into a maximum of four
groups by combining the interface units IF01A and IF04C. In this case, the
setting terminals in the IF01A must be set as follows according to the group
number to which the IF01A belongs:
a) Location of setting terminal

0
aV

r"

Setting plug

Front

Sotting terminal

m)
Interface module 1F01A

b) Method of setting

Availability of
IF04C

IF01A

Setting

group No.

SH3

SH2

Not available

Gruop 0

Available

Group 0

Group 1

SHI

Group 2

Group 3

Insert the setting plugs into the setting terminal marked


The unmarked terminals should be left open.

2)

"o".

interface module (IF04C) setting


Although IF04C is the same as IFOIA, these settings must be set as below.
(At shipment, the setting is exactly as given below.)
a) Setting
SH2 and SH3 are shorted.
SHI is opened.

I/O

385

6.1.6

b) Setting position

EES
WWW

Fig. 6.1.6 (b) Setting position on I/O interface module (IF04C)

3) Setting of positioning module PT01A (A03B-0801-C051)


The following setting is effective when the DC servo motor is used.
setting does not apply when the AC servo motor is used.
Item

Contents

Symbol
STl
ST2

Setting of velocity gain


Set the velocity gain according to the types of pulse coders
used as follows:
Setting

Type of pulse coder

STl

2000 pulses/revolution
2500 pulses/revolution
3000 pulses/revolution
2

ST3

This

ST2
o

o: Shorted

Setting whether or not suppress function is provided.


The suppress function neglects a detection pulse when the
moving direction of the machine is reversed.
If the machine uses a DC servo motor with a built-in pulse
2-pulse (1-2 pm) vibration may occur when the
coder, 1
machine has just stopped. This vibration can be eliminated by
effectively setting this function.
Shorted
Suppress function is provided
Open (standard setting)
No suppress function is provided

...
...

386

6.1.6

Item

Symbol
ST4

Contents

Setting of velocity detection signal selection


This setting is done to select either pulse coder or
tachogenerator for velocity detection.

Servo motor with a separate pulse coder

(Tachogenerator)
Servo motor with built-in pulse coder
P

Si

CV1

-r

ST4
p

-in

J-

CFl

T1

Fig. 6.1.6 (c) Setting position on the positioning module (PT01 A)

387

ST1
ST2
ST 3

6.1.6

4) Adjustment of analog input module AD04A (A03B-0801-C052)


Contents

Item

Preparation

(T)
(5)

(?)

(4j
Measuring
instruments

Remove AD04A from the base unit, detach the plastic cover,
and then mount AD04A to the base unit again.
Remove I/O module mounted on the left side of the AD04A to
leave space for turning the AD04A variable resistor.
Open the input terminals (terminal board) of AD04A.
Indicate AD04A input data on the diagnose screen.

Voltage/current source

voltage/current source thats


... resolution
higher than 1 mV/4 mA.
Use a

is
(measuring
resolution
thats
Use
a
voltmeter
Voltmeter
sensitivity) is higher than 0. 1 mV.
Use a resistance meter having a resolution
Resistance meter
(measuring sensitivity) of more than
0.I //, and measure four terminals.

...

...

Adjusting
procedure

For the mounting positions of variable resistor and check


terminals, see Fig. 6.1 (a).
(T) Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9) Adjust VR3 until the TP5

(?)

(5)
(4)

(5)

(?)
(7)

voltage becomes 0.0 mV.


Adjust VR4 until the TP6
Connect TPl and TP3 to GND (TP9)
voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
Apply +5 V to TPl and TP3 by connecting to +5 V terminal
(TP10). Adjust VR5 until the TP5 voltage becomes 0.0 mV.
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3,
Adjust VR6 until the TP6 voltage becomes +9.768 V.
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and -10.000 V to TP3.
Adjust VR12 until the output reads -2000 (decimal) (or 830
in hexadecimal notation).
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and +10.000 V to TP3
Adjust VR11 until the output reads +2000 (decimal) (or 7D0
in hexadecimal notation).
Apply 0.000 V to TPl and TP3. Make sure that the output
reads 0 (decimal) (000 in hexadecimal)

(?) - (7) .

Repeat steps

Adjust VR7 to make the resistance between CNT2 and CNT3

250.0 SI.
(10) Adjust VR8
250.0 SI.

(fj)

(f5)

(O)

to

make the resistance between CNT6 and CNT7

Adjust VR9 to make the resistance between CNT10 and CNT11

250.0 SI.
Adjust VR10 to make the resistance between CNT14 and CNT15
250.0 SI.
- (?) Make sure the output reads the following setting
at voltage input.
POS

13
14
15
16
17

CHI
0.000
+10.000
0.000
0.000
0.000

388

CH2
0.000
0.000
+10.000

0.000
0.000

CH3
0.000
0.000
0.000
+10.000
0.000

CH4

0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
+10.000

Unit
V
V
V
V
V

6.1.6

Contents

Item

(18)

- (Q)

Make sure the output reads the following setting


at current input
POS

18
19
20
21
22

CHI
0.00
+20 00
0.00

0.00
0.00

CH2

0.00
0.00
+20.00
0.00

0.00

Table 6.1 (a) shows adjusting procedure list.

389

CH3
0.00
0.00
0.00
+20.00
0.00

CH4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
+20.00

Unit
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA

Table 6.1 (a) Adjusting procedure list


Adjustment

Setting

Item
1

CHI

CH2

CH3

CH4

IN

IN

IN

IN

Open

Open

Open

Open

0.000
V

0.000
V

ii

It

IT

11

it

IT

TI

+5V

+5V

IT

II

II

IT

0.000
V

+10.000
V

TI

It

It

TI

-10.000

TI

It

TI

ti

IT

IT

tr

Measurement

VR3 VR4 VR5 VR6 VR7 VR8 VR9 VRiO VRli VR12 TP2 TP4 TP5

TP3

TP1

Repeat Item 5, 6, 7.

Open

Open

Open

Open

CHI
OUT

CH2
OUT

CH3
OUT

CH4
OUT

9.763

-2000

(830)

2000

(700)
0
(000)

250.0

VO

CNT

0.0
mV

V
0.000
V

Open

CNT

10 11 14 15

0.0
mV

+10.000

Open

6 7

mV

1
LO

CNT

0.0

CNT
2 3

TP6

250.0

10

it

it

ti

11

it

ii

IT

12

IT

IT

TI

IT

13

0V

0V

ov

ov

14

10.000
V

0V

0V

0V

tl

2000

ov

10.000

OV

ov

tr

2000

10.000

ov

ti

2000

TI

15

16

17

OV
OV

OV
OV

OV

10.000

18

OmA

OmA

OmA

OmA

19

20mA

OmA

OmA

OmA

it

OmA

TI

OmA

it

20mA

21
22

OmA
OmA
OmA

2OmA
OmA
OmA

OmA

20mA
OmA

250.0

250.0

V
ti

20

2000

1000

1000

1000

1000

C\
C\

6.1.6

VR7

TP7

m
CNT1

-f- 15 V

CNT2
CNT3

TP8
VR8

CNT4

-15V

CNT5
CNT6

TP9

CNT7

GND

VR9

TPl

CNT8

CNT9

P2

CNT10

TP 3

CNT 1 1

TP 4
TP 10

+5 V

TP 11

VR 10

TPl
INil

GND

TP5

CNT 12
CNT 13

al

CNTl 4

VR3

CNT 15

CNTl 6

CNTl 7
VR 11

CNTl 8
CNTl 9

VR12

CNT2 0

CNT 21

Fig. 6.1.6 (d) Mounting position of variable resistor and check terminal

391

6.2

6.2 Setting and Adjustment for M Series Velocity Control Unit


6.2.1 Setting and adjustment on M series velocity control unit PCB

I-2L O

SL126

CHI A

O CH2A
dVctA

o CHIB
VccB O

O CH2 B

O CHIC

O CH2C
VccC O

15

o CHID
CN4

O C1I2D
VccD

?io

O CH1E

CN3

VecE

?io
?2'o
?}o

IU o
20

0180

(n|

S25

RV5

S 24

15

CH7Q
CH9Q

ffo
fflo
So

S 16
S23

cmO

SO

cmo

S8

21
20
26

BHK
HVAL
HCAL

CH60

CH50
Cl120

cmo

SO

LVAL

0RV1
0RV2

**

TGLS

DCAL

SO [n]RV4

SPARE

ovc

Fuse resistor

SI

22

HV3

CN1

20
13

,o-J

nS2

o-f

R8 1

CN2

U
|-

Note) Parts location


on PCB may be
changed with
out notice.

M VcC

* ROY

PRDY

14

Fig. 6.2.1 (a) Parts mounting position on the PCB (A20B-0009-0320) 07C version or subsequence

Setting of Thermal Relay

Motor model
00M
0M
5M
10M
20M

30M
30MH

Current
setting mark

Current value

Current
setting dial

4A
6A
9A

I!'

12A
18A
24A

36A

392

Reset button

6.2.1
Table 6.2.1 (a) Setting of short bar

Position to be Shortcircuitted

0:

Motor
model

Short
bar
S 1

00M
PULSE
CODER

OM, 5M

PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR

PULSE
CODER

10M

PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR

30M(H)

PULSE
CODER

PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR

SETTING
MEANING

TACHO-GENERATOR
SETTING OF

VOLTAGE

COMPRESSOR
ENABLES

GAIN ATTENUATOR

HIGH

FREQUENCY

GAIN

RIPPLE FILTER

HIGH-GAIN C.KT,
ENABLE

9
10

CAPACITOR FOR
COMPENSATION
o

C.K.T.

DC GAIN

11
12

13
14

CAPACITOR FOR
HIGH-GAIN

15

16

Note 6

20

OPENS 14 WHEN
S15 IS SHORTED
o

CHOPPING FREQU
ENCY SELECTOR

THERMOSTAT FOR
TRANSFORMER AND
DISCHARGE UNIT
ENABLE

SEE
NOTE 1

21

BRK ALARM ENABLE

22

DCAL ALARM ENABLE

23

TGLS ALARM ENABLE

24

393

OVC ALARM OPERAT


ING TIME SELECTOR

6.2.1

Motor
model

Short
bar

PULSE
CODER

10M

OM, 5M

00M
PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR

PULSE
CODER

PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR

30M(H)

SETTING
MEANING

PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR

PULSE
CODER

TGLS ALARM
SENSING LEVEL

25

26

DISCHARGE UNIT
SELECTOR

SEE
NOTE 2

126

MOTOR SELECTOR
FOR ARMATURE
VOLTAGE FEEDBACK

C.K.T.

Table 6.2.1 (b) Variable resistor adjustment and check

SETTING CONDITION
POS

REMARKS

ITEM
VARIABLE
RESISTOR

CHECK AT
JUMPER

CHECK OF
DC POWER
SOURCE

GAIN

RV1

OFFSET

RV2

OVER
CURRENT

SETTING AND CHECK


CHECK SHALL BE MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ABOVE
TABLE

SHORTING

CHECK-PIN

CH15-3

CH15-3

CH16-3
CHI 7 -3

lh~

CH16-3
14.5
15.5V

CHI 7 -3

-14.5

- 15.5V

5 SCALES
CH6-3

CH1-3
CH2-3

+0.5V MAX

PANCAKE
TACHO
GENERATOR

5 SCALES

PULSE
CODER

10 SCALES

RV3

ALARM
SETTING

00M

0.6+1. IX

0M-20M

SCALE (A)
2+3 8X
SCALE (A)

30M(H)

4+7. 5X

SCALE (A)

394

6.2.1

SETTING CONDITION
REMARKS

ITEM

POS

VARIABLE
RESISTOR

CHECK-PIN

SETTING AND CHECK

SHORTING

TACHOGENERATOR
VOLTAGE
COMPENSA
TION

RV4

1) NORMALITY 5 SCALES
2) USE FOR FINE
ADJUSTING OF LOOP
GAIN. REFER TO
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
OF NC.

CURRENT
LIMITER
SETTING
SEE
NOTE 5

RV5

9 SCALE

00M

564/ (93-5X

0M-20M

1880/ (93-5X

30M(H)

3760/ (93-5X

SCALE) (A)
SCALE) (A)
SCALE) (A)

Note 1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.

IF CONNECTION BETWEEN CN2 (4) (5) AND TRANSFORMER OR DISCHARGE UNIT


EXISTED, S20 IS OPEN
IF YOU USED DISCHARGE UNIT, YOU WILL BE OPEN-CIRCUIT AT S26.
VOLUME SCALE IS AS FOLLOWS. FIGURE SHOWS 8 SCALES.
*MARK IS TOTAL EDITION OF PCB.
CURRENT LIMITER FUNCTION IS APPLIED FOR PCB EDITION 02B OR LATER.
SETTING OF S15.

5 SCALES.
o

01A*

CURRENT LIMITER SETTING

02B*03B*

NO CONNECTION

04B*05B*

CHOPPING

07C*

0. 022yF INTO HIGH FREQ.


GAIN DO NOT SHORT S14, S15

io scales

TOGETHER

395

FREQUENCY SELECTOR

6.2.1
Table 6.2.1 (c) Type of check terminal

CHECK
TERMINAL

CHECK
TERMINAL

MEANING

SYMBOL

3/4X

CH 1

VCMD

MEANING

SYMBOL

CHI 1

PWA

PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


DRIVER A

TSA

TACHO-GENERATOR
SIGNAL

12

PWB

PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


DRIVER B

ov

ov

13

PWC

PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


DRIVER C

OV

14

PWD

PWM CKT OUTPUT FOR


DRIVER D

15

+24V

+24V

16

+15V

+15V

SEE FIG. 2.

17

-15V

-15V

0.66V/A

18

VCMD

VELOCITY COMMAND

0.2V/A

19

VFBl

COMPENSATION C.K.T.

6
7

TRIANGLE WAVE

CUR
RENT

OOM

OM

20M

30M(H)

0.1V/A

INPUT SIGNAL OF PWM

ER

ARMATURE VOLTAGE
FEEDBACK SIGNAL

20

VFB2

23

ENBL

DRIVER ENABLE

C.K.T.
10

DISCHARGE MONITOR
SEE FIG. 3.

DIS
CHARGE

0.2 0.2 V

T
243 Vp-p

short
0.80.1
msec

ov

Discharge
time width

SI 6

Fig. 3

Fig. 2

- 396

1.210.2V

6.2.1

LED DISPLAY

NAME

MEANING

PRDY (GREEN
LED)

POSITION CONTROL READY END SIGNAL

VccRDY
(GREEN LED)

MONITORING FOR BREAKING OF FUSE RESISTORS (R81, R82).


NO- BREAKING
LIGHTING:
NO LIGHTING: CHECK ITEM
I) CONTINUITY CHECK: R81, R82
2) CONTINUITY CHECK: PCB CN2 TO
TRANSFORMER

BRK (RED LED)

NO FUSE BREAKER CUT OFF

HVAL (RED LED)

HIGH VOLTAGE ALARM


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO HIGH.

DISCHARGE C.K.T. GOES BAD.


LOAD INERTIA IS TOO HIGH.
HCAL (RED LED)

HIGH CURRENT ALARM


SHORT C.K.T. BETWEEN T1 (5) (6) AND (7) (8).
TRANSISTOR MODULE IS DAMAGED.
PCB OF PWM C.K.T. GOES BAD.

OVC (RED LED)

OVERCURRENT ALARM (SET RV3)


MOTOR LOAD IS TOO HEAVY.

TGLS (RED LED)

MOTOR RUNAWAY ALARM

VELOCITY FEEDBACK SIGNAL IS LOST.


MOTOR ARMATURE CONNECTION IS OFF.

DCAL (RED LED)

DISCHARGE ALARM
ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION FREQUENCY IS TOO HIGH.
REGENERATIVE ENERGY FROM MACHINE WEIGHT OF VERTICAL AXIS
IS TOO LARGE.
TRANSISTOR FOR DISCHARGE IS DAMAGED.

LVAL (RED LED)

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE DROP ALARM.


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS TOO LOW.
FAULTY PCB.

397

6.3

6.3 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Control Unit for Analog Servo AC Servo Motor
6.3.1 Parts location on PCB
1) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 - Model 30R
a) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)

CN4

RV4

I FI/ Fuse

ID
A

i>

o
8

Fuse resistor

CN3

00D
sss

U
CH0
18U S2

14 15 16

CHQ
W
17 -15V
Clio
10 4-

CflJ15V
ft+5V
140

CH ER

130

DO
_

c
SSS

CH'IWN 11 12 13
12 0
CH IT

PRDY

20

IIV
0 HC

no

CH IS
10 Q
CH 1R

0O

TO
DC

S21

CH T

80

CH S

70

S28

CH N

60

RV1 RV2 RV3

CH

50

asJo0V
fflOV

ovc

LV

HINDOO

S8 S9S10

2U

To

To

motor

NC

5,100 S19

S18

CN2

CN1
si

Fig. 6.3.1 (a) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0560

Note)

Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

398

6.3.1

b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number F or subsequent)

CN4

I
O
ID
LD

O
O

gr Fuse
_ Ar_
2 T?5*T
\
\

resistor
CN3

11

si

k
z

000;

sii SI i K4

*8
"O,
;Q,

"9
'"9

I lilt

CD

-m

QOOf

O,

"9

c;9

"9
-O

!!
S!

Oft

oc=>o

3 CH=>O

Q*

CD

o
o

lit

mm
KVI

3V

>o
o

S* S

MV }

31

4<1

11 SO

II 'VIS 1

66

?o uo*qM

<y

9 *i? CNl

00
to

<s>-

sc

?
f

CN6

CN2

Fig, 6,3.1 (b) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0560

Note)

Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice*

- 399

6.3.1

2) For AC servo motor Model 4-0, 3-0


a) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number A)
FANUC MADE IN JAPAN

CN3

o
cme o

CHI7

-15

+15

RV4

o
o

CH15

(+ 5V ADJ )

+5
CHW

ER

El

ansQ
TRW
ana Q

o c ooo

LV TGHCHVPRD1

IT

CH11

s s

IS

(H)

anoQ
1R
OH 9

S10

15 16

[
]
(L) (R)

(L)

0
T

ai 8
CTI7

!*

o
o
o

(R)
[

TO

]S8
o
o

CHO
ai 5

CH +

ov

ai 3

CHE

ail

oov
o
o

R
V
1

CN1

N
0

RV3

+
(n)

MOTOR

NC

si

(n)

Fig. 6.3.1 (c) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0590

Note)

Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

400

i'

6.3.1

b) PCB A20B-1000-0590 (Edition number B or subsequent)

FANUC MADE IN JAPAN

CAD-CN3

CH170
-15

CII16Q
15
+

RV4

CH150
+5
CIIMQ

(+5V ADJ)

ER

FI

CH130)
TRW

OOOOO

CH12Q
IT
CHllQ

LV TG HC HV PRDY

s s

15 16

IS

(H)

10(0

S10

Cl1

(L)

1R

O
T
CH8 0
S
CH7 0
R
CH6 0
CH5 0
CH4 O
ov
CH3 0
OV
CH2 0
CHI O

(L)(R)

CH9

>
(R>

1S8

3
R
V

(H)

@CN1

N
5

0 RV3

+
<D-1

$
MOTOR

NC

(L)S1(R)

Fig. 6.3.1 (d) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0590

Note)

N
2

Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

401

6.3.1

c) PCB A20B- 1000-0600

RLY1

CN3

+5 ADJ

RV4

\
O
o
I

o
I

P3

FETA

FETC

FETE

FETB

FBTD

FETF

MCC

FS2

RP4

RP6

RF5

RP7

T1

FS1

Fig. 6.3.1 (e) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1000-0600

Note)

11

Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

402

6.3.1

3) Model 5-0
a) PCB A20B-1001-0420

T424/03 |

CN3 15

10

20

25

>
Z

B
A

a.

CH

170

or16(J

>
T3

+15V

?o

>
Z

+5V

CHO
14 ER

?3fO

HC HV OVC

LCD

qiQ
12
IT

S2S4

03

CE;

PH

C O O O O
PRDY
LVTG

UH

>
ro

2.OAIF1

o
CO

IS

1R

o
o

N>
O

p>

OR

CH

50

S3.

(OV)

CID

Cov)

(TSA)

D
(VCMD)

0
CN1

3>
@
)L

i<6>

CD

*
CN6

7*

SI

RV1 RV2 RV3

CN2

Fig. 6.3.1 (f) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0420

Note)

Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

403

6.3.1

b) PCB A20B-1001-0410

1 T4 1 2/0 3 1

15

10

20

25

B
CN3
A

RV4 m

(+5V ADJ ) fc-

>
>
2

td

>
2
C

>
ro

r
L

09
I

o
I

o
MCC

>-3

r
L

T1

FSI

Fig. 6.3.1 (g) Parts iocation on the PCB A20B-1001-0410

Note)

Parts location on PCB may be changed without notice.

404

6.3.1

4) For 2-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)


a) A16B-1200-0520 (Mother board)

--

In

CNIO

CHI AM

F I / Fuse

CHI CM

CN7

CHI EM

CHIM

I
o

CM
in

o
i

I"''

CHI L

CM

CHI CL

o
o

CO
M3

CN9

CHI AL

CHI EL

<

CO

CM

<

CN8

F3/ Fuse
FR2
Fuse resistor

<1

FRI

>
F2/ Fuse

CH4
O

RV4

CN2

SIQ

Fig. 6.3.1 (h) Parts location on the PCB A16B-1200-0520

405

6.3.1

b) A20B-1001-0470 (Child board)

S3 I M

S3 IL

S
S
I7L I9L

S29L

mm

m
_
s

S29M

[0

S S
I7M I9M

S S

I4L

I6L

I 6M I 4M

o
I

cc

S30M| ~|

c
o.

<
CN7

S33L

S33M

CHI 3

O TRW
SSL S9L
S28L

CH9L
CH6L

CH7L

cm it
cm OL

CH6L
CH5L
CH3L
CH2L
CHIL

QPROT
[>a

-JJ- RV3L TGLO


RV2L 0

On
O is
O IR 2PL
O T

CHI2L

OHV
OOVCM
OTGM

O
O
O
OVCLO
LV
HC
DC

cm 4L

S20L

S20M

:HI 7

I5VO
+5V O

:HI6

S8M S9M
-I

S28MER0
ISO

:HI2M
;HI IM

1L 0 no
RV3M
RV2M

3
IRQ
22M

so
RO

o
o

Oov
OTSA
O VCMD

SI OL

S10M

CHI 5
CHI4M

RVIM

RVIL

-I5VO
+

o
o

ovO
TSAO
VCMDO.

CN5L

CN6L

CN5M

CN6M

To
Motor

To NC

To
Motor

To NC

S32M

S32L

:HIOM
;H9M

CH8M

:H7M
:H6M

CH5M
:H3M
CH2M

CHIM

O
OJ
ID

O
O
C\l
I

CN I L

CN I M

To NC

To NC

CQ
vO

<

Note 1:
Note 2:

Two PCB is 1 sets.


Part location on PCB may be changed without notice.
Fig. 6.3.1 (i) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0470

406

6.3.1

5) For 3-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)


a) PCB A20B-1001-0770

A20B- 1001 -0770/ CH3

1 l

F I / Fuse

Fuse resistor
3 , 2A

1 I

CNI 0
O PRDY
O LV
O HC
O HV

DC

O
Q

S3 1 M S3 1 N

S3 IL

TGL

ri

OVCL

TGM

Q
O

OVCM

TGN

o OVCN

CN9

SIOL SIOM SION


S3ON S33N

Lf

S30M S33M

S30L S33L S2

SI6N

SI.5N
SL4N
CHI 7

cm 6

cMs
cm

SI.6M
SI5M

SI6L

SI.5L

CHJT4L

S8M

S8L

3/SSL

SL4M

CH?2Q0!

S9M

HT2

CHTIM

CHTIL

CHlO

CHlO

RV3L

CHM |RV2L

S29L

CH9

- P

pORVIL

RVIM

CH5L

SI9L

CH2L
CHIL

C;N$L

CN bL

F3

2.0A

F2

CHMM

CHIN

CNSM

SS22N

RVIN

CH2M

CNiM

Fuse
S29N

IP

S22M

CH5N
SI7M
SI8M
CH3N
SI9M
CH2N

SI 7L

S9N

It S,ST9LCSORV2N E ]

CHpL

CH3L

RV3N

RV3M

RV2M

CN8

S8N

CHT4N.

CN>N

CN7
CN3N

LT
PM>

CNIL
S32L

SOL

S34 S3feM

CNIM

SOM

CNIN
S32N S20N

Fig. 6.3.1 (j) Parts location on the PCB A20B-1001-0770

407

CN2

6.3.2

6.3.2 Setting terminal


1) For AC servo motor Model 2-0 to 30R
a) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number F or subsequent)
Table 6.3.2 (a)

Standard setting

Setting

terminal

Remarks
2-0, 1-0

0,5

10

20M

20,30

30R

S 1

TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2

DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S 6

S 7

S10

Sll

S12

S13

S17

S18

S19

S20

Compensation circuit setting

TG alarm enable (Note 3)

Current loop gain setting

Current limit setting

Absolute code output enable


(Note 4)

S32

Setting

terminal

Setting for absolute pulse


coder (Note 5)

2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R


Pulse coder
3000P
2000P
2500P

S 8

S 9

S14

S15

S16

Remarks

Pulse coder F/V gain setting

408

Pulse coder, pole number,


and pulse number setting

6.3.2

Setting
terminal

Standard setting

Remarks
20M

20,30

30R

2-0, 1-0

10

S22

S23

S24

S25

S21

Compensation circuit setting

VCMD gain setting (Note 6)

F/V circuit

filter setting

S26
Compensation circuit setting

S27
S28

S29
S30

External analog current


limitter setting

S31

Connect CNl(19) pin and OV

S33

OVC alarm level setting

S34

S35

S36

Current feedback gain


setting (Note 7)

Speed feedback gain setting


(Note 8)

S37

S38

Compensation circuit setting

409

6.3.2

b) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number E)


Table 6.3.2 (b)

Standard setting

Setting

terminal

Remarks
2-0, 1-0

0,5

10 ,20M

20,30

30R

S 1

TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2

DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S 4

S 5

S 6

S 7

S10

Sll

S12

S13

S17

S 18

S19

S20

Absolute code output enable


(Note 4)

S32

Setting for absolute pulse


coder (Note 5)

Compensation circuit setting

Setting

terminal

TG alarm enable (Note 3)

Current loop gain setting

Current limit setting

2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20M, 20, 30, 30R


Pulse coder
3000P
2500P
2000P

S 8

S 9

S 14

S 15

S16

Remarks

Pulse coder F/V gain setting

410

Pulse coder, pole number,


and pulse number setting

6.3.2

Setting
terminal

Standard setting
2-0, 1-0

0,5

Remarks

10 , 20M

30R

20,30

S21

Compensation circuit setting

S22
VCMD gain setting (Note 6)

S23

S24

S25

F/V

circuit filter setting

S26
Compensation circuit setting

S27
S28

S29
External analog current
limitter setting

S30

c) PCB A20B-1000-0560 (Edition number C or D)


Table 6.3.2 (c)

Standard setting

Setting

terminal

Remarks
2-0, 1-0

0,5

10

20,30

30R

S 1

TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2

DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S 4

S 5

S 6

S 7

S10

Sll

S12

S13

Compensation circuit setting

411

TG alarm enable (Note 3)

Current loop gain setting

6.3.2

Setting
terminal

Standard setting

Remarks
2-0, 1-0

0,5

10

20,30

30R

SI 7

S 18

S19

S20

Current limit setting

Absolute code output enable


(Note 4)

2-0, 1-0, 0, 5, 10, 20, 30, 30R


Pulse coder
3000P
2000P
2500P

Setting

terminal
S 8

S 9

S14

S15

S16

Remarks

Pulse coder

gain setting

Pulse coder, pole number,


and pulse number setting

Standard setting

Setting

terminal

F/V

Remarks

2-0, 1-0

0,5

10

30R

20,30

S21

Compensation circuit setting

S22
VCMD gain setting (Note 6)

S23

S24

S25

F/V

circuit filter setting

S26
Compensation circuit setting
S27
S28

412

6.3.2

Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected


across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
2) Set S2 to open (L side) , if the regenerative discharge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (H side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.
3) Set S10 to L side, if it is needed to check with motor power cable

disconnected.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
to NC while VRDY is on.
output. If S20 is set at H side, the alarm code is always output.
5) When the absolute value pulse coder is used, set S32 at H side.
6) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm will be set. If it is open,
7V/1000 rpm will be set. If models 10, 20, and 30R are used over 1500
(loop gain
settings
and NC parameters
the above
change
rpm,

multipliers)

7) Models 0, 5, 10, and 20M only may be short-circuited. If S35 and S36
are short-circuited, conversion of current feedback signals (CH10, 11,
12) is 0.183 V/A.
S37 is short-circuited, the rate feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
9) The way of setting is shown as following figures.

8) If

FI) H

Setting plug

0b

13 L

(b) Setting of L side

(a) Setting of H side

2) For Model 4-0, 3-0 (PCB A20B-1000-0590) (analog servo)


Table 6.3.2 (d)

Pulse coder
Remarks

Setting terminal

2000P
S 1
S 8

2500P
TOH setting (Note 1)

S10

Pulse coder

OPEN

F/V

Gain

TG alarm enable (Note 2)

S15

S16

S20

Pulse coder

Pole number, pulse number setting

S32

L
For ABS pulse coder setting
(Note 3)

413

6.3.2

Note 1) If power transformer is connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI to open (R side).
If power transformer is not connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5) ,
set SI to short (L side).
2) Set S10 to R side if it is needed to check with motor power cable

disconnected.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used set S32 at H side.
4) The way of setting is shown as following figures.

w*
llj

Setting plug

Zl)

I3)L

(a) Setting of H side

(b) Setting of L side

(d) Setting of R side

(c) Setting of L side

3) For Model 5-0 (analog servo)


Table 6.3.2 (e)

Remarks

Terminal setting

Standard setting

S 1

TOH setting (Note 1)

S 2

Pulse coder setting (Note 2)

S 3

Absolute pulse coder setting


(Note 3)

S 4

TG, OVC alarm desable setting


(Note 4)

Note 1) If the power transformer connected to CN2 (4) and (5), set SI at L. If
there is no connection, set Si at H.
2) If the pulse coder is lOOOP/rev, set S2 at L, and if 2000P/rev, set it
at H.
3) If the absolute pulse coder is used, set S3 at H, and if not used set it
at L
4) If TG and OVC alarms are made invalid, set S4 at H.
5) If a lOOOP/rev pulse coder is used, care should be taken in DMR setting.
(DMR setting should be double that in a normal 2000P/rev pulse coder.)

414

6.3.2

4) For 2-axis control AC servo unit (analog servo)


PCB A20B-1001-0470

A16B-1200-0520
Table 6.3.2 (f)

Terminal
setting

Standard setting

Remarks

2-0, 1-0

0,5

Si

TOH setting (Note 1)

S2

DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S10L,M

TG alarm enable (Note 3)

S17L,M

S18L,M

S19L,M

S20L,M

Absolute code output enable (Note 4)

S22L,M

Compensation circuit setting

S23L,M

VCMD gain setting (Note 5)

S24L,M

F/V

S25L,M

S26L,M

S27L,M

S28L,M

S29L,M

F/V

S30L,M

Le

Current loop gain setting

S31L,M

TG alarm enable

S32L,M

Setting for absolute pulse coder (Note 7)

S33L,M

OVC alarm level setting

Current limit setting

circuit filter setting

Compensation circuit setting

input pulse width setting (Note 6)

- 415

6.3.2

Terminal
setting

Pulse coder
Remarks
2000P

2500P

3000P

S 8L,M

S 9L,M

S14L.M

S15L,M

S16L,M

Pulse coder

F/V gain

setting

Pulse coder pole number and


pulse number setting

Note 1) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set
SI at L side.
2) If
the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set S2 in the
short-circuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
S10 at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
to NC while VRDY is on.
output. If S20 is set at H, the alarm code is always output.
5) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if it is open,

7V/1000 rpm is set.


6) If S29 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set S32 in the open state.
8) Setting operations are shown in the Fig. below.

"ll H

01
LLIJL

11

Setting plug

1),.
(b) Setting of L side

(a) Setting of H side

roi

O7!
L

(d) Setting of R side

(c) Setting of L side

- 416

6.3.2

5) For 3-axis control AC servo unit (PCB A20B-1001-0770)


Table 6.3.2 (g)

Terminal
setting

Standard setting

Remarks

0/5

10

SI

TOH setting (Note 1)

S2

DC alarm setting (Note 2)

S10L,M,N

TG alarm enable (Note 3)

S17L,M,N

S18L,M,N

S19L,M,N

S20L,M,N

Absolute code output enable (Note 4)

S22L ,M,N

Compensation circuit setting

S23L,M,N

VCMD gain setting (Note 5)

S24L,M,N

F/V

S25L jM,N

S26L,M,N

S27L,M,N

S28L.M.N

S29L,M,N

F/V

S30L.M.N

Current loop gain setting

S31L,M,N

TG alarm enable

S32L,M,N

Setting for absolute pulse coder (Note 7)

S33L,M,N

OVC alarm level setting

Current limit setting

circuit filter setting

Compensation circuit setting

input pulse width setting (Note 6)

417

6.3.2

Terminal
setting
S 8L,M,N

Pulse coder

Remarks
2000P

2500P

3000P

F/V

Pulse coder
S 9L,M.N

S14L,M,N

S15L,M,N

S16L,M,N

gain setting

Pulse coder pole number and


pulse number setting

N system

Terminal
setting

0 series, 1 series
2 series, 3 series
6 series, 9 series

S34

10/11/12/100/
110/120 series

Remarks

VRDY signal setting

Note 1) If the power transformer is connected to terminals CN2 (4) and (5) , set
SI at L side.
2) If the regenerative discharge unit is mounted, set S2 in the shortcircuit state. If it is not mounted, set S2 in the open state.
3) If check is required without connection of the motor power cable, set
S10 at L side.
4) If S20 is set at L side, absolute codes from the pulse coder is output
If VRDY is turned OFF, the alarm code is
to NC while VRDY is on.
output. If S20 is set at H, the alarm code is always output.
5) If S23 is short-circuited, 7V/2000 rpm is set, and if it is open,
7V/1000 rpm is set.
6) If S29 is short-circuited, the velocity feedback voltage is changed from
3V/1000 rpm to 1.5V/1000 rpm. Normally, set it in the open state.
7) If ABS pulse coder is used, set S32 in the open state.
8) Setting operations are shown in the Fig. below.
H
Setting plug

S) L

* ) L

(b) Set at L side

(a) Set at H side

418

6.3.3

6.3.3 Variable resistor


Table 6.3.3

Remarks

Standard setting

Variable resistor

40%

RVl

Gain setting

RV2

Offset voltage adjustment

RV3

Tachogenerator voltage adjustment

RV4

+5 V power supply fine adjustment

Note) RV2-RV4 have been adjusted at factory before the shipment.

6.3.4 Check terminals list


1) For 1-axis control AC servo unit

Table 6.3.4 (a)

Check terminal

Description

Symbol

a x velocity command voltage (Note 2)

CH 1

0.8 x tachogenerator voltage

2
3

OV

OV

OV

OV

Compensation circuit

6
7

R-phase current command

S-phase current command

T-phase current command

10

IR

R-phase current feedback

11

IS

S-phase current feedback

12

IT

T-phase current feedback

13

TRW

Triangle wave (See Note 1)

14

ER

Error voltage (Torque command)

15

+5V

+5V

419

2.4V/A for motor 4-0, 3-0


0.85V/A for motor 2-0, 1-0
0.25V/A for motor 0,5,10
0.125V/A for motor 20,30
0.1V/A for motor 30R

6.3.4

Check terminal

Symbol

16

+15V

+15V

17

-15V

-15V

18

10RF

10V reference voltage

Note 1)

2)

Description

Triangle wave
a - 0.344 when VCMD = 7
a = 0.687 when VCMD = 7

V/1000 rpm
V/2000 rpm

12 1.5 V

340 30 M sec.

2) For 2-axis control AC servo unit


Table 6.3.4 (b)

Check terminal

Symbol

CH 1L,M

VCMD

a x velocity command voltage (Note 1)

CH 2L,M

TSA

0.8 x velocity feedback voltage

CH 3L,M

OV

OV

OV

OV

CH 4

Description

CH 5L,M

Compensation circuit
CH 6L,M
CH 7L,M

R-phase current command

CH 8L,M

S-phase current command

CH 9L,M

T-phase current command

CH10L,M

IR

R-phase current feedback

CH11L.M

IS

S-phase current feedback

CH12L ,M

IT

T-phase current feedback

420

1.18 A/V
(Motor 1-0, 2-0)

4.00

A/V

(Motor 0,5)

6.3.4

Check terminal

Description

Symbol
TRW

Triangle wave (Note 3)

ER

Error voltage (Torque command voltage) (Note 4)

CH15

+5V

+5V

CH16

+15V

+15V

CH17

-15V

-15V

CHI 3

CH14L.M

Note 1) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/1000 rpm


a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Setting terminal S4 is on the PCB A16B-1200-0520.
3) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.

1 2 1.5 V

36030sec

4) Motor load currents (peak values) can be monitored using the same
conversion as CH10-12. Effective values can be obtain by multiplying

1//T.
3) For 3-axis control AC servo unit
Table 6.3.4 (c)

Check terminal
CH 1L,M,N

CH

2L.M.N

CH 3L ,M,N

Description

Symbol
VCMD

a x velocity command voltage (Note 1)

TSA

0.8 x velocity feedback voltage

0V

0V

CH 5L,M,N

Compensation circuit
CH 6L,M,N

CH 7L,M,N

R-phase current command

CH 8L,M,N

S-phase current command

421

6.3.4

Check terminal

Symbol

Description

CH 9L,M,N

T-phase current command

CH10L,M,N

IR

R-phase current feedback

CH11L,M,N

IS

S-phase current feedback

CH12L,M,N

IT

T-phase current feedback

TRW

Triangle wave (Note 2)

ER

Error voltage (Torquecommand)

CHI5

+5V

+5V

CH16

+15V

+15V

CH17

-15V

-15V

5.45A/V
(Motor 0, 5, 10)

CHI 3

CH14L,M,N

Note 1) a = 0.344 when VCMD is 7V/1000 rpm


a = 0.687 when VCMD is 7V/2000 rpm
2) Waveform of triangle wave is as follows.

12 1.5V

360

+ 30/* sec

3) Motor load currents (peak values) can be monitored using the same
The effective values can be obtained by
conversion as CH10-12.

multiplying

l/fT.

422

6.4

6.4 Setting and Adjustment on PCB for Velocity Amplifier for AC Servo Motor
6.4.1 Parts location on PCB
1) For Model 2-0
Model 30R (digital servo)

a) A16B-1200-0670

Ociin.

CtoiiL
0CK3L
OCKIE
OCK2E

& QCHJE
|One
o-

Oc*c

<N

OCH*A
CN4

50

CHJA

FI

3
<
g
w

H
%PM
530

CN3

-S30

5D

cvb
co

c,fio
RO

O DPDY

C"0
irv

CH5o

HC

CH4

LV

CH3Q

DC

"00"

CH2o

OH

Si S2

F-2

CH,o

F-l

CN1?

CN2

Fig. 6.4.1 <a) A16B-1200-0670

423

6.4.1

2) For AC servo motor Model 4-0 and 3-0 (digital servo)


a) A20B-1002-0500

B
A

HV

HC

LV

OH

A20B-1002-0500/

CN3

FUSEI

DRDY

CHI3Q
+24VW

-C,H5V20
CHIIQ

+I5VW
CHI0O
+5Vi?20
CH9
OV

CH8p)
w
IS

CHJO
IR
CH60
*PWMFR0
CH50 R6
*PWME
CH40
*PWM0
CH30
*PWMC
CH20
*PWMB
OHIO

ZNR2

ZNRI

*PWMA


si

ON I

Dt

A350- I002-T502/00
A350- 1 002-Z 503/ 00

Fig. 6.4.1 (b) A20B-1002-0500

- 424

CN2

6.4.1

b) For Model 4-0, 3-0 (A20B-1000-0600)

RLY 1

CN3

+5 ADJ

RV4
o

s
o
o
o

8
<

Q-

FETA

FETE

FETC

FETB

FETD

MCC

uu

FETF

RP4

RP6

RPS

RP7

FS2

TI

FS1

Fig. 6.4.1(c) A20B-1000-0600

425

6.4.1

3) For AC servo motor Model 5-0 (digital servo)


a) A20B-1001-0430

15

10

20

25
B
A

CJ

D
2

0v

OHC

<
LL

<
CL
<

CN3

A20B-1001-0430 /

OLV

O0H

UJ

<

QDRDY

CH/\
13

CJ

PH

+24V
FI

CHC5V
10

+15V

C1I

+5V

C9H0
0\

sCJ

c?o
1R

CH0>

eCJpw

cr:
cn

MI;

<Q
CH PWMD
30JPWMC

c?0*

0
7

20
-FR1

PWMB

"0,

O"
) L

S1

PWMA

14
CN2

CN1

Fig. 6.4.1(d) A20B-1001-0430

426

6.4.1

4) Servo amplifier for 2-axis control


a) A16B-1200-0680

A16B-1200-0680/
CN10

M
X

FI

ii
_

ac

(i>

u.

CN9

i8

>"o

so

+24V

-15V

*0

+15V

so
SO

ISM

ad
so
So

SMO

so
so
so

CN8

So

So

so
so
so
SO

MV

so

so
o

MC

LV
DC

CNlM

DM

[ff

SJ

SICN:

CN1L

Fig. 6.4.1(e) A16B-1200-0680

427

6.4.1

5) Servo amplifier for 3-axis control


a) A20B-1002-0280

A20B- 1 002-0280/1

FANUC MADE IN JAPAN

ol

P
oS

op

o\
5

o|

of

I
Pi9

8
e

o|
ol

CJ0

CHcSO
@

OCHON
ov

2,

CHS

0VQ

CHI

CHjfj

Cl

C|H7L

fer

CHI

MFWI

HI

fit

CK4N

"Sg
CH

CR2L

CH1M
PWMAM

PVTMAL

CNIL

H.

Mi

ST

Ffil

III!

Cl

CNIM

XHIH

PWMAH
H

&

si

L-

CNiN

A350- I002-T284/0I

A350- I002-Z283/0I

Fig. 6.4.1(f) A20B-1002-0280

428

(D @

|cN2

6.4.2

6.4.2 Setting terminal


1) For Model 2-0
30R, 5-0, 4-0, 3-0 and servo amplifier
(digital servo)
Settings are SI and S2 only for digital servo.

for

2 axes control

Setting terminal

Standard setting

SI

TOH setting (See Note 1)

S2

DC alarm setting (See Note 2)


This setting is not provided to servo

amplifier for model 5-0.


Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected
across terminals CN2 (4) and (5)
set SI to open (L side)
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
Note 2) Set S2 to open (L side)
if the regenerative discharge unit is not
mounted, and set it to short (H side), if the regenerative discharge
unit is mounted.

Setting plug

0)H
V

E3L

(a) Setting of H side

(b) Setting of L side

429

6.4.3
6.4.3 Check terminals list
1) Servo amplifier of
(T) For 1-axis
i) For Model
ii) For Model
iii) For Model
(2) For 2-axis
(3) For 3-axis

digital
5-0
4-0, 3-0
2-0 - 30R

P.C.B
P.C.B
P.C.B
P.C.B
P.C.B

A20B-1001-0430
A20B-1002-0500
A16B-1200-0670
A16B-1200-0680
A20B-1002-0280

Table 6.2.4 (a)

Setting terminal

Standard setting

Remarks
(Note 1)

SI

TOH setting

S2

DC alarm setting (Note 2)

Note 1) If either power transformer or regenerative discharge unit is connected


across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to open (L side).
If neither power transformer nor regenerative discharge unit is
connected across terminals CN2 (4) and (5), set SI to short (H side).
2)
Note
Set S2 open (L side), if the regenerative discharge unit is not mounted,
and set it to short (H side)
if the regenerative discharge unit is

mounted

Note 3) The setting S2 is not mounted on the PCB for model 5-0 and for model 4-0
and 3-0.

430

6.5

6.5 Setting and Adjustment for AC Spindle Servo Unit

6.5.1 PCB parts mounting diagram

Check Terminal (CHI to 32, etc.)


Variable resistor (RV1 to 19)
- Terminal for setting (SI to 7)

"

Notes

UZA_.J

(T

LZDZJ

-i

EJ ZZE

i-

Ci

.I

FA
Fuse

Transformer
T1

Power supply
heal sink

FBQ

fc0

RV15

@00

Alarm fuse

19B
CT
19 A

RV17

QPE
r

Transformer
T2

CH 2 8
-1 5
OV
-1-5
+1 5
+24
CLK

.0

Version

FG CN6
FH

ROM

CH 2 5 ffi CH26
CH2 3 CH2 4
CH2 1 CH2 2
CHI 9 CH2 0
CHI 7 CHI 8

f CHI 3

- CHI 4

- CHI 5

Indualated Amplifier
ISAMP1

ISAMP2

- CHI 6

ed

cd

IFF

CH3 1

CH30
CH2 9

ARS
SLP

CN7

fdD LT

AF1AF2AF3
CH3 2

Display
LED

_
Pit AT.ARMmfc?

|eg

C N 9

Pilot
alarm
code

CH 1 2 CHI 1 CHI 0 CH 9 -I

S8

Relay

:<s

RV6
RV5
RV4

lse
n
d
ISllitsh

- RV1 3

RL

- RV1 2
L RV1 1

CN5

g|RV10

||RV9

SRV3 |3RV8

S10
RV1 6

LJ

S9

Drawing

number
Receiver
pull-up resister

(Upper)

+24V
R1~R24

(Under)

External
connection
side

OV when
contacter

closed

Receiver

ii

fC

<

Receiver

lAUALJ

TTTTf

DA Converter

C BI

iiisiiiiiiil

CCD

RVl RV2
Alarm reset
switch L

Control signal
connector

j
[US

RV18 RV19

CHlCH2|g](
-'

\
CN 1

CN4

(alternative)

miVi

Si

CH8
OV
CH7

CN 3

CN 2

CH3 CH4 CH5CH6


1
i
I
J
OV SM LM

TB

Alarm data
signal connector

LT

Terminal board for


speedometer and load meter

Motor signal connector

431

6.5.2 Main parts list for AC spindle servo unit for motor model 3~15
1) Fuses and surge absorbers
Specification
Item

Name

Symbol

Model 3

Model 6

A60L-0001-0127/25FH75

Model 15

Model 12

Model 8

A60L-000I-0145

A6QL-0001-0149

F13

Fuse

F4

Fuse

F5,6

Fuse

F7

Fuse

214

Surge absorber

A50L-0221-0062/441-12

AF1

Fuse on PCB

A60L-0001-0046/3. 2(3. 2A)

AF2, 3

Fuse on PCB

A60L-0001-0075/3. 2(3. 2AS)

A60L-0001-003 1/5A
A60L-000 1-0036 /PC 1-20
A60L-0001-0147

A60L-0001-0036/PC1-30
A60L-0001-0145

A60L-0001-0149

ro
l

ON
K)

2) Main parts
Specification
Item

Name

Symbol

Model 3

Model 6

Model 8

Model 12

Model 15

A20B-0009-0533

A20B-0009-0534

J03

J04

P.C.B.

Printed circuit board

ROM

Memory element

TM1M1

Transistor module

SMK3

SCR module

DMK3

Diode module

Dh3

Diode

A50L-2001-0103/12JH11

D46

Diode

A50L-2001-0103/12JG11

D7

Diode

A50L-2001-0081/60

D8

Diode

A50L-2001-0097/U06G

10

CH3

Capacitor

A42L-0001-0103

11

MCC

Electromagnetic contactor

12

TF

Transformer

A80L-0001-0276

13

FAN

Cooling fan

A90L-0001-0099/A

14

TH

Thermostat

A57L-0001-0028

15

SW

Switch

A57L-0001-0030/2

A20B-0009-0530

A20B-0009-053 1

J10

Jll

A20B-0009-0532

J02

A50L-0001-0096

A50L-5000-0029/30

A50L-5000-0029/50

A50L-20Q1-0138

A50L-20Q1-0146

i
4

LO
LO

A58L-0001-0094/200V1A1B

A58L-0001-0092/A

ON

to

6.5,3

6.5.3 Adjustment of variable resistor on the PCB for AC spindle servo unit

Notes 1. This table is applicable to PCBs of versions

A20B-0009-0530 to 0534.
2. Since the variable resistor, RV7 , 8, 14 through 19, are adjusted by
factory at shipment, they must not be readjusted by the user.

No.

Symbol

Item

Standard
setting

Check terminals

Procedure

RVl

Velocity command
voltage level

CH13-0V

See Subsection (1)


on the next page.

RV2

Velocity command
voltage offset

CH13-0V

See Subsection (1)


on the next page.

RV3

Speed arrival
detection level

CH10-0V

See Subsection (4)

RV4

Speed detection
level

CH9-0V

See Subsection (5)

RV5

Torque limitation
level

RV6

Regenerated power
limitation

RV7

VF conversion
level (1)

CH23-0V

When the voltage


between LM and OM
is 10 V, the
frequency is
200 + 2 kHz.

RV8

Setting for speed


detection circuit

CH18-0V

When the voltage


between CHI 7 and
0 V, is 0.2 V,
2.2 + 0.1 V.

RV9

Adjustment of
forward motor
speed

10

RV10

See Subsection (6)

See item 5.1.5.

3 scale

Number of motor
revolutions

CH17-0V

Speed detection
offset

11

RVl 1

Number of motor

Adjustment of
reverse motor
speed

12

RV12

Velocity loop
gain

13

RVl 3

Velocity loop
offset

See Subsection (2)

When the spindle


is stopped, the
offset voltage
must be within
+2 mV.
See Subsection (2)

revolutions
5 scale

Spindle

434

See Subsection (3)

6.5.3

No.

Symbol

14

RV14

15

RV15

Item

Standard
setting

Check terminals
LM-OM

Adjustment of
loadmeter
amplitude

RV16

17

RVl 7

10 + 0. IV at
acceleration
(without torque
limit)

+5V

Voltage adjust
ment of +5 V

16

Procedure

0V

0.05 V

4 scale
Regenerated
voltage limitation
level

CH32-0V

VF conversion

level (2)

When input voltage


is 200 V AC, the
frequency is

24

+ 0.2

kHz.

18

RVl 8

Adjustment of
RA offset

CH5-0V

2.5 + 0.05 V when


CN2 is open.

19

RVl 9

Adjustment of
RB offset

CH6-0V

Same as the above.

1) Velocity command voltage (RVl, RV2)


When the velocity command voltage is 10 V, the motor rotates at the rated
speed

Item

Measuring
terminals

Offset

CH13-0V

Level

CH13-0V

Adjustment procedure
Set the motor to operating status and
supply a velocity command voltage of 0V
(equivalent to S00) to the motor.
Adjust RV2 so that the voltage between
the measuring terminals will not change
when forward rotation and reverse
rotation commands are issued alternately.
See the following NOTE.

Voltage

<Adjusted>
+ <adjustment>
Normal

rotation
Reverse

rotation /

lrnV

+2mV

Supply a rated rotational command voltage


of 10 V to the motor and adjust RVl so
that the voltage between the measuring
terminals becomes +10 V + 0.05 V when the
spindle forward rotation command is
issued.

(Example) For example, if the voltage at CH13 is +5.0 mV when the spindle
rotates forward and it is +5.0 mV + 1.0 mV when the spindle rotates in
reverse, the offset error of the velocity command voltage is +1.0 mV.

435

6.5.3

2) Rotational speed adjustment (RV9, RVll)


The number of motor revolutions can be adjusted accurately by the following
procedure. The number of motor revolutions should be measured directly using
a stroboscope or tachometer.

Measuring
point

Item

Number of forward

Spindle

Supply the rated velocity command voltage


to the motor.
Adjust RV9 so that the motor rotates at
the rated speed when a forward rotation
(SFR) command is issued.

Spindle

Adjust RVll so that the motor rotates at


the rated speed when a reverse rotation
(SRV) command is issued.

motor revolutions

Number of reverse
motor

revolutions

(Example)

Adjusting procedure

The forward rotation means that the AC spindle motor rotates


counterclockwise (forward rotation) as seen from the shaft.
Thus, it may not correspond to the forward rotation of the
machine spindle.

Direction of forward
motor rotation (SFR)

3) Velocity offset (RV13)


This adjustment is made so that the spindle will not rotate at low speed when
a velocity command voltage of OV is supplied. This should be performed after
the previous adjustments.

Item
Velocity offset

Measuring

Adjusting procedure

point

Spindle
(or Motor)

Supply a velocity command voltage of OV.


Adjust RV13 so that the spindle will not
rotate when forward or reverse rotation
commands are issued.

436

6.5.3

4) Speed arrival detection level (RV3)


Setting of the speed arrival detection level can be performed by using the
following graph.
Vertical axis is the percentage of motor speed to the rated value.

50

45

40

s?

35

bJ)

30
S

25

1
& 20
T3
d>

15

10

Standard setting 15%

I
5

I
0
0

1
1

J_L

Scale of RV3

6
o

7
8
9
10

How to read the scale of potentiometer

437

10

6.5.3

5) Speed detecting level (RV4)


Vertical axis is the percentage of motor speed when rated value is assumed as
100%. This signal can be used for confirmation when clutch or gear is being

changed.
80

70
60

*"

50

33

bJ>

40

T)

30

Q>

Di

cn

20
Standard setting 3%

10

1
3

1
4

1
6
5
Scale of RV4

10

6) Torque limit level (RV5)


Vertical axis is the percentage of torque when 30 minutes rated torque is
assumed as 100%.

When

60

TLMH
signal
is ON

50

40

4>

When

30

TLML
signal
is ON

a
CD

20
I
10

Standard setting

--

L
Jl
1

o
0

1
4

TLMH 18%
TLML 10%
i

Scale of RV5

438

10

6.5.4
6.5.4 Description of check terminal

Terminal
name

Signal
name

Remarks

Contents

CHI

DA2

Analog command voltage

CH2

DAI

Output voltage from

0 - 10.0 V

D/A

10.0 V

converter

CH3

PA

Phase A output from pulse

(2.5 V

5%)

generator

CH4

PB

+ 0.2 V TYP*

generator

PA leads PB by 90 when CW
rotation

Phase B output from pulse

CH5

RA

Reference voltage of phase A

Direct current of PA:

+25 mA

CH6

RB

Reference voltage of phase B

Direct current of PB:

+25 mA

CH7

PSA

Phase A square weve

Duty 50% (at constant speed)

+
OV

OV

OV of printed circuit board

CH8

PSB

Phase B square wave

10%

Duty 50% (at constant speed)

+10%
CH9

SDTRF

Speed detection level

Variable 0.14 V through 7.4 V


by RV4

CH10

SARRF

Speed arrival level

Variable by RV3

CHll

BUZY

Acceleration/ deceleration
busy

V'-

i"

- +10.0

1: During Acc/Dcc

; CCW,

CHI 3

VCMD

Velocity command voltage

CH14

RVP

Reverse rotation speed pulse

Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds


(Only for reverse rotation)

CH15

FWP

Forward rotation speed pulse

Pulse width: 3.2 microseconds


(Only for reverse rotation)

CH16

OV

OV of printed circuit board

CHI 7

TS1

F/V

CW

6000 rpm (CCW): -10 V

output of velocity

feedback
CH18

TS2

Low speed detection signal

120 rpm (CCW): -2.2 V

CH20

TSA

Velocity feedback signal

Rated rotational speed:


+10 V, CCW:

CH21

LTRF

Output torque limitation


voltage

Output =

439

- [(| V CH21| +1.8) /10]


x Maximum output

6.5.4

Terminal
name

CH22

Signal
name
CRU

Remarks

Contents

Phase U current detection


signal

Current per IV

M3, 6
16. 7A

M8
25A

M12
35. 7A

M15
50A

CH23

ERP

VF conversion output

CH28 10 V: 200 kHz


width; 0.4 ps

CH24

CRV

Phase V current detection


signal

V phase motor current


detection signal

CH25

TRWF

Triangle wave signal

CH26

CRW

Phase W current detection


signal

W phase motor current


detection signal

CLK

CLK

Clock signal

312.5 kHz 200 ns typ

+24

24V

Power source voltage of

+24 V

DC25.6 Vtyp , Ripple: 0.5 V


P-P
100 Hz

Power source voltage of

-15 V +4%

+15

15V

/WVO.

10 Vp-p

+15 V

+5

5V

Power source voltage of


+5 V

+5V +1% (Preadjusted by RV15)

OV

OV

OV of printed circuit board

0V, same as CHI 6

-15

-15V

Power source voltage of


-15 V

-15 V +4%

CH28

ER

Error voltage

CH29

UCM

Phase U command voltage

CH30

VCM

Phase V command voltage

CH31

WCM

Phase W command voltage

CH32

24VP

Pulse signal

24 kHz at AC 200 V

19A

19A

Input voltage of 19 V AC

PCB Control power supply

CT

CT

OV

PCB Control power supply

19B

19B

Input voltage of 19 V AC

PCB Control power supply

440

10 V

6.6

6.6 Adjustment of Spindle Orientation Control Circuit


6.6.1 Adjustment of magnetic sensor system spindle orientation
1) Mounting magnetizing element and magnetic sensor
Determine the mounting direction for the magnetizing element and magnetic
sensor as follows. Incorrect mounting may cause repetition of clockwise and

counterclockwise rotation of spindle without stopping during positioning,


hunting, and the end of the magnetizing element and sensor head to stop in
the opposite position.
Mounting methods of magnetizing element and sensor

Explanation

Item

Mount the magnetizing element so that the reference hole moves and
faces as shown in Figure 1 when the spindle rotates in the positive
direction by the command of spindle motor CW rotation (SFR and VCMD

positive)
2

Mount the magnetic sensor head so that the pin hole of the flange and
the reference hole of the magnetizing element face in opposite

directions
3

The gap between the magnetizing element and sensor head should be
minimum of 1,5 + 0.5 mm.

4
Movement of the magnetizing
element when the spindle motor
turns in the positive direction

Reference
hole

(SFR).

Pin hold

1/

<5
ft

-r
Magnetizing element

Sensor head

Fig. 1 Mounting magnetizing element

441

6.6.1

2) Setting and adjustment of two-speed steps type


A06B-6041-J120
Spindle orientation circuit C
A20B-0008-0030
Orientation circuit C PCB
a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)
The connection and function of jumper terminals (SH) which can be freely
selected are listed below. SH01 should be connected after the power is on
It should be
since it is used only for adjustment and testing.
disconnected after adjustment making sure that LED7 goes off.

...

Connection and functions of jumper terminals (SH)


(A double outline indicates the standard setting)

(Note 1) Status
Function
SH

1-2

01

02

03

04

Remarks

2-3
(Note 2)

Connected only for


adjustment

Test mode

When an orientation instruction is


issued after power is turned on and
before driving the spindle, the
motor shaft end rotates in a
clockwise direction.

[Z

When an orientation instruction is


issued after power is turned on and
before driving the spindle, the
motor shaft end rotates in a
counterclockwise direction.

Moves in the direction the spindle


was turning just before the
orientation instruction was issued.

The orientation direction is


always CCW.

The orientation direction is


always CW.

Initial orientation speed is about


60 x 1 spindle position loop gain
~
r.p.m. of the spindle.
Sec.
(usual rate)

The initial rate of speed is


limited to 1/3 the usual rate.

The initial rate of speed is limited


to

2/3 the usual

The setting of SH03 takes


priority of the setting
on SH02.

The setting on SH02 is


effected only when SH03
1-2 is connected.

The setting on SH02


becomes effective.

Since spindle position


loop gain is generally
close to 5 sec. , the
usual rate is about
300 r.p.m.

rate.

Notes: (1) o indicates "close", x indicates "open".


(2) When in Test Mode
(a) The orientation instruction is Issued.
(b) Orientation end signal (0RAR 1,2) is not transferred.
(c) The spindle turns at the initial speed while SW1 (INITIALIZING
BUTTON) is pressed. When it is released, the spindle stops at
a fixed position.
(d) The red light emitting diode (LED7) is on in this mode.

442

6.6.1

b) LED indicators
Seven display lamps (LED 1-7), indicating the meanings listed below, are
mounted on this option board. (LED 1 and LED 2 are not mounted on PCB of
01A edition)

LED indicators

LED

Meaning

Explanation

Color

ORIENTATION

Green

Lights during execution of an orientation


instruction. (ORCM 1 and 2 are connected: ON)

CLUTCH (gear) LOW

Green

Lights when the clutch (gear) LOW signal is


on. (*CTH 1 and 2 are connected: ON)

MS PEAK LEVEL

Green

Lights while the peak value of the magnetic


flux detection signal (MS) is out of the
range of +10 V. Adjustment indicator.

SLOWDOWN PERIOD

Green

Lights during the low turning speed period


when the spindle position approaches the
stop position during orientation.

IN-POSITION FINE

Green

Lights when the value of MS output approaches


within +0.1 of the spindle angle. Sometimes
lights when the sensor is not on the
magnetizing element.

IN-POSITION

Green

Lights when orientation has been completed


and the spindle is within +1 of the
adjustment position. When it lights while
not in TEST MODE, the Orientation Completion
signal is transmitted, (ORAR 1 and 2 are
connected: ON)

TEST MODE

Red

Lights when SH01 pins are connected. In this


mode, the Adjustment Completion signal is not
transmitted and ORCM is on. The orientation
motion can be repeatedly confirmed by
pressing SW1.

443

6.6.1

c) Variable resistor setting


Set the variable resistor according to the following values followed by
will be reset at a later stage.'
table before orientation adjustment.

Settings

Variable resistor
name

RV

Variable resistor
scale position

(T)

2*

5.0

6.0

60

Scale position

65

Scale
position

(5)

80

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

75

70

6*

7*

2.0

5.0

85

3.0

90

9*

10*

11*

2.0

5.0

5.0

6.5

7.5

(N)

Scale position

2.0
2.0

when the spindle

3,100

3,500

4,000

4,500

5,000

5,500

6,000

5.5

4.5

3.5

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

the

transmission ratio

of

HIGH/LOW.

0.5

2,700

RV8 setting
Set RV8 according to

RH/L

110

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

105

100

95

RV5 setting
Set RV5 according to the number of revolutions
rotates at rated speed.

2,000 2,200 2,500

NHM
(rpm)

RV3 and RV4 settings


Set RV3 and RV4 according to the distance H between the turning axis
of the magnetizing element and the center of the sensor head,

H (mm)

(2)

1*

2.2

3.0

2.5

4.0

2.8 - 3.2
5.0

o o

2
1

6.0

8
9

10

Scale of variable resistor

444

3.7
7.5

4.4
8.0

R,,

5.3

9.0

'

of

spindle

6.0

7.0

9.5

10

6.6.1

d) Variable resistor adjustment


Adjustment of
Adjust RVl
RVl 1 according to the following table.
orientation PCB must be performed after the adjustment of spindle control
PCB. Orientation position may be shifted if the adjustment of RV12 or
RV13 on spindle control PCB is altered.

Variable resistor adjustment


The following adjustments should be performed in Test Mode by connecting
SH01 pins.

Term

Name

Adjustment

Adjustment method

Condition

(Specification)

RVl

TS OFFSET

The spindle should be


stopped.

Voltage across check 15


(TSA2) and 16 (OV) should
be within +1.0 mV

RV2

MS PEAK LEVEL

Keep pressing SW1


(INITIALIZING BUTTON)

Adjust position until


LED3 (MSPEAK LEVEL)
begins to light.

RV3

SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE

According to the setting

AMS PEAK LEVEL

According to the setting

RV4

terms

terms.

RV5

SLOWDOWN TIME
IN HIGH MODE

Clutch (gear) is HIGH.


Press SW1 to stop the

spindle at the fixed


position. The *CTH
signal is off (open).
6

RV6

GAIN

Just before stopping LED4


(SLOWDOWN PERIOD) should
immediately light up
clearly.

Clutch (gear) is HIGH.


Press SW1 to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open)

Turn in the CW direction


being careful not to over
shoot when stopping.

Clutch (gear) is HIGH.


Press SWl to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is off (open).

LED5 (IN-POS. FINE)


should light while LED6
(IN-POSITION) is on.

Clutch (gear) is LOW.


Press SWl to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).

LED4 (SLOWDOWN PERIOD)


should immediately light

Clutch (gear) is LOW.


Press SWl to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).

Turn in the CW direction


being careful not to over

RV7

IN-POSITION
H

RV8

RV9

SLOWDOWN TIME
IN LOW MODE

GAIN

445

up clearly just before


stopping. (See term 5)

shoot when stopping.

6.6.1

Term

name

Adjustment

Condition

10

RV10

IN-POSITION
L

Clutch (gear) is LOW.


Press SW1 to stop the
spindle at the fixed
position. The *CTH
signal is on (closed).

11

RVll

Adjustment method

(Specification)
LED5 (IN-POS. FINE)
should be on when
LED6 (IN-POSITION) is on.

The stop position can be


finely adjusted to within
+1 of the spindle angle.

POSITION SHIFT

After adjustment, release the test mode and check that LED7 (red) is turned off.

446

CN9

ORJEN-

TATtON

LED. I

LOW

INDICATORS FOR ADJUSTING


MS PEAK
sLOWDOWN IN- POSITION
PERJOO
LEVEL
FINE

1r

7
N
POSITION

()LE02 (J) LED3(?) LED4(2) LEDS(?) EE06 (J)

TEST MODE

LE07

RVI

OirLlRV2

ST 1

IS

(ov)

OFFSET

]MS

PEAK LEVEL

RV3
SLOWDOWN
REFERENCE

RV4
AMS
PEAK LEVEL

[SLOWDOWN A

|RV6
1

H D

GAIN

:
_
T
IT-7
-

4>*

-1

f
_|RV8
sLH04
[RV9
"1 I_ IGAIN
I

E
DIRECTION

SH02 SH03

F F[

010IF

3L

FIX

INITIAL

< OV)

(MSA)(LSAX)<FWD) {ZS)(MDST)0CLSXVCMD2)(VCMD3)(NNG)(tNTGKAMSKS0RFHMS) (TSAI) (TSA2)

-] F
I c]

SLOW DOWN

| M TI M E
I
I

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
CHECK

9 , 10

A20B- 0008- 0030/02

J L

ri , 12

CHECK

TERMINALS

J L

13 , 14

made Tn

I L

JAPAN
4

J L

15 , 16

TERMINALS

FANUC
2

_5

j |

CNA

nf'r

TACT
SWITCH

POSITION
SHIFT

SWI I

IF
G

(INITIALIZING BUTTON)

Adjusting position on the orientation circuit C PCB

ON

6.6.1

3) Setting and
Orientation
Orientation
PCB drawing

adjustment of three-spindle speed steps type


A06B-6041-J121
circuit D
circuit D
A20B-0009-0520
number

..

The spindle speed range is as listed below.

Spindle speed range


High

4000

8000 rpm

Medium

1000

2000 rpm

250

667 rpm

Low

a) Setting and function of jumper terminal (SH)


Same as in item 6.5.1 (2)-(a).
b) LED indicators

Symbol

Color

LED1

ORIENTATION

Green

Lights during execution of an orientation


command

LED2H

GEAR/ CLUTCH

Green

Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to


high position.

LED No.

Contents

LED2M

Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to


middle position.

LED2L

Lights when the gear/clutch is shifted to


low position.

LED3

MS PEAK LEVEL

Green

Lights when the peak value of the MS signal


sent from the magnetic sensor is out of the
range of +10 V.

LED4

SLOWDOWN PERIOD

Green

Lights during low turning speed and goes


out when the magnetizing element reaches
the sensor.

LED5

IN-POSITION FINE

Green

Lights when orientation has been completed


and the spindle is within +0.1 of the
adjustment position.

LED 6

IN-POSITION

Green

Lights when orientation has been completed


and the spindle is within +JL of the
adjustment position. When it lights while
not in TEST mode, the orientation comple
tion signal is transmitted.

LED 7

TEST MODE

Red

Lights when terminals 01 and 02 of SH01 are


shorted

448

6.6.1

c) Adjustments
The adjustments should be performed in the following sequence in TEST mode
after turning on the power.

Item

Variable
resistor
RV1

Adjustment item

Condition

The spindle should be


stopped.

Voltage across check


terminals CH15 (TSA2)
and 16 (OV) should be
within 0 + 1,0 mV.

SWl should be kept


pressed.

Adjust the position


until LED3 begins to
light.

SLOWDOWN REFER
ENCE

Measure the distance


from the center of

See NOTE 1.

Setting of the
slowdown level

the spindle to the


sensor head.

TSA OFFSET
Tachogenerator

offset

RV2

MS PEAK LEVEL

Amplitude adjust
ment of MS signal

RV3

RV4

Adjustment procedure

AMS PEAK LEVEL

Amplitude value
of AMS signal
5

RV5

RV6

SLOWDOWN TIME
HIGH
slowdown time

Shift the gear to the


HIGH position and
LED2H goes on.
Turn SWl on and off
repeatedly.

Just before stopping,

LED4 should immedia


tely light up clearly
(about 0.2 sec).
Turn clockwise to
increase the gain
being careful not

GAIN HIGH
Position loop
gain

to overshoot when
stopping.

RV7

IN-POSITION H
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position.

RV8

SLOWDOWN TIME
LOW Adjustment
of slowdown time

RV9

GAIN LOW
Position loop
gain

RV10

IN-POSITION LOW
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position

10

Adjust so that LED5


lights while LED6 is
on. LED5 may ficker.

Shift the gear to


the LOW position
and LED2L goes on.
Turn SWl on and
off repeatedly.

Same as item 5 above.

Same as item 6 above.

Same as item 7 above.

449

6.6.1

Item

Variable
resistor

Adjustment item

Condition

Shift the gear to


the MEDIUM position
and LED2M goes on.
Turn SW1 on and
off repeatedly.

Adjustment procedure
Same as item 5 above.

11

RV11

SLOWDOWN TIME
MEDIUM
Adjusting slow
down time

12

RV12

GAIN MEDIUM
Position loop
gain.

Same as item 6 above.

13

RV13

IN-POSITION
MEDIUM
Adjusting the
spindle stop
position

Same as item 7 above,

14

RV14

POSITION SHIFT
Shifting of

The stop position can

be finely adjusted
within a range of
+1 of the spindle
angle.

spindle stop
position

Match the key posi


tion of the ATC arm
to the groove
position of the
spindle.

After adjustment, release test mode making sure that LED7 (Red) is off.
(Note 1)

Adjust RV3 and RV4 based on the distance (Hmm) from the center of the
spindle to the sensor as listed below.

H (mm)

Position RV3, 4

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

9.5

6.5

4.5

3.0

2.2

1.5

1.0

0.5

Spindle

Magnetizing element

cjf

Scale
.8

Sensor

Scale
H (mm)

- 450

TSA

CN9

1+151

(+5)

(W

(LgA) 0{JWD)(J)
1

OFFSET

TATION

RV1

LED1

'(MQSTHXI
5

ORIEN

IIINJG)
7

10

(A)(SgRF)(M)
11

12

13

(TgAlKTSA2)
14

15

(Wj

MS PEAK
LEVEL

RV2

Eg
m

16

SLOWDOWN

REFERENCE

RV3

AMSPEAK
LEVEL

RV4

(GEAR/CLU TCH)

SLOWDOVW
LfcD2 I
PERIOD

M
TCDTM

leg I W

L
l_t.U3

mm
mnm

LED4

RV12

IN-POSITIOIN
FINE

LED5

RV6

RV13

RV8

SLOW
DOWN
TIME

RV9

(GAIN)

IN-POSITION

LED6

RV7

RV14

RV10

IM
POSI
TION

SW1

SHOT

TEST MODE

Ln

POSITION

SHIFT

RV11

A20B-Q009-0520/ p

1
m P
SH02

2
%

SH03 SH04
CNA

Edition

Check terminals and variable resistor location on the PCB


c\
CN

6.6.2

4) Confirmation of the spindle position loop gain


The spindle position loop gain should be tested after orientation stop
control circuit adjustment by using the procedure outlined in the next table.
Spindle position loop gain

Procedure

Connect SH01 pins, to enter Test Mode (LED7 goes on).

Disconnect SH04 1-2 and 2-3 pins to remove limits.

(r.p.m) when
Measure the number of spindle revolutions NS(H) and N
S(L)
SW1 (INITIALIZING BUTTON) is on, for each of the following conditions.
Spindle clutch (gear) HIGH (*CTHl and 2 not connected)
Spindle clutch (gear) LOW (*CTH1 and 2 connected)

The spindle position loop gain can be determined using the following
equations:
-1
Kp(H or L) NS(H or L) T 55 (sec ), where

p(L)

:
:

Position loop gain for spindle HIGH gear (clutch)


Position loop gain for spindle LOW gear (clutch)

6.6.2 For position coder system


1) Printed circuit board
A20B-0009-0530
0534
Spindle control circuit
Position coder method spindle orientation control circuit
a) Stop position internal setting
A20B-0008-0240
b) Stop position external setting
A20B-0008-0241
2) Display

Light emitting diode


LEDl ORIENTATION

...

Lights when orientation command (ORCMl , 2 ON) is

LED2 LOW

LED3 IN-POSITION OUT

LED4 IN-POSITION ADJUST

...

issued.
Lights when the contact of clutch change signal
*CTH is closed. Lighting indicates that clutch
LOW is selected.
Lights when orientation completion signal ORAR
1-2 is issued,
Lights when spindle enters within one pulse of
orientation position.
Stop position can be the same at HIGH and LOW by
adjusting POT RV3/RV5 for OFFSET adjustment so
that this LED lights at gear HIGH/LOW.

452

6.6.2

3) Setting

12

OOOO
LED 1

SH 0 2

GH i

2
HD3
m*

i
i
i
1
11 SHO 1

[Us

SW5

SW4

+5V

5H

1* . C TY PE B

0G

CNA

S'Wl

SW2

SW3

RV1 5
-

*P. C

TYPE A

CNB

When the power of +5V for position coder is supplied from


spindle amplifier, connect between +5V and 5H and between OG and
OV. When the power of +5V is supplied from NC, open between +5V
and 5H between OG and OV.
b) Setting of SW5 and SW4

a) +5V
OG

5H
OV

SW4

SW5

Type A

Right

Right

Type B

Left

Left

Position coder

Type

Balanced type
Unbalanced type

c) Setting of SH01 and SH02


Follow the next table.

453

6.6.2

d) Setting of stop position SWl, 2, 3

Switch

Contents

SWl (16 positions)

1 position is

4096/16

SW2 (16 positions)

1 position is

256/16

SW3 (16 positions)

1 position is

16/16

= 256 pulses, equivalent to 22,5


= 16 pulses, equivalent to

1.4

= 1 pulse, equivalent to 0,088

An arbitrary position in a rotation can be positioned by the unit of

0.088 = 1/4096 x 360 by setting in the order of SWl, 2 and 3.


4) Adjustment
Variable
resistor

No.

Item

Velocity feedback
offset

RVl

Measuring point

Standard
Adjustment
5 scale

TSA2
CHI 4

Note
The voltage
at TSA2

should be
+1 mV.

Position gain at
gear High

RV2

Offset at gear

RV3

overshoot

Position gain at
gear Low

RV4

Offset at gear
Low

RV5

4
3-

ono

2
1

Let LED4 ADJUST

light.

High

Do not let spindle

3-4
scale
About
5 scale

overshoot.

3-6
scale

Let LED4 ADJUST

About

light.

5 scale

Do not let spindle

7
8
9

10

Scale of variable resistor

454

Gleaming of
the LED is
sufficient

6.6.2

Table 1 Setting of SH01 and SH02


o: Connected
SH02

SH01
No.

Contents

9 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

16 15 14 13 12 11 10
1

CCW

CW

Orientation direction
after initial
orientation

CCW only

CW only

Spindle
rotational
direction

Rotational direction
of spindle and
position coder

(Standard)

(Standard)

2/3

1/3

Same

direction
Reverse

Different from
machine tool to
machine tool,
Incorrect setting
will cause hunting,

direction

5
(Note)

In-position width to
issue orientation
completion signal
(ORAR 1, 2)

+2 pulses

_+4 pulses
+8 pulses

+16 pulses
+32 pulses

+64 pulses

Setting due to
position coder
hysteresis

Remarks

(Standard)

Initial orientation
direction immediately
after turning on
power

Orientation speed
which Is set by
position gain

x: Open

+16 pulses corres


pond to +1,3

No pulse

+1 pulse

-1 pulse

(Standard)

(Note) The condition (c) of issue of orientation completion signal


c = (Spindle is within the in-position width) and (Velocity zero signal Is ON) and (ORCM is ON)

455

7.

7.

REPLACING METHOD OF PCB AND UNITS

7.1 Replacing Method of Power Supply Unit


1) For

10/11/100/110

series
2

CA 6
CA5 CA4 CAB CD1

ODD
Master PCB
Power
supply
unit

Connector
to master

H)

00

PCB

CV1 CV2 CV3 CA1


CF1 CF2 CF3 CA2

ODD

LV

CPU

CP 14 .

Fig. 7.1 (a) Power supply unit mounting position for 10 and 11 series

2) For

12/120

series

ffI
I I

Connector for connection

with a back panel

I II

I I

LiJ

CP 13,
CPU
CP14, 18

'

456

7.2
7.1.1 Procedure

1) Disconnect cables of connectors CP11, CP13, CP14, and CP15 as illustrated

below.
CP13, CP14, CP15

CPI 1, CP14

cpii

Ds

Cr

o
o
CEZF

2) Detach the power supply unit by removing the four screws. The power supply
unit is connected to the master PCB or back panel by the connector shown by a
dotted line in the fig. 7.1 (a).
3) For mounting new power supply unit, reverse the above procedure
2) > 1).

7.2 Replacing Methods of Option PCB (for 10/11/100/110 series) and control PCB
(for 12/120 series)
Replacement of the following PCBs connected to the master PCB or back panel is

described.

. Option card 1

axis + additional memory


.. Additional
A1
- A3
card

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

PCB (analog servo)

I/O

ROM/RAM board (digital servo)


Optical fiber interface PCB
Bubble memory
Conversational function card
ROM/ RAM card
Additional axis card (analog servo)
Resolver/inductosyn interface
Axis control PCB (digital servo)
CRT/MDI adapter (100/110/120 series)
All control PCB

For

10/110

For

11/110 series

series

Common to 10/11/
100/110 series
For 12/120 series

457

7.2

2
O

-C

___

rT

Irn

o o o o o o
2

1) Procedure
Disconnect cables from PCBs.
i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part
screws (a) as shoi<rn in the following figure.
YQNOH

VQNOH

(b)

after loosening two

VQNOH

;gIE]

ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (l


pushing part () as illustrated below.

direction by

I
Cr

458

7.3

iii) Disconnect the optical fiber cable by pushing part

as illustrated

below.

2}

Detach PCB by loosening two screws (2).


For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure

(?)

-*

(T)

2) Setting
Set new PCB in the same way as in PCB before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Additional axis + additional memory PCB
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM No., and edition number.
b) Conversational PCB and ROM/RAM board
Check the number of mounted ROM and RAM, ROM number, and edition number.
c) Axis CPU PCB, Sub CPU PCB, main buffer PCB
Check the ROM number and edition number.
Spindle control PCB

CRT/MDI adapter

...

d) Bubble memory PCB


Check the specifications of bubble memory PCB.
Clear all bubble memory and reset parameters, NC data, and other setting
data without fail whenever the bubble memory PCB is replaced.
If resetting of parameters is neglected, an alarm may occur.

*
*

7.3 Repiaceing Methods of PMC ROM Cassette


PMC ROM cassette

Master PCB
or back panel

Screw

Detach the PMC ROM cassette after loosening the two screws in back.
Make sure that the same contents used in the old cassette are written into new
ROM cassette.

459

7.4

7.4

Replacing Methods of Master PCB

1) Procedure
Remove the
Remove the
Remove the
Disconnect

power supply unit according to Sec. 7.1.


option PCB according to Sec. 7.2
PMC ROM cassette according to Sec. 7.3,
all cables from master PCB,

DODD
6

DDDD
DDDD
\

Fig. 7.4 (a) 10 series master PCB

D0D

CP14A

000
CP1*B

I COPI

I COP2

DDDD
ODD

fiA.Y.vjy

Fig. 7.4 (b) 11 series master PCB

460

7.4

Disconnect cables by the following procedures.


i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part
screws (?) as illustrated below.

()

YdNOH

(b)

after loosening two

YQNOH

-<_?

nr

&

13

ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (l->) direction by


pushing part (a) as illustrated below.

k
k>

o
nZ3

~L

iii)

Disconnect optical fiber cable by pushing part

below.

fl

461

(a)

as illustrated

7.4

iv)

Disconnect connector CAT cable in the arrow direction after unlocking


it as illustrated below.

(Note) For connecting the cable, push it


in the direction opposite to
of the
after setting it to mark
unlocked
the
under
connector
condition, and then, lock the
cable. In this case, push the
connector forcibly, or else the
The
cable cannot be locked.
left
figure shows the locked
condition.

=4

gr

5
Disconnect the ground wire.
6
The master PCB can be removed by loosening the four screws shown in (6)
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure @ -* (l)
7
2) Setting
Setting on new PCB should be same as that on old PCB before exchange.
For 10/100 series, check position control LSI, OPC (in case of small
CRT/MDI) , character generator (in case of small CRT/MDI) , and ROM for
normal mounting conditions.
For 11/110 series, check the position control LSI for normal mounting

8
8

condition.
For

10/100

master PCB.

series, a memory parity alarm occurs after replacing the


Reset parameters after clear the memory.

462

AI68-I0IO-004H

MADE IN JAPAN

FANUC

19

20

21

22

23

CAN

CAG

CAE2

CAS

CAH

CAC

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

CA6
K

>

Mounting
position of
character

generator

\
H

I
;

Mounting
position

RAM

of OPC

4>ON

u>
I

Q p p Q

CAP

/
i

t
tk

T7

I I

TTT

32

I1'

r'-

r\

' np

CO
K

CO
I

C
CO

TT3"

B
N

A
\

i
7

s
.

YTT

cfz

cF3

10

H23i 24

I II

Setting
point

25 i 26 i 27 i 28 29s, 30

31 1 32

33

34

, 35

3621 i

38

, 39

40

, 41 , 42 , 43

44

45

Mounting position Mounting position of ROM Mounting position of RAM


of position control
LSI

Fig. 7.4 (c) Check positions after replacing analog servo 10 series master PCB

-J
4

Setting
point
/

FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN

AI6B-IOIO-OI9

CAH

CAI

CAS

CAL

CAE2

CAB

CAG

C AC

CAM

18

O O +24

+s

-J

O
-15

+ is
J

CDI
G
:

CF

ECOP2COP I

-o

C AE I

CAP

i
i

d
Sr

CL
tn

Cv 2

CF9I

CAI

iJ
<*P

0V

CMD

A
7

L2J LJJ

CV22

CA2

[32j [33j [34j [35j [36j [37j [38] [39] [40] i4Jj l42i
i_L5j/_L6j LLZJ LiSj [_L9j |_2Qj ijj L22J L22J L2*J LlSj [26J [27J L28J [29J [30]
Mounting position of
spindle control LSI
Fig. 7.4 (d) Check positions after replacing digital servo 10 series master PCB

IQ 1 l I I I 1,I2|

l_|4j

-J

-P+

C03

FANUC
MADE IN JAPAN

CD4

'1

CA8

14

20

AI68-IOIO-OOSH/

OSCG PC

ADD. AXES

TEST

ROM

A.C.P

BMU

CDS

20

20

/s

33

CPI4A

14

14

50

20

CAT

I*0

20

CAM

CA12

CAIO

nsi nr1 nri nsi fi-1 nr1

i24i

i27 1

F91 ri?

3? H331 r'34' f35l

[371 r59 1391 f4Qi

CPI4B
COPl

Hal rigi f2o>

I
-PON
Ui

C0P2

!
1
r

VCMOO OOO
T5AO O O

OKC:

Ub14

14

14

CAP

14

<n
rt

r-

20

20

<0

20

n
o

20

/s

CV!

CAT

CV3

CV 2

s
2

03

r*

r*

00

r*

r*

4-1

o
r*

ra
2

31

5
r\

Or
4

TAC.
REv

SUP
2 TAC

acv
20

CFI

20

CF2

/~\

20

CF3

CA2

3 at*
<UP

2C

10 I rill 1 12 ft 13

14

Setting point

17

1 1 IS ]

i.B j

[20 j [21 1 | 22j [23j |24j i_25l I_2Sj L2?J I 28 1 |_29j

t32i [33]

1 34] |3S| 1 36| 1 37] 1 38 1 1 39 1 ;40| 1 41 1 [42]

Mounting position of position control LSI

Fig. 7.4 (e) Check positions after replacing analog servo 11 series master PCB

-j

-fc.

Setting
point

n
CD3

CAT

CD4

AI6B-JOLO-020

AXES3

AXESI

CAK3

CH2

AXES2

MMC

U/PMC

TEST

CAH1

C*E2

ROM

BMU

ACP
CAP

CAB

C*X

W 0FF

J-gM

MADE IN JAPAN

CA6M

FANUC

CD5

CPI4A
J

ic.

CAI2

C All
CBRN)

CTOi

CTG'

boj

C OP 2

CPI4B

->
CTN
O'

CBRN)

AS
CA El

CAI A

CAP

CA1B

I
5

OvcQ
CA

2A

L_!_! L2j

CA2 B

L3J LJ

LJZJ

L_J

L9J L!LJ LiJ_!_) l_!2j |V3j

L_1J

15. Li6j U2l L]8j LJ9J L20J

2nd spindle (IITT only)

LgGj

l&J ] 28 1 |_29j [301

3jj

1 33,

1st spindle

ijp?

Mounting position of
spindle control LSI

Fig. 7.4 (f) Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series master PCB

34,

t35l

36j i 37 1 i 381 i

4Q >41

i42i |43i

_|

]44[ |

A 1 6B- 1211-029 B /

CM
27256

CBA
CM
O

27512

(UPPER)

CUPPER)

27512
'UPPER)

27512

g-K

CLOWER)

o
CM

27512
CLOWER)

CM

CM

*]
*]

O
CM
27512
CUPPER)

CLOWER)

CM
CO

27512

]
]
]
]

27512
CLOWER)
r

27512

(0

4N
ON
"U

256K SRAM
Cl CLOWER)

256K SRAM
Cl CUPPER)

*]
L

7
Mounting position of ROM

Mounting position of RAM

Fig. 7.4 (h) Check position after replacing digital servo 11 series ROM/RAM board

( A

A 1 6B-I2I1-029

27256

CM
Q

CBA

27512

CUPPER)

27512
CUPPER)

CM

27512
CLOWER)*-*

CUPPER)

275S2
(LOWER)

At

CM

CM

CM
27512
CUPPER)

(LOWER)

CM
CD

27512

CA6

RCUPPER)

256K SRAM

256K SRA M

COCUPPER)

ON

COCLOWER)

CO

g 6287LP

1 256K

256K SRAM
Cl CUPPER)

Mounting position of ROM

628 7LP

'3

256K SRAM
C2C LOWER)
\

SRAM

C1CL0WER)

256K SRAM
C2 CUPP ER)

]
]
*]

27512

1(LOWER) CD

27512

]
]

E'

lA_K

Mounting position of RAM

Fig. 7.4 (g) Check position after replacing digital servo 10 series ROM/RAM board

-a

7.5

7.5 Replacing Method of 12/120 Series Back Panel


1) Procedure
(T) Remove the power unit according to 7.1.
Remove the control PCB according to 7.2.
@ Remove the PMC ROM cassette according 7.3.
(4) Disconnect the cable connected to connector CNG in the arrow direction (rr(
shown below pushing part (a)

CD

n n n

(?)

-fit

Disconnect the connector CAT (?)


unlocking it as illustrated below.

cable

the

in

direction

arrow

after

(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the


direction opposite to <J=: after setting
it to mark V of the connector under
the unlocked condition; lock the cable.
the
connector
push
this case,
In
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
The left figure shows the
locked.
locked condition.

Disconnect the earth cable.


can be detached by removing the four screws.
For mounting new back panel, reverse the procedure ()-> (T)

7) The back panel


8

Basic back panel

CNG

I
\

Additional back panel

CNG

7*

469

7.6

7.6 Replacing Methods of 10TF, 11MF, 11TT-F Conversational PCB


CAG (For 10TF)
CAF (For 11MF, 11TT-F)

o o o

o.

o o

G|

Memory

Sub CPU

_1
o
nl

cn

S
c

10/11 series

master PCB

o o o o o o

1) Replacement of both sub CPU PCB and memory PCB

(T)

Disconnect the connector cable

(T)

by pushing part (a) as illustrated.

Draw out PCB by loosening two screws (2)


For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure

(2)

->

(T)

(Caution)
1) Check the number of mounted ROM/RAM, ROM NO., and edition number.
2) In case 10T-F or 11TT-F, a conversational memory parity alarm occurs
after replacing PCB.
Clear all submemory.

470

7.6

2) Replacement of either sub CPU PCB or memory PCB

(T)

Detach PCB from the master PCB in the same way as described above.

JI A16B -1210

-0410

r_
2

S'

(Note)

A16B-13100300

CPF 1

CFF2

[""'Il

l-

Note) The memory PCB specification is different


depend on kind of NC and its option.

(5)

Disconnect the connector CFF1/CFF2


unlocking it as illustrated below.

o
(IP*
3

5.

(2) cable in the arrow direction after

(Note) For connecting the cable, push it in the


direction opposite to<J= after setting
it to mark V of the connector under
the unlocked condition; then, lock the
cable. In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be
locked
The left figure shows the locked condi
tion.

Sub CPU PCB can be detached by removing four screws (3)


Memory PCB can be detached by removing four spacers (4)
For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (4)

471

.. (!)

7.7

7.7 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit 1


2

CP 52

CDD1

7T

<=> ST

CP51
\

COP 4

C05

CO 3

C04

7u

C01

CO 2

ii

7
rj

u7

rr

1) Procedure
C05 connector cables by pushing
Disconnect C01
loosening two screws (a) as illustrated below.

VONOH

0
JO

--

part

a-

i)

(b)

after

--

tram

O 3]

Disconnect CP51 connector cable by pushing

(a)

as illustrated below.

U?

-nr

in

If connection unit 2 is mounted, disconnect connector CDDl cable in the


arrow direction after unlocking it as illustrated below.

For connecting the cable, push it in the


direction opposite to - after setting
it to mark T of the connector under the
then,
lock the
unlocked condition,
cable. In this case, push the connector
forcibly, or else the cable cannot be

,e

=)

locked.
The left figure shows the locked condi
tion.

472

7.8

If connection unit 2 is provided, disconnect the CP52 connector cable by

pushing (a) as illustrated below.

(5)

(a) as illustrated below.

Disconnect the C0P4 connector cable by pushing

D
0 rzr

(6)

The connection unit is detached by removing the four screws shown in

(7)

For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure

(6)

(T)

2) Setting
Perform setting (1 - 4) of new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before
exchange

7.8 Replacing Methods of Connection Unit (with Connecting Board)

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

cE

08

09

2 3 4 5 6

A
4

COP

L!

Connection Unit 1

]
usdo r

CDDl l

CDD3

Connection

ii,

CDD2 szrrrj

CP52

CP52

TV
I I

is,

EL
!

Unit 2

HI
CSL

<D
iz

oz
91
00

10

too

D
2

ZOO

0
0 10

51

TTO

El

2
2

z\

voo

of

SO

soo

tTZD

*
473

80

Connection
Unit 1

Connection
Unit 2

7.8

1) Procedure
(T) Disconnect connector cables 08
screws (a) as illustrated below.

Sjjjg

YdNOH

ur

i-2-

Y0N0H

<s>
(2)

21 by pushing (b) after loosening two

o-Efl

Disconnect the CP51 connector cable by pushing

as illustrated below.

0
P

Pr
(3)

Disconnect connector COP4 cable by pushing

as illustrated below.

(a)

The unit can be detached by removing four screws


Put the unit on the board as illustrated below.

3 CP55

Connection Unit 2
ICDD1

CDD3
8

] CP 52

1
*

Connection Unit 1

(4)

II

0
9

GO

4
9

so

ri

oi

II

Z\

51

91

l\

81

61

0Z

IZ

10

Fig. 2

474

-a

_L

'hJj

ft

777/7777777777777)7

7.8

(?)

Disconnect connector CDD1/CDD2 cable


unlocking it as illustrated below,

arrow

direction

after

For connecting the cable, push it in the


direction opposite to <2=r after setting

it to mark V of the connector


then,
unlocked condition,
cable. In this case, push the
forcibly, or else the cable

under the
the

lock

connector

cannot be

locked.
The left figure shows the locked condi
tion.

(23*
(7)

the

(Caution)

Cv.

in

Disconnect the CDP connector cable by pushing

(a)

as illustrated below.

<a>

~~XL

a
(8)

removing the two right and left mounting screws (?) in the
connection unit, insert screwdrivers into center holes (9) at both ends
of the connection unit, and detach the connection unit by alternately
lifting screwdrivers.
After

(7T) Mounting screw


Connection unit 2

Connection unit 1
Metal hole of connecting board

Removing direction

Center holes at

3 /

both ends of PCB

/
Inserting

Removing direction
/

direction

Inserting direction

(9) Center holes at both ends of PCB

J
Screwdriver (JIS B463 No.2)

ju

475

7.8

2) Setting

Perform setting on new PCB in the same way as in old PCB before exchange.
Mounting Methods
For mounting PCB (for DI/DO) used on the connecting board, observe the
following procedure.

Put the disconnecting board on a board or the like as illustrated below.

Vl

Connecting board

PCB connector

o o

I
T

External cable connector

7-77
Board or the like

Make sure the inserting directions of PCB connector and PCB connector on
the disconnecting board; lightly push these connectors after posi
tioning
Insert a screwdriver into the center holes ((68 ) at both ends of PCB and
the hole (il) on the connecting board metal, and insert PCB by pushing
the right and left of PCB downward alternately 2-3 times by means of
Fix the PCB by mounting screws (8) after inserting the
lever.

connector.

(Caution)

Confirm the inserting direction of the connector, and check to see if


the connector has been securely connected by lightly pushing it before
starting the work, otherwise the connector may be broken.

Mount the unit to NC by reversing the dismounting procedure

476

(T)

7.9

7.9 Replacing Method of Built-in Type I/O Unit PCB (12/120 series only)
7.9.1 Replacing method of interface and I/O module

p.

I/O

module

module

S'

1) Procedure
(T) Detach the optical fiber cable for Interface module the cable pushing
part

(a)

as illustrated

below.

f
I,

The PCB can be detached by loosing two screws.


For mounting new PCB, reverse the above procedure (2) + (T)
2) Setting
(T) Setting on new module should be same as that in an old interface module
for exchange.

477

7.9.2
7.9.2 Replacing method of I/O base unit
1) Procedure
Detach the interface module and I/O module according to 7.9.1.
Remove all cables connected to the I/O base unit.

CA15

CA16

T1

C23E C23D C23C C23H C23A C23E C22D C22C C22B C22A

u r\

Disconnect cables using the following procedure.


i) Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part (J) after loosing two
screws as illustrated below.

VQNOH

VCINOH

ii) Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connection in the arrow ( z> ) direction by


pushing part (a) as illustrated below.

t=>

unit can be detached by unscrewing four screws (S)


For mounting new I/O base unit, reverse the above procedure

I/O base

478

(3) (T)

7.10

7.10 Exchange Methods of I/O Unit


7.10.1 Exchange method of power supply module

I/O base unit


3

w w w

w w

Power supply

module

Connector for
base unit

f-tl
i

\
I

L.

CP31

I)

ll

i-1

V7
L

JL
1

Fig. 7.10.1 Installation diagram of module

1) Procedure
(T) Draw out

procedure

the

connector

CP31

cable

[Tj

according

to

the

illustrated

CP31

i=>

(2)
(3)

Remove the power supply module by loosening four screws


The power supply unit is connected to the base unit by the connector
shown by the dotted line in the figure 7.1.
Reverse the above procedure ((g) + (D ) when mounting new module.

479

7.10.2
7.10.2 Exchange method of main control module and I/O module

1) Procedure
Replace these modules according to the following procedure, referring to Fig.

7.10.1.
1

Disconnect cables from the modules (if connected).


Loosen two screws a and draw them out by pressing
the HONDA connector as shown below.

- c

Draw out

VdNOH

VdNOH

P !

F]

in the case of

mi

the optical fiber cable while pushing part

as illustrated

below.

For the terminal board connection, remove the entire terminal board by

drawing it toward you while holding its upper and lower ends after
loosening the two screws a shown below.
For disconnecting the wiring, open the nameplate.
The nameplate is opened by drawing it toward you while applying your
fingers to parts b shown in the following figure.
Terminal board

\c

<5%

c
c
c
c
c

G
C
C

Nameplate

c
ce

o
480

7.10.2

(2)

Draw out each module after loosening the two screws shown in Fig. 7.1.
Each module is connected to the base unit in the same way as in the power

supply module.

> (T) ) when mounting new modules.


2) Setting
Set the new modules in the same way as in modules before exchange.
3) Cautions
a) Positioning module
Check the mounting number of ROM (1 pee), the ROM
number and edition number. Check the positioning control LSI.
b) Module for terminal board wiring
Detach the terminal board mounted on the module for replacement. Mount
the detached terminal board on the module thats terminal board has been
removed. (Return these modules with terminal boards mounted.)
4) Plastic case disassembly method

(3) Reverse the procedure ((2)

...

Case

<1
Panel

Cover

r;-'

0>

m
V

IHL

Push the positions shown by [T] on the cover using both thumbs towards
the V marks (2j at the extreme left of the case.
Remove the cover by pushing the center of the left end of the cover shown
by [3] from the rear side.
The panel can be detached by pushing the center of the panel (direction
Q until it is curved.

481

7.10.2
Observe the following procedure when detaching the PCB from the plastic case.
Case
PCB

sen

s.

Remove PCB mounting screws (1]


Draw the PCB out of the case in direction

Disconnect each cable as follows:


Disconnect HONDA connector by pushing part
(a) shown in the following figure.

VdHOH

(b)

[2j

after loosening the two screws

4* V

YdNOH

QD

482

7.10.3

7.10.3 Exchange method of base units


1) Procedure
Remove the power supply module according to 7.1
Remove each module according to 7.2
(3) Disconnect all cables from the base units shown by

CD
CD

(3j

3
8

\ POVVC

CA15

CA16

5
ALC
ji.
ALD
+24 B

1
0NDL#=#

+24

+35

I/O unit
Disconnect NIHON BURNDY connector in the arrow (
parts (a) shown in the following figure.

QZk

direction while pushing

o
T

I
8

Disconnect the ground wires shown in j]


(This wiring is
Disconnect the power alarm signal cables shown in [6]
not always connected.)
The base unit can be detached by loosening the four screws shown in (6)
Reverse the procedure ( [5]
[l] ) when mounting new units.

483

7.10.3

2) Caution
Reset parameters after replacing the main unit.

484

7.11

7.11 Replacing Methods of Small CRT/MDI PCB


7.11.1 Replacement of PCB A (keyboard PCB)

(T)

Disconnect connector CA9 cable by pushing part


screws a as illustrated below.

VdNOH

<!?

Disconnect the connector CKK1 cable in the arrow direction after unlocking
it as illustrated below.

o
(4)

CD
1/c>.

(3)

c*

(2)

after loosening the two

YGNOH

(b)

(Caution)
To connect the cable, push it in the
after setting
direction opposite to
of connector under the
it to mark

<Q

=4

unlocked condition, then lock the cable.

Detach PCB (A) b'y removing six nuts (5).


In case of a sheet switch, detach PCB A by removing the sheet from the
front.
To mount new PCB, reverse the above procedure (3) z (T)

7.11.2 Replacement of PCB B (soft key PCB)


to detach the CRT unit.
It is
B
is necessary when replacing PCB
recommended to detach the CRT/MDI unit from the panel as described below.
(T) Disconnect connector CN1 cable in the same way as in disconnecting the CA9
cable.
(5) Disconnect connector CKKl cable in the same way as described in (2) of

It

(5)

7.8.1.
Disconnect connector CN2 cable by pushing

(a)

as illustrated below.

a
A
5

Detach the CRT/MDI unit by removing the eight screws from the front panel.
The CRT unit can be detached by removing four screws D by inserting a
screwdriver from the rear part of the CRT unit.

- 485

7.11.2

(6)

Remove the soft key PCB together with escutcheon by unscrewing the four
screws on the front panel.

TTTT
l

Keyboard

o, ODD r_~:: nd,

(Front view)
\

Escutcheon

Detach the soft key PCB together with


CRT escutcheon because they are assem
bled into a unit.

Screw

(7)

Remove the soft key PCB by unscrewing the two screws from the rear side of

(8)

the escutcheon.
Assemble PCB by reversing the above procedure (7)
(Note)

(T)

Assembly of soft key

Mount CRT by passing the flat cable of


soft key through the position above the
CRT mounting stud bolts.

(Rear view)

0/

\
Soft key
CRT mounting stud
Soft key flat cable

(9)

Replace the key sheet.

(In case of sheet switch on CRT/MDI)

(oZ

o
o

DI~ :;a

Screw (x4)

Escutcheon

Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon.

486

Then remove the sheet.

7.12

7.12 Replacing Methods of 9" Standard CRT/MDI Unit PCB


(The following description covers the horizontal CRT/MDI, but also applicable to
the vertical type, accordingly)
1) Control PCB
A 20 B 1000 0800

XXX

Qj

Q?)

(3)

Disconnect PCB cable.


Remove screws.
Remove the PCB from the
connector.

Kt
o

jL

Screw (x3)

2) Power supply PCB


A 20 B- 1001 - 0160

(T) Disconnect the cable


(fasten terminal).

(2) Remove stud bolts and


screws,

(3)

!)

Remove PCB from the


connector

Removal of cable
(Fasten terminal x 2)
Stud bolt (x3)
Screw (xl)

3) Backboard PCB

A 20 B- 1000-0970

O'

o
o
o

Screw (x6)

487

Remove screws.
Remove PCB from the
connector.

7.12

4) Keyboard PCB
A86L-0001-0110 (Sheet switch)
A20B-1000-0830, 0831_

Nut (x8)
Flat cable (soft key)

8
(3)

Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard PCB.


Remove the nuts from the keyboard fixing plate and detach the keyboard PCB
together with the fixing plate.
(The fixing plate and PCB are assembled.)
In the case of a sheet switch, remove the PCB after sheet switch is

detached.
5) CRT

Screw (x4)

CRT

Remove CRT fixing screws.

6) Soft key

oI on o ::::aoo

---

TT

Keyboard
(Front view)

Remove the soft key PCB together with


CRT escutcheon because they are assem
bled into a unit.

Screw (x4)

488

7.12

(Note) Assembly of soft key


Mount CRT by passing the flat

cable of soft key through the


position above the CRT moun
ting stud bolts.

I
V
\ o

(Rear view)

Soft key
CRT mounting stud
Soft key flat cable

7) Replace the key sheet.

(51

o
o

(In case of sheet switch on CRT/MDI)

*S

n::i;cp

Screw (x4)

Escutcheon

Remove the screws to detach the escutcheon.

489

Then remove the sheet.

7.13

7.13 Replacing Methods of 14' Color CRT/MDI (horizontal type) PCB


7.13.1

10/11/12 series

1) Control PCB

0
Screw (x2)

A20B-1000-0850
A20B-1000 -0900

Disconnect all connector cables from PCB.


direction after removing screws.
Remove PCB by sliding it in the

2) Power supply PCB

A 20 B 1001
-0160

Screw (x4)

Bundled wire (fasten)

Disconnect the bundled wire (fasten).


Remove PCB by unscrewing screws.

490

7.13.1

3) Keyboard PCB

/I

Nut (x5)

Flat cable

A20B- 1000-0870
A 20B- 1001-0200 (10TF)

.1) Disconnect the flat cable of soft key from PCB.


2) Remove nuts; then remove together with the fixing plate.
4) Soft key PCB

CRT

i i1/

A 20 B 1000 0890

Nut (x4)

1) Remove nuts.

Remove the soft key PCB together with the fixing board.

491

7.13.2
7.13.2 100/110/120 series
1) Main and sub CPU, Power supply PCB,

ROM/RAM file, Bubble memory

Power supply PCB

Main CPU
Sub CPU

v
RAM file, ROM file
Up to 2 pcs.

Supporting plate for PCB

Bubble memory
Pulling out direction of PCB

(D

Remove the supporting plate for PCB after removing two screws (up and
down) on its.
Each one of main-CPU, sub CPU, power supply unit, RAM/ROM file and
bubble memory can be pulled out along to a rail after rising up the
ejector.

2) Keyboard PCB
1
Removing of control

Flat
cable

Screw
(x4)

I
I

Disconnect the cable connected to PCB and flat cable for keyboard signal,
then control section can be remove by removing the above four screws.

492

7.13.2

(T)

Removing of keyboard

Flat cable (To soft key)

Nut (x5)

Keyboard PCB

Remove the keysheet from front, then remove the keyboard PCB.

3) Replacement of key sheet

Screw (x6)

CED

(T)

Remove the screw to detach the escutcheon.


and sheet and replace the new sheet.

4) Softkey PCB
The procedure is same as 14"

CRT/MDI

for

- 493

10/11/12

Then remove the escutcheon

series.

7.14

7.14 Replacing Methods of 14" CRT/MDI Graphic Unit (vertical type) PCB (10/11/12 series)
1) Control PCB

3,

A20B-1000-0850
A20B-1000-0900

Screw (x2)

Flat cable connector

Frame fixing screw (x2)

1) Disconnect the flat cable from keyboard.


2) Remove the frame fixing screws and open the PCB metal.
3) Remove screws and detach PCB.
2) Power supply PCB

A20B-1001-0160

Keyboard PCB

A20B- 1000-0880 A20B-1001-0270 (10TF)

Soft key PCB

A20B-1000-0891

These PCBs can be replaced using the same procedure as In vertical type In
7.10.

494

7.15

7.15 Replacing Methods of PCB and Others Referred to Tape Reader


7.15.1 Replacement of PCB of tape reader without reels photoamplifier
T7

5
%

S-

?s
!q

2}

Sr

iwiliml
V

-[Adjusting position |

CNT3

1) Procedure
(T) Disconnect connectors CNT1, CNT2 in the arrow direction by unlocking
them as shown below.

0&H

Remove PCB by unscrewing four screws.


Mount new PCB by reversing the above procedure

(2)

(T)

2) Adj-ustment
Adjust RVl and RV2 according to the maintenance manual (B-54815E).

495

7.15.2
7.15.2 Replacing methods of tape reader with reels PCB and fuses
1) Procedure
1
Disconnect connectors CD9 (CD8) and CP41.
2
Loosen the four screws on sides of the rear panel of the tape reader.
3
Detach PCB from the metal by pulling it upward as illustrated in the
figure below.
Disconnect PCB cables from connectors (CTN2 - CTN5).
Remove PCB by unscrewing screws.

I
Screw

>

IxaJ

Screw :

Bi

1111
i

ai

>

SMI

Screw

(Adjustment)

|j

,!i Adjust the photoamplifier after replac

ing it.
Screw

CNT2

CNT3

CNT5

/ ... :W

.1

/~

1CNT4

\.x

if

A:

'

il-iy;;'

>9

sgff

CIMI

>|

'EMg'

F.4 1 F42

II

n
a

200V

K43
24V

Fuse

Fuse

5V
Fuse

mm mii

CNT1

496

(Replacement of fuses)
Replace fuses after elimi
nating the cause of blowout.

7.15.3

How to remove CD9, CNT2 , CNT3 , CNT4 ,


and CNT5

How to remove CNT1 and CP41

(3 pins)

UJ

Press

(Note) When connecting a


cable push it in
the direction opposite Qmz after
setting it to mark
of
the
T
:
under
connector
=4
the unlocked con
dition, then lock
the cable,
In this case, push
connector
the
other
forcibly,
cable
wise
the
cannot be locked.
figure
The left
shows the locked
condition.

[
Press

Ups

7.15.3 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader without reels


Loosen the two set screws of capstan roller, and detach the capstan roller from
the motor shaft.

>

Setscrew

7.15.4 Replacement of capstan roller of tape reader with reels

Upper cover

&

&

(I)

? ANU C

Loosen screw

497

Remove the upper cover.

7.15.4

(2)

Remove the armature.

( 3) Remove the tape guide by


loosening M3 nuts.

(4)

Remove the cover by


loosening M4 screws.

(5)

Remove the tape guide by


loosening M3 nuts.

(6)

Remove the capstan roller


by loosening two setscrews.

Armature

M3 screw

FANUC
M3 nut

M3 screw

Cover

Tape guide

'M3 nut

Interior of cover as viewed from the bottom

Capstan roller

A.

Setscrew

498

7.15.5
7.15.5 Replacement of brushes of tape reader with reels sole motor

(D

<N

(2)

Four brushes are mounted in one


motor.
Disconnect cables from these brushes.

0.

Brush cap

(3) Remove the brush caps.


O

Remove brushes.

'l

499

Assemble brushes after replacemeht by


reversing the above procedure.
Securely connect cables to the same
place as before, otherwise the
rotating direction is reversed and
will cause an alarm.

7.16

7.16 Replacement of PCB for Velocity Control Unit and AC Servo Amplifier

PCB

JL
1

M OJ2

vw

So

A 1 23 4 6 6 7

irinririr ii im

1) Procedure
Disconnect the cables from connectors CNl and CN2

(CN2)

(CNl)
TONOH

p I

Ui

<

Iff

Loosen screw (a) , and pull


out the connector by pushing

Pull the PCB forward by opening the locks with your finger, and the
PCB can be removed.

t
PCB

(b)

Pull out the connector by pushing


the arrow-marked position.

V,
- Release the lock

Mount the new PCB according to procedure

500

(2) and

7.16

2) Setting and adjustment


Op Set the PCB in the same way as on the old one.
(2) Make adjustments as required according to maintenance manual.

501

APPENDIX 1

APPENDIX 1 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS


1.1 10 Series

ji

J2

C3

Power magnetic circuit

J3
J5

(Machine side)

J4

MIM2 M18 M19 M20


Al
A2
A3
I/O card Al ~ A3

9" small
Interface
PCB for
small

][

(MDI)
CA4

J 61

(CRT)
CA5

J 62:

01

CRT/MDI

unit

(Command)

CV22

(Feedback)

CF92

(Spindle
command)

(Position coder)

device

Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8 (with reels)
CNT4 (without reels)
AC power
CP41 (with reels)
(without reels)
j
O

---

Punch panel

Digital

(1st axis)

motor

CN2

AC servo

0[

][]

J211

J 221

J 65

CA1

Digital

[ CNlSe rvo

Tl

amplifier

i?Q
v

(2nd axis)qsf2

ROM/RAM board

CT2IB JU
CP9IB ]

Q
additional
CV22B ] Q
axis
PCB for

](K

Master PCB

-Q

Digital

trans

former

f-QL

(o

HH

servo
MH CN1amplifier
Tl j O' 0
(3rd axis)CN2
Jft
222
yJ
Digital

|j [ CN1servo

Tl

amplifier
(4 th axis) CN2

J 223

Servo

AC servo

HIC motor
AC servo

QQ

motor

Servo
Option card 1

CA8

][]

i
CP 15 in
M u DC24V
CP 14

Power unit
CPU

J 68

h,pu.

Position coder

J 212

(J 213

Spindle speed
control

AC servo
motor

Ot

pj

J 66

CA2

CF92B

Battery

generator

I/O

J 220

1C

unit

Manual pulse

T78

J 2 10

1(

MPG :

DC 24 V

cassette

(Feedback) CF91

T J

J 63

PMC

(Command) CV21

00B

CN2

(MPCO

J 64

][

CN1

(=3

CA3

CD1

CRT/MDI

CA9

High-speed skip signal or


High-speed measuring
position reach signal

ON/OFF signal

1 I

CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6

{][ CP2

Input unit

input

AC
100 V
o o ON button
OFF button

If small CRT/MDI is mounted with


NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time,
input

Fig. 1.1 (a) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O card A1

505

AC

trans

former

~ A3 are used.)

APPENDIX 1

Connection
unit 2

Connection
unit 1

J 50

C01
C02

COP4C03
DC 24V

CP51 C04
C05

HF

C09

J 51

CIO

J 52 ,

Cll

]F

J 53

C12

](H

J 54

C13

Machine
, side
magnetic

inJ59j

circuit

ccrecp55

J 69 Flat cable

COP 2

COP1

J 70

JJ

Optical cable

9 small

it

J 61

CA4

Interface
PCB for
small

CA9

J 62

CA5

CRT/MD1

CRT/MDI
unit
(MPG) CA3

J-

DC 24V

J 78

J 64

CD1

J 63

f 1

MPG
Manual pulse
generator

I/O
device

it

Jl [

PMC
Cassette

Os

Tape reader with


serial interface
CDS (with reels)

Punch panel

'ACpower u " CNT4 (without reels)


supply

>3

CP41 (with reels)


(without reels)

J 25
Digital

J 210

rQ
on servo
amplifier

J 220

(1st axis)

(Command) CV21
(Feedback)

[MPG| [MPG| |MI>Q|

CN1 CN2

CF91

CN2

ffi

J 211

J 26

(Command) CV22

<

J 65

(Spindle
CA1
command)

AC servo
motor

Digital
jO
CN1 servo
T1
amplifier
lO
(2nd axis)CN2

J 221

(Feedback) CP 92

][]-

J 66

(Position coder) CA2

y~o

][

ROM/RAM board

CV21B

PCB for
additional CV91B
axis

CV2213
CP 9213

][k

-[][

Digital

T1

CNlservo

t ]0

;r

Q[

AC servo

flt

motor

D[

motor

amplifier

(3rd axis)CN2

J 222

J 223

Master PCB
Option card 1

J 27

][L

AC
input

trans

Position coder

J 212

]J

Servo

former

Spindle speed
control

J 213 rt

][

{] [

AC servo
n r motor

O
O

AC servo

( O

Digital

Q[CN1 servo T1 1
t o
amplifier
(4th axisW][}

Servo

CD2 ] [}

CA8](}

former

;>

AC
input

trans

High-speed skip signal or


High-speed measuring
position reach signal

J 68

AC

100V

3
CP14
Power unit

CP15
CPU
Battery

IF
DC24V

1
CP3 CP4 CP5
CP 2

unit

Fig. 1.1 (b)

ON/OFF signal

(P6

Input unit

ON button

"Q

a OFF button

If small CRT/MDI is mounted with


NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time,

10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

506 -

AC
input

APPENDIX 1

C0P4
AC power
CF31

I/O unit

'

Machine
side
magnetic
circuit

Alarm signal
co

C0P2
C0P1

Optical cabie

D
Interface
PCB for
small

][ CRT/MDI

CD1

o T1

CA4

9 small
DI
CA9 CRT/M

CA5

CN1 CN2

|MPC| [MPG[ |MPQ|

1 f

unit

(MPQ)CA3

DC24V
J 78

J 64

I/O
device

Tape reader
with serial

X Punch panel

interface

-0 (without reels)

(Command) CV21
(Feedback)

CD8 (with reels)


CNT4 (without reels)
CP4 1 (with reels)

AC power
supply

PMC
Cassotte

J 210

Digital
servo

J 220

amplifier
(1st axis)

{i

DI

1 oCN2 ][}

CF91

J 211

nrl
HllCNlrvo

J 221
J 65

CA1

TJ(
amplifier

(Feedback) CF92

(2ndaxis)CN2

AC servo

O
Q

motor
r01

|[|-

J 66

(Position coder) CA2

Servo
Spindle speed
control

CT21BJS
CF 0 ] Q
J [ additional
axis
91

CV22B J[J

CF92D ][]--.

Digital

J 68

[ o_

amplifier

(3rd axis)CN2

J 222

Digital

J 223

][}
](}

CNlservo

amplifier
(4th axis)

CAS

Dt

input

AC servo

v-Ot

]
CD2

former

Position coder

Q[CN1servo

Option card 1

trans

J212

J 213

Master PCB

>-o

ROM/RAM board

in PCB for

AC servo
motor

J 26

(Command) CV22

(Spindle
command)

MPG

Manual pulse
generator

motor

]Q.
AC servo

motor

'll

(.ng

High-speed skip signal or


High-speed measuring
position reach signal

Servo
trans

AC
input

former

AC

toov

CP14

Power unit
CPU
Battery
unit

CP 15

n_

MlJDC24V

ON/OFF signal

ON button
OFF button

with'

NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is


attached NC at delivery time.

Fig. 1.1 (c) 10TA/1OMA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O unit)

507

If small CRT/MDI is mounted

CP3 CP 4 CPS CP 6

CP2 Input unit

{ -6

AC
input

APPENDIX 1

Connection

Connection
unit 1

unit 2

J 50

C01
C02

C09
CIO

J 52 ,

COP 4 C03

DC 24V

J51

Cll

J 53

CP51 C04

C05 ] [}

C12

J 58

C13
CCD2CP55

CP 52 CCDi

COP2][}

Tl

Optical cable

Flat
cable

9 standard or
14" color CRT/MDI
COP 3
CMD
AC power

ON/OFF signal

CV22

(Feedback)

CF92

(Spindle
command)

CA1

(Position coder)

CA2

MPG
J 63

MPG

2 i

EEy

J 64

MPG
Manual pulse
generator

I/O
Punch panel

J 25

<

Digital

nr

OO-

CN1 amplifier
(1st axis)

AC servo
U[ motor

servo

CN2

J 211

J 26
Digital

J 221

[ CNlscrvo

Tl<

AC servo

O
O-

motor

amplifter
l Q_
(2nd axis)QNl
][]

J 65

J 66

Servo
trans

former

Spmdlespeed

Ijj
D

{][

Position coder

Digital

additional CF9113 ]
axis

CNlservo
amplifier

J 222

Til[ O-

Digital

O-

CPU

] [)
Servo

HH (JV6

CP15

AC servo
motor

(o

(4thaxis)CN2

J 223

CP14

AC servo
motor

O-

][]-

amplifier

[ Option card 1 CA8][}

0[
J 28.

Power unit

<O

(3rd axislps

CNlscrvo

CD2

J 27

J 21 2

072113

CV22B]QCF92B ] (k

AC
input

control

]Q

ROM/RAM board

j[

unit

Q-

V-*

a
u

Ifj PCB for

Battery

CM3 ]

Machine
operators
pane!

device

PMC
Cassette

J 210

Master PCB

operators
panel

cp4i

J 220

(Command)

Connect ion

CM4]

(with reels)
(without reels)

Qpgj

(Machine
side)

unit for

cp cp

CNT4
(without reels)

Jir

(Feedback)

magnetic

circuit

J 59

CD1 CA3

Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8(with reels

J75

(Command) CV21

Power

J 57

][F[ CDM CMl]J


CM2 ] [}
CP24 10-t CDP

CP21 (9 standard)
O (14" color)

it

J 56

J 69Plat cable
J70

COP1

CDl

J 54
J 55

High-speed skip signal or


{High-speed measuring
position reach signal

J 68

trans

former

AC
input

AC
100V

ON/OFF signal

2,

ej

CP 3 CP4 CP5 CP6

{][ CP2

Input unit

Fig. 1.1 (d) 10TA/1OMA total connection diagram


(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color

508

AC
input

CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

APPENDIX 1

Power
magnetic
circuit

COP 4
AC power
CP 31 I/O unit

Alarm signal

o T1

CO

>

COP2
COP1

(Machine
side)

Optical

Flat
cable

cable
I'M

operators
panel

9 standard or 14" color

CRT/MDI
COP3
AC power

CDM CM1

CMD

[][M CP21 (9 standard)

-~o

CP24

(14" color) CD1 CA3

]fp4][ CDP CM2 10


CM3

ON signal

CM 4 ]

Tape reader

with serial

J75

30-

nr

~U L

(with reels)

J63

CNT4

][

|MP0| MPoj
l 1 ?

J64

(with reels)
(without reels)

I/O
Punch panel

J 25

<

J 21 0

Digital

CF91

(Command)

CV 22

(Feedback)

(Spindle
command)

AC servo

!Q

Os} j servo

motor

T1, O

amplifier

J 220
(Feedback)

(1st axis)

J 21 X

J26
Digital

J 221

CF92

m[CNl*ervo

--

J66

(Position coder) C A 2

ROM/ RAM board

][}

-[][

(2nd axis)

Tt

amplifier

J 65

CAl

AC servo
motor

o-

OM2

Servo

r~

Spindle speed
control

CV21B
PCI! for
additional CF91B
axis
CV22B

V-OI

CF92B

input

(3rd axis)CN2

][]

Digital

T1 o
IjO-

(] [ CN1servo

AC servo

Qt

motor

AC servo
motor

amplifier
tlp(4th axis)CN2

] []

J 23
Master PCD

former

J 27
Digital
CN1servo
amplifier

J 222
J 23

AC

trans

Position coder

J 22

][

MPG
Manual pulse
generator

device

(Command) CV21

operators
panel

(without reels)

0jCP41
PMC
Cassette

Machine

O'

MpQ

interface
CD1

Connection
unit for

Option card 1

CD2
CA8

J 67

][)
]Q-

J 68

Data I/O device

Servo

High-speed skip signal or


|High-speed measuring
position reach signal

trans

former

AC
input
AC

100V

CP 14

Power unit

CPI 5
CPU
Battery

O unit

J76

C3

ON/OFF signal
6

CP 3 CP4 CPS CP6

{][CP2

Input unit

Fig. 1.1 (e) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 9" standard or 14" color CRT/MDI and I/O unit are used.)

509

AC
input

APPENDIX 1

I/O card

D1 ~ D3

J1

L6AI
D
O
to

COP 4

DC 24 V

to

MS

J2

M8

J3

J5

M19

CP 51

J4

M20

COP 2

\ Optical
cable

Flat
cable

COP1

Power magnetic
circuit
(Machine side)

14 color

operators
panel

CRT/MDI
CMD

COP3
AC power
O

CDP

cp

cp

CM2

10,

10

hn

CM3 ] 0-

CM4

interface

0[CD8

J 63

(with reels)

Machine
operators
panel

ID'
MPG
Manual pulse
generator

|MPG| |MPQ| |MPQ|

Tape reader
with serial

J 75

CDM CM 1

CP24
CD1 CA3

ON/OFF signal

CD 1

Connection
unit for

<7>
i-

Jircim
X~~
cassette

I/O

J 64

CP41

device

(with reels)
(without reels)

PMC

][

(without reels)

lN Punch panel
J 25

(Command) CV21
(Feedback)

(Feedback)

amplifier

CP 92

vO

AC servo
motor

[J Q
AC servo

CNIservo

Tl

amplifier

-Q[ motor

(2nd axis)CN2

J 66

][]

{][

Dt
J 26

Digital

J65

CA1

(Position coder) CA2

l-|j|

J 221

Ti

(1st axis) CN2

J 2 11

CV 22

(Spindle
command)

(1servo

J 220

CF91

(Command)

Digital

J 210

Servo
trans

former

Spindle speed

ROM/RAM board

CV21B
additional CP91B

PCD for

][ axis

][]
][}

AC

CfVO input

control

- 0[

Position coder

J27

J212
Digital

CN1servo

TL

amplifier

I[]

(3rd axis) c>N2

J 222

JHit

AC servo
motor

[]
AC
100V

][

Conversational
function card

Master PCB

CD2

j|Option card 1CA8][f

J 68

signal or
High-speed measuring

( High-speed skip

* position reach signal

ON/OFF signal

CP 14
Power unit

CP 15
CPU
O

Battery

unit

]|K
]

il

CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6


Input unit

{][CP2

Fig. 1.1 (f) 10TF total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MDI, and I/O card are used.)

510

AC
input

APPENDIX I

Connection
unit 1

]Q

C01
C02
OOP 4 CO 3
DC 24V

CP51

Connection
unit 2

in_

J5Q

J 52>

Cll

]Q_

004

Cl 2

JsaJ

CO 5 in

Cl 3
CCD2 CP55

!TP52 CCD1

COP 2
COP1

O1

Flat
cable

14 color

CRT/MDI

Q [ COP3
AC power

CP24

ON/OFF signal

J 75

CD1

magnetic
circuit

iiMa
]Q_J59j

(Machine
side)

Connection
unit for
operator's
panel

CDM CM1

o
CD1

Power

TT

Flat cable
) 70

*. Optical
cable

]D
][]_J_55/
]D__J56,

C09
CIO

CD

10

CM 4

j MPQ j |MPQ| |MPO|

(with reels)

J63

CNT4
(without reels)
rOt
~0 CP41

MPG

Manual pulse
generator

7 T 7

I/O

J64

device

(with reels)

][ PMC

Machine

operators
CM3 ][]- panel

CA3

Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8

ID 1

.ID

CDP CM2

(without reels)

Cassette

Punch panel

J 25
Digital

J210

(Command)

CV21

(Feedback)

CF9 1

J220

(Command) C V 2 2

J211

(Feedback)

CF92

J221

(Spindle
command)

CA1

J65

CN1 servo
amplifier

motor

(1st axis) CNZ

AC servo

Digital

[ CN1 servo

amplifier

(Position coder)

AC servo

(2nd axis)

Tl

(l o-

motor

CN2[][)

J 66

CA2

ROM/RAM board

Servo

][

PCD for
additional OF91B
axis

] Q.
] [J-

Spindle speed

][k

control

{] [
CV21B

M>

trans

former

AC
input

Position coder

J 212
Digital

CN1 servo

T1

Hit

AC servo
motor

v10"
amplifier
(3 rd axis) CNZ

]Q

J222

r~
Master PCB

][

AC
100V

Conversational
function card

][ card 1

Option

CD 2 ]
in

CPI 4

UK

CPI 5

Power unit

cpn
Battery

unit

High-speed skip signal or

J 68

( High-speed measuring
position reach signal

ON/OFF signal

CP3 CP 4 CP5 CFG

-Q[ CP2

input unit

O-

AC
input

Fig. 1.1 (g) 10TF total connecting diagram

(Digital servo, 14" color CRT/MDI, and connection unit are used.)

511
:

APPENDIX 1

Power
magnetic

COP4

I/O unit

AC power

co
t--

COP 2
COP1

>

]|}

Optical
cable

circuit

CP 31

(Machine
side)

Alarm signal
O T1

Flat
cable

TP

14 color

OOP 3

CRT/MD1

AC power

DOO

CP24
CD1 CA3.

ON/OFF signal 9

C=2

Tape reader

J75

nr

with serial
interface
CD8

U[ (with reels)
CNT4
>-{] [ (without reels)
4CP41
-O

CD 1

Connection
unit for
operators
panel
CDM CMl

J 63

ID

IDJ

|MPG| |MPQ| |MPpj


y y y

][

I/O
device

(without reels)

Punch panel

4>

J 25

<x

J 210

(Command) CV 21

fllcNl

J 220
(Feedback)

CF91

(Comm and)

CV 22

(Feedback)

CF92

(Spindle
command)

J65

CA1

(Position coder) CA2

3.

J 221

Digital
servo
amplifier

motor

]0
J 26
AC servo

Digital
a
CN1SC rvo
T1 a
amplifier
\ p
(2nd axis)CN2

! JJJ

J 66

]J

AC servo

O-

T1 o-

(1st axis) CM2

J 211

motor

Servo

O trans

Spindle speed

ROM/RAM board

]0'
PCB for
additional CF91B ]
Q"
axis

JQ.

CV21B

former

'-[j [ Position coder


J 212

Mi_

J 27
AC servo

Digital
fO
Tit O
servo
l O
amplifier
(3rd axis) CN2

Hit

motor

][J

nh

][

AC
100V

Conversational
function card

Master PCB
Option

card 1

CD2 ]
CA8][}

CP14

CP 15

Power unit

CPU
O

Battery

unit

AC
input

spoilt roL

J 222

MPG

Manual pulse.
generator

J 64

(with reels)

PMC
Cassette

101

Machine
CDP CM2
> operator's
CM3 ]Q_- panel
CM4

=3.

J68

High-speed skip signal or

{ High-speed measuring
position reach signal

ON/OFF signal
6

CP 3 CP 4 CP 5 CP 6

{] Qp2

Input unit

O-

Fig, 1.1 (h) 10TF total connecting diagram


(Digital servo, 14 color CRT/MDI, and I/O unit are used.)

512

AC
input

APPENDIX 1

J2
J3

CJ

CZJ

C3

Mi

M2

M18

n
M19

Power magnetic circuit (Machine side)

J5
J4

M20

At
A2

A3

I/O card A l ~ A3
9 small

J 61

(MDI ) CA4

J 62

( CRT)CA5

CRT/MD1

CA9

CNl

MPO

CN2

cp
J 63

<MPO)CA3

MPQ

MPG : Manual pulse

MPG

generator

T 1

DC 24 V
J 78

*/0

J 6-1

CD 1

device
Tape reader
with serial
interface
CD8

CDB

(with reels)

Punch panel

CNT4

PMC

(without reels)

AC power

cassette

CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)

T1

(Velocity
command) CV 1

J 10

1st Axis
CNl velocity

AC

J 20

CN5
Tl O

control
unit

J 15

(Feed back) CF1

J 25

CN6

Servo motor

CN2
Tl
J 26

(Velocity

TI O

Jn

command) CV2

CNl 2nd Axis

CN5

control
CNC unit

Tl
CN2
Tl

Tl

velocity

(Feed back) CF2

J 16

(Velocity
command) CV3

J 12

J 21

AC

Servo motor

J 27
CNl 3i<i Axis
velocity

Tl

control

J 17

(Feed back) CF3

CN6 unit

CN2

Tl
(Spindle
command) CA l

Spindle speed control

J 66

Servo motor

JD
Servo

J 65

(Position coder) CA2

AC
J 22

CN5

transfotmer

OO-N-O- AC

Input

Poshion coder

J 28
CV 4

PCB for
additional
axis

Tl Q

J 13

CNl 4th Axis


velocity

J 18

CF4

CN6

control
unit

CN5

11

Servo motor

CN2

Tl

Master PCB
CA6

J 23

][

Option card l

CD2]Q
CAB

Servo

]fl

transformer

High-speed skip signal or


High-speed measuring
position reach signal

J 68

J*

AC
100V
CP 14

CP 1 5

30 V

Power supply unit

CP 1 1

J)C24

1
I

CP 3 CP4 CP5 CP6


Input unit

Battery

CP2

O ON button
~~Q I Q OPP button
If small CRT/ MDI is mounted with
NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time.
AC

ON/OFF signal

unit

Fig, 1.1 (i) 10TA/1OMA total connecting diagram


(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and I/O card A1 ~ A3 are used.)

513

Input

APPENDIX 1
Connection
unit 2

Connection
unit 1

J 50

C01

J SI

C02

003

COP4

C04

24V DC

CPS I

Cl 1

J 53

Oi2

Ci 3

CP52 CCD1

cp
COP 2
COP1

J 55

CIO

J 52 ,

J 58

005

J 5*1

009

J 56

J 57

J 59

Machine side
Magnetic circuit

CCD 2 CP55

TJ

J 69 Flat cable

J 70

Optica] cable

9 small
J 61

<MD( ) CA4

J 62

(CRT) GAS

CRT/MDI

OA9

MPO

CN1

MPG : Manual pulse

MPG

generator

MJ

c=n
J 63

(MPG) CA3

MPC.

ON2

DO 2-1 V
J 78

I/O

J 64

CD 1

device
Tape leader

with serial
inter face
CDS
(with reels)

Punch panel

CNT4

PMC

<n

cassette

(without reel*)

AC power

CP41
(with reels)
(without reels)

-o

T)

(Velocity
command) CV 1

J 10
J 15

(Feed back) CFi

(Velocity

command) CV2

ON 1

TD CN6

))

1st Axis
velocity

control
unit

/4[

AC

,3 20

servo motor

J 21

AC
servo motor

ON 2
T1

CNl 2nd Axis


velocity

control

J 16

(Feed back) CF2

CN5
T1 O

CN6 unit

T1
CN5

T1
GN2

TI
J 27

(Velocity
command) CV3

CNl 3rd Axis


velocity

ON 6 unit

J 22

ON 5

Tl

control

J 17

(Feed back) CF3

AC

Tl O

J 12

servo motor

CN2

Tl
(Spindle
command) CA1

J 65

(Position
coder) CA2

.] 66

Servo

VJD

Spindle speed conirol

transformer

0-0-

AC
Input

Position coder

J 28
Tl O

PCB for

J 13

CV4

additional
axis

Master PCB

ON 1 4th Axis
velocity
control

J 18

CF4

ON 6

unit

CN5
Tl O'
CN2

J 23

AC
Servo motor

Tl

][

r-01 CA6

Servo

CD2
Option card 1

CAB

J 68

][f
>
5

CP M

]D

CP 15

,>

AC

CTM> Input

AC
toov

o
a

Power supply unit

CP11

transformer

High-speed skip signal or


High-speed measuring
position reach signal

DC 24 V

CP3

CP 4

CP 2

Battery
unit

ON/OFF signal

CP5

Input unit

CPC

O O ON button

Qi Q OFF button

If small CRT/MDI is mounted with


NC cabinet, ON/OFF button is
attached NC at delivery time.

Fig. 1.1 (j) 10TA/10MA total connecting diagram


(Analog servo, 9" small CRT/MDI and connection unit are used.)

514

AC
Input

APPENDIX 1

Power
magnetic

COP4

AC power
CO

r-

CP3 I

Alarm signal

circuit
(Machine
side)

I/O unit

O Tl

COP 2
'f

COP i

Optical cable

"5

9 small
(MDI

J61

>CA4

J62

< CRT ) CA5

CRT/MDI

CA9
CNl

DC24V
J 78

MPG : Manual pulse


generator

1 f

J 63

(MPQ)CA3

j MPoj |~MPQ| |MPQ|

CN2

J 64

CDI

I/O

device

Tape reader
with serial

interface
CD8
(with reels)

][

Punch panel

CNT4

PMC
cassette

AC power

(without reels)

CP41
(with reel*)

rm

T1 O

(Velocity
command) CVl

J to

1st Axis
CNl velocity
conlrol
unit

J 15

(Feed back) CF l

J 20

CN5
T1 O

CNG

CN2
Tl

CN 1

Tl Q
CN5
Tl Cr

AC
servo motor

J 26

(Velocity
command) CV2
(Feed back)

J 11

vc loch
contio

j16

CF2

2nd Axis

CNG unit

J 21

AC
servo motor

CN2

Tl
J 27
(Velocity
command) CV3

J12

Tl oCN5
Tl O

10

CN l 3rd Axis
velocity

control
CN6 unl

J 17

(Feed back) CF3

AC

J 22

servo motor

Servo
transformer

AC
o 0"vO Input

CN2

Tl
(Spindle
command) CAl

J65

(Position
coder) CA2

J6 C

Spindle speed contiot

Position coder

J 28
Tl

J 13

CV4

PCB for

velocity

axis

Master PCB

Hit CA6

J t8

CP 4

CN6

J 23

CN5

CNl 4th Axis

additional

Tl O'

control
unit

CN2
Tl

CD2

vO

Option card 1

High-speed skip signal or


High-speed measuring
position reach signal

J 68

CA8][}

AC
servo motor

Servo

AC
-CrvO Input

transformer O

AC
toov

CP 1 4

Power supply unit

CPil

Battery

cb

CPI 5
DC24V

CP 3

ON/OFF signal

cb

t i

CP 4 CP 5 CP6

{J[ CP